Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 7, 2018

1933 Act File No. 333-[                ]

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

Form N-2

  REGISTRATION STATEMENT  
  UNDER  
  THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933  
  PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.  
  POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.  

 

 

GLADSTONE CAPITAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)

 

 

1521 Westbranch Drive, Suite 100

McLean, Virginia 22102

Address of Principal Executive Offices (Number, Street, City, State, Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (703) 287-5800

David Gladstone

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Gladstone Capital Corporation

1521 Westbranch Drive, Suite 100

McLean, Virginia 22102

Name and Address (Number, Street, City, State, Zip Code) of Agent For Service

 

 

COPIES TO:

Lori B. Morgan

Sehrish Siddiqui

Bass, Berry & Sims PLC

150 Third Avenue South

Suite 2800

Nashville, Tennessee 37201

Tel: (615) 742-6200

Fax: (615) 742-6293

 

 

Approximate date of proposed public offering: From time to time after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box.  ☒

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

 

 

When declared effective pursuant to Section 8(c).

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Title of Securities

Being Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price (1)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee (1)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (2)

Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (2)

Subscription Rights (2)

Warrants (2)

Debt Securities (2)

       

Total

  $300,000,000 (3)   $36,360 (3)

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee. Pursuant to Rule 457(o) of the rules and regulations under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) which permits the registration fee to be calculated on the basis of the maximum offering price of all the securities listed, the table does not specify by each class information as to the amount to be registered, proposed maximum offering price per unit or proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

(2)

Subject to Note 3 below, there is being registered hereunder an indeterminate amount of common stock, preferred stock, subscription rights, warrants or debt securities as may be sold, from time to time. If any debt securities are issued at an original issue discount, then the offering price shall be in such greater principal amount as shall result in an aggregate price to investors not to exceed $300,000,000. If any warrants are issued, they will represent rights to purchase common stock, preferred stock or debt securities.

(3)

In no event will the aggregate offering price of all securities issued from time to time pursuant to this Registration Statement exceed $300,000,000. Pursuant to Rule 415(a)(6) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement includes $202,607,556 of unsold securities of the Registrant that have been previously registered on the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-208637) initially filed by the Registrant on December 18, 2015 and most recently declared effective on March 29, 2016 (the “2015 Registration Statement”). A filing fee of $8,240.69, was paid in connection with such unsold securities and will continue to be applied to such unsold securities, resulting in a registration fee of $11,803.96 in connection with this Registration Statement. Pursuant to Rule 457(p) under the Securities Act, the Registrant is offsetting the registration fee due under this Registration Statement by $2,479.98, which represents the portion of the registration fee previously paid with respect to $20,461,914 of unsold securities previously registered on the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-208637) in connection with the Registrant’s at-the-market offering, resulting in a payment of $9,323.98 in connection with the filing of this Registration Statement being paid herewith. Pursuant to Rule 415(a)(6), the offering of the unsold securities registered under the prior registration statement will be deemed terminated as of the effective date of this Registration Statement.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 7, 2018

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

LOGO

$300,000,000

COMMON STOCK

PREFERRED STOCK

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

WARRANTS

DEBT SECURITIES

 

 

We may offer, from time to time, up to $300,000,000 aggregate initial offering price of our common stock, $0.001 par value per share, preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, subscription rights, warrants representing rights to purchase shares of our common or preferred stock, or debt securities, or concurrent, separate offerings of these securities, (collectively “Securities”), in one or more offerings. The Securities may be offered at prices and on terms to be disclosed in one or more supplements to this prospectus. In the case of our common stock and warrants or rights to acquire such common stock hereunder, the offering price per share of our common stock by us, less any underwriting commissions or discounts, will not be less than the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time of the offering except (i) in connection with a rights offering to our existing common stockholders, (ii) with the consent of the holders of the majority of our outstanding stock, or (iii) under such other circumstances as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) may permit. You should read this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement carefully before you invest in our Securities.

We operate as an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company and have elected to be treated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). For federal income tax purposes, we have elected to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Our investment objectives are to: (1) achieve and grow current income by investing in debt securities of established businesses that we believe will provide stable earnings and cash flow to pay expenses, make principal and interest payments on our outstanding indebtedness and make distributions to stockholders that grow over time; and (2) provide our stockholders with long-term capital appreciation in the value of our assets by investing in equity securities of established businesses that we believe can grow over time to permit us to sell our equity investments for capital gains.

Our Securities may be offered directly to one or more purchasers, including existing stockholders in a rights offering, through agents designated from time to time by us, or to or through underwriters or dealers, “at-the-market” to or through a market maker into an existing trading market or otherwise directly to one or more purchasers or through agents or through a combination of methods of sale. The prospectus supplement relating to the offering will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of our Securities, and will disclose any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between us and our agents or underwriters or among our underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. See “ Plan of Distribution. ” We may not sell any of our Securities through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of a prospectus supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of such Securities. Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “GLAD.” As of December 5, 2018, the last reported sales price for our common stock was $8.53. Our 6.00% Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock (“Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock”) is also traded on the Nasdaq under the symbol “GLADN.” As of December 5, 2018, the last reported sales price for our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock was $25.12. Our 6.125% Notes due 2023 (“2023 Notes”) are also traded on the Nasdaq under the symbol “GLADD.” As of December 5, 2018, the last reported sales price for our 2023 Notes was $25.49.

This prospectus contains information you should know before investing in our Securities, including information about risks. Please read it before you invest and keep it for future reference. Additional information about us, including our annual, quarterly, current reports, proxy statements and other information, has been filed with the SEC and can be accessed at its website at www.sec.gov . This information is also available free of charge by writing to us at Investor Relations, Gladstone Capital Corporation, 1521 Westbranch Drive, Suite 100, McLean, VA 22102, by calling our toll-free investor relations line at 1-866-214-7543 or on our website at www.gladstonecapital.com . You may also call us collect at (703) 287-5893 to request this other information. See “ Additional Information .” Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information to be part of this prospectus. This prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of securities unless accompanied by a prospectus supplement.

The securities in which we invest generally would be rated below investment grade if they were rated by rating agencies. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. They may also be difficult to value and are illiquid.

An investment in our Securities involves certain risks, including, among other things, risks relating to investments in securities of small, private and developing businesses. We describe some of these risks in the section entitled “ Risk Factors ,” which begins on page 13. Common shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value and this may increase the risk of loss to purchasers of our Securities. You should carefully consider these risks together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement before making a decision to purchase our Securities.

The SEC has not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                    


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

The Offering

     5  

Fees and Expenses

     8  

Additional Information

     12  

Risk Factors

     13  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     39  

Use of Proceeds

     40  

Price Range of Common Stock and Distributions

     40  

Common Share Price Data

     41  

Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Distributions

     42  

Consolidated Selected Financial Data

     43  

Selected Quarterly Data (unaudited)

     45  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     46  

Senior Securities

     72  

Business

     74  

Portfolio Companies

     91  

Management

     99  

Control Persons and Principal Stockholders

     115  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     118  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     120  

Regulation as a Business Development Company

     123  

Description of Our Securities

     126  

Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws

     133  

Share Repurchases

     137  

Plan of Distribution

     138  

Custodian, Transfer and Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar

     140  

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

     141  

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

     142  

Legal Matters

     143  

Experts

     143  

Financial Statements

     F-1  

We have not authorized any dealer, salesman or other person to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this prospectus or any accompanying supplement to this prospectus. You must not rely upon any information or representation not contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus or any accompanying prospectus supplement as if we had authorized it. This prospectus and any prospectus supplement do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy any security other than the registered securities to which they relate, nor do they constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. The information contained in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement is accurate as of the dates on their respective covers only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since such dates. We will update these documents to reflect material changes only as required by law.

This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the SEC using the “shelf” registration process. Under the shelf registration process, we may offer, from time to time, up to $300,000,000 of our Securities on terms to be determined at the time of the offering. This prospectus provides you with a general description of the Securities that we may offer. Each time we use this prospectus to offer Securities, we will provide a prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. The prospectus supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus. To the extent required by law, we will amend or supplement the information contained in this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement to reflect any material changes to such information subsequent to the date of the prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement and prior to the completion of any offering pursuant to the prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement. Please carefully read this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement together with the additional information described under Additional Information and Risk Factors before you make an investment decision.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all the information that you may want to consider. You should read the entire prospectus and any prospectus supplement carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors.” Except where the context suggests otherwise, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and “Gladstone Capital” refer to Gladstone Capital Corporation; “Adviser” refers to Gladstone Management Corporation; “Administrator” refers to Gladstone Administration, LLC; “Gladstone Commercial” refers to Gladstone Commercial Corporation; “Gladstone Investment” refers to Gladstone Investment Corporation; “Gladstone Land” refers to Gladstone Land Corporation; “Gladstone Securities” refers to Gladstone Securities, LLC; “Affiliated Public Funds” refers collectively to Gladstone Commercial, Gladstone Investment and Gladstone Land and “Gladstone Companies” refers to the Affiliated Public Funds, Adviser, Administrator and their affiliated companies.

General

We were incorporated under the Maryland General Corporation Law on May 30, 2001. We operate as an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company, and have elected to be treated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the 1940 Act. In addition, for federal income tax purposes we have elected to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). To continue to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes and obtain favorable RIC tax treatment, we must meet certain requirements, including certain minimum distribution requirements.

Our shares of common stock and Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock are traded on Nasdaq under the trading symbols “GLAD” and “GLADN,” respectively and our 2023 Notes trade on Nasdaq under the trading symbol “GLADD.”

Our Investment Objectives and Strategy

We were established for the purpose of investing in debt and equity securities of established private businesses operating in the U.S. Our investment objectives are to: (1) achieve and grow current income by investing in debt securities of established lower middle market companies (which we generally define as companies with annual earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) of $3 million to $15 million) in the U.S. that we believe will provide stable earnings and cash flow to pay expenses, make principal and interest payments on our outstanding indebtedness and make distributions to stockholders that grow over time; and (2) provide our stockholders with long-term capital appreciation in the value of our assets by investing in equity securities of established businesses that we believe can grow over time to permit us to sell our equity investments for capital gains. To achieve our investment objectives, our investment strategy is to invest in several categories of debt and equity securities, with each investment generally ranging from $8 million to $30 million, although investment size may vary, depending upon our total assets or available capital at the time of investment. We expect that our investment portfolio over time will consist of approximately 90.0% debt investments and 10.0% equity investments, at cost. As of September 30, 2018, our investment portfolio was made up of approximately 91.4% debt investments and 8.6% equity investments, at cost.

We focus on investing in lower middle market companies in the U.S. that meet certain criteria, including, but not limited to, the following: the sustainability of the business’ free cash flow and its ability to grow it over time, adequate assets for loan collateral, experienced management teams with a significant ownership interest in the borrower, reasonable capitalization of the borrower, including an ample equity contribution or cushion based on prevailing enterprise valuation multiples and, to a lesser extent, the potential to realize appreciation and gain liquidity in our equity position, if any. We lend to borrowers that need funds for growth capital or to finance



 

1


Table of Contents

acquisitions or recapitalize or refinance their existing debt facilities. We seek to avoid investing in high-risk, early-stage enterprises. Our targeted portfolio companies are generally considered too small for the larger capital marketplace. We invest by ourselves or jointly with other funds and/or management of the portfolio company, depending on the opportunity and have opportunistically made several co-investments with our affiliate Gladstone Investment, a BDC also managed by our Adviser, pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the SEC. We believe this ability to co-invest will continue to enhance our ability to further our investment objectives and strategies. If we are participating in an investment with one or more co-investors, our investment is likely to be smaller than if we were investing alone.

We invest by ourselves or jointly with other funds and/or management of the portfolio company, depending on the opportunity. If we are participating in an investment with one or more co-investors, our investment is likely to be smaller than if we were investing alone.

In July 2012, the SEC granted us an exemptive order (the “Co-Investment Order”) that expands our ability to co-invest with certain of our affiliates under certain circumstances and any future BDC or closed-end management investment company that is advised (or sub-advised if it controls the fund) by the Adviser, or any combination of the foregoing, subject to the conditions in the Co-Investment Order, including approval of each such transaction by a “required” majority. A “required” majority is a vote of both a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the transaction and a majority of the directors who are not interested persons

of the Company.

In general, our investments in debt securities have a term of no more than seven years, accrue interest at variable rates (based on the one month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”)) and, to a lesser extent, at fixed rates. We seek debt instruments that pay interest monthly or, at a minimum, quarterly, and which may include a yield enhancement, such as a success fee or deferred interest provision and may include interest only with all principal and any accrued but unpaid interest due at maturity. Generally, success fees accrue at a set rate and are contractually due upon a change of control of the business. Some debt securities have deferred interest whereby some portion of the interest payment is added to the principal balance so that the interest is paid, together with the principal, at maturity. This form of deferred interest is often called paid-in-kind (“PIK”) interest. Typically, our equity investments take the form of preferred or common stock, limited liability company interests, or warrants or options to purchase the foregoing. Often, these equity investments occur in connection with our original investment, recapitalizing a business, or refinancing existing debt.

Since our initial public offering in 2001 and through September 30, 2018, we have invested in over 226 different companies, while making 188 consecutive monthly or quarterly cash distributions to common stockholders. We expect that our investment portfolio will primarily include the following three categories of investments in private companies operating in the U.S.:

 

   

First Lien Secured Debt Securities: We seek to invest a portion of our assets in first lien secured debt securities also known as senior loans, senior term loans, lines of credit and senior notes. Using its assets as collateral, the borrower typically uses first lien debt to cover a substantial portion of the funding needs of the business. These debt securities usually take the form of first priority liens on all, or substantially all, of the assets of the business. First lien debt securities may include investments sourced from the syndicated loan market.

 

   

Second Lien Secured Debt Securities: We seek to invest a portion of our assets in second lien secured debt securities, also known as subordinated loans, subordinated notes and mezzanine loans. These second lien secured debt securities rank junior to the borrowers’ first lien secured debt securities and may be secured by second priority liens on all or a portion of the assets of the business. Additionally, we may receive other yield enhancements in addition to or in lieu of success fees such as warrants to buy common and preferred stock or limited liability interests in connection with these second lien secured debt securities. Second lien debt securities may include investments sourced from the syndicated loan market.



 

2


Table of Contents
   

Preferred and Common Equity/Equivalents: In some cases we will purchase equity securities which consist of preferred and common equity or limited liability company interests, or warrants or options to acquire such securities, and are in combination with our debt investment in a business. Additionally, we may receive equity investments derived from restructurings on some of our existing debt investments. In some cases, we will own a significant portion of the equity and in other cases we may have voting control of the businesses in which we invest.

Pursuant to the 1940 Act, we must maintain at least 70.0% of our total assets in qualifying assets, which generally include each of the investment types listed above. Therefore, the 1940 Act permits us to invest up to 30.0% of our assets in other non-qualifying assets. See “ Regulation as a BDC—Qualifying Assets ” for a discussion of the types of qualifying assets in which we are permitted to invest pursuant to Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act.

Because the majority of the loans in our portfolio consist of term debt in private companies that typically cannot or will not expend the resources to have their debt securities rated by a credit rating agency, we expect that most, if not all, of the debt securities we acquire will be unrated. Investors should assume that these loans would be rated below what is today considered “investment grade” quality. Investments rated below investment grade are often referred to as high yield securities or junk bonds and may be considered higher risk, as compared to investment-grade debt instruments. In addition, many of the debt securities we hold typically do not amortize prior to maturity.

Our Investment Adviser and Administrator

We are externally managed by the Adviser, an affiliate of ours, under an investment advisory and management agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) and the Administrator, another of our affiliates, provides administrative services to us pursuant to a contractual agreement (the “Administration Agreement”). Each of the Adviser and Administrator are privately-held companies that are indirectly owned and controlled by David Gladstone, our chairman and chief executive officer. Mr. Gladstone and Terry Lee Brubaker, our vice chairman and chief operating officer, also serve on the board of directors of the Adviser, the board of managers of the Administrator, and serve as executive officers of the Adviser and the Administrator. The Administrator employs, among others, our chief financial officer and treasurer, chief valuation officer, chief compliance officer, general counsel and secretary (who also serves as the president, general counsel and secretary of the Administrator) and their respective staffs. The Adviser and Administrator have extensive experience in our lines of business and also provide investment advisory and administrative services, respectively, to our affiliates, including, but not limited to: Gladstone Commercial, a publicly-traded real estate investment trust; Gladstone Investment, a publicly-traded BDC and RIC; and Gladstone Land, a publicly-traded real estate investment trust (collectively the “Affiliated Public Funds”). In the future, the Adviser and Administrator may provide investment advisory and administrative services, respectively, to other funds and companies, both public and private.

The Adviser was organized as a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware on July 2, 2002, and is a SEC registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The Administrator was organized as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware on March 18, 2005. The Adviser and Administrator are headquartered in McLean, Virginia, a suburb of Washington, D.C., at 1521 Westbranch Drive, Suite 100, McLean, Virginia 22102. The Adviser also has offices in several other states.

Recent Developments

Debt Offering

In November 2018, we completed a public debt offering of $57.5 million aggregate principal amount of 6.125% Notes due 2023 (the “2023 Notes”), inclusive of the overallotment, for net proceeds of $55.5 million



 

3


Table of Contents

after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses borne by us. The Notes will mature on November 1, 2023, and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at the Company’s option on or after November 1, 2020. The 2023 Notes are traded under the ticker symbol “GLADD” on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

Distributions

On October 9, 2018, our Board of Directors declared the following monthly cash distributions to common and preferred stockholders:

 

Record Date

   Payment Date    Distribution per
Common Share
     Distribution per
Series 2024 Term
Preferred Share
 

October 19, 2018

   October 31, 2018    $ 0.07      $ 0.125  

November 20, 2018

   November 30, 2018      0.07        0.125  

December 20, 2018

   December 31, 2018      0.07        0.125  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Total for the Quarter    $ 0.21      $ 0.375  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Portfolio and Investment Activity

In October 2018, our investment in TWS Acquisition Corporation paid off at par for net cash proceeds of $2.0 million.

In October and November 2018, we invested a total of $1.6 million in 8th Avenue Food & Provisions, Inc. through secured second lien debt.

In November 2018, we invested $2.0 million in GOBP Holdings, Inc. (d/b/a Grocery Outlet) through secured second lien debt.

In November 2018, our investment in Red Ventures, LLC paid off at par for net cash proceeds of $3.1 million.

In November 2018, we invested $16.7 million in Antenna Research Associates, Inc. through secured first lien debt and equity.

In December 2018, we invested $1.0 million in CPM Holdings, Inc. through secured second lien debt.



 

4


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

We may offer, from time to time, up to $300,000,000 of our Securities, on terms to be determined at the time of the offering. Our Securities may be offered at prices and on terms to be disclosed in one or more prospectus supplements. In the case of an offering of our common stock and warrants or rights to acquire such common stock hereunder in any offering, the offering price per share, exclusive of any underwriting commission or discount, will not be less than the net asset value (“NAV”) per share of our common stock at the time of the offering except (i) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (ii) with the consent of the majority of our common stockholders, or (iii) under such other circumstances as the SEC may permit. If we were to sell shares of our common stock below our then current NAV per share, such sales would result in an immediate dilution to the NAV per share. This dilution would occur as a result of the sale of shares at a price below the then current NAV per share of our common stock and a proportionately greater decrease in a stockholder’s interest in our earnings and assets and voting interest in us than the increase in our assets resulting from such issuance.

Our Securities may be offered directly to one or more purchasers, including existing stockholders in a rights offering, by us or through agents designated from time to time by us, or to or through underwriters or dealers. The prospectus supplement relating to the offering will disclose the terms of the offering, including the name or names of any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of our Securities by us, the purchase price, and any fee, commission or discount arrangement between us and our agents or underwriters or among our underwriters or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. See “ Plan of Distribution. ” We may not sell any of our Securities through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of a prospectus supplement describing the method and terms of the offering of our Securities.

Set forth below is additional information regarding the offering of our Securities:

 

Common Stock Trading Symbol (Nasdaq)

GLAD                                                                                                         

 

6.00% Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock Trading Symbol (Nasdaq)

GLADN                                                                                                         

 

6.125% Notes due 2023 Trading Symbol (Nasdaq)

GLADD                                                                                                         

 

Use of Proceeds

Unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement, we intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of our Securities first to pay down existing short-term debt, then to make investments in lower middle market companies in accordance with our investment objectives, with any remaining proceeds to be used for other general corporate purposes. See “ Use of Proceeds.

 

Dividends and Distributions

We have paid monthly distributions to the holders of our common stock since October 2003 (and prior to that quarterly distributions since January 2002) and generally intend to continue to do so. In September 2017 we issued, and in October 2017 we made our first distribution on, our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock and have paid monthly distributions thereafter. The amount of monthly distributions on our capital stock is generally determined by our Board of Directors on a quarterly basis and is based on management’s estimate of the fiscal year’s taxable income. See “ Price Range of Common Stock and Distributions. ” Because our distributions to common stockholders are



 

5


Table of Contents
 

based on estimates of taxable income that may differ from actual results, future distributions payable to our common stockholders may also include, and past distributions have included, a return of capital. Such return of capital distributions may increase an investor’s tax liability for capital gains upon the sale of our shares by reducing the investor’s tax basis for such shares. See “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to an Investment in Our Securities—Distributions to our stockholders have included and may in the future include a return of capital. ” Certain additional amounts may be deemed as distributed to common stockholders for income tax purposes and may also constitute a return of capital. Other types of securities we might offer will likely pay distributions in accordance with their terms.

 

Taxation

We intend to continue to elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes as a RIC. So long as we continue to qualify, we generally will pay no corporate-level federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders. To maintain our RIC status, we must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute, for each of our taxable years, at least 90.0% of our taxable ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, out of assets legally available for distribution. See “ Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.

 

Trading at a Discount

Common shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their NAV. The possibility that our common shares may trade at a discount to our NAV is separate and distinct from the risk that our NAV per common share may decline. We cannot predict whether our common shares will trade above, at or below NAV, although during the past three years, our common stock has often traded, and at times significantly, below NAV. See “ Risk Factors—Risks related to an Investment in our Securities—Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from NAV .”

 

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions

Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. This structure is intended to provide us with a greater likelihood of continuity of management, which may be necessary for us to realize the full value of our investments. A classified board of directors also may serve to deter hostile takeovers or proxy contests, as may certain provisions of Maryland law and other measures we have adopted. See “ Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws.

 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

Our transfer agent, Computershare, Inc., offers a dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. This is an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan, meaning that stockholders may elect to have their cash dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. Stockholders who do not elect to do so will receive their dividends in cash. Stockholders who receive



 

6


Table of Contents
 

distributions in the form of stock will be subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash. See “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan ” and “ Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations. ” There is no dividend reinvestment plan for our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock.

 

Management Arrangements

Gladstone Management Corporation serves as the investment adviser, and Gladstone Administration, LLC serves as the administrator. For a description of the Adviser, the Administrator, the Affiliated Public Funds and the contractual arrangements with these companies, see “ Management—Certain Transactions.


 

7


Table of Contents

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in this offering will bear directly or indirectly. We caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “us” or “Gladstone Capital,” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in Gladstone Capital. The following annualized percentages were calculated based on actual expenses incurred in the quarter ended September 30, 2018 and average net assets attributable to common stockholders for the quarter ended September 30, 2018.

 

Stockholder Transaction Expenses:

  

Sales load (as a percentage of offering price) (1)

     —  

Offering expenses (as a percentage of offering price) (1)

     —  

Dividend reinvestment plan expenses (per sales transaction fee) (2)

    

Up to $25.00

Transaction Fee


 

Total stockholder transaction expenses (1)

     —  

Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock) (3) :

  

Base Management fee (4)

     2.89

Loan servicing fee (5)

     2.10

Incentive fee (20% of realized capital gains and 20% of pre-incentive fee net investment income) (6)

     2.07

Interest payments on borrowed funds (7)

     2.73

Dividend expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock (8)

     1.38

Other expenses (9)

     1.22
  

 

 

 

Total annual expenses (10)

     12.39

 

(1)

The amounts set forth in this table do not reflect the impact of any sales load, sales commission or other offering expenses borne by Gladstone Capital and its stockholders. The prospectus supplement relating to an offering of securities pursuant to this prospectus will disclose the estimated offering price and the estimated offering expenses and total stockholder transaction expenses borne by Gladstone Capital and its stockholders as a percentage of the offering price. In the event that securities to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, the prospectus supplement will also disclose the applicable sales load.

(2)

The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan, if any, are included in stock record expenses, a component of “other expenses.” If a participant elects by written notice to the plan agent prior to termination of his or her account to have the plan agent sell part or all of the shares held by the plan agent in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan agent is authorized to deduct a transaction fee, plus per share brokerage commissions, from the proceeds. The participants in the dividend reinvestment plan will bear a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred with respect to open market purchases, if any. See “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan ” for information on the dividend reinvestment plan.

(3)

The percentages presented in this table are gross of credits to any fees.

(4)

In accordance with our Advisory Agreement, our annual base management fee is 1.75% (0.4375% quarterly) of our average gross assets, which are defined as total assets of Gladstone Capital, including investments made with proceeds of borrowings, less any uninvested cash or cash equivalents resulting from borrowings, and adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases. In accordance with the requirements of the SEC, the table above shows Gladstone Capital’s management fee as a percentage of average net assets attributable to common shareholders. For purposes of the table, the gross base management fee has been converted to 2.89% of the average net assets as of September 30, 2018 by dividing the total dollar amount of the management fee by Gladstone Capital’s average net assets. The base management fee for the quarter ended September 30, 2018 before application of any credits was $1.8 million.



 

8


Table of Contents

Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser has provided and continues to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. It may also provide services other than managerial assistance to our portfolio companies and receive fees therefor. Such services may include, but are not limited to: (i) assistance obtaining, sourcing or structuring credit facilities, long term loans or additional equity from unaffiliated third parties; (ii) negotiating important contractual financial relationships; (iii) consulting services regarding restructuring of the portfolio company and financial modeling as it relates to raising additional debt and equity capital from unaffiliated third parties; and (iv) primary role in interviewing, vetting and negotiating employment contracts with candidates in connection with adding and retaining key portfolio company management team members. Generally, at the end of each quarter, 100.0% of these fees are non-contractually, unconditionally and irrevocably credited against the base management fee that we would otherwise be required to pay to the Adviser; however, a small percentage of certain of such fees, primarily for valuation of the portfolio company, is retained by the Adviser in the form of reimbursement at cost for certain tasks completed by personnel of the Adviser. For the quarter ended September 30, 2018, the base management fee credit was $0.1 million. See “Management—Certain Transactions.”

(5)

The Adviser services, administers and collects on the loans held by Gladstone Business Loan, LLC (“Business Loan”), in return for which the Adviser receives a 1.5% annual loan servicing fee payable monthly by Business Loan based on the monthly aggregate balance of loans held by Business Loan in accordance with our Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, with KeyBank National Association (“KeyBank”), as administrative agent, lead arranger and a lender, as amended (the “Credit Facility”). For the three months ended September 30, 2018, the total loan servicing fee was $1.3 million. The entire loan servicing fee paid to the Adviser by Business Loan is generally non-contractually, unconditionally and irrevocably credited against the base management fee otherwise payable to the Adviser since Business Loan is a consolidated subsidiary of the Company, and overall, the base management fee (including any loan servicing fee) cannot exceed 1.75% of total assets (as reduced by cash and cash equivalents pledged to creditors) during any given fiscal year pursuant to the Advisory Agreement. See “ Management—Certain Transactions—Investment Advisory and Management Agreemen t” and footnote 6 below.

(6)

In accordance with our Advisory Agreement, the incentive fee consists of two parts: an income-based fee and a capital gains-based fee. The income-based fee is payable quarterly in arrears, and equals 20.0% of the excess, if any, of our pre-incentive fee net investment income that exceeds a 1.75% quarterly (7.0% annualized) hurdle rate of our net assets, subject to a “catch-up” provision measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. The “catch-up” provision requires us to pay 100.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 125.0% of the quarterly hurdle rate (or 2.1875%) in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized). The catch-up provision is meant to provide the Adviser with 20.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply when our pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 125.0% of the quarterly hurdle rate in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized). The income-based incentive fee is computed and paid on income that may include interest that is accrued but not yet received in cash. Our pre-incentive fee net investment income used to calculate this part of the income-based incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee (see footnote 4 above). The capital gains-based incentive fee equals 20.0% of our net realized capital gains since our inception, if any, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation since our inception, less any prior payments, and is payable at the end of each fiscal year. We have not recorded any capital gains-based incentive fee from our inception through September 30, 2018. The income-based incentive fee for the quarter ended September 30, 2018 was $1.3 million.

From time to time, the Adviser has non-contractually, unconditionally and irrevocably agreed to waive a portion of the incentive fees, to the extent net investment income did not cover 100.0% of the distributions to common stockholders during the period. For the quarter ended September 30, 2018, the incentive fee credit was $0.8 million. There can be no guarantee that the Adviser will continue to credit any portion of the fees under the Advisory Agreement in the future.



 

9


Table of Contents

Examples of how the incentive fee would be calculated are as follows:

 

   

Assuming pre-incentive fee net investment income of 0.55%, there would be no income-based incentive fee because such income would not exceed the hurdle rate of 1.75%.

 

   

Assuming pre-incentive fee net investment income of 2.00%, the income-based incentive fee would be as follows:

= 100% × (2.00% - 1.75%)

= 0.25%

 

   

Assuming pre-incentive fee net investment income of 2.30%, the income-based incentive fee would be as follows:

= (100% × (“catch-up”: 2.1875% - 1.75%)) + (20% × (2.30% - 2.1875%))

= (100% × 0.4375%) + (20% × 0.1125%)

= 0.4375% + 0.0225%

= 0.46%

 

   

Assuming net realized capital gains of 6% and realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation of 1%, the capital gains-based incentive fee would be as follows:

= 20% × (6% - 1%)

= 20% × 5%

= 1%

For a more detailed discussion of the calculation of the two-part incentive fee, see “ Management—Certain Transactions—Investment Advisory and Management Agreement .”

 

(7)

Includes amortization of deferred financing costs. As of September 30, 2018, we had $110.0 million in borrowings outstanding on our Credit Facility.

(8)

Includes amortization of deferred financing costs related to our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock, as well as amounts paid to preferred stockholders during the three months ended September 30, 2018. See “ Description of our Securities—Term Preferred Stock” for additional information.

(9)

Includes our overhead expenses, including payments under the Administration Agreement based on our projected allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement. See “ Management—Certain Transactions—Administration Agreement .”

(10)

Total annualized gross expenses, based on actual amounts incurred for the quarter ended September 30, 2018, would be $30.4 million. After all non-contractual, unconditional and irrevocable credits described in footnote 4, footnote 5 and footnote 6 above are applied to the base management fee, the loan servicing fee, and the incentive fee, total annualized expenses after fee credits, based on actual amounts incurred for the quarter ended September 30, 2018, would be $21.4 million or 8.74% as a percentage of net assets.

Examples

The following examples demonstrate the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our Securities. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed we would have no additional leverage and that our quarterly operating expenses would remain at the levels set forth in the table above and are gross of credits to any fees. The amounts set forth below do not reflect the impact of sales load or offering expenses to be borne by Gladstone



 

10


Table of Contents

Capital or its stockholders. In the prospectus supplement relating to an offering of securities pursuant to this prospectus, the examples below will be restated to reflect the impact of the estimated offering expenses borne by Gladstone Capital and its stockholders and, in the event that securities to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, the impact of the applicable sales load. The examples below and the expenses in the table above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses (including the cost of debt, incentive fees, if any, and other expenses) may be greater or less than those shown. While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%.

 

     1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment:

           

assuming a 5% annual return consisting entirely of ordinary income (1)(2)

   $ 123      $ 342      $ 531      $ 895  

assuming a 5% annual return consisting entirely of capital gains (2)(3)

   $ 132      $ 364      $ 559      $ 924  

 

(1)

While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%. Additionally, we have assumed that the entire amount of such 5% annual return would constitute ordinary income as we have not historically realized positive capital gains (computed net of all realized capital losses) on our investments. Because the assumed 5% annual return is significantly below the hurdle rate of 7% (annualized) that we must achieve under the Advisory Agreement to trigger the payment of an income-based incentive fee, we have assumed, for purposes of this example, that no income-based incentive fee would be payable if we realized a 5% annual return on our investments.

(2)

While the example assumes reinvestment of all dividends and distributions at NAV, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan will receive a number of shares of our common stock, determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to a participant by the average cost of shares of our common stock purchased in the open market in the period beginning on or before the payment date of the distribution and ending when the plan agent has expended for such purchases all of the cash that would have been otherwise payable to participants. See “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan ” for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

(3)

For purposes of this example, we have assumed that the entire amount of such 5% annual return would constitute capital gains and that no accumulated capital losses or unrealized depreciation exist that would have to be overcome first before a capital gains based incentive fee is payable.



 

11


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act, with respect to the Securities offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which is a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to our business and our Securities, reference is made to the registration statement, including the amendments, exhibits and schedules thereto.

We also file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Copies of such reports and amendments to those reports, if any, filed or furnished pursuant to the Exchange Act are available free of charge through our website at www.GladstoneCapital.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website should not be considered part of this prospectus. A request for any of these reports may also be submitted to us by sending a written request addressed to Investor Relations, Gladstone Capital Corporation, 1521 Westbranch Drive, Suite 100, McLean, VA 22102, or by calling our toll-free investor relations line at 1-866-366-5745. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov .

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below and all other information contained in this prospectus (or any prospectus supplement) before making a decision to purchase our Securities. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or not presently deemed material by us, may also impair our operations and performance.

If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. If that happens, the trading price of our Securities and NAV of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment . We believe the risk factors described below are the principal risk factors associated with an investment in our Securities as well as those factors generally associated with an investment company with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structure or trading markets similar to ours.

Risks Related to the Economy

Market conditions could negatively impact our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

The market in which we operate is affected by a number of factors that are largely beyond our control but can nonetheless have a potentially significant, negative impact on us. These factors include, among other things:

 

   

changes in interest rates and credit spreads;

 

   

the availability of credit, including the price, terms and conditions under which it can be obtained;

 

   

the quality, pricing and availability of suitable investments and credit losses with respect to our investments;

 

   

the ability to obtain accurate market-based valuations;

 

   

loan values relative to the value of the underlying assets;

 

   

default rates on the loans underlying our investments and the amount of related losses;

 

   

prepayment rates, delinquency rates and legislative / regulatory changes with respect to our investments and loans, and the timing and amount of servicer advances;

 

   

competition;

 

   

the actual and perceived state of the economy and public capital markets generally;

 

   

the impact of potential changes to the tax code; and

 

   

the attractiveness of other types of investments relative to investments in lower middle market companies generally.

Changes in these factors are difficult to predict, and a change in one factor can affect other factors resulting in adverse effects to our financial condition.

The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if required. As a result, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have recorded our investments.

Given the volatility and dislocation that the capital markets have historically experienced, many BDCs have faced, and may in the future face, a challenging environment in which to raise capital. We may in the future have difficulty accessing debt and equity capital, and a severe disruption in the global financial markets or deterioration in credit and financing conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, significant changes in the capital markets have had, and may in

 

13


Table of Contents

the future have, a negative effect on the valuations of our investments and on the potential for liquidity events involving our investments. An inability to raise capital, and any required sale of our investments for liquidity purposes, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Market interest rates may have an effect on the value of our securities.

One of the factors that will influence the price of our securities will be the distribution yield on our securities (as a percentage of the price of our securities) relative to market interest rates. An increase in market interest rates, which are currently at low levels relative to historical rates, may lead prospective purchasers of our securities to expect a higher distribution yield. In addition, higher interest rates would likely increase our borrowing costs and potentially decrease funds available for distribution. As a result, higher market interest rates could cause the market price of our securities to decrease.

Rising interest rates may negatively impact our investments and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

In recent years, the Fed has incrementally raised the target range for the federal funds rate, with additional increases expected to come over the next year. As interest rates increase, generally, the cost of borrowing increases, affecting our ability to make new investments on favorable terms or at all. More generally, interest rate fluctuations and changes in credit spreads on floating rate loans may have a negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities and, accordingly, may have a material adverse effect on our rate of return on invested capital, our net investment income, our net asset value and the market price of our securities. A substantial portion of our debt investments have variable interest rates that reset periodically and are generally based on LIBOR, so an increase in interest rates from the current interest rate may make it more difficult for our portfolio companies to service their obligations under the debt investments that we hold. To the extent that interest rates increase, this may negatively impact the operating performance of our portfolio companies due to increasing debt service obligations and, therefore, may affect our results of operations. In addition, to the extent that an increase in interest rates makes it difficult or impossible to make payments on outstanding indebtedness to us or other financial sponsors or refinance debt that is maturing in the near term, some of our portfolio companies may be unable to repay such debt at maturity and may be forced to sell assets, undergo a recapitalization or seek bankruptcy protection. There can be no guaranty the Fed will raise rates at the gradual pace they originally proposed, nor can there be any assurance that the Fed will make sound decisions as to when to raise rates. The increase in interest rates could have a negative effect on our investments, which could negatively impact our operating results, financial condition, and cash flows.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results based on the impact of inflation in the U.S.

The majority of our portfolio companies are in industries that are directly impacted by inflation, such as consumer goods and services and manufacturing. Our portfolio companies may not be able to pass on to customers increases in their costs of operations which could greatly affect their operating results, impacting their ability to repay our loans. In addition, any projected future decreases in our portfolio companies’ operating results due to inflation could adversely impact the fair value of those investments. Any decreases in the fair value of our investments could result in future unrealized losses and therefore reduce our net assets resulting from operations.

Volatility of oil and natural gas prices could impair certain of our portfolio companies’ operations and ability to satisfy obligations to their respective lenders and investors, including us, which could negatively impact our financial condition.

Our portfolio includes a concentration of companies related to the oil and gas industry with the fair value of these investments representing approximately $50.2 million, or 12.9% of our total portfolio at fair value as of September 30, 2018. These businesses provide services to oil and gas companies and are indirectly impacted by

 

14


Table of Contents

the prices of, and demand for, oil and natural gas, which have recently experienced volatility, including significant decline in prices, and such volatility could continue or increase in the future. A substantial or extended decline in oil and natural gas demand or prices may adversely affect the business, financial condition, cash flows, liquidity or results of operations of these portfolio companies and might impair their ability to meet capital expenditure obligations and financial commitments. A prolonged or continued decline in oil prices could therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Investments

We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities.

There has been increased competitive pressure in the BDC and investment company marketplace for first and second lien secured debt, resulting in lower yields for increasingly riskier investments. A large number of entities compete with us and make the types of investments that we seek to make in lower middle market companies. We compete with public and private buyout funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies, and, to the extent that they provide an alternative form of financing, hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which would allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC. The competitive pressures we face could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, as a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time and we can offer no assurance that we will be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective. We do not seek to compete based on the interest rates we offer, and we believe that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that will be comparable to or lower than the rates we offer. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms, and structure. However, if we match our competitors’ pricing, terms, and structure, we may experience decreased net interest income and increased risk of credit loss.

Our investments in lower middle market companies are extremely risky and could cause you to lose all or a part of your investment.

Investments in lower middle market companies are subject to a number of significant risks including the following:

 

   

Lower middle market companies are likely to have greater exposure to economic downturns than larger businesses. Our portfolio companies may have fewer resources than larger businesses, and thus any economic downturns or recessions are more likely to have a material adverse effect on them. If one of our portfolio companies is adversely impacted by a recession, its ability to repay our loan or engage in a liquidity event, such as a sale, recapitalization or initial public offering would be diminished.

 

   

Lower middle market companies may have limited financial resources and may not be able to repay the loans we make to them. Our strategy includes providing financing to portfolio companies that typically do not have readily available access to financing. While we believe that this provides an attractive opportunity for us to generate profits, this may make it difficult for the portfolio companies to repay their loans to us upon maturity. A borrower’s ability to repay its loan may be adversely affected by numerous factors, including the failure to meet its business plan, a downturn in its industry, or negative economic conditions. Deterioration in a borrower’s financial condition and prospects usually will be accompanied by deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of us realizing on any guaranties we may have obtained from the borrower’s management. As of September 30, 2018, loans to one portfolio company were on non-accrual status with an aggregate debt cost basis of approximately $26.9 million, or 6.9% of the cost basis of all debt investments in our

 

15


Table of Contents
 

portfolio. While we are working with the portfolio company to improve their profitability and cash flows, there can be no assurance that our efforts will prove successful. Although we will sometimes seek to be the senior, secured lender to a borrower, in some of our loans we expect to be subordinated to a senior lender, and our interest in any collateral would, accordingly, likely be subordinate to another lender’s security interest.

 

   

Lower middle market companies typically have narrower product lines and smaller market shares than large businesses. Because our target portfolio companies are lower middle market businesses, they will tend to be more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. In addition, our portfolio companies may face intense competition, including competition from companies with greater financial resources, more extensive development, manufacturing, marketing, and other capabilities and a larger number of qualified managerial, and technical personnel.

 

   

There is generally little or no publicly available information about these businesses. Because we seek to invest in privately owned businesses, there is generally little or no publicly available operating and financial information about our potential portfolio companies. As a result, we rely on our officers, the Adviser and its employees, Gladstone Securities and certain consultants to perform due diligence investigations of these portfolio companies, their operations, and their prospects. We may not learn all of the material information we need to know regarding these businesses through our investigations to make a well-informed investment decision.

 

   

Lower middle market companies generally have less predictable operating results. We expect that our portfolio companies may have significant variations in their operating results, may from time to time be exposed to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, to finance expansion or to maintain their competitive position, may otherwise have a weak financial position, or may be adversely affected by changes in the business cycle. Our portfolio companies may not meet net income, cash flow, and other coverage tests typically imposed by their senior lenders. A borrower’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by senior lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, foreclosure on its senior credit facility, which could additionally trigger cross-defaults in other agreements. If this were to occur, it is possible that the borrower’s ability to repay any of our loans would be jeopardized.

 

   

Lower middle market companies are more likely to be dependent on one or two persons. Typically, the success of a lower middle market business also depends on the management talents and efforts of one or two persons or a small group of persons. The death, disability, or resignation of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our borrower and, in turn, on us.

 

   

Lower middle market companies may have limited operating histories. While we intend to target stable companies with proven track records, we may make loans to new companies that meet our other investment criteria. Portfolio companies with limited operating histories will be exposed to all of the operating risks that new businesses face and may be particularly susceptible to, among other risks, market downturns, competitive pressures and the departure of key executive officers.

 

   

Debt securities of lower middle market companies typically are not rated by a credit rating agency. Typically a lower middle market private business cannot or will not expend the resources to have their debt securities rated by a credit rating agency. We expect that most, if not all, of the debt securities we acquire will be unrated. Investors should assume that these loans would be at rates below what is today considered “investment grade” quality. Investments rated below investment grade are often referred to as high yield securities or junk bonds and may be considered high risk as compared to investment-grade debt instruments.

 

16


Table of Contents

Because the loans we make and equity securities we receive when we make loans are not publicly traded, there is uncertainty regarding the value of our privately held securities that could adversely affect our determination of our NAV.

Our portfolio investments are, and we expect will continue to be, in the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable. Our Board of Directors has ultimate responsibility for reviewing and approving, in good faith, the fair value of our investments, based on our investment policy, which has been approved by our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors reviews valuation recommendations that are provided by the Valuation Team. In valuing our investment portfolio, several techniques are used, including, a total enterprise value approach, a yield analysis, market quotes, and independent third party assessments. Currently, ICE Data Pricing and Reference Data, LLC (formerly Standard & Poor’s Securities Evaluation, Inc.) provides estimates of fair value on our proprietary debt investments and we use another independent valuation firm to provide valuation inputs for our significant equity investments, including earnings multiple ranges, as well as other information. In addition to these techniques, other factors are considered when determining fair value of our investments, including but limited to: the nature and realizable value of the collateral, including external parties’ guaranties; any relevant offers or letters of intent to acquire the portfolio company; and the markets in which the portfolio company operates. If applicable, new and follow-on proprietary debt and equity investments made during the current three month reporting period ended September 30, 2018 are generally valued at original cost basis. For additional information on our valuation policies, procedures and processes, refer to Note 2— Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in our accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Fair value measurements of our investments may involve subjective judgments and estimates and due to the inherent uncertainty of determining these fair values, the fair value of our investments may fluctuate from period to period. Additionally, changes in the market environment and other events that may occur over the life of the investment may cause the gains or losses ultimately realized on these investments to be different than the valuations currently assigned. Further, such investments are generally subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or otherwise are less liquid than publicly traded securities. If we were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, we could realize significantly less than the value at which it is recorded.

Our NAV would be adversely affected if the fair value of our investments that are approved by our Board of Directors are higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such securities.

Our most recent NAV was calculated on September 30, 2018 and our NAV when calculated effective December 31, 2018 and thereafter may be higher or lower.

As of September 30, 2018, our NAV per share was $8.32, which was based on the fair value of our investments that were reviewed and approved by the Valuation Committee and Board of Directors in connection with financial statements that were audited by our independent registered public accounting firm. NAV per share as of December 31, 2018 may be higher or lower than $8.32 based on potential changes in valuations, our issuance of shares of common stock under our at-the-market program subsequent to September 30, 2018, or dividends paid and earnings for the quarter then ended. Our Board of Directors determines the fair value of our portfolio investments on a quarterly basis and if our December 31, 2018 fair value is less than the September 30, 2018 fair value, we will record an unrealized loss on our investment portfolio. If the fair value is greater, we will record an unrealized gain on our investment portfolio. Upon publication of our next quarterly NAV per share determination (generally in our next Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q), the market price of our common stock may fluctuate materially.

The valuation process for certain of our portfolio holdings creates a conflict of interest.

A substantial portion of our portfolio investments are made in the form of securities that are not publicly traded. As a result, our Board of Directors determines the fair value of these securities in good faith pursuant to the

 

17


Table of Contents

Policy. In connection with that determination, the Valuation Team prepares portfolio company valuations based upon the most recent portfolio company financial statements available and projected financial results of each portfolio company. The participation of the Adviser’s investment professionals in our valuation process, and the pecuniary interest in the Adviser by Mr. Gladstone, may result in a conflict of interest as the management fees that we pay the Adviser are based on our gross assets less uninvested cash or cash equivalents from borrowings, and adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the period.

The lack of liquidity of our privately held investments may adversely affect our business.

We will generally make investments in private companies whose securities are not traded in any public market. Substantially all of the investments we presently hold and the investments we expect to acquire in the future are, and will be, subject to legal and other restrictions on resale and will otherwise be less liquid than publicly traded securities. The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to quickly obtain cash equal to the value at which we record our investments if the need arises. This could cause us to miss important investment opportunities. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may record substantial realized losses upon liquidation. We may also face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we, the Adviser, or our respective officers, employees or affiliates have material non-public information regarding such portfolio company.

Due to the uncertainty inherent in valuing these securities, the Valuation Team’s determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that could be obtained if a ready market for these securities existed. Our NAV could be materially affected if the Valuation Team’s determinations regarding the fair value of our investments that are ultimately approved by our Board of Directors are materially different from the values that we ultimately realize upon our disposal of such securities. Additional discussion regarding risks associated with determinations made by the Adviser is found in the risk factor “ The valuation process for certain of our portfolio holdings creates a conflict of interest.”

When we are a debt or minority equity investor in a portfolio company, which we expect will generally be the case, we may not be in a position to control the entity, and its management may make decisions that could decrease the value of our investment.

We anticipate that most of our investments will continue to be either debt or minority equity investments in our portfolio companies. Therefore, we are and will remain subject to the risk that a portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and the shareholders and management of such company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our best interests. As a result, a portfolio company may make decisions that could decrease the value of our portfolio holdings.

In addition, we will generally not be in a position to control any portfolio company by investing in its debt securities. This is particularly true when we invest in syndicated loans, which are loans made by a larger group of investors whose investment objectives may not be completely aligned with ours. As of September 30, 2018, syndicated loans made up approximately 9.6% of our portfolio at cost, or $41.0 million. We therefore are subject to the risk that other lenders in these investments may make decisions that could decrease the value of our portfolio holdings.

The interest rates of some of our term loans to our portfolio companies are priced using a spread over LIBOR, which may be phased out in the future.

LIBOR is the basic rate of interest used in lending between banks on the London interbank market and is widely used as a reference for setting the interest rate on loans globally. In general, our investments in debt securities have a term of five to seven years, accrue interest at variable rates based on LIBOR and, to a lesser extent, at fixed rates. As of September 30, 2018, based on the total principal balance of debt outstanding, our portfolio consisted of approximately 90.6% of loans at variable rates with floors and approximately 9.4% at fixed rates.

 

18


Table of Contents

On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. It is unclear if at that time whether or not LIBOR will cease to exist or if new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021. The Fed, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of large U.S. financial institutions, announced replacement of U.S. dollar LIBOR with a new index calculated by short-term repurchase agreements, backed by U.S. Treasury securities called the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”). The first publication of SOFR was released in April 2018. Whether or not SOFR attains market traction as a LIBOR replacement tool remains in question and the future of LIBOR at this time is uncertain. If LIBOR ceases to exist, we may need to renegotiate the loan documents with our portfolio companies that utilize LIBOR as a factor in determining the interest rate to replace LIBOR with the new standard that is established.

We generally will not be involved in the day-to-day operations and decision making of our portfolio companies.

We generally are not, and do not expect to be, involved in the day-to-day operations and decision making of our portfolio companies, even though we may have board observation rights and our debt agreements may contain certain restrictive covenants. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common stock, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests of maximizing our investment value.

We typically invest in transactions involving acquisitions, buyouts and recapitalizations of companies, which will subject us to the risks associated with change in control transactions.

Our strategy, in part, includes making debt and minority equity investments in companies in connection with acquisitions, buyouts and recapitalizations, which subjects us to the risks associated with change in control transactions. Change in control transactions often present a number of uncertainties. Companies undergoing change in control transactions often face challenges retaining key employees and maintaining relationships with customers and suppliers. While we hope to avoid many of these difficulties by participating in transactions where the management team is retained and by conducting thorough due diligence in advance of our decision to invest, if our portfolio companies experience one or more of these problems, we may not realize the value that we expect in connection with our investments, which would likely harm our operating results and financial condition.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies and/or we could be subject to lender liability claims.

We invest primarily in debt securities issued by our portfolio companies. In some cases portfolio companies will be permitted to have other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt securities in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may provide that the holders thereof are entitled to receive payment of interest and principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of the debt securities in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. In addition, even though we have structured some of our investments as senior loans, if one of our portfolio companies were to go bankrupt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt investments and subordinate all, or a portion, of our claims to that of other creditors. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use to repay its obligation to us. We may also be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by us with respect to a borrower’s business or in instances in which we exercised control over the borrower. It is possible that we could become subject to a lender’s liability claim, including as a result of actions taken in rendering significant managerial assistance. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt securities in which we invest, we would have to share on an equal basis any distributions with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, or bankruptcy of a portfolio company.

 

19


Table of Contents

Prepayments of our investments by our portfolio companies could adversely impact our results of operations and reduce our return on equity.

In addition to risks associated with delays in investing our capital, we are also subject to the risk that investments we make in our portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. For the year ended September 30, 2018, we received prepayments of investments totaling $58.9 million. We will generally first use any proceeds from prepayments to repay any borrowings outstanding on our Credit Facility. In the event that funds remain after repayment of our outstanding borrowings, then we will generally reinvest these proceeds in government securities, pending their future investment in new debt and/or equity securities. These government securities will typically have substantially lower yields than the debt securities being prepaid and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elect to prepay amounts owed to us. Additionally, prepayments could negatively impact our return on equity, which could result in a decline in the market price of our common stock.

Our portfolio is concentrated in a limited number of companies and industries, which subjects us to an increased risk of significant loss if any one of these companies does not repay us or if the industries experience downturns.

As of September 30, 2018, we had investments in 50 portfolio companies, of which there were five investments that comprised approximately $122.8 million, or 31.5% of our total investment portfolio, at fair value. A consequence of a concentration in a limited number of investments is that the aggregate returns we realize may be substantially adversely affected by the unfavorable performance of a small number of such investments or a substantial write-down of any one investment. Beyond our regulatory and income tax diversification requirements, we do not have fixed guidelines for industry concentration and our investments could potentially be concentrated in relatively few industries. In addition, while we do not intend to invest 25.0% or more of our total assets in a particular industry or group of industries at the time of investment, it is possible that as the values of our portfolio companies change, one industry or a group of industries may comprise in excess of 25.0% of the value of our total assets. As a result, a downturn in an industry in which we have invested a significant portion of our total assets could have a materially adverse effect on us. As of September 30, 2018, our largest industry concentrations of our total investments at fair value were in diversified/conglomerate service companies, representing 20.3%; healthcare, education and childcare companies, representing 13.8%; and oil and gas companies, representing 12.9%. Therefore, we are susceptible to the economic circumstances in these industries, and a downturn in one or more of these industries could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our investments are typically long term and will require several years to realize liquidation events.

Since we generally make five to seven year term loans and hold our loans and related warrants or other equity positions until the loans mature, you should not expect realization events, if any, to occur over the near term. In addition, we expect that any warrants or other equity positions that we receive when we make loans may require several years to appreciate in value and we cannot give any assurance that such appreciation will occur.

The disposition of our investments may result in contingent liabilities.

Currently, all of our investments involve private securities. In connection with the disposition of an investment in private securities, we may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the underlying portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. We may also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that any such representations turn out to be inaccurate or with respect to certain potential liabilities. These arrangements may result in contingent liabilities that ultimately yield funding obligations that must be satisfied through our return of certain distributions previously made to us.

 

20


Table of Contents

Portfolio company litigation or other litigation or claims against us or our personnel could result in additional costs and the diversion of management time and resources.

In the course of investing in and often providing significant managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies, certain persons employed by the Adviser may serve as directors on the boards of such companies. To the extent that litigation arises out of our investments in these companies, even if without merit, we or such employees may be named as defendants in such litigation, which could result in additional costs, including defense costs, and the diversion of management time and resources. Additionally, other litigations or claims against us or our personnel could result in additional costs, including defense costs, and the diversion of management time and resources. We may be unable to accurately estimate our exposure to litigation risk if we record balance sheet reserves for probable loss contingencies. As a result, any reserves we establish to cover any settlements or judgments may not be sufficient to cover our actual financial exposure, which may have a material impact on our results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows.

While the Company believes it would have valid defenses to potential claims brought due to our investment in any portfolio company, and will defend any such claims vigorously, it may nevertheless expend significant amounts of money in defense costs and expenses. Further, if the Company enters into settlements or suffers an adverse outcome in any litigation, the Company could be required to pay significant amounts. In addition, if any of the Company’s portfolio companies become subject to direct or indirect claims or other obligations, such as defense costs or damages in litigation or settlement, the Company’s investment in such companies could diminish in value and the Company could suffer indirect losses. Further, these matters could cause the Company to expend significant management time and effort in connection with assessment and defense of any claims.

We may not realize gains from our equity investments and other yield enhancements.

When we make an investment, we may receive warrants to purchase stock issued by the borrower or other yield enhancements, such as success fees. Our goal is to ultimately dispose of these equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of such interests. We expect that, over time, the gains we realize on these warrants and other yield enhancements will offset any losses we experience on loan defaults. However, any equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value and any other yield enhancements, such as success fees, may not be realized. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests or other yield enhancements and any gains we do recognize may not be sufficient to offset losses we experience on our loan portfolio.

Any unrealized depreciation we experience on our investment portfolio may be an indication of future realized losses, which could reduce our income available for distribution.

As a BDC we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our Board of Directors. We will record decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments as unrealized depreciation. Since our inception, we have, at times, incurred a cumulative net unrealized depreciation of our portfolio. Any unrealized depreciation in our investment portfolio could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution to stockholders in future periods.

Risks Related to Our External Financing

In addition to regulatory limitations on our ability to raise capital, our Credit Facility contains various covenants which, if not complied with, could accelerate our repayment obligations under the facility, thereby materially and adversely affecting our liquidity, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay distributions.

We will have a continuing need for capital to finance our investments. As of September 30, 2018, we had $110.0 million in borrowings, at cost, outstanding under our Credit Facility, which provides for maximum borrowings of $190.0 million, with a revolving period end date of January 15, 2021. Our Credit Facility permits us to fund additional loans and investments as long as we are within the conditions set forth in the credit

 

21


Table of Contents

agreement. Our Credit Facility contains covenants that require our wholly-owned subsidiary Business Loan to maintain its status as a separate legal entity, prohibit certain significant corporate transactions (such as mergers, consolidations, liquidations or dissolutions) and restrict material changes to our credit and collection policies without lenders’ consent. The Credit Facility also limits distributions to our stockholders on a fiscal year basis to the sum of our net investment income, net capital gains and amounts deemed to have been paid during the prior year in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code. We are also subject to certain limitations on the type of loan investments we can make, including restrictions on geographic concentrations, sector concentrations, loan size, interest rate type, payment frequency and status, average life and lien property. Our Credit Facility further requires us to comply with other financial and operational covenants, which obligate us to, among other things, maintain certain financial ratios, including asset and interest coverage, and a minimum number of 25 obligors in the borrowing base. Additionally, we are subject to a performance guaranty that requires us to maintain (i) a minimum net worth (defined in our Credit Facility to include our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock) of $205.0 million plus 50.0% of all equity and subordinated debt raised after May 1, 2015 less 50% of any equity and subordinated debt retired or redeemed after May 1, 2015, which equates to $232.8 million as of September 30, 2018, (ii) asset coverage with respect to “senior securities representing indebtedness” of at least 200%, in accordance with Section 18 of the 1940 Act and (iii) our status as a BDC under the 1940 Act and as a RIC under the Code. As of September 30, 2018, and as defined in the performance guaranty of our Credit Facility, we were in compliance with all of our Credit Facility covenants; however, our continued compliance depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

Given the continued uncertainty in the capital markets, the cumulative unrealized depreciation in our portfolio may increase in future periods and threaten our ability to comply with the minimum net worth covenant and other covenants under our Credit Facility. Our failure to satisfy these covenants could result in foreclosure by our lenders, which would accelerate our repayment obligations under the facility and thereby have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay distributions to our stockholders.

Any inability to renew, extend or replace our Credit Facility on terms favorable to us, or at all, could adversely impact our liquidity and ability to fund new investments or maintain distributions to our stockholders.

The revolving period end date of our Credit Facility is January 15, 2021 (the “Revolving Period End Date”) and if our Credit Facility is not renewed or extended by the Revolving Period End Date, all principal and interest will be due and payable on or before April 15, 2022. Subject to certain terms and conditions, our Credit Facility may be expanded to a total of $265.0 million through the addition of other lenders to the facility. However, if additional lenders are unwilling to join the facility on its terms, we will be unable to expand the facility and thus will continue to have limited availability to finance new investments under our Credit Facility. There can be no guarantee that we will be able to renew, extend or replace our Credit Facility upon its Revolving Period End Date on terms that are favorable to us, if at all. Our ability to expand our Credit Facility, and to obtain replacement financing at or before the Revolving Period End Date, will be constrained by then-current economic conditions affecting the credit markets. In the event that we are not able to expand our Credit Facility, or to renew, extend or refinance our Credit Facility by the Revolving Period End Date, this could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and ability to fund new investments, our ability to make distributions to our stockholders and our ability to qualify as a RIC under the Code.

If we are unable to secure replacement financing, we may be forced to sell certain assets on disadvantageous terms, which may result in realized losses, and such realized losses could materially exceed the amount of any unrealized depreciation on these assets as of our most recent balance sheet date, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Such circumstances would also increase the likelihood that we would be required to redeem some or all of our outstanding mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, which could potentially require us to sell more assets. In addition to selling assets, or as an alternative, we may issue equity in order to repay amounts outstanding under our Credit Facility. Based on the recent trading prices of our stock, such an equity offering may have a substantial dilutive impact on our existing stockholders’ interest in our

 

22


Table of Contents

earnings, assets and voting interest in us. If we are not able to renew, extend or refinance our Credit Facility prior to its maturity, it could result in significantly higher interest rates and related charges and may impose significant restrictions on the use of borrowed funds to fund investments or maintain distributions to stockholders.

Our business plan is dependent upon external financing, which is constrained by the limitations of the 1940 Act.

We completed an equity offering of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock in September 2017 and sold 2,341,296 common shares under our at-the-market program during the year ended September 30, 2018. In addition, in November 2018, we completed a public debt offering of $57.5 million aggregate principal amount of the 2023 Notes, inclusive of the overallotment. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to raise capital through issuing equity in the near future. Our business requires a substantial amount of cash to operate and grow. We may acquire such additional capital from the following sources:

 

   

Senior Securities. We may issue “senior securities representing indebtedness” (including borrowings under our Credit Facility and our 2023 Notes) and “senior securities that are stock,” such as our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock, up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act currently permits us, as a BDC, to issue such senior securities in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in Section 18(h) of the 1940 Act, is at least 200% (as the law applies to the Company currently) or 150% (as the law will apply to the Company effective April 10, 2019; refer to “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview—Regulatory Compliance ” for a discussion of changes to the asset coverage requirements pursuant to the Small Business Credit Availability Act (“SBCAA”)) on such senior security immediately after each issuance of such senior security. As a result of incurring indebtedness (in whatever form), we will be exposed to the risks associated with leverage. Although borrowing money for investments increases the potential for gain, it also increases the risk of a loss. A decrease in the value of our investments will have a greater impact on the value of our common stock to the extent that we have borrowed money to make investments. There is a possibility that the costs of borrowing could exceed the income we receive on the investments we make with such borrowed funds. In addition, our ability to pay distributions, issue senior securities or repurchase shares of our common stock would be restricted if the asset coverage on each of our senior securities is not at least 200% or 150%, as applicable. If the aggregate value of our assets declines, we might be unable to satisfy that 200% or 150% requirement, as applicable. To satisfy the 200% or 150%, as applicable, asset coverage requirement in the event that we are seeking to pay a distribution, we might either have to (i) liquidate a portion of our loan portfolio to repay a portion of our indebtedness or (ii) issue common stock. This may occur at a time when a sale of a portfolio asset may be disadvantageous, or when we have limited access to capital markets on agreeable terms. In addition, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness or for offering expenses will not be available for distributions to stockholders. Furthermore, if we have to issue common stock at below NAV per common share, any non-participating stockholders will be subject to dilution, as described below. Pursuant to Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act, we are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of “senior securities representing indebtedness.” However, pursuant to Section 18(c) of the 1940 Act, we are permitted to issue only one class of “senior securities that are stock.”

 

   

Common and Convertible Preferred Stock. Because we are constrained in our ability to issue debt or senior securities for the reasons given above, we are dependent on the issuance of equity as a financing source. If we raise additional funds by issuing more common stock, the percentage ownership of our stockholders at the time of the issuance would decrease and our existing common stockholder may experience dilution. In addition, under the 1940 Act, we will generally not be able to issue additional shares of our common stock at a price below NAV per common share to purchasers, other than to our existing stockholders through a rights offering, without first obtaining the approval of our stockholders and our independent directors. If we were to sell shares of our common stock below our then-current NAV per common share, such sales would result in an immediate dilution to the NAV per common share. This dilution would occur as a result of the sale of shares at a price below the then-current NAV

 

23


Table of Contents
 

per share of our common stock and a proportionately greater decrease in a stockholder’s interest in our earnings and assets and voting percentage than the increase in our assets resulting from such issuance. For example, if we issue and sell an additional 10.0% of our common stock at a 5.0% discount from NAV, a stockholder who does not participate in that offering for its proportionate interest will suffer NAV dilution of up to 0.5% or $5 per $1,000 of NAV. This imposes constraints on our ability to raise capital when our common stock is trading below NAV per common share, as it generally has in previous years. As noted above, the 1940 Act prohibits the issuance of multiple classes of “senior securities that are stock.” As a result, we would be prohibited from issuing convertible preferred stock to the extent that such a security was deemed to be a separate class of stock from our outstanding Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock.

We financed certain of our investments with borrowed money and capital from the issuance of senior securities, which will magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in us.

The use of leverage, including through the issuance of senior securities that are debt or stock, magnifies the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested, and, if we incur additional leverage as permitted by the SBCAA, this potential will be further magnified. We have incurred leverage in the past and currently incur leverage through the Credit Facility, shares of our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and the 2023 Notes and, from time to time, intend to incur additional leverage to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. The use of leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique and increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. In the future, we may borrow from, and issue senior securities, to banks and other lenders. Holders of these senior securities will have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our common stockholders, and we would expect such holders to seek recovery against our assets in the event of a default. The following table illustrates the effect of leverage on returns from an investment in our common stock assuming various annual returns on our portfolio, net of expenses. The calculations in the table below are hypothetical, and actual returns may be higher or lower than those appearing in the table below.

 

       Assumed Return on Our Portfolio
(Net of Expenses)
 
       (10.0 )%      (5.0 )%      0.0     5.0      10.0
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corresponding return to common stockholder (A)

       (18.4 )%      (9.9 )%      (1.5 )%      6.9      15.3

 

(A)  

The hypothetical return to common stockholders is calculated by multiplying our total assets as of September 30, 2018 by the assumed rates of return and subtracting all interest accrued on our debt for the year ended September 30, 2018, adjusted for the dividends on our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock; and then dividing the resulting difference by our total assets attributable to common stock. Based on $399.5 million in total assets, $110.0 million drawn on our Credit Facility (at cost), $51.8 million in aggregate liquidation preference of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock, and $237.1 million in net assets, each as of September 30, 2018.

Based on the outstanding balance on our Credit Facility of $110.0 million at cost, as of September 30, 2018, the effective annual interest rate of 5.1% as of that date, and aggregate liquidation preference of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock of $51.8 million, our investment portfolio at fair value would have had to produce an annual return of at least 2.2% to cover annual interest payments on the outstanding debt and dividends on our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock.

A change in interest rates may adversely affect our profitability and our hedging strategy may expose us to additional risks.

We anticipate using a combination of equity and long-term and short-term borrowings to finance our investment activities. As a result, a portion of our income will depend upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we loan these funds. Higher interest rates on our borrowings will decrease the overall return on our portfolio.

 

24


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2018, based on the total principal balance of debt outstanding, our portfolio consisted of approximately 90.6% of loans at variable rates with floors and approximately 9.4% at fixed rates.

As of September 30, 2018, we did not have any hedging arrangement, such as interest rate hedges. While hedging activities may insulate us against adverse fluctuations in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged portfolio. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or any future hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our ability to receive payments pursuant to an interest rate cap agreement is linked to the ability of the counter-party to that agreement to make the required payments. To the extent that the counter-party to the agreement is unable to pay pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we may lose the hedging protection of the interest rate cap agreement. For additional information on market interest rate fluctuations, see “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk .”

Risks Related to Our Regulation and Structure

We will be subject to corporate-level tax if we are unable to satisfy Code requirements for RIC qualification.

To maintain our qualification as a RIC, we must meet income source, asset diversification, and annual distribution requirements. The annual distribution requirement is satisfied if we distribute at least 90.0% of our investment company taxable income to our stockholders on an annual basis. Because we use leverage, we are subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and could, under certain circumstances, be restricted from making distributions necessary to qualify as a RIC. Warrants we receive with respect to debt investments will create “original issue discount,” which we must recognize as ordinary income over the term of the debt investment or PIK interest which is accrued generally over the term of the debt investment but not paid in cash, both of which will increase the amounts we are required to distribute to maintain RIC status. Because such OIDs and PIK interest will not produce distributable cash for us at the same time as we are required to make distributions, we will need to use cash from other sources to satisfy such distribution requirements. The asset diversification requirements must be met at the end of each calendar quarter. If we fail to meet these tests, we may need to quickly dispose of certain investments to prevent the loss of RIC status. Since most of our investments will be illiquid, such dispositions, if even possible, may not be made at prices advantageous to us and, in fact, may result in substantial losses. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for any reason and become fully subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution, and the actual amount distributed. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us and our shares. Refer to “Business—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—RIC Status” for additional information regarding asset coverage ratio and RIC requirements and to “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview—Regulatory Compliance ” for a discussion of changes to the asset coverage requirements pursuant to the SBCAA.

Some of our debt investments may include success fees that would generate payments to us if the business is ultimately sold. Because the satisfaction of these success fees, and the ultimate payment of these fees, is uncertain, we generally only recognize them as income when the payment is received. Success fee amounts are characterized as ordinary income for tax purposes and, as a result, we are required to distribute such amounts to our stockholders in order to maintain RIC status.

If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could fail to qualify as a BDC or be precluded from investing according to our current business strategy.

As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets, as defined in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act.

 

25


Table of Contents

We believe that most of the investments that we may acquire in the future will constitute qualifying assets. However, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe to be attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could violate the 1940 Act provisions applicable to BDCs. As a result of such violation, specific rules under the 1940 Act could prevent us, for example, from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position) or could require us to dispose of investments at inappropriate times in order to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it could be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms. We may not be able to find a buyer for such investments and, even if we do find a buyer, we may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss. Any such outcomes would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If we do not maintain our status as a BDC, we would be subject to regulation as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act. As a registered closed-end investment company, we would be subject to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act, which would significantly decrease our operating flexibility. Refer to “Business—Regulation as a BDC—Qualifying Assets” for additional information regarding qualifying assets.

Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations, or changes in the interpretation thereof, and any failure by us to comply with laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business.

We and our portfolio companies are subject to regulation by laws at the local, state and federal levels. These laws and regulations, as well as their interpretation, may be changed from time to time. Accordingly, any change in these laws or regulations, or their interpretation, or any failure by us or our portfolio companies to comply with these laws or regulations may adversely affect our business. For additional information regarding the regulations to which we are subject, see “ Business—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations ” and “ Business— Regulation as a BDC .”

We are subject to restrictions that may discourage a change of control. Certain provisions contained in our charter and Maryland law may prohibit or restrict a change of control and adversely impact the price of our shares.

Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes, with the term of the directors in each class expiring every third year. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose term expires at such meeting will be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. After election, a director may only be removed by our stockholders for cause. Election of directors for staggered terms with limited rights to remove directors makes it more difficult for a hostile bidder to acquire control of us. The existence of this provision may negatively impact the price of our securities and may discourage third-party bids to acquire our securities. This provision may reduce any premiums paid to stockholders in a change in control transaction.

Certain provisions of Maryland law applicable to us prohibit business combinations with:

 

   

any person who beneficially owns 10.0% or more of the voting power of our common stock (an “interested stockholder”);

 

   

an affiliate of ours who at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question was an interested stockholder; or

 

   

an affiliate of an interested stockholder.

These prohibitions last for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder. Thereafter, any business combination with the interested stockholder must be recommended by our Board of Directors and approved by the affirmative vote of at least 80.0% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of our outstanding shares of common stock and two-thirds of the votes entitled to be

 

26


Table of Contents

cast by holders of our common stock other than shares held by the interested stockholder. These requirements could have the effect of inhibiting a change in control even if a change in control were in our stockholders’ interest. These provisions of Maryland law do not apply, however, to business combinations that are approved or exempted by our Board of Directors prior to the time that someone becomes an interested stockholder.

Our charter permits our Board of Directors to issue up to 50.0 million shares of capital stock. In addition, our Board of Directors, without any action by our stockholders, may amend our charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares or the number of shares of any class or series of stock that we have authority to issue. Our Board of Directors may classify or reclassify any unissued common stock or preferred stock and establish the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption of any such stock. Thus, our Board of Directors could authorize the issuance of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have a priority as to distributions and amounts payable upon liquidation over the rights of the holders of our common stock, which it did in connection with our issuance of approximately 2.1 million shares of Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock. Preferred stock, including our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock, could also have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us, including an extraordinary transaction (such as a merger, tender offer or sale of all or substantially all of our assets) that might provide a premium price for holders of our common stock.

We may not be permitted to declare a dividend or make any distribution to stockholders or repurchase shares until such time as we satisfy the asset coverage tests under the provisions of the 1940 Act that apply to BDCs. As a BDC, we have the ability to issue senior securities only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% (or 150%, provided certain conditions are met) after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our debt at a time when such sales and/or repayments may be disadvantageous.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC and RIC will affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth. As a result of the annual distribution requirement to qualify as a RIC, we may need to periodically access the capital markets to raise cash to fund new investments. We may issue “senior securities representing indebtedness,” including borrowing money from banks or other financial institutions or “senior securities that are stock,” such as our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, only in amounts such that our asset coverage on each senior security, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% or 150% (effective April 10, 2019; refer to “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview—Regulatory Compliance ” for a discussion of changes to the asset coverage requirements pursuant to the SBCAA) after each such incurrence or issuance. Further, we may not be permitted to declare a dividend or make any distribution to our outstanding stockholders or repurchase shares until such time as we satisfy these tests. Our ability to issue different types of securities is also limited. Compliance with these requirements may unfavorably limit our investment opportunities and reduce our ability in comparison to other companies to profit from favorable spreads between the rates at which we can borrow and the rates at which we can lend. As a BDC, therefore, we intend to continuously issue equity at a rate more frequent than our privately owned competitors, which may lead to greater stockholder dilution. We have incurred leverage to generate capital to make additional investments. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy the asset coverage test under the 1940 Act, which could prohibit us from paying distributions and could prevent us from qualifying as a RIC. If we cannot satisfy the asset coverage test, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our debt financing, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales and repayments may be disadvantageous.

Recently-enacted legislation allows us to incur additional leverage under the 1940 Act, distinct from certain of our obligations under our Credit Facility and our Term Preferred Stock.

Historically, as a BDC, under the 1940 Act, we are generally required to maintain asset coverage of 200% for senior securities representing indebtedness (i.e., debt) or stock (i.e., preferred stock). On March 23, 2018,

 

27


Table of Contents

President Trump signed into legislation the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2018, also known as the “omnibus spending package.” Included in Title VIII therein is the SBCAA that includes certain regulations under the federal securities laws impacting BDCs. Among other items, the SBCAA allows a BDC to increase the amount of debt it may incur by modifying the asset coverage percentage from 200% to 150% (subject to specific approval and disclosure requirements).

On April 10, 2018, our Board of Directors, including a “required majority” (as such term is defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) thereof, approved the modified asset coverage requirements set forth in Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act, as amended by the SBCAA. As a result, the Company’s asset coverage requirements for senior securities will be changed from 200% to 150%, effective one year after the date of the Board of Director’s approval; or on April 10, 2019. Under the current 200% asset coverage standard, we may borrow debt or issue senior securities in the amount of $1.00 for every $1.00 of equity in the Company. Starting from April 10, 2019, under the 150% asset coverage standard, we may borrow debt or issue senior securities in the amount of $2.00 for every $1.00 of equity in the Company. This reduction in the asset coverage ratio will allow us to double the amount of debt that we may incur and, therefore, your risk of an investment in us may increase. In addition, our management fee is based on our average gross assets, which include investments made with proceeds of borrowings, and, as a result, if we were to incur additional leverage, management fees paid to the Adviser would increase.

Notwithstanding the modified asset coverage leverage ratio under the 1940 Act described above, we remain subject to a minimum asset coverage requirement of 200% with respect to certain provisions of our Credit Facility and our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock. If we drop below the 200% minimum asset coverage requirement, we may under certain circumstances be required to repay all outstanding indebtedness under our Credit Facility and redeem our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock. In addition, in the event we fall below the 200% minimum asset coverage requirement, we may need to renegotiate our Credit Facility and issue additional series of term preferred stock with a lower asset coverage requirement. Such events, if they were to occur, could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

The recently enacted legislation informally titled the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and other legislative, regulatory and administrative developments may adversely affect the Company or its stockholders.

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law P.L. 115-97, informally titled the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act makes major changes to the Code, including a number of provisions of the Code that affect the taxation of RICs and their stockholders. Certain provisions of the Tax Act that may impact us and our stockholders include:

 

   

temporarily reducing individual U.S. federal income tax rates on ordinary income; the highest individual U.S. federal income tax rate will be reduced from 39.6% to 37% (through taxable years ending in 2025);

 

   

reducing the maximum corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%;

 

   

permitting a deduction for certain pass-through business income, which generally will allow individuals, trusts, and estates to deduct up to 20% of such amounts, resulting in an effective maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 29.6% on such dividends (through taxable years ending in 2025);

 

   

limiting the deduction for net operating losses to 80% of taxable income (prior to the application of the dividends paid deduction);

 

   

amending the limitation on the deduction of net interest expense for all businesses, other than certain electing businesses; and

 

   

eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax.

The individual and collective impact of these provisions and other provisions of the Tax Act on the Company and its stockholders remains uncertain, and may not become evident for some period of time. In addition, other

 

28


Table of Contents

legislative, regulatory or administrative changes may be enacted or promulgated, either prospectively or with retroactive effect, and may adversely affect the Company or its stockholders. The Company’s stockholders should consult their individual tax advisors regarding the implications of the Tax Act and other potential legislative, regulatory or administrative changes on their investment in the Company’s securities.

Risks Related to Our External Management

We are dependent upon our key management personnel and the key management personnel of the Adviser, particularly David Gladstone, Terry Lee Brubaker and Robert L. Marcotte and on the continued operations of the Adviser, for our future success.

We have no employees. Our chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer and treasurer, and the employees of the Adviser, do not spend all of their time managing our activities and our investment portfolio. We are particularly dependent upon David Gladstone, Terry Lee Brubaker, and Robert L. Marcotte for their experience, skills and networks. Our executive officers and the employees of the Adviser allocate some, and in some cases a material portion, of their time to businesses and activities that are not related to our business. We have no separate facilities and are completely reliant on the Adviser, which has significant discretion as to the implementation and execution of our business strategies and risk management practices. We are subject to the risk of discontinuation of the Adviser’s operations or termination of the Advisory Agreement and the risk that, upon such event, no suitable replacement will be found. We believe that our success depends to a significant extent upon the Adviser and that discontinuation of its operations or the loss of its key management personnel could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objectives.

Our success depends on the Adviser’s ability to attract and retain qualified personnel in a competitive environment.

The Adviser experiences competition in attracting and retaining qualified personnel, particularly investment professionals and senior executives, and we may be unable to maintain or grow our business if we cannot attract and retain such personnel. The Adviser’s ability to attract and retain personnel with the requisite credentials, experience and skills depends on several factors including, but not limited to, its ability to offer competitive wages, benefits and professional growth opportunities. The Adviser competes with investment funds (such as private equity funds and mezzanine funds) and traditional financial services companies for qualified personnel, many of which have greater resources than us. Searches for qualified personnel may divert management’s time from the operation of our business. Strain on the existing personnel resources of the Adviser, in the event that it is unable to attract experienced investment professionals and senior executives, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In addition, we depend upon the Adviser to maintain its relationships with private equity sponsors, placement agents, investment banks, management groups and other financial institutions, and we expect to rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If the Adviser or members of our investment team fail to maintain such relationships, or to develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities, we will not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the Adviser has relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and we can offer no assurance that these relationships will generate investment opportunities for us in the future.

The Adviser can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

The Adviser has the right to resign under the Advisory Agreement at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If the Adviser resigns, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or

 

29


Table of Contents

equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by the Adviser and its affiliates. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our incentive fee may induce the Adviser to make certain investments, including speculative investments.

The management compensation structure that has been implemented under the Advisory Agreement may cause the Adviser to invest in high-risk investments or take other risks. In addition to its management fee, the Adviser is entitled under the Advisory Agreement to receive incentive compensation based in part upon our achievement of specified levels of income. In evaluating investments and other management strategies, the opportunity to earn incentive compensation based on net income may lead the Adviser to place undue emphasis on the maximization of net income at the expense of other criteria, such as preservation of capital, maintaining sufficient liquidity, or management of credit risk or market risk, in order to achieve higher incentive compensation. Investments with higher yield potential are generally riskier or more speculative. This could result in increased risk to the value of our investment portfolio.

We may be obligated to pay the Adviser incentive compensation even if we incur a loss.

The Advisory Agreement entitles the Adviser to incentive compensation for each fiscal quarter in an amount equal to a percentage of the excess of our investment income for that quarter (before deducting incentive compensation, net operating losses and certain other items) above a threshold return for that quarter. When calculating our incentive compensation, our pre-incentive fee net investment income excludes realized and unrealized capital losses that we may incur in the fiscal quarter, even if such capital losses result in a net loss on our statement of operations for that quarter. Thus, we may be required to pay the Adviser incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or we incur a net loss for that quarter. For additional information on incentive compensation under the Advisory Agreement with the Adviser, see “ Business—Transactions with Related Parties.

We may be required to pay the Adviser incentive compensation on income accrued, but not yet received in cash.

That part of the incentive fee payable by us that relates to our net investment income is computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received in cash, such as debt instruments with PIK interest or OID. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan, it is possible that such accrued interest previously used in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. Consequently, we may make incentive fee payments on income accruals that we may not collect in the future and with respect to which we do not have a clawback right against the Adviser. Our OID investments totaled $20.7 million as of September 30, 2018, at cost, which are all syndicated loan investments. For the year ended September 30, 2018, we recognized $0.2 million of OID income and the unamortized balance of OID investments as of September 30, 2018 totaled $0.4 million. As of September 30, 2018, we had five investments which had a PIK interest component and we recorded PIK interest income of $3.8 million during the year ended September 30, 2018. We collected $0.8 million in PIK interest in cash for the year ended September 30, 2018.

The Adviser’s failure to identify and invest in securities that meet our investment criteria or perform its responsibilities under the Advisory Agreement would likely adversely affect our ability for future growth.

Our ability to achieve our investment objectives will depend on our ability to grow, which in turn will depend on the Adviser’s ability to identify and invest in securities that meet our investment criteria. Accomplishing this result on a cost-effective basis will be largely a function of the Adviser’s structuring of the investment process,

 

30


Table of Contents

its ability to provide competent and efficient services to us, and our access to financing on acceptable terms. The senior management team of the Adviser has substantial responsibilities under the Advisory Agreement. In order to grow, the Adviser will need to hire, train, supervise, and manage new employees successfully. Any failure to manage our future growth effectively would likely have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

There are significant potential conflicts of interest, including with the Adviser, which could impact our investment returns.

Our executive officers and directors, and the officers and directors of the Adviser, serve or may serve as officers, directors, or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do or of investment funds managed by our affiliates. Accordingly, they may have obligations to investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which might not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. For example, Mr. Gladstone, our chairman and chief executive officer, is the chairman of the board and chief executive officer of each of the Gladstone Companies. In addition, Mr. Brubaker, our vice chairman and chief operating officer, is the vice chairman and chief operating officer of each of the Gladstone Companies. Mr. Marcotte is an executive managing director of the Adviser. Moreover, the Adviser may establish or sponsor other investment vehicles which from time to time may have potentially overlapping investment objectives with ours and accordingly may invest in, whether principally or secondarily, asset classes we target. While the Adviser generally has broad authority to make investments on behalf of the investment vehicles that it advises, the Adviser has adopted investment allocation procedures to address these potential conflicts and intends to direct investment opportunities to the Affiliated Public Fund with the investment strategy that most closely fits the investment opportunity. Nevertheless, the management of the Adviser may face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities to other entities managed by the Adviser. As a result, it is possible that we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments made by other funds managed by the Adviser. Our Board of Directors approved a revision of our investment objectives and strategies that became effective on January 1, 2013, which may enhance the potential for conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities to us and other entities managed by the Adviser.

In certain circumstances, we may make investments in a portfolio company in which one of our affiliates has or will have an investment, subject to satisfaction of any regulatory restrictions and, where required, to the prior approval of our Board of Directors. As of September 30, 2018, our Board of Directors has approved the following types of co-investment transactions:

 

   

Our affiliate, Gladstone Commercial, may, under certain circumstances, lease property to portfolio companies that we do not control. We may pursue such transactions only if (i) the portfolio company is not controlled by us or any of our affiliates, (ii) the portfolio company satisfies the tenant underwriting criteria of Gladstone Commercial, and (iii) the transaction is approved by a majority of our independent directors and a majority of the independent directors of Gladstone Commercial. We expect that any such negotiations between Gladstone Commercial and our portfolio companies would result in lease terms consistent with the terms that the portfolio companies would be likely to receive were they not portfolio companies of ours.

 

   

We may invest simultaneously with our affiliate Gladstone Investment in senior loans in the broadly syndicated market whereby neither we nor any affiliate has the ability to dictate the terms of the loans.

 

   

Pursuant to the Co-Investment Order, under certain circumstances, we may co-invest with Gladstone Investment and any future BDC or closed-end management investment company that is advised by the Adviser (or sub-advised by the Adviser if it controls the fund), or any combination of the foregoing, subject to the conditions included therein.

Certain of our officers, who are also officers of the Adviser, may from time to time serve as directors of certain of our portfolio companies. If an officer serves in such capacity with one of our portfolio companies, such officer will owe fiduciary duties to stockholders of the portfolio company, which duties may from time to time conflict with the interests of our stockholders.

 

31


Table of Contents

In the course of our investing activities, we will pay base management and incentive fees to the Adviser and will reimburse the Administrator for certain expenses it incurs. As a result, investors in our common stock will invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after expenses, resulting in, among other things, a lower rate of return than one might achieve through our investors themselves making direct investments. As a result of this arrangement, there may be times when the management team of the Adviser has interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to a conflict. In addition, as a BDC, we make available significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies and provide other services to such portfolio companies. While, neither we nor the Adviser currently receives fees in connection with managerial assistance, the Adviser and Gladstone Securities have, at various times, provided other services to certain of our portfolio companies and received fees for these other services.

The Adviser is not obligated to provide a credit of the base management fee or incentive fee, which could negatively impact our earnings and our ability to maintain our current level of distributions to our stockholders.

The Advisory Agreement provides for a base management fee based on our gross assets and an incentive fee which consists of two parts: an income-based incentive fee and a capital gains-based incentive fee. Our Board of Directors has historically accepted and may accept in the future quarterly or annual non-contractual, unconditional and irrevocable credits to reduce the annual base management fee. Further, our Board of Directors has accepted on a quarterly basis non-contractual, unconditional and irrevocable credits from the Adviser to reduce the income-based incentive fee to the extent net investment income did not cover 100.0% of distributions to common stockholders. Any waived fees may not be recouped by the Adviser in the future. However, the Adviser is not required to issue these or other credits of fees under the Advisory Agreement, and to the extent our investment portfolio grows in the future, we expect these management and incentive fees will increase. If the Adviser does not issue these credits in future quarters, it could negatively impact our earnings and may compromise our ability to maintain our current level of distributions to our stockholders, which could have a material adverse impact on our stock price.

Our business model is dependent upon developing and sustaining strong referral relationships with investment bankers, business brokers and other intermediaries and any change in our referral relationships may impact our business plan.

We are dependent upon informal relationships with investment bankers, business brokers and traditional lending institutions to provide us with deal flow. If we fail to maintain our relationship with such funds or institutions, or if we fail to establish strong referral relationships with other funds, we will not be able to grow our portfolio of investments and fully execute our business plan.

Our base management fee may induce the Adviser to incur leverage.

The fact that our base management fee is payable based upon our gross assets, which would include any investments made with proceeds of borrowings, may encourage the Adviser to use leverage to make additional investments. Under certain circumstances, the use of increased leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which would disfavor holders of our securities. Given the subjective nature of the investment decisions made by the Adviser on our behalf, we will not be able to monitor this potential conflict of interest.

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Securities

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results due to a number of factors, including, among others, variations in our investment income, the interest rates payable on the debt securities we acquire, the default rates on such securities, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the level of our expenses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets, and general economic conditions, including the impacts of inflation. The majority of our portfolio companies are in industries that are directly impacted by inflation, such as manufacturing and consumer goods

 

32


Table of Contents

and services. Our portfolio companies may not be able to pass on to customers increases in their costs of production which could greatly affect their operating results, impacting their ability to repay our loans. In addition, any projected future decreases in our portfolio companies’ operating results due to inflation could adversely impact the fair value of those investments. Any decreases in the fair value of our investments could result in future realized and unrealized losses and therefore reduce our net assets resulting from operations. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

There is a risk that you may not receive distributions or that distributions may not grow over time.

We intend to distribute at least 90.0% of our investment company taxable income to our stockholders on a quarterly basis by paying monthly distributions. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Furthermore, we expect to retain some or all net realized long-term capital gains by first offsetting them with realized capital losses, and secondly through a deemed distribution to supplement our equity capital and support the growth of our portfolio, although our Board of Directors may determine in certain cases to distribute these gains to our common stockholders. In addition, our Credit Facility restricts the amount of distributions we are permitted to make. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results or maintain a tax status that will allow or require any specified level of cash distributions.

Investing in our securities may involve an above average degree of risk.

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options and a higher risk of volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies may be highly speculative, and therefore, an investment in our shares may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.

Distributions to our stockholders have included and may in the future include a return of capital.

Quarterly, our Board of Directors declares monthly distributions based on then-current estimates of taxable income for each fiscal year, which may differ, and in the past have differed, from actual results. Because our distributions are based on estimates of taxable income that may differ from actual results, future distributions payable to our stockholders may also include a return of capital. Moreover, to the extent that we distribute amounts that exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, these distributions constitute a return of capital. A return of capital represents a return of a stockholder’s original investment in shares of our stock and should not be confused with a distribution from earnings and profits. Although return of capital distributions may not be taxable, such distributions may increase an investor’s tax liability for capital gains upon the sale of our shares by reducing the investor’s tax basis for such shares. Such returns of capital reduce our asset base and also adversely impact our ability to raise debt capital as a result of the leverage restrictions under the 1940 Act, which could have material adverse impact on our ability to make new investments.

The issuance of subscription rights to our existing stockholders may dilute the ownership and voting powers of existing stockholders in our common stock, dilute the NAV of their shares and have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

There are significant capital raising constraints applicable to us under the 1940 Act when our common stock is trading below its NAV per share. In the event that we issue subscription rights to our existing stockholders to subscribe for and purchase additional shares of our common stock, there is a significant possibility that the rights offering will dilute the ownership interest and voting power of stockholders who do not fully exercise their subscription rights. Stockholders who do not fully exercise their subscription rights should expect that they will, upon completion of the rights offering, own a smaller proportional interest in us than would otherwise be the case if they fully exercised their subscription rights. In addition, because the subscription price of the rights offering is likely to be less than our most recently determined NAV per common share, our common stockholders are likely to experience an immediate dilution of the per share NAV of their shares as a result of the offer. As a result of

 

33


Table of Contents

these factors, any future rights offerings of our common stock, or our announcement of our intention to conduct a rights offering, could have a material adverse impact on the trading price of our common stock.

Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from NAV.

Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from NAV per common share. Since our inception, our common stock has at times traded above NAV, and at times below NAV per share. This characteristic of shares of closed-end investment companies is separate and distinct from the risk that our NAV per share will decline. As with any stock, the price of our shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If shares are sold, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. Whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of our shares will not depend directly upon our NAV, but will depend upon the market price of the shares at the time of sale. Since the market price of our shares will be affected by such factors as the relative demand for and supply of the shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict whether the shares will trade at, below, or above our NAV.

Under the 1940 Act, we are generally not able to issue additional shares of our common stock at a price below NAV per share to purchasers other than our existing stockholders through a rights offering without first obtaining the approval of our common stockholders and our independent directors. Additionally, when our common stock is trading below its NAV per share, our dividend yield may exceed the weighted average returns that we would expect to realize on new investments that would be made with the proceeds from the sale of such stock, making it unlikely that we would determine to issue additional shares in such circumstances. Thus, for as long as our common stock may trade below NAV, we will be subject to significant constraints on our ability to raise capital through the issuance of common stock. Additionally, an extended period of time in which we are unable to raise capital may restrict our ability to grow and adversely impact our ability to increase or maintain our distributions.

Common stockholders may incur dilution if we sell shares of our common stock in one or more offerings at prices below the then-current NAV per share of our common stock.

We did not request that our stockholders approve the Company’s ability to issue shares of common stock at a price below NAV per share at our annual meetings of stockholders held on February 9, 2017 and February 8, 2018 and are not requesting that our stockholders approve the Company’s ability to issue shares of common stock at a price below NAV at the Company’s 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held February 7, 2019. Absent such stockholder approval, we are not able to access the capital markets in an offering at prices below the then-current NAV per share due to restrictions applicable to BDCs under the 1940 Act. Should we decide to issue shares of common stock at a price below NAV per share in the future, we will seek the requisite approval of our stockholders at such time.

If we were to sell shares of our common stock below NAV per share, such sales would result in an immediate dilution to the NAV per share. This dilution would occur as a result of the sale of shares at a price below the then-current NAV per share of our common stock and a proportionately greater decrease in a stockholder’s interest in our earnings and assets and voting interest in us than the increase in our assets resulting from such issuance. The greater the difference between the sale price and the NAV per share at the time of the offering, the more significant the dilutive impact would be. Because the number of shares of common stock that could be so issued and the timing of any issuance is not currently known, the actual dilutive effect, if any, cannot be currently predicted. However, if, for example, we sold an additional 10.0% of our common stock at a 5.0% discount from NAV, a stockholder who did not participate in that offering for its proportionate interest would suffer NAV dilution of up to 0.5% or $5 per $1,000 of NAV.

If we fail to pay dividends on our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock for two years, the holders of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock will be entitled to elect a majority of our directors.

The terms of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock provide for annual dividends in the amount of $1.50 per outstanding share of Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock. In accordance with the terms of our Series 2024 Term

 

34


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock, if dividends thereon are unpaid in an amount equal to at least two years of dividends, the holders of Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock will be entitled to elect a majority of our Board of Directors.

Holders of our preferred stock and debt securities and future holders of any securities ranking senior to our common stock have dividend, distribution and liquidation rights that are senior to the rights of the holders of our common stock.

The shares of Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock have dividend, distribution and liquidation rights that are senior to the rights of the holders of our common stock. Further, in the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by making additional offerings of preferred equity securities or issuing additional debt securities. Upon liquidation, holders of our preferred stock, holders of our debt securities, and lenders with respect to other borrowings, including the Credit Facility, would receive a distribution of our available assets in full prior to the holders of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, our common stockholders bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the per share trading price of our common stock and diluting their interest in us.

Risks Related to the 2023 Notes

The 2023 Notes are unsecured and therefore are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we have incurred or may incur in the future and will rank pari passu with, or equal to, all outstanding and future unsecured indebtedness issued by us and our general liabilities (total liabilities, less debt).

The 2023 Notes are not secured by any of our assets or any of the assets of our subsidiaries. As a result, the 2023 Notes are subordinated to any secured indebtedness we or our subsidiaries have currently incurred and may incur in the future (or any indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our existing or future secured indebtedness and the secured indebtedness of our subsidiaries may assert rights against the assets pledged to secure that indebtedness in order to receive full payment of their indebtedness before the assets may be used to pay other creditors, including the holders of the 2023 Notes. In addition, the 2023 Notes rank pari passu with, or equal to, all outstanding and future unsecured indebtedness issued by us and our general liabilities (total liabilities, less debt).

The 2023 Notes will be structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

The 2023 Notes are obligations exclusively of the Company and not of any of our subsidiaries. None of our subsidiaries is a guarantor of the 2023 Notes and the 2023 Notes are not required to be guaranteed by any subsidiaries we may acquire or create in the future. Except to the extent we are a creditor with recognized claims against our subsidiaries, all claims of creditors of our subsidiaries will have priority over our equity interests in such subsidiaries (and therefore the claims of our creditors, including holders of the 2023 Notes) with respect to the assets of such subsidiaries. Even if we are recognized as a creditor of one or more of our subsidiaries, our claims would still be effectively subordinated to any security interests in the assets of any such subsidiary and to any indebtedness or other liabilities of any such subsidiary senior to our claims. Consequently, the 2023 Notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities of any of our subsidiaries and any subsidiaries that we may in the future acquire or establish. As of September 30, 2018, there was $110.0 million outstanding under the Credit Facility. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are the obligation of Business Loan, and are structurally senior to the 2023 Notes. In addition, our subsidiaries may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, all of which would be structurally senior to the 2023 Notes.

The indenture under which the 2023 Notes were issued contains limited protection for holders of the 2023 Notes.

The indenture under which the 2023 Notes were issued offers limited protection to holders of the 2023 Notes. The terms of the indenture and the 2023 Notes do not restrict our or any of our subsidiaries’ ability to engage in, or otherwise be a party to, a variety of corporate transactions, circumstances or events that could have an adverse

 

35


Table of Contents

impact on your investment in the 2023 Notes. In particular, the terms of the indenture and the 2023 Notes do not place any restrictions on our or our subsidiaries’ ability to:

 

   

issue securities or otherwise incur additional indebtedness or other obligations, including (1) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be equal in right of payment to the 2023 Notes, (2) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be secured and therefore effectively rank senior in right of payment to the 2023 Notes to the extent of the values of the assets securing such debt, (3) our indebtedness that is guaranteed by one or more of our subsidiaries and which therefore is structurally senior to the 2023 Notes and (4) securities, indebtedness or obligations issued or incurred by our subsidiaries that would be senior to our equity interests in our subsidiaries and therefore rank structurally senior to the 2023 Notes with respect to the assets of our subsidiaries, in each case other than an incurrence of indebtedness or other obligation that would cause a violation of Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be applicable to us from time to time or any successor provisions, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, which generally prohibit us incurring additional debt or issuing additional debt or preferred securities, unless our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% (or 150% effective April 10, 2019) after such incurrence or issuance. See the risk factor “— Recently-enacted legislation allows us to incur additional leverage under the 1940 Act, distinct from certain of our obligations under our Credit Facility and our term preferred stock ” below;

 

   

pay dividends on, or purchase or redeem or make any payments in respect of, capital stock or other securities ranking junior in right of payment to the 2023 Notes, including our preferred stock and any subordinated indebtedness, in each case other than dividends, purchases, redemptions or payments that would cause our asset coverage to fall below the threshold specified in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be applicable to us from time to time or any successor provisions, giving effect to any no-action relief granted by the SEC to another BDC (or to us if we determine to seek such similar SEC no-action or other relief) permitting the BDC to declare any cash dividend or distribution notwithstanding the prohibition contained in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be applicable to us from time to time in order to maintain the BDC’s status as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code;

 

   

sell assets (other than certain limited restrictions on our ability to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets);

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

create liens (including liens on the shares of our subsidiaries) or enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

   

make investments; or

 

   

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our subsidiaries.

In addition, the indenture and the 2023 Notes will not require us to make an offer to purchase the Notes in connection with a change of control or any other event.

Furthermore, the terms of the indenture and the 2023 Notes do not protect holders of the 2023 Notes in the event that we experience changes (including significant adverse changes) in our financial condition, results of operations or credit ratings, if any, as they do not require that we or our subsidiaries adhere to any financial tests or ratios or specified levels of net worth, revenues, income, cash flow, or liquidity.

Our ability to recapitalize, incur additional debt (including additional debt that matures prior to the maturity of the 2023 Notes), and take a number of other actions that are not limited by the terms of the 2023 Notes may have important consequences for you as a holder of the 2023 Notes, including making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the 2023 Notes or negatively affecting the trading value of the 2023 Notes.

 

36


Table of Contents

Other debt we issue or incur in the future could contain more protections for its holders than the indenture and the 2023 Notes, including additional covenants and events of default. The issuance or incurrence of any such debt with incremental protections could affect the market for trading levels and prices of the 2023 Notes.

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the 2023 Notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under the Credit Facility or other indebtedness to which we may be a party, that is not waived by the required lenders or holders, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness could make us unable to pay principal and interest on the 2023 Notes and substantially decrease the market value of the 2023 Notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under the Credit Facility or other debt we may incur in the future could elect to terminate their commitments, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to refinance or restructure our debt, including the 2023 Notes, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, seek to raise additional capital or seek to obtain waivers from the required lenders under the Credit Facility or other debt that we may incur in the future to avoid being in default. If we are unable to implement one or more of these alternatives, we may not be able to meet our payment obligations under the 2023 Notes or our other debt. If we breach our covenants under the Credit Facility or other debt and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders or holders. If this occurs, we would be in default under the Credit Facility or other debt, the lenders or holders could exercise their rights as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If we are unable to repay debt, lenders having secured obligations, including the lenders under the Credit Facility, could proceed against the collateral securing the debt. Because the Credit Facility has, and any future credit facilities will likely have, customary cross-default provisions, if the indebtedness under the 2023 Notes or the Credit Facility or under any future credit facility is accelerated, we may be unable to repay or finance the amounts due.

We may choose to redeem the 2023 Notes when prevailing interest rates are relatively low.

On or after November 1, 2020, we may choose to redeem the 2023 Notes from time to time, especially if prevailing interest rates are lower than the rate borne by the 2023 Notes. If prevailing rates are lower at the time of redemption, and we redeem the 2023 Notes, you likely would not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as the interest rate on the 2023 Notes being redeemed. Our redemption right also may adversely impact your ability to sell the 2023 Notes as the optional redemption date or period approaches.

A downgrade, suspension or withdrawal of the credit rating assigned by a rating agency to us or our securities, could cause the liquidity or market value of the 2023 Notes to decline significantly.

Any credit rating assigned to us or the 2023 Notes represents an assessment by the assigning rating agency of our ability to pay our debts when due. Consequently, real or anticipated changes in our credit ratings will generally affect the market value of the 2023 Notes. These credit ratings may not reflect the potential impact of risks relating to the structure or marketing of the 2023 Notes. Credit ratings are paid for by the issuer and are not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold any security, and may be revised or withdrawn at any time by the issuing organization in its sole discretion.

 

37


Table of Contents

Other Risks

Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents may adversely affect our business by causing a disruption to our operations, or the operations of businesses in which we invest, a compromise or corruption of our confidential information and/or damage to our business relationships, all of which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Maintaining our network security is of critical importance because our systems store highly confidential financial models and portfolio company information. Although we have implemented, and will continue to implement, security measures, our technology platform may be vulnerable to intrusion, computer viruses or similar disruptive problems caused by cyber-attacks. A cyber incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our information resources. These incidents may be an intentional attack or an unintentional event and could involve gaining unauthorized access to our information systems for purposes of misappropriating assets, stealing confidential information, corrupting data or causing operational disruption. The result of these incidents may include disrupted operations, misstated or unreliable financial data, liability for stolen assets or information, increased cybersecurity protection and insurance costs, litigation and damage to our business relationships. As our reliance on technology has increased, so have the risks posed to our information systems, both internal and those provided to us by third-party service providers. We have implemented processes, procedures and internal controls to help mitigate cybersecurity risks and cyber intrusions, but these measures, as well as our increased awareness of the nature and extent of a risk of a cyber incident, do not guarantee that a cyber incident will not occur and/or that our financial results, operations or confidential information will not be negatively impacted by such an incident. In addition, any such incident, disruption or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, and regulatory penalties, disrupt our operations, and damage our and our Adviser’s reputations, resulting in a loss of confidence in our services and our Adviser’s services, which could adversely affect our business.

We are dependent on information systems and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to pay dividends.

Our business is dependent on our and third parties’ communications and information systems. Any failure or interruption of those systems, including as a result of the termination of an agreement with any third-party service providers, could cause delays or other problems in our activities. Our financial, accounting, data processing, backup or other operating systems and facilities may fail to operate properly or become disabled or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control and adversely affect our business. There could be:

 

   

sudden electrical or telecommunications outages;

 

   

natural disasters such as earthquakes, tornadoes and hurricanes;

 

   

disease pandemics;

 

   

events arising from local or larger scale political or social matters, including terrorist acts; and

 

   

cyber-attacks.

These events, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.

 

38


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

All statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement, other than historical facts, may constitute “forward-looking statements.” These statements may relate to, among other things, future events or our future operating results, our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies, actual and potential conflicts of interest with our Adviser and its affiliates, the use of borrowed money to finance our investments, the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital, and our ability to co-invest, among other factors. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “estimate,” “may,” “might,” “believe,” “will,” “provided,” “anticipate,” “future,” “could,” “growth,” “plan,” “project,” “intend,” “expect,” “should,” “would,” “if,” “seek,” “possible,” “potential,” “likely” or the negative or other variations of such terms or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include but are not limited to:

 

   

the recurrence of adverse changes in the economy and the capital markets;

 

   

risks associated with negotiation and consummation of pending and future transactions;

 

   

the loss of one or more of our executive officers, in particular David Gladstone, Robert L. Marcotte or Terry Lee Brubaker;

 

   

changes in our investment objectives and strategy;

 

   

availability, terms (including the possibility of interest rate volatility) and deployment of capital;

 

   

changes in our industry, interest rates, exchange rates, regulation or the general economy;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the degree and nature of our competition;

 

   

changes in governmental regulations, tax rates and similar matters;

 

   

our ability to exit an investment in a timely manner;

 

   

our ability to maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a BDC; and

 

   

those factors described in the “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

We caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statement, which speak only as of the date made. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from our historical performance. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this prospectus supplement. Although we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports we have filed, or in the future may file with the SEC, including subsequent annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. The forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement or accompanying prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

39


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

Unless otherwise specified in any prospectus supplement accompanying this prospectus, we expect to use the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities first to pay down existing short-term debt, then to make investments in lower middle market businesses in accordance with our investment objectives, with any remaining proceeds to be used for other general corporate purposes. For the year ended September 30, 2018, indebtedness under our Credit Facility had a weighted average interest rate of approximately 5.1%, excluding effects of amortization on our deferred financing costs. We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of any offering of Securities will be utilized in the manner described above within three months of the completion of such offering. Pending such utilization, we intend to invest the net proceeds of any offering of Securities primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, consistent with the requirements for continued qualification as a RIC for federal income tax purposes.

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS

We currently intend to distribute in the form of cash dividends, for each taxable year, a minimum of 90.0% of our annual ordinary income plus the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders in the form of monthly dividends. We intend to retain some or all of our realized capital gains first to the extent we have available capital loss carryforwards and second, through treating the retained amount as a deemed distribution for tax purposes. We report the estimated tax characterization of each dividend when declared while the actual tax characterization of dividends for each calendar year are reported to each stockholder on IRS Form 1099-DIV. There is no assurance that we will achieve investment results or maintain a tax status that will permit any specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. At the option of a holder of record of common stock, all cash distributions paid with respect to our common stock can be reinvested automatically under our dividend reinvestment plan in additional whole and fractional shares of our common stock. A stockholder whose shares are held in the name of a broker or other nominee should contact the broker or nominee regarding participation in a dividend reinvestment plan. See “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Regulation and Structure—We will be subject to corporate-level tax if we are unable to satisfy Code requirements for RIC qualification;” “Dividend Reinvestment Plan;” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Our shares of common stock and mandatorily redeemable preferred stock are traded on the Nasdaq under the trading symbols “GLAD” and “GLADN,” respectively and our 2023 Notes trade on Nasdaq under the trading symbol “GLADD.” There can be no assurance that any premium to NAV will be attained or maintained. As of December 3, 2018 there were 34 stockholders of record, meaning individuals or entities that we carry in our records as the registered holder (although not necessarily the beneficial owner) of our common stock.

 

40


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the range of high and low intraday sale prices of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq and the distributions declared by us for the last two completed fiscal years and the current fiscal year through December 6, 2018.

COMMON SHARE PRICE DATA

 

            Sales Price                       
     NAV (1)      High      Low      Declared
Common
Distributions
     Premium
(Discount) of
High to
NAV (2)
     Premium
(Discount) of
Low to

NAV (2)
 

Fiscal Year ended September 30, 2017

                 

First Quarter

     8.36        9.62        7.33        0.21        15.1        (12.3

Second Quarter

     8.33        9.92        8.67        0.21        19.1        4.1  

Third Quarter

     8.38        10.12        9.15        0.21        20.8        9.2  

Fourth Quarter

     8.40        9.95        8.98        0.21        18.5        6.9  

Fiscal Year ended September 30, 2018

                 

First Quarter

     8.48        9.92        8.95        0.21        17.0        5.5  

Second Quarter

     8.62        9.50        7.80        0.21        10.2        (9.5

Third Quarter

     8.86        9.29        8.57        0.21        4.9        (3.3

Fourth Quarter

     8.32        9.87        9.02        0.21        18.6        8.4  

Fiscal Year ending September 30, 2019

                 

First Quarter (through December 6, 2018)

     *        9.65        8.24        0.21        *        *  

 

(1)

NAV per share is determined as of the last day in the relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the NAV per share on the date of the high and low intraday sale prices. The NAV per shares shown are based on outstanding shares at the end of each period.

(2)

The (discounts) premiums to NAV per share set forth in these columns represent the high or low, as applicable, intraday sale price per share for the relevant quarter minus the NAV per share as of the end of such quarter, and therefore may not reflect the (discount) premium to NAV per share on the date of the high and low intraday sale prices.

*

Not yet available, as the NAV per share as of the end of this quarter has not yet been determined.

Share Repurchases

In January 2016, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program for up to an aggregate of $7.5 million of the Company’s common stock. The program expired on January 31, 2017. During the year ended September 30, 2016, we repurchased 87,200 shares of our common stock at an average share price of $6.53, resulting in aggregate gross purchases of $0.6 million. We did not repurchase any shares during the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017. See “ Share Repurchases.

The following are our outstanding classes of securities as of September 30, 2018.

 

(1)Title of Class

   (2)Amount
Authorized
     (3)Amount Held
by us or for
Our
Account
     (4)Amount
Outstanding
Exclusive of
Amount Shown
Under Column (3)
 

Common Stock

     44,560,000        —          28,501,980  

6.00% Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock

     5,440,000        —          2,070,000  

 

41


Table of Contents

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES AND MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED DISTRIBUTIONS

For the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the ratios of three income metrics to fixed charges of the Company, computed as set forth below, were as follows:

 

     Year Ended September 30,  
     2018      2017      2016      2015     2014  

Net investment income plus fixed charges to fixed charges

     3.3x        3.6x        3.4x        3.0x       3.5x  

Net investment income plus net realized losses plus fixed charges to fixed charges (A)

     0.7x        3.0x        4.3x        (0.8x     1.9x  

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations plus fixed charges to fixed charges

     2.9x        3.1x        2.4x        1.9x       2.6x  

For purposes of computing the ratios, fixed charges include interest expense on borrowings, dividend expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and amortization of deferred financing fees.

 

(A)  

Due to realized losses on certain investments during the year ended September 30, 2015, the ratio of net investment income plus net realized losses plus fixed charges to fixed charges was less than 1:1. We would have needed to generate additional net investment income of approximately $17.0 million during the year ended September 30, 2015 to achieve a coverage ratio of 1:1.

 

42


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following consolidated selected financial data for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are derived from our audited accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements . The other data included in the second table below is unaudited. The data should be read in conjunction with our accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

GLADSTONE CAPITAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE)

 

    Year Ended September 30,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  

Statement of Operations Data:

         

Total Investment Income

  $ 45,581     $ 39,233     $ 39,112     $ 38,058     $ 36,585  

Total Expenses, Net of Credits from Adviser

    22,493       17,800       19,625       20,358       18,217  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Investment Income

    23,088       21,433       19,487       17,700       18,368  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Realized and Unrealized (Loss) Gain

    (4,440     (4,253     (8,120     (9,216     (7,135
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

  $ 18,648     $ 17,180     $ 11,367     $ 8,484     $ 11,233  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

         

Net Investment Income per Common Share—Basic and Diluted (A)

  $ 0.85     $ 0.84     $ 0.84     $ 0.84     $ 0.87  

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations per Common Share—Basic and Diluted (A)

    0.69       0.67       0.49       0.40       0.53  

Distributions Declared and Paid Per Common Share (B)

    0.84       0.84       0.84       0.84       0.84  

Statement of Assets and Liabilities Data:

         

Total Assets

  $ 399,508     $ 365,860     $ 337,178     $ 382,482     $ 301,429  

Net Assets

    237,092       219,650       201,207       191,444       199,660  

Net Asset Value Per Common Share

    8.32       8.40       8.62       9.06       9.51  

Common Shares Outstanding

    28,501,980       26,160,684       23,344,422       21,131,622       21,000,160  

Weighted Common Shares Outstanding—Basic and Diluted

    27,104,077       25,495,117       23,200,642       21,066,844       21,000,160  

Senior Securities Data:

         

Total borrowings, at cost (C)

  $ 110,000     $ 93,000     $ 71,300     $ 127,300     $ 36,700  

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock (C)(D)

    51,750       51,750       61,000       61,000       61,000  

 

(A)  

Per share data is based on the weighted average common stock outstanding for both basic and diluted.

(B)  

The tax character of distributions is determined on an annual basis. For further information on the estimated character of our distributions to common stockholders, please refer to Note 9— Distributions to Common Stockholders in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

43


Table of Contents
(C)  

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for more information regarding our level of indebtedness.

(D)  

Represents the total liquidation preference of our mandatorily redeemable term preferred stock.

 

     Year Ended September 30,  
     2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  

Other Unaudited Data:

          

Number of Portfolio Companies

     50       47       45       48       45  

Average Size of Portfolio Company Investment at Cost

   $ 8,549     $ 8,754     $ 8,484     $ 8,547     $ 7,762  

Principal Amount of New Investments

     67,936       99,241       79,401       102,299       81,731  

Disbursements to Existing Portfolio Companies

     38,679       12,851       10,145       33,824       20,314  

Proceeds from Loan Repayments, Investments Sold and Exits (A)

     67,944       83,444       121,144       40,273       72,560  

Weighted Average Yield on Investments, excluding loans on non-accrual status (B)

     11.80     11.57     11.08     10.93     11.47

Weighted Average Yield on Investments, including loans on non-accrual status (C)

     10.72       10.61       10.27       9.84       9.99  

Total Return (D)

     9.53       27.90       11.68       2.40       9.62  

 

(A)

Includes non-cash reductions in cost basis.

(B)  

Weighted average yield on investments, excluding loans on non-accrual status, equals interest income on investments divided by the weighted average interest-bearing principal balance throughout the fiscal year.

(C)  

Weighted average yield on investments, including loans on non-accrual status, equals interest income on investments divided by the weighted average total principal balance throughout the fiscal year.

(D)

Total return equals the change in the ending market value of our common stock from the beginning of the fiscal year, taking into account dividends reinvested in accordance with the terms of the dividend reinvestment plan. Total return does not take into account distributions that may be characterized as a return of capital. For further information on the estimated character of our distributions to common stockholders, refer to Note 9— Distributions to Common Stockholders elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

44


Table of Contents

SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

The following tables set forth certain quarterly financial information for each of the quarters in the two years ended September 30, 2018. The information was derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. Results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the past fiscal year or for any future quarter.

 

     Quarter Ended  
     December 31,
2017
     March 31,
2018
     June 30,
2018
     September 30,
2018
 

Total investment income

   $ 10,859      $ 11,086      $ 12,379      $ 11,257  

Net investment income

     5,577        5,613        5,996        5,902  

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

     7,160        9,304        12,093        (9,909

Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Resulting From Operations per Weighted Average Common Share (Basic and Diluted)

   $ 0.27      $ 0.35      $ 0.45      $ (0.35

 

     Quarter Ended  
     December 31,
2016
     March 31,
2017
     June 30,
2017
     September 30,
2017
 

Total investment income

   $ 9,974      $ 8,793      $ 9,632      $ 10,834  

Net investment income

     5,207        5,359        5,379        5,488  

Net Increase in net assets resulting from operations

     916        4,656        6,163        5,445  

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting From Operations per Weighted Average Common Share (Basic and Diluted)

   $ 0.04      $ 0.18      $ 0.24      $ 0.21  

 

45


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical financial condition and results of operations and percentage relationships among any amounts in the financial statements are not necessarily indicative of financial condition, results of operations or percentage relationships for any future periods. Except per share amounts, dollar amounts in the tables included herein are in thousands unless otherwise indicated. Our actual results, performance or achievements, or industry results, could differ materially from those we express in the following discussion as a result of a variety of factors, including the risks and uncertainties we have referred to under the headings “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

OVERVIEW

General

We were incorporated under the Maryland General Corporation Law on May 30, 2001. We operate as an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company, and have elected to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. In addition, for federal income tax purposes we have elected to be treated as a RIC under the Code. To continue to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes and obtain favorable RIC tax treatment, we must meet certain requirements, including certain minimum distribution requirements.

We were established for the purpose of investing in debt and equity securities of established private businesses operating in the U.S. Our investment objectives are to: (1) achieve and grow current income by investing in debt securities of established businesses that we believe will provide stable earnings and cash flow to pay expenses, make principal and interest payments on our outstanding indebtedness and make distributions to stockholders that grow over time; and (2) provide our stockholders with long-term capital appreciation in the value of our assets by investing in equity securities of established businesses that we believe can grow over time to permit us to sell our equity investments for capital gains. To achieve our investment objectives, our investment strategy is to invest in several categories of debt and equity securities, with each investment generally ranging from $8 million to $30 million, although investment size may vary, depending upon our total assets or available capital at the time of investment. We expect that our investment portfolio over time will consist of approximately 90.0% debt investments and 10.0% equity investments, at cost. As of September 30, 2018, our investment portfolio was made up of approximately 91.4% debt investments and 8.6% equity investments, at cost.

We focus on investing in lower middle market companies (which we generally define as companies with annual earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization of $3 million to $15 million) in the U.S. that meet certain criteria, including, but not limited to, the following: the sustainability of the business’ free cash flow and its ability to grow it over time, adequate assets for loan collateral, experienced management teams with a significant ownership interest in the borrower, reasonable capitalization of the borrower, including an ample equity contribution or cushion based on prevailing enterprise valuation multiples and, to a lesser extent, the potential to realize appreciation and gain liquidity in our equity position, if any. We lend to borrowers that need funds for growth capital or to finance acquisitions or recapitalize or refinance their existing debt facilities. We seek to avoid investing in high-risk, early-stage enterprises. Our targeted portfolio companies are generally considered too small for the larger capital marketplace. We invest by ourselves or jointly with other funds and/or management of the portfolio company, depending on the opportunity and have opportunistically made several co-investments with our affiliate Gladstone Investment, a BDC also managed by our Adviser, pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the SEC. We believe this ability to co-invest will continue to enhance our ability to further our investment objectives and strategies. If we are participating in an investment with one or more co-investors, our investment is likely to be smaller than if we were investing alone.

 

46


Table of Contents

Business

Portfolio and Investment Activity

In general, our investments in debt securities have a term of no more than seven years, accrue interest at variable rates (generally based on the one-month LIBOR) and, to a lesser extent, at fixed rates. We seek debt instruments that pay interest monthly or, at a minimum, quarterly, may have a success fee or deferred interest provision and are primarily interest only, with all principal and any accrued but unpaid interest due at maturity. Generally, success fees accrue at a set rate and are contractually due upon a change of control of a portfolio company, typically from an exit or sale. Some debt securities have deferred interest whereby some portion of the interest payment is added to the principal balance so that the interest is paid, together with the principal, at maturity. This form of deferred interest is often called PIK interest.

Typically, our equity investments consist of common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests, or warrants to purchase the foregoing. Often, these equity investments occur in connection with our original investment, recapitalizing a business, or refinancing existing debt.

During the year ended September 30, 2018, we invested $67.9 million in ten new portfolio companies and extended $38.7 million of investments to existing portfolio companies. In addition, during the year ended September 30, 2018, we exited seven portfolio companies through sales and early payoffs. We received a total of $66.9 million in combined net proceeds and principal repayments from the aforementioned portfolio company exits as well as existing portfolio companies during the year ended September 30, 2018. This activity resulted in a net increase in our overall portfolio by three portfolio companies to 50 and a net increase of $16.0 million in our portfolio at cost since September 30, 2017. From our initial public offering in August 2001 through September 30, 2018, we have made 495 different loans to, or investments in, 226 companies for a total of approximately $1.8 billion, before giving effect to principal repayments on investments and divestitures.

During the year ended September 30, 2018, the following significant transactions occurred:

 

   

In October 2017, we sold our investment in Flight Fit N Fun LLC for a realized gain of $0.6 million. In connection with the sale, we received net cash proceeds of approximately $9.4 million, including the repayment of our debt investment of $7.8 million at par.

 

   

In October 2017, we invested $11.0 million in Applied Voice & Speech Technologies, Inc. through secured first lien debt.

 

   

In October 2017, our investment in PSC Industrial Holdings, LLC paid off at par for net cash proceeds of $3.5 million.

 

   

In November 2017, we invested $7.5 million in Arc Drilling Holdings LLC through a combination of secured first lien debt and equity.

 

   

In November 2017, we invested $7.5 million in Gray Matter Systems, LLC through secured second lien debt. In March 2018, we invested an additional $3.6 million in Gray Matter Systems, LLC, through secured second lien debt.

 

   

In November 2017, our investment in DataPipe, Inc. paid off at par for net cash proceeds of $2.0 million.

 

   

In November 2017, we invested $5.0 million in DigiCert Holdings, Inc. through secured second lien debt. In March 2018, we sold $2.0 million of this investment for net cash proceeds of $2.0 million.

 

   

In November 2017, we invested $4.0 million in Red Ventures, LLC through secured second lien debt.

 

   

In November 2017, we invested $1.0 million in ABG Intermediate Holdings 2, LLC through secured second lien debt. In January 2018, we sold this investment for net cash proceeds of $1.0 million.

 

   

In December 2017, we invested $20.0 million in Impact! Chemical Technologies, Inc. through secured first lien debt.

 

47


Table of Contents
   

In January 2018, we invested $8.1 million in XMedius Solutions Inc. through secured first lien debt.

 

   

In February 2018, we invested an additional $4.0 million in an existing portfolio company, Lignetics, Inc., through secured first lien debt.

 

   

In March, July and September 2018, an existing portfolio company, EL Academies, Inc., drew $1.4 million, $4.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively, on the unused portion of its secured first lien delayed draw term loan.

 

   

In March 2018, we sold our $1.0 million investment in Neustar, Inc. for net cash proceeds of $1.0 million.

 

   

In April 2018, we invested $3.0 million in CHA Holdings, Inc. through secured second lien debt.

 

   

In May 2018, our investment in TapRoot Partners, Inc. paid off, which resulted in prepayment fees of $0.5 million and success fee income of $0.4 million. In connection with the pay off, we received net cash proceeds of $22.9 million, including the repayment of our debt investment of $22.0 million at par.

 

   

In May 2018, we invested an additional $10.0 million in an existing portfolio company, Merlin International, Inc., through secured second lien debt.

 

   

In June 2018, we invested an additional $7.0 million in an existing portfolio company, IA Tech, LLC, through secured first lien debt.

 

   

In July 2018, our investment in NetSmart Technologies, Inc. paid off at par for net cash proceeds of $3.7 million.

 

   

In July 2018, the holding company for Impact! Chemical Technologies, Inc. (“Impact”) merged with and into the holding company for WadeCo Specialties, Inc. (“WadeCo”) to form Chemical & Injection Holdings Company, LLC (“Chemical & Injection Holdings”). Our preferred equity ownership related to WadeCo with a cost basis of $0.6 million, was converted into preferred equity ownership in the newly formed Chemical & Injection Holdings with the same cost basis. Our existing debt investments in Impact and WadeCo remained unchanged in conjunction with the merger.

 

   

In September 2018, we restructured our $30.0 million investment in Sunshine Media Holdings (“Sunshine”) resulting in a $28.2 million realized loss and a new $2.0 million investment in TNCP Intermediate HoldCo, LLC.

 

   

In November 2018, we invested $16.7 million in Antenna Research Associates, Inc. through secured first lien debt and equity.

 

   

In December 2018, we invested $1.0 million in CPM Holdings, Inc. through secured second lien debt.

Refer to Note 15— Subsequent Events in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for portfolio activity occurring subsequent to September 30, 2018.

Capital Raising

We have been able to meet our capital needs through extensions of and increases to the Credit Facility and by accessing the capital markets in the form of public equity offerings of common and preferred stock. We have successfully extended the Credit Facility’s revolving period multiple times, most recently to January 2021, and currently have a total commitment amount of $190.0 million. Additionally, we issued 2.1 million shares of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock at a public offering price of $25 per share, for gross proceeds of $51.8 million in September 2017, inclusive of the overallotment, and approximately 2.2 million shares of our common stock for gross proceeds of $17.3 million in October 2016, inclusive of the November 2016 overallotment. Additionally, during the year ended September 30, 2018, we sold 2,341,296 shares of our common stock under our at-the-market program at a weighted-average price of $9.39 per share and raised $22.0 million of gross proceeds. Refer to “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Equity—Common Stock” and “Liquidity and Capital

 

48


Table of Contents

Resources — Equity — Term Preferred Stock” for further discussion of our common stock and mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Revolving Credit Facility” for further discussion of the Credit Facility.

Although we were able to access the capital markets historically and in recent years, we believe uncertain market conditions could affect the trading price of our capital stock and thus may inhibit our ability to finance new investments through the issuance of equity. When our common stock trades below NAV per common share, as it has often done in previous years, our ability to issue equity is constrained by provisions of the 1940 Act, which generally prohibits the issuance and sale of our common stock below NAV per common share without first obtaining approval from our stockholders and our independent directors, other than through sales to our then-existing stockholders pursuant to a rights offering. We did not request that our stockholders approve the Company’s ability to issue shares of common stock at a price below NAV per share at our annual meeting of stockholders held on February 8, 2018. Should we decide to issue shares of common stock at a price below NAV per share in the future, we will seek the requisite approval of our stockholders at such time.

On November 13, 2018, the closing market price of our common stock was $9.28, an 11.5% premium to our September 30, 2018 NAV per share of $8.32.

Refer to Note 15—Subsequent Events in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of additional capital raised in connection with issuance of the 2023 Notes.

Regulatory Compliance

Our ability to seek external debt financing, to the extent that it is available under current market conditions, is further subject to the asset coverage limitations of the 1940 Act, which require us to have an asset coverage (as defined in Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act) of at least 200% (currently) or 150% (effective April 10, 2019) on our “senior securities representing indebtedness” and our “senior securities that are stock.”

On April 10, 2018, our Board of Directors, including a “required majority” (as such term is defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) thereof, approved the modified asset coverage requirements set forth in Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act, as amended by the Small Business Credit Availability Act. As a result, the Company’s asset coverage requirements for senior securities will be changed from 200% to 150%, effective one year after the date of the Board of Directors’ approval; or April 10, 2019. Under the current 200% asset coverage standard, we may borrow debt or issue senior securities in the amount of $1.00 for every $1.00 of equity in the Company. Starting from April 10, 2019, under the 150% asset coverage standard, we may borrow debt or issue senior securities in the amount of $2.00 for every $1.00 of equity in the Company. Notwithstanding the modified asset coverage requirement under the 1940 Act described above, we are separately subject to a minimum asset coverage requirement of 200% with respect to certain provisions of our Credit Facility and our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock.

As of September 30, 2018, our asset coverage on our “senior securities representing indebtedness” was 359.0% and our asset coverage on our “senior securities that are stock” was 244.4%.

Recent Developments

Debt Offering

In November 2018, we completed a public debt offering of $57.5 million aggregate principal amount of 6.125% Notes due 2023 (the “2023 Notes”), inclusive of the overallotment, for net proceeds of $55.5 million after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses borne by us. The Notes will mature on November 1, 2023, and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at the Company’s option on or after November 1, 2020. The 2023 Notes are traded under the ticker symbol “GLADD” on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

 

49


Table of Contents

Distributions

On October 9, 2018, our Board of Directors declared the following monthly cash distributions to common and preferred stockholders:

 

Record Date

   Payment Date    Distribution per
Common Share
     Distribution per
Series 2024 Term
Preferred Share
 

October 19, 2018

   October 31, 2018    $ 0.07      $ 0.125  

November 20, 2018

   November 30, 2018      0.07        0.125  

December 20, 2018

   December 31, 2018      0.07        0.125  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
   Total for the Quarter    $ 0.21      $ 0.375  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Portfolio and Investment Activity

In October 2018, our investment in TWS Acquisition Corporation paid off at par for net cash proceeds of $2.0 million.

In October and November 2018, we invested a total of $1.6 million in 8th Avenue Food & Provisions, Inc. through secured second lien debt.

In November 2018, we invested $2.0 million in GOBP Holdings, Inc. (d/b/a Grocery Outlet) through secured second lien debt.

In November 2018, our investment in Red Ventures, LLC paid off at par for net cash proceeds of $3.1 million.

In November 2018, we invested $16.7 million in Antenna Research Associates, Inc. through secured first lien debt and equity.

In December 2018, we invested $1.0 million in CPM Holdings, Inc. through secured second lien debt.

 

50


Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Comparison of the Year Ended September 30, 2018 to the Year Ended September 30, 2017

 

     For the Year Ended September 30,  
     2018     2017     $ Change     %Change  

INVESTMENT INCOME

        

Interest income

   $ 43,958     $ 37,073     $ 6,885       18.6

Other income

     1,623       2,160       (537     (24.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment income

     45,581       39,233       6,348       16.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EXPENSES

        

Base management fee

     7,033       5,781       1,252       21.7  

Loan servicing fee

     5,042       4,146       896       21.6  

Incentive fee

     5,348       4,779       569       11.9  

Administration fee

     1,250       1,102       148       13.4  

Interest expense on borrowings

     5,858       3,073       2,785       90.6  

Dividend expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

     3,105       4,152       (1,047     (25.2

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     1,014       1,094       (80     (7.3

Other expenses

     1,966       1,945       21       1.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses, before credits from Adviser

     30,616       26,072       4,544       17.4  

Credit to base management fee—loan servicing fee

     (5,042     (4,146     (896     21.6  

Credit to fees from Adviser—other

     (3,081 )       (4,126     1,045       (25.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses, net of credits

     22,493       17,800       4,693       26.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INVESTMENT INCOME

     23,088       21,433       1,655       7.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET REALIZED AND UNREALIZED (LOSS) GAIN

        

Net realized loss on investments

     (26,063     (3,475     (22,588     650.0  

Net realized loss on other

     (133     (1,288     1,155       (89.7

Net unrealized appreciation of investments

     21,641       625       21,016       3,362.6  

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of other

     115       (115     230       (200.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from investments and other

     (4,440 )       (4,253     (187     4.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN NET ASSETS RESULTING FROM OPERATIONS

   $ 18,648     $ 17,180     $ 1,468       8.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PER BASIC AND DILUTED COMMON SHARE

        

Net investment income

   $ 0.85     $ 0.84     $ 0.01       1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 0.69     $ 0.67     $ 0.02       3.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment Income

Interest income increased by 18.6% for the year ended September 30, 2018, as compared to the prior year. This increase was due primarily to an increase in the weighted average balance outstanding on our interest-bearing portfolio and an increase in the weighted average yield on our interest-bearing portfolio. The weighted average principal balance of our interest-bearing investment portfolio during the year ended September 30, 2018, was $372.2 million, compared to $320.1 million for the prior year, an increase of $52.1 million, or 16.3%. The weighted average yield on our interest-bearing investments is based on the current stated interest rates on interest-bearing investments which increased to 11.8% for the year ended September 30, 2018 compared to 11.6% for the year ended September 30, 2017, inclusive of any allowances on interest receivables made during those periods.

 

51


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2018, one portfolio company, Francis Drilling Fluids, Ltd. (“FDF”) was on non-accrual status, with an aggregate debt cost basis of approximately $26.9 million, or 6.9% of the cost basis of all debt investments in our portfolio. As of September 30, 2017, two portfolio companies, Sunshine and Alloy Die Casting Co. (“ADC”), were on non-accrual status, with an aggregate debt cost basis of approximately $27.9 million, or 7.5% of the cost basis of all debt investments in our portfolio.

Other income decreased by 24.9% during the year ended September 30, 2018, as compared to the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to a $1.1 million decrease in success fees recognized year over year. For the year ended September 30, 2018, other income consisted primarily of $0.6 million in prepayment fees received, $0.5 million in dividend income, and $0.4 million in success fees recognized. For the year ended September 30, 2017, other income consisted primarily of $1.5 million in success fees recognized, $0.3 million in dividend income, and $0.3 million in prepayment fees received.

The following tables list the investment income for our five largest portfolio company investments at fair value during the respective years:

 

     As of September 30, 2018     Year Ended September 30, 2018  

Portfolio Company

   Fair Value      % of Portfolio     Investment
Income
     % of Total
Investment
Income
 

IA Tech, LLC

   $ 30,900        7.9   $ 3,208        7.0

NetFortris Corp.

     24,325        6.2       2,522        5.5  

Lignetics, Inc.

     23,040        5.9       2,410        5.3  

Impact! Chemical Technologies, Inc. (A)

     22,472        5.8       1,849        4.1  

EL Academies, Inc.

     22,018        5.7       1,535        3.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal—five largest investments

     122,755        31.5       11,524        25.3  

Other portfolio companies

     267,291        68.5       34,018        74.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investment Portfolio

   $ 390,046        100.0   $ 45,542        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of September 30, 2017     Year Ended September 30, 2017  

Portfolio Company

   Fair Value      % of Portfolio     Investment
Income
     % of Total
Investment
Income
 

NetFortris Corp. (A)

   $ 24,240        6.9   $ 1,566        4.0

IA Tech, LLC

     23,633        6.7       2,813        7.2  

HB Capital Resources, Ltd. (A)

     22,110        6.3       1,107        2.8  

WadeCo Specialties, Inc.

     22,016        6.2       1,936        4.9  

Lignetics, Inc.

     18,949        5.4       1,862        4.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal—five largest investments

     110,948        31.5       9,284        23.7  

Other portfolio companies

     241,425        68.5       29,922        76.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investment Portfolio

   $ 352,373        100.0   $ 39,206        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A)  

New investment during applicable period.

Expenses

Expenses, net of any non-contractual, unconditional and irrevocable credits to fees from the Adviser, increased $4.7 million, or 26.4%, for the year ended September 30, 2018 as compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily due to a $2.9 million increase in our net base management and incentive fees to the Adviser and a $2.8 million increase in interest expense on borrowings, partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in dividend expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock.

 

52


Table of Contents

Interest expense increased by 90.6% during the year ended September 30, 2018, as compared to the prior year, due primarily to an increase in the weighted average balance outstanding on our Credit Facility. The weighted average balance outstanding during the year ended September 30, 2018, was $114.7 million, as compared to $58.4 million in the prior year, an increase of 96.4%. The effective interest rate on our Credit Facility, including unused commitment fees incurred but excluding the impact of deferred financing costs, was 5.1% during the year ended September 30, 2018, compared to 5.3% during the prior year. The decrease in the effective interest rate was driven by a decrease in the marginal interest rate on our Credit Facility effective March 9, 2018 and a decrease in unused commitment fees paid in the current year due to a greater amount outstanding on the credit facility. These factors were partially offset by an increase in LIBOR as compared to the prior year.

The net base management fee earned by the Adviser increased by $1.7 million, or 42.2%, during the year ended September 30, 2018, as compared to the prior year, resulting from an increase in average total assets subject to the base management fee and a decrease in credits from the Adviser year over year.

The net income-based incentive fee increased by $1.2 million, or 48.3%, for the year ended September 30, 2018, as compared to the prior year, due to higher pre-incentive fee net investment income, partially offset by an increase in net assets, which drives the hurdle, over the prior year. Our Board of Directors accepted a non-contractual, unconditional and irrevocable credit from the Adviser of $1.7 million to reduce the income-based incentive fee to the extent net investment income did not cover 100.0% of our distributions to common stockholders during the year ended September 30, 2018. The credit granted during the year ended September 30, 2017, totaled $2.3 million.

The base management, loan servicing and incentive fees, and associated non-contractual, unconditional and irrevocable credits, are computed quarterly, as described under “Transactions with the Adviser” in Note 4—Related Party Transactions of the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and are summarized in the following table:

 

       Year Ended September 30,    
             2018                     2017          

Average total assets subject to base management fee (A)

   $ 401,886     $ 330,343  

Multiplied by annual base management fee of 1.75%

     1.75     1.75
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Base management fee (B)

     7,033       5,781  

Portfolio company fee credit

     (1,020     (1,588

Syndicated loan fee credit

     (364     (221
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Base Management Fee

   $ 5,649     $ 3,972  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan servicing fee (B)

   $ 5,042     $ 4,146  

Credit to base management fee – loan servicing fee (B)

     (5,042     (4,146
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loan Servicing Fee

   $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Incentive fee (B)

   $ 5,348     $ 4,779  

Incentive fee credit

     (1,697     (2,317
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Incentive Fee

   $ 3,651     $ 2,462  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Portfolio company fee credit

   $ (1,020   $ (1,588

Syndicated loan fee credit

     (364     (221

Incentive fee credit

     (1,697     (2,317
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit to Fees from Adviser—Other (B)

   $ (3,081   $ (4,126
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A)

Average total assets subject to the base management fee is defined as total assets, including investments made with proceeds of borrowings, less any uninvested cash or cash equivalents resulting from borrowings,

 

53


Table of Contents
  valued at the end of the four most recently completed quarters within the respective years and adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the applicable year.
(B)

Reflected, on a gross basis, as a line item on our accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations located elsewhere in this prospectus.

Realized Loss and Unrealized Appreciation

Net Realized Loss on Investments

For the year ended September 30, 2018, we recorded a net realized loss on investments of $26.1 million, which resulted primarily from the restructure of our investment in Sunshine, previously on non-accrual status, and the associated recognition of a $28.2 million realized loss. This was partially offset by a $0.7 million realized gain from the sale of a portion of our equity investment in Funko Acquisition Holdings, LLC (“Funko”) and a $0.6 million realized gain associated with the sale of our investment in Flight Fit N Fun LLC.

For the year ended September 30, 2017, we recorded a net realized loss on investments of $3.5 million, which resulted primarily from the sale of substantially all the assets of RBC Acquisition Corp. (“RBC”) for a $2.3 million realized loss and the write-off of $5.0 million on our investment in Sunshine, partially offset by the sale of Behrens Manufacturing, LLC (“Behrens”) for a $2.5 million realized gain and a $1.2 million realized gain related to an additional earn-out from Funko, LLC, which we exited in the prior year.

Net Realized Loss on Other

We incurred a loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.3 million during the year ended September 30, 2017, which resulted from the write-off of unamortized deferred issuance costs at the time of redemption of our 6.75% Series 2021 Term Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Series 2021 Preferred Stock”) in September 2017.

Net Unrealized Appreciation of Investments

During the year ended September 30, 2018, we recorded net unrealized appreciation of investments in the aggregate amount of $21.6 million. The net realized gain (loss) and unrealized appreciation (depreciation) across our investments for the year ended September 30, 2018, were as follows:

 

     Year Ended September 30, 2018  

Portfolio Company

   Realized Gain
(Loss)
     Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation)
     Reversal of
Unrealized
Depreciation
(Appreciation)
    Net Gain (Loss)  

Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc.

   $ —        $ 2,830      $ —       $ 2,830  

United Flexible, Inc.

     —          2,475        —         2,475  

Alloy Die Casting Co.

     —          2,341        —         2,341  

AG Transportation Holdings, LLC

     —          2,083        —         2,083  

Targus Cayman HoldCo, Ltd.

     —          1,677        —         1,677  

PIC 360, LLC

     —          1,306        —         1,306  

Funko Acquisition Holdings, LLC

     745        869        (356     1,258  

Sea Link International IRB, Inc.

     —          559        —         559  

Leeds Novamark Capital I, L.P.

     —          526        —         526  

Merlin International, Inc.

     —          450        —         450  

WadeCo Specialties, Inc.

     —          385        —         385  

EL Academies, Inc.

     —          379        —         379  

Precision International, LLC

     —          306        —         306  

RBC Acquisition Corp.

     284               —         284  

IA Tech, LLC

     —          267        —         267  

 

54


Table of Contents
     Year Ended September 30, 2018  

Portfolio Company

   Realized Gain
(Loss)
    Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation)
    Reversal of
Unrealized
Depreciation
(Appreciation)
    Net Gain (Loss)  

Triple H Food Processors, LLC

     —         236       —         236  

Canopy Safety Brands, LLC

     —         195       —         195  

Funko, LLC

     127             —         127  

Flight Fit N Fun LLC

     630             (725     (95

HB Capital Resources, Ltd.

     —         330       (440     (110

Vision Government Solutions, Inc.

     —         (412     —         (412

Frontier Financial Group, Inc.

     —         (500     —         (500

GFRC Holdings, LLC

     —         (519     —         (519

Meridian Rack & Pinion, Inc.

     —         (671     —         (671

Vacation Rental Pros Property Management, LLC

     —         (1,020     —         (1,020

Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc.

     —         (1,768     —         (1,768

Sunshine Media Holdings

     (28,169     (1,319     27,660       (1,828

Arc Drilling Holding LLC

     —         (2,006     —         (2,006

New Trident Holdcorp, Inc.

     —         (2,794     —         (2,794

LWO Acquisitions Company, LLC

     —         (3,190     —         (3,190

Francis Drilling Fluids, Ltd.

     —         (7,436     —         (7,436

Other, net (<$250)

     320       28       (105     243  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total:

   $ (26,063   $ (4,393   $ 26,034     $ (4,422
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The primary drivers of our net unrealized appreciation for the year ended September 30, 2018, were the reversal of previously recorded depreciation on our investment in Sunshine upon restructure and improved performance on certain of our portfolio companies, namely Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc. These factors were partially offset by a decline in performance of certain of our other portfolio companies, namely FDF.

During the year ended September 30, 2017, we recorded net unrealized appreciation of investments in the aggregate amount of $0.6 million. The net realized gain (loss) and unrealized appreciation (depreciation) across our investments for the year ended September 30, 2017, were as follows:

 

     Year Ended September 30, 2017  

Portfolio Company

   Realized Gain
(Loss)
    Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation)
    Reversal of
Unrealized
Depreciation
(Appreciation)
     Net Gain (Loss)  

WadeCo Specialties, Inc.

   $ —       $ 2,900     $ —        $ 2,900  

SourceHOV LLC

     (218     1,756       97        1,635  

Funko, LLC

     1,273       (106     —          1,167  

Targus Cayman HoldCo, Ltd.

     —         662       —          662  

LWO Acquisitions Company, LLC

     —         608       —          608  

Flight Fit N Fun LLC

     —         456       —          456  

IA Tech, LLC

     —         403       —          403  

Vitera Healthcare Solutions, LLC

     —         213       115        328  

PIC 360, LLC

     —         315       —          315  

B+T Group Acquisition Inc.

     —         305       —          305  

Travel Sentry, Inc.

     —         255       —          255  

Leeds Novamark Capital I, L.P.

     —         229       —          229  

NetFortris Corp.

     (14     239       —          225  

PSC Industrial Holdings Corp.

     —         219       —          219  

 

55


Table of Contents
     Year Ended September 30, 2017  

Portfolio Company

   Realized Gain
(Loss)
    Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation)
    Reversal of
Unrealized
Depreciation
(Appreciation)
    Net Gain (Loss)  

United Flexible, Inc.

     —         177       —         177  

Drumcree, LLC

     —         169       (15     154  

Merlin International, Inc.

     —         150       —         150  

Vision Government Solutions, Inc.

     —         141       —         141  

TWS Acquisition Corporation

     —         127       —         127  

Westland Technologies, Inc.

     126       —         —         126  

Meridian Rack & Pinion, Inc.

     —         (246     —         (246

L Discovery

     —         (265     —         (265

Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc.

     —         (468     —         (468

FedCap Partners, LLC

     —         (514     —         (514

Behrens Manufacturing, LLC

     2,544       —         (3,211     (667

New Trident Holdcorp, Inc.

     —         (878     —         (878

Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc.

     —         (1,125     —         (1,125

RBC Acquisition Corp.

     (2,330     —         1,119       (1,211

Vertellus Holdings LLC

     109       (1,456     —         (1,347

Francis Drilling Fluids, Ltd.

     —         (2,066     —         (2,066

Alloy Die Casting, Corp.

     —         (2,303     —         (2,303

Sunshine Media Holdings

     (5,000     (995     3,612       (2,383

Other, net (<$250)

     35       33       (27     41  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total:

   $ (3,475   $ (1,065   $ 1,690     $ (2,850
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The primary drivers of our net unrealized appreciation for the year ended September 30, 2017, were an increase in the value of WadeCo, increased performance on certain of our portfolio companies, and the reversal of previously recorded depreciation on our investment in Sunshine upon partial write-off. These factors were partially offset by a decline in performance and decrease in comparable multiples used in the valuation of certain of our other portfolio companies and the reversal of $3.2 million of previously recorded unrealized appreciation on our investment in Behrens upon exit.

As of September 30, 2018, the fair value of our investment portfolio was less than its cost basis by approximately $37.4 million and our entire investment portfolio was valued at 91.2% of cost, as compared to cumulative net unrealized depreciation of $59.1 million and a valuation of our entire portfolio at 85.6% of cost as of September 30, 2017. This year over year increase in the cumulative unrealized depreciation on investments represents net unrealized appreciation of $21.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2018.

The cumulative net unrealized depreciation of our investments does not have an impact on our current ability to pay distributions to stockholders; however, it may be an indication of future realized losses, which could ultimately reduce our income available for distribution to stockholders.

Net Unrealized (Appreciation) Depreciation of Other

During the year ended September 30, 2018, we recorded $0.1 million of unrealized appreciation on our Credit Facility at fair value as compared to $0.1 million of unrealized depreciation during the year ended September 30, 2017.

 

56


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Year Ended September 30, 2017 to the Year Ended September 30, 2016

 

     For the Year Ended September 30,  
     2017     2016     $ Change     %Change  

INVESTMENT INCOME

        

Interest income

   $ 37,073     $ 35,219     $ 1,854       5.3

Other income

     2,160       3,893       (1,733     (44.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment income

     39,233       39,112       121       0.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EXPENSES

        

Base management fee

     5,781       5,684       97       1.7  

Loan servicing fee

     4,146       3,890       256       6.6  

Incentive fee

     4,779       4,514       265       5.9  

Administration fee

     1,102       1,182       (80     (6.8

Interest expense on borrowings

     3,073       2,899       174       6.0  

Dividend expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

     4,152       4,118       34       0.8  

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     1,094       1,075       19       1.8  

Other expenses

     1,945       2,459       (514     (20.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses, before credits from Adviser

     26,072       25,821       251       1.0  

Credit to base management fee—loan servicing fee

     (4,146     (3,890     (256     6.6  

Credit to fees from Adviser—other

     (4,126 )       (2,306     (1,820     78.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses, net of credits

     17,800       19,625       (1,825     (9.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INVESTMENT INCOME

     21,433       19,487       1,946       10.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET REALIZED AND UNREALIZED (LOSS) GAIN

        

Net realized (loss) gain on investments

     (3,475     7,216       (10,691     (148.2

Net realized loss on other

     (1,288     (64     (1,224     (1,912.5

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments

     625       (15,334     15,959       104.1  

Net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation of other

     (115 )       62       (177     (285.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from investments and other

     (4,253 )       (8,120     3,867       47.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN NET ASSETS RESULTING FROM OPERATIONS

   $ 17,180     $ 11,367     $ 5,813       51.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

PER BASIC AND DILUTED COMMON SHARE

        

Net investment income

   $ 0.84     $ 0.84     $ —         —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 0.67     $ 0.49     $ 0.18       36.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment Income

Interest income increased by 5.3% for the year ended September 30, 2017, as compared to the prior year. This increase was due primarily to an increase in the weighted average yield on our interest-bearing portfolio. The weighted average yield on our interest-bearing investments is based on the current stated interest rate on interest-bearing investments which increased to 11.6% for the year ended September 30, 2017 compared to 11.1% for the year ended September 30, 2016, inclusive of any allowances on interest receivables made during those periods. The weighted average principal balance of our interest-bearing investment portfolio during the year ended September 30, 2017, was $320.1 million, compared to $317.0 million for the prior year, an increase of $3.1 million, or 1.0%.

As of September 30, 2017, certain loans to two portfolio companies, Sunshine and ADC, were on non-accrual status, with an aggregate debt cost basis of approximately $27.9 million, or 7.5% of the cost basis of all debt investments in our portfolio. As of September 30, 2016, certain loans to two portfolio companies, Sunshine and

 

57


Table of Contents

Vertellus Holdings, LLC, were on non-accrual status, with an aggregate debt cost basis of approximately $26.5 million, or 7.7% of the cost basis of all debt investments in our portfolio.

Other income decreased by 44.5% during the year ended September 30, 2017, as compared to the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to a $1.9 million decrease in success fees recognized year over year. For the year ended September 30, 2017, other income consisted primarily of $1.5 million in success fees recognized, $0.3 million in dividend income, and $0.3 million in prepayment fees received. For the year ended September 30, 2016, other income consisted primarily of $3.4 million in success fees recognized, $0.3 million in dividend income, and $0.2 million in prepayment fees.

The following tables list the investment income for our five largest portfolio company investments at fair value during the respective years:

 

     As of September 30, 2017     Year Ended September 30, 2017  

Portfolio Company

   Fair Value      % of Portfolio     Investment
Income
     % of Total
Investment
Income
 

NetFortris Corp. (A)

   $ 24,240        6.9   $ 1,566        4.0

IA Tech, LLC

     23,633        6.7       2,813        7.2  

HB Capital Resources, Ltd. (A)

     22,110        6.3       1,107        2.8  

WadeCo Specialties, Inc.

     22,016        6.2       1,936        4.9  

Lignetics, Inc.

     18,949        5.4       1,862        4.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal—five largest investments

     110,948        31.5       9,284        23.7  

Other portfolio companies

     241,425        68.5       29,922        76.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investment Portfolio

   $ 352,373        100.0   $ 39,206        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of September 30, 2016     Year Ended September 30, 2016  

Portfolio Company

   Fair Value      % of Portfolio     Investment
Income
     % of Total
Investment
Income
 

RBC Acquisition Corp.

   $ 37,345        11.6   $ 3,347        8.6

IA Tech, LLC (A)

     23,230        7.2       888        2.3  

WadeCo Specialties, Inc.

     18,980        5.9       2,059        5.3  

United Flexible, Inc.

     17,744        5.5       2,108        5.4  

Lignetics, Inc.

     14,821        4.6       1,708        4.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal—five largest investments

     112,120        34.8       10,110        25.9  

Other portfolio companies

     209,994        65.2       28,997        74.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investment Portfolio

   $ 322,114        100.0   $ 39,107        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A)  

New investment during applicable period.

Expenses

Expenses, net of credits from the Adviser, decreased by 9.3% for the year ended September 30, 2017 as compared to the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to decreases in our net base management and incentive fees to the Advisor.

Interest expense increased by 6.0% during the year ended September 30, 2017, as compared to the prior year, due to an increase in the LIBOR component of the effective interest rate partially offset by a lower weighted average balance outstanding. The effective interest rate on our Credit Facility, excluding the impact of deferred financing costs, was 5.3% during the year ended September 30, 2017 compared to 4.5% during the prior year period. The weighted average balance outstanding on our Credit Facility during the year ended September 30, 2017, was approximately $58.4 million, as compared to $64.0 million in the prior year period, a decrease of 8.8%.

 

58


Table of Contents

Other expenses decreased by 20.9% during the year ended September 30, 2017, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to decreases in shareholder related costs and professional fees.

Net base management fee earned by the Adviser decreased by $0.8 million, or 17.4%, during the year ended September 30, 2017, as compared to the prior year period, resulting from an increase in portfolio company fee credits due to new investments made in the current year period.

Our Board of Directors accepted non-contractual, unconditional and irrevocable credits from the Adviser to reduce the income-based incentive fee to the extent net investment income did not cover 100.0% of our distributions to common stockholders during the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, which credits totaled $2.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

The base management, loan servicing and incentive fees, and associated non-contractual, unconditional and irrevocable credits, are computed quarterly, as described under “Transactions with the Adviser” in Note 4— Related Party Transactions of the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and are summarized in the following table:

 

     Year Ended September 30,  
          2017               2016       

Average total assets subject to base management fee (A)

   $ 330,343     $ 324,800  

Multiplied by annual base management fee of 1.75%

     1.75 %       1.75
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Base management fee (B)

     5,781       5,684  

Portfolio company fee credit

     (1,588     (785

Syndicated loan fee credit

     (221 )       (92
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Base Management Fee

   $ 3,972     $ 4,807  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan servicing fee (B)

   $ 4,146     $ 3,890  

Credit to base management fee – loan servicing fee (B)

     (4,146 )       (3,890
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loan Servicing Fee

   $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Incentive fee (B)

   $ 4,779     $ 4,514  

Incentive fee credit

     (2,317 )       (1,429
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Incentive Fee

   $ 2,462     $ 3,085  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Portfolio company fee credit

   $ (1,588   $ (785

Syndicated loan fee credit

     (221     (92

Incentive fee credit

     (2,317 )       (1,429
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit to Fees from Adviser—Other (B)

   $ (4,126 )     $ (2,306
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
(C)

Average total assets subject to the base management fee is defined as total assets, including investments made with proceeds of borrowings, less any uninvested cash or cash equivalents resulting from borrowings, valued at the end of the four most recently completed quarters within the respective years and adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the applicable year.

(D)

Reflected, on a gross basis, as a line item on our accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations located elsewhere in this prospectus.

Realized Loss and Unrealized Appreciation

Net Realized Loss on Investments

For the year ended September 30, 2017, we recorded a net realized loss on investments of $3.5 million, which resulted primarily from the sale of substantially all the assets of RBC for a $2.3 million realized loss and the

 

59


Table of Contents

write-off of $5.0 million on our investment in Sunshine, partially offset by the sale of Behrens for a $2.5 million realized gain and a $1.2 million realized gain related to an additional earn-out from Funko, LLC, which we exited in the prior year.

For the year ended September 30, 2016, we recorded a net realized gain on investments of $7.2 million, which resulted primarily from the sales of Funko, LLC, Southern Petroleum Laboratories, Inc., Westland Technologies, Inc., and Ashland Acquisitions, LLC (“Ashland”) for a combined realized gain of $18.7 million and net proceeds of $35.4 million. This realized gain was partially offset by a combined realized loss of $11.7 million recognized from the sale of Heartland Communications Group and the restructures of Targus Group International, Inc. (“Targus”) and Precision Acquisition Group Holdings, Inc. during the year ended September 30, 2016. We also recognized a realized loss of $0.6 million during the year ended September 30, 2016 related to a settlement associated with WP Evenflo Group Holdings, Inc., which we previously exited at a realized gain of $1.0 million in September 2014.

Net Realized Loss on Other

We incurred a loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.3 million during the year ended September 30, 2017, which resulted from the write-off of unamortized deferred issuance costs at the time of redemption of our Series 2021 Preferred Stock in September 2017. During the year ended September 30, 2016, we recorded a net realized loss of $0.1 million due to the expiration of our interest rate cap agreement in January 2016.

Net Unrealized Appreciation of Investments

During the year ended September 30, 2017, we recorded net unrealized appreciation of investments in the aggregate amount of $0.6 million. The net realized gain (loss) and unrealized appreciation (depreciation) across our investments for the year ended September 30, 2017, were as follows:

 

     Year Ended September 30, 2017  

Portfolio Company

   Realized Gain
(Loss)
    Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation)
    Reversal of
Unrealized
Depreciation
(Appreciation)
    Net Gain (Loss)  

WadeCo Specialties, Inc.

   $ —       $ 2,900     $ —       $ 2,900  

SourceHOV LLC

     (218     1,756       97       1,635  

Funko, LLC

     1,273       (106     —         1,167  

Targus Cayman HoldCo, Ltd.

     —         662       —         662  

LWO Acquisitions Company, LLC

     —         608       —         608  

Flight Fit N Fun LLC

     —         456       —         456  

IA Tech, LLC

     —         403       —         403  

Vitera Healthcare Solutions, LLC

     —         213       115       328  

PIC 360, LLC

     —         315       —         315  

B+T Group Acquisition Inc.

     —         305       —         305  

Travel Sentry, Inc.

     —         255       —         255  

Leeds Novamark Capital I, L.P.

     —         229       —         229  

NetFortris Corp.

     (14     239       —         225  

PSC Industrial Holdings Corp.

     —         219       —         219  

United Flexible, Inc.

     —         177       —         177  

Drumcree, LLC

     —         169       (15     154  

Merlin International, Inc.

     —         150       —         150  

Vision Government Solutions, Inc.

     —         141       —         141  

TWS Acquisition Corporation

     —         127       —         127  

Westland Technologies, Inc.

     126       —         —         126  

Meridian Rack & Pinion, Inc.

     —         (246     —         (246

 

60


Table of Contents
     Year Ended September 30, 2017  

Portfolio Company

   Realized Gain
(Loss)
    Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation)
    Reversal of
Unrealized
Depreciation
(Appreciation)
    Net Gain (Loss)  

L Discovery

     —         (265     —         (265

Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc.

     —         (468     —         (468

FedCap Partners, LLC

     —         (514     —         (514

Behrens Manufacturing, LLC

     2,544       —         (3,211     (667

New Trident Holdcorp, Inc.

     —         (878     —         (878

Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc.

     —         (1,125     —         (1,125

RBC Acquisition Corp.

     (2,330     —         1,119       (1,211

Vertellus Holdings LLC

     109       (1,456     —         (1,347

Francis Drilling Fluids, Ltd.

     —         (2,066     —         (2,066

Alloy Die Casting, Corp.

     —         (2,303     —         (2,303

Sunshine Media Holdings

     (5,000     (995     3,612       (2,383

Other, net (<$250)

     35       33       (27     41  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total:

   $ (3,475   $ (1,065   $ 1,690     $ (2,850
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The primary drivers of our net unrealized appreciation for the year ended September 30, 2017, were an increase in the value of WadeCo, increased performance on certain of our portfolio companies, and the reversal of previously recorded depreciation on our investment in Sunshine upon partial write-off. These factors were partially offset by a decline in performance and decrease in comparable multiples used in the valuation of certain of our other portfolio companies and the reversal of $3.2 million of previously recorded unrealized appreciation on our investment in Behrens upon exit.

The net realized gain (loss) and unrealized appreciation (depreciation) across our investments for the year ended September 30, 2016, were as follows:

 

     Year Ended September 30, 2016  

Portfolio Company

   Realized Gain
(Loss)
    Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation)
    Reversal of
Unrealized
Depreciation
(Appreciation)
    Net Gain (Loss)  

RBC Acquisition Corp.

   $ 1,207     $ 11,896     $ —       $ 13,103  

Legend Communications of Wyoming, LLC

     —         2,857       27       2,884  

Behrens Manufacturing, LLC

     —         2,206       —         2,206  

Funko, LLC

     16,874       98       (16,009     963  

Southern Petroleum Laboratories, Inc.

     873       871       (995     749  

Precision Acquisition Group Holdings, Inc.

     (3,821     (1,282     5,805       702  

Westland Technologies, Inc.

     909       622       (866     665  

J. America, Inc.

     —         482       —         482  

Triple H Food Processors, LLC

     —         351       —         351  

RP Crown Parent, LLC

     —         276       —         276  

GFRC Holdings, LLC

     —         (271     —         (271

Ashland Acquisitions, LLC

     72       183       (572     (317

Mikawaya

     —         (379     —         (379

FedCap Partners, LLC

     —         (381     —         (381

New Trident Holdcorp, Inc.

     —         (442     —         (442

AG Transportation Holdings, LLC

     —         (454     —         (454

WP Evenflo Group Holdings, Inc.

     (550     —         —         (550

WadeCo Specialties, Inc.

     —         (722     —         (722

Vision Government Solutions, Inc.

     —         (779     —         (779

Vertellus Specialties Inc.

     —         (975     —         (975

 

61


Table of Contents
     Year Ended September 30, 2016  

Portfolio Company

   Realized Gain
(Loss)
    Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation)
    Reversal of
Unrealized
Depreciation
(Appreciation)
    Net Gain (Loss)  

Lignetics, Inc.

     —         (1,251     —         (1,251

SourceHOV LLC

     —         (1,380     —         (1,380

LWO Acquisitions Company, LLC

     —         (3,170     —         (3,170

Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc.

     —         (3,184     —         (3,184

Sunshine Media Holdings

     —         (3,360     —         (3,360

Targus Cayman HoldCo, Ltd.

     (5,500     (2,952     4,198       (4,254

Francis Drilling Fluids, Ltd.

     —         (8,156     —         (8,156

Other, net (<$250)

     (2,848     (528     2,902       (474
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total:

   $ 7,216     $ (9,824   $ (5,510   $ (8,118
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The primary drivers of our net unrealized depreciation for the year ended September 30, 2016, were a decline in financial and operation performance of certain portfolio companies and the reversal of $16.0 million of previously recorded unrealized appreciation on our investment in Funko, LLC upon exit. This depreciation was partially offset by unrealized appreciation, primarily on RBC of $11.9 million, which was driven by proceeds received associated with the sale of RBC in November 2016, and the reversal of $4.2 million of previously recorded unrealized depreciation on our investment in Targus upon restructure.

As of September 30, 2017, the fair value of our investment portfolio was less than its cost basis by approximately $59.1 million and our entire investment portfolio was valued at 85.6% of cost, as compared to cumulative net unrealized depreciation of $59.7 million and a valuation of our entire portfolio at 84.4% of cost as of September 30, 2016. This year over year increase in the cumulative unrealized depreciation on investments represents net unrealized appreciation of $0.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2017.

The cumulative net unrealized depreciation of our investments does not have an impact on our current ability to pay distributions to stockholders; however, it may be an indication of future realized losses, which could ultimately reduce our income available for distribution to stockholders.

Net Unrealized (Appreciation) Depreciation of Other

During the year ended September 30, 2017, we recorded $0.1 million of unrealized depreciation on our Credit Facility at fair value. During the year ended September 30, 2016, we reversed $0.1 million of unrealized depreciation related to the expiration of our interest rate cap agreement in January 2016.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Operating Activities

Our cash flows from operating activities are primarily generated from the interest payments on debt securities that we receive from our portfolio companies, as well as net proceeds received through repayments or sales of our investments. We utilize this cash primarily to fund new investments, make interest payments on our Credit Facility, make distributions to our stockholders, pay management and administrative fees to the Adviser and Administrator, and for other operating expenses.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended September 30, 2018 was $17.6 million as compared to $12.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2017. The change was primarily due to a decrease in principal repayments and net proceeds from sales of investments partially offset by a decrease in purchases of investments year over year. Repayments and net proceeds from sales were $67.9 million during the year ended September 30, 2018 compared to $83.4 million during the year ended September 30, 2017. Purchase of investments was

 

62


Table of Contents

$106.6 million during the year ended September 30, 2018, compared to $112.1 million during the year ended September 30, 2017.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended September 30, 2017 was $12.9 million as compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $60.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2016. The change was primarily due to an increase in purchases of investments and a decrease in principal repayments on investments and net proceeds from sale of investments period over period. Purchases of investments were $112.1 million during the year ended September 30, 2017 compared to $80.0 million during the prior year period. Repayments and net proceeds from sales were $83.4 million during the year ended September 30, 2017 compared to $121.1 million during the year ended September 30, 2016.

As of September 30, 2018, we had loans to, syndicated participations in or equity investments in 50 companies, with an aggregate cost basis of approximately $427.5 million. As of September 30, 2017, we had loans to, syndicated participations in or equity investments in 47 companies, with an aggregate cost basis of approximately $411.4 million.

The following table summarizes our total portfolio investment activity during the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017:

 

     Year Ended September 30,  
           2018                 2017        

Beginning investment portfolio, at fair value

   $ 352,373     $ 322,114  

New investments

     67,936       99,241  

Disbursements to existing portfolio companies

     38,679       12,851  

Scheduled principal repayments

     (6,455     (3,646

Unscheduled principal repayments

     (58,941     (71,558

Net proceeds from sales of investments

     (2,548     (8,240

Net unrealized depreciation of investments

     (4,393     (1,065

Reversal of prior period net depreciation of investments

     26,034       1,690  

Net realized loss on investments

     (26,818     (3,475

Increase in investment balance due to PIK interest (A)

     4,060       4,729  

Net change in premiums, discounts and amortization

     119       (268
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending Investment Portfolio, at Fair Value

   $ 390,046     $ 352,373  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A)  

PIK interest is a non-cash source of income and is calculated at the contractual rate stated in a loan agreement and added to the principal balance of a loan.

The following table summarizes the contractual principal repayment and maturity of our investment portfolio by fiscal year, assuming no voluntary prepayments, at September 30, 2018.

 

Year Ending September 30,

   Amount  

2019

   $ 39,272  

2020

     81,633  

2021

     68,819  

2022

     46,687  

2023

     115,796  

Thereafter

     38,975  
  

 

 

 

Total contractual repayments

   $ 391,182  

Equity investments

     36,961  

Adjustments to cost basis on debt investments

     (676
  

 

 

 

Investment Portfolio as of September 30, 2018, at Cost:

   $ 427,467  
  

 

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended September 30, 2018 was $14.5 million, which consisted primarily of $17.0 million in net borrowings on our Credit Facility and $22.0 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock, partially offset by $22.8 million in distributions to common stockholders.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended September 30, 2017 was $11.7 million, which consisted primarily of $21.7 million in net borrowings on our Credit Facility and $22.7 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock, partially offset by $21.4 million in distributions to common stockholders and a net decrease of $9.3 million in term preferred stock due to the redemption of our Series 2021 Term Preferred Stock and issuance of a lesser amount of Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended September 30, 2016 was $57.7 million, which consisted primarily of $56.0 million in net repayments on our Credit Facility and $19.5 million in distributions to common stockholders, partially offset by $19.7 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock, net of underwriting costs.

Distributions to Stockholders

Common Stock Distributions

To qualify to be taxed as a RIC and thus avoid corporate level federal income tax on the income we distribute to our stockholders, we are required to distribute to our stockholders on an annual basis at least 90.0% of our investment company taxable income. Additionally, our Credit Facility has a covenant that generally restricts the amount of distributions to stockholders that we can pay out to be no greater than our aggregate net investment income, net capital gains and amounts elected to have been paid during the prior year in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code. In accordance with these requirements, we paid monthly cash distributions of $0.07 per common share for each month during the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, which totaled an aggregate of $22.8 million, $21.4 million and $19.5 million, respectively. In October 2018, our Board of Directors declared a monthly distribution of $0.07 per common share for each of October, November and December 2018. Our Board of Directors declared these distributions to our stockholders based on our estimates of our investment company taxable income for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2019. From inception through September 30, 2018, we have paid 188 either monthly or quarterly consecutive distributions to common stockholders totaling approximately $320.6 million or $18.61 per share.

For each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016, Investment Company Taxable Income exceeded distributions declared and paid, and, in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code, we elected to treat $0.3 million, $0.3 million, and $5.5 million, respectively, of the first distributions paid to common stockholders in the respective subsequent fiscal year as having been paid in the respective prior year.

Preferred Stock Dividends

Our Board of Directors declared and we paid monthly cash dividends of $0.140625 per share to holders of our Series 2021 Term Preferred Stock for each month during the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, which totaled an aggregate of $4.1 million during each of the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016. In October 2017, our Board of Directors declared a combined dividend for the pro-rated period from and including the issuance date, September 27, 2017, to and including September 30, 2017 and the full month of October 2017, which totaled $0.141667 per share, to the holders of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock and monthly cash dividends of $0.125 per share to holders of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock for each of the eleven months from November 2017 through September 2018.

In accordance with GAAP, we treat these monthly dividends as an operating expense. For federal income tax purposes, the dividends paid by us to preferred stockholders generally constitute ordinary income to the extent of

 

64


Table of Contents

our current and accumulated earnings and profits and is reported after the end of the calendar year based on tax information for the full fiscal year. Such a characterization made on an interim, quarterly basis may not be representative of the actual tax characterization for the full year.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

Our common stockholders who hold their shares through our transfer agent, Computershare, Inc. (“Computershare”), have the option to participate in a dividend reinvestment plan offered by Computershare, as the plan agent. This is an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan, meaning that common stockholders may elect to have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. Common stockholders who do make such election will receive their distributions in cash. Common stockholders who receive distributions in the form of stock will be subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash. The common stockholder will have an adjusted basis in the additional common shares purchased through the plan equal to the amount of the reinvested distribution. The additional shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the date on which the shares are credited to the common stockholder’s account. Computershare purchases shares in the open market in connection with the obligations under the plan. The Computershare dividend reinvestment plan is not open to holders of our preferred stock.

Equity

Registration Statement

We filed Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to our current universal shelf registration statement on Form N-2 (our “Registration Statement”) (File No. 333-208637) with the SEC on December 19, 2017, which was declared effective by the SEC on February 1, 2018. Our Registration Statement permits us to issue, through one or more transactions, up to an aggregate of $300.0 million in securities, consisting of common stock, preferred stock, subscription rights, debt securities and warrants to purchase common stock, preferred stock or debt securities. As of September 30, 2018, we had the ability to issue up to $202.6 million in securities under the Registration Statement.

Common Stock

In February 2015, we entered into equity distribution agreements (commonly referred to as “at-the-market agreements” or the “Sales Agreements”) with KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., each a “Sales Agent,” under which we had the ability to issue and sell, from time to time, through the Sales Agents, up to an aggregate offering price of $50.0 million shares of our common stock. In May 2017, we terminated the Sales Agreement with KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. and amended the Sales Agreement with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. to reference our current registration statement. All other material terms of the Sales Agreement with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. remained unchanged. During the year ended September 30, 2018, we sold 2,341,296 shares of our common stock under the Sales Agreement with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., at a weighted-average price of $9.39 per share and raised $22.0 million of gross proceeds. Net proceeds, after deducting commissions and offering costs borne by us, were approximately $21.6 million. As of September 30, 2018, we had a remaining capacity to sell up to $20.5 million of common stock under the Sales Agreement with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. During the year ended September 30, 2017, we sold 642,818 shares of our common stock under the Sales Agreement with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., at a weighted-average price of $9.88 per share and raised $6.4 million of gross proceeds. Net proceeds, after deducting commissions and offering costs borne by us, were approximately $6.1 million.

Pursuant to our Registration Statement, in October 2016, we completed a public offering of 2.0 million shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $7.98 per share, which was below our then-current NAV per share. In November 2016, the underwriters partially exercised their overallotment option to purchase an

 

65


Table of Contents

additional 173,444 shares of our common stock. Gross proceeds totaled $17.3 million and net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering costs borne by us, were approximately $16.4 million. The net proceeds of this offering were used to repay borrowings under our Credit Facility.

We anticipate issuing equity securities to obtain additional capital in the future. However, we cannot determine the timing or terms of any future equity issuances or whether we will be able to issue equity on terms favorable to us, or at all. To the extent that our common stock trades at a market price below our NAV per share, we will generally be precluded from raising equity capital through public offerings of our common stock, other than pursuant to stockholder and independent director approval or a rights offering to existing common stockholders. We did not request that our stockholders approve the Company’s ability to issue shares of common stock at a price below NAV at our annual meeting of stockholders held on February 8, 2018. Should we decide to issue shares of common stock at a price below NAV in the future, we will seek the requisite approval of our stockholders at such time.

On November 13, 2018, the closing market price of our common stock was $9.28, an 11.5% premium to our September 30, 2018 NAV per share of $8.32.

Term Preferred Stock

Pursuant to our Registration Statement, in September 2017, we completed a public offering of approximately 2.1 million shares of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock at a public offering price of $25.00 per share. Gross proceeds totaled $51.8 million and net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses borne by us, were approximately $49.8 million. We incurred approximately $1.9 million in total underwriting discounts and offering costs related to the issuance of the Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock, which have been recorded as discounts to the liquidation value on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities and are being amortized over the period from issuance through September 30, 2024, the mandatory redemption date. The offering proceeds plus borrowings under our Credit Facility were used to voluntarily redeem all 2.4 million outstanding shares of our then existing Series 2021 Term Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share. In connection with the voluntary redemption of our Series 2021 Term Preferred Stock, we incurred a loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.3 million, which has been reflected in Realized loss on other in our accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations and which is primarily comprised of the unamortized deferred issuance costs at the time of redemption.

The shares of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock are traded under the ticker symbol “GLADN” on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. Our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock is not convertible into our common stock or any other security and provides for a fixed dividend equal to 6.00% per year, payable monthly (which equates in total to approximately $3.1 million per year). We are required to redeem all of the outstanding Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock on September 30, 2024 for cash at a redemption price equal to $25.00 per share plus an amount equal to all unpaid dividends and distributions per share accumulated to (but excluding) the date of redemption (the “Redemption Price”). We may additionally be required to mandatorily redeem some or all of the shares of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock early, at the Redemption Price, in the event of the following: (1) upon the occurrence of certain events that would constitute a change in control, or (2) if we fail to maintain an asset coverage of at least 200% on our “senior securities that are stock” (which is currently only our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock) and the failure remains for a period of 30 days following the filing date of our next SEC quarterly or annual report. The asset coverage on our “senior securities that are stock” as of September 30, 2018 was 244.4%, calculated in accordance with Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act.

We may also voluntarily redeem all or a portion of the Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock at our option at the Redemption Price at any time after September 30, 2019. If we fail to redeem our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock pursuant to the mandatory redemption required on September 30, 2024, or in any other circumstance in which we are required to mandatorily redeem our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock, then the fixed dividend rate will increase by 4.0% for so long as such failure continues. As of September 30, 2018, we have not redeemed, nor have we been required to redeem, any shares of our outstanding Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock.

 

66


Table of Contents

Revolving Credit Facility

On March 9, 2018, we, through Business Loan, entered into Amendment No. 4 to our Credit Facility with KeyBank, which increased the commitment amount from $170.0 million to $190.0 million, extended the revolving period end date by approximately 2 years to January 15, 2021, decreased the marginal interest rate added to 30-day LIBOR from 3.25% to 2.85% per annum, and changed the unused commitment fee from 0.50% of the total unused commitment amount to 0.50% when the average unused commitment amount for the reporting period is less than or equal to 50%, 0.75% when the average unused commitment amount for the reporting period is greater than 50% but less than or equal to 65%, and 1.00% when the average unused commitment amount for the reporting period is greater than 65%. If our Credit Facility is not renewed or extended by January 15, 2021, all principal and interest will be due and payable on or before April 15, 2022 (fifteen months after the revolving period end date). Subject to certain terms and conditions, our Credit Facility may be expanded up to a total of $265.0 million through additional commitments of new or existing lenders. We incurred fees of approximately $1.2 million in connection with this amendment, which are being amortized through our Credit Facility’s revolving period end date of January 15, 2021.

Interest is payable monthly during the term of our Credit Facility. Available borrowings are subject to various constraints imposed under our Credit Facility, based on the aggregate loan balance pledged by Business Loan, which varies as loans are added and repaid, regardless of whether such repayments are prepayments or made as contractually required. Our Credit Facility also requires that any interest or principal payments on pledged loans be remitted directly by the borrower into a lockbox account with KeyBank and with The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. as custodian. KeyBank, which also serves as the trustee of the account, generally remits the collected funds to us once a month.

Our Credit Facility contains covenants that require Business Loan to maintain its status as a separate legal entity, prohibit certain significant corporate transactions (such as mergers, consolidations, liquidations or dissolutions), and restrict material changes to our credit and collection policies without the lenders’ consents. Our Credit Facility generally limits distributions to our stockholders on a fiscal year basis to the sum of our net investment income, net capital gains and amounts elected to have been paid during the prior year in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code. Business Loan is also subject to certain limitations on the type of loan investments it can apply as collateral towards the borrowing base to receive additional borrowing availability under our Credit Facility, including restrictions on geographic concentrations, sector concentrations, loan size, payment frequency and status, average life, portfolio company leverage and lien property. Our Credit Facility further requires Business Loan to comply with other financial and operational covenants, which obligate Business Loan to, among other things, maintain certain financial ratios, including asset and interest coverage and a minimum number of 25 obligors required in the borrowing base.

Additionally, we are subject to a performance guaranty that requires us to maintain (i) a minimum net worth (defined in our Credit Facility to include our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock) of $205.0 million plus 50% of all equity and subordinated debt raised after May 1, 2015 less 50% of any equity and subordinated debt retired or redeemed after May 1, 2015, which equates to $232.8 million as of September 30, 2018, (ii) asset coverage with respect to “senior securities representing indebtedness” of at least 200%, in accordance with Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act and (iii) our status as a BDC under the 1940 Act and as a RIC under the Code.

As of September 30, 2018, and as defined in the performance guaranty of our Credit Facility, we had a net worth of $285.8 million, asset coverage on our “senior securities representing indebtedness” of 359.0% and an active status as a BDC and RIC. In addition, we had 32 obligors in our Credit Facility’s borrowing base as of September 30, 2018. As of September 30, 2018, we were in compliance with all of our Credit Facility covenants. Refer to Note 5—Borrowings of our accompanying Note to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding our Credit Facility.

 

67


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We generally recognize success fee income when the payment has been received. As of September 30, 2018 and 2017, we had off-balance sheet success fee receivables on our accruing debt investments of $5.1 million and $4.6 million (or approximately $0.18 per common share for each period), respectively, that would be owed to us, generally upon a change of control of the portfolio companies. Consistent with GAAP, we generally have not recognized our success fee receivables and related income in our Consolidated Financial Statements until earned. Due to the contingent nature of our success fees, there are no guarantees that we will be able to collect all of these success fees or know the timing of such collections.

Contractual Obligations

We have lines of credit, delayed draw term loans, and an uncalled capital commitment with certain of our portfolio companies that have not been fully drawn. Since these commitments have expiration dates and we expect many will never be fully drawn, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We estimate the fair value of the combined unused lines of credit, the unused delayed draw term loans and the uncalled capital commitment as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017 to be immaterial.

The following table shows our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2018, at cost:

 

     Payments Due by Period  

Contractual Obligations (A)

   Less than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More than 5
Years
     Total  

Credit Facility (B)

   $ —        $ 110,000      $ —        $ —        $ 110,000  

Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock

     —          —          51,750        —          51,750  

Interest expense on debt obligations (C)

     9,249        24,932        6,210        —          40,391  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,249      $ 134,932      $ 57,960      $ —        $ 202,141  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A)

Excludes our unused line of credit commitments, an unused delayed draw term loan and uncalled capital commitments to our portfolio companies in an aggregate amount of $10.1 million, at cost, as of September 30, 2018.

(B)

Principal balance of borrowings outstanding under our Credit Facility, based on the current contractual revolver period end date to the revolving nature of the facility.

(C)

Includes estimated interest payments on our Credit Facility and dividend obligations on our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock. The amount of interest expense calculated for purposes of this table was based upon rates and balances as of September 30, 2018. Dividend payments on our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock assume quarterly dividend declarations and monthly dividend distributions through the date of mandatory redemption.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported consolidated amounts of assets and liabilities, including disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and revenues and expenses during the period reported. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We have identified our investment valuation policy (which has been approved by our Board of Directors) (the “Policy”) as our most critical accounting policy, which is described in Note 2— Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the accompanying notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Additionally, refer to Note 3— Investments in our accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding fair value measurements and our application of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, “ Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.” We have also identified our revenue recognition policy as a critical accounting policy, which is described in Note 2— Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in our accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

68


Table of Contents

Investment Valuation

Credit Monitoring and Risk Rating

The Adviser monitors a wide variety of key credit statistics that provide information regarding our portfolio companies to help us assess credit quality and portfolio performance and, in some instances, used as inputs in our valuation techniques. Generally, we, through the Adviser, participate in periodic board meetings of our portfolio companies in which we hold board seats and also require them to provide annual audited and monthly unaudited financial statements. Using these statements or comparable information and board discussions, the Adviser calculates and evaluates certain credit statistics.

The Adviser risk rates all of our investments in debt securities. The Adviser does not risk rate our equity securities. For syndicated loans that have been rated by an SEC registered Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization (“NRSRO”), the Adviser generally uses the average of two corporate level NRSRO’s risk ratings for such security. For all other debt securities, the Adviser uses a proprietary risk rating system. While the Adviser seeks to mirror the NRSRO systems, we cannot provide any assurance that the Adviser’s risk rating system will provide the same risk rating as an NRSRO would for these securities. The Adviser’s risk rating system is used to estimate the probability of default on debt securities and the expected loss if there is a default. The Adviser’s risk rating system uses a scale of 0 to >10, with >10 being the lowest probability of default. It is the Adviser’s understanding that most debt securities of medium-sized companies do not exceed the grade of BBB on an NRSRO scale, so there would be no debt securities in the middle market that would meet the definition of AAA, AA or A. Therefore, the Adviser’s scale begins with the designation >10 as the best risk rating which may be equivalent to a BBB from an NRSRO; however, no assurance can be given that a >10 on the Adviser’s scale is equal to a BBB or Baa2 on an NRSRO scale. The Adviser’s risk rating system covers both qualitative and quantitative aspects of the business and the securities we hold.

The following table reflects risk ratings for all proprietary loans in our portfolio (all of which were risk rated by our Adviser) at September 30, 2018 and 2017, representing approximately 92.3% and 91.9%, respectively, of the principal balance of all debt investments in our portfolio at the end of each period:

 

     As of September 30,  

Rating

      2018            2017     

Highest

     10.0        9.0  

Average

     6.7        5.7  

Weighted Average

     6.8        5.8  

Lowest

     0.0        1.0  

The following table reflects the risk ratings for all syndicated loans in our portfolio that were rated by an NRSRO at September 30, 2018 and 2017, representing approximately 5.7% and 6.9%, respectively, of the principal balance of all debt investments in our portfolio at the end of each fiscal year:

 

     As of September 30,  

Rating

      2018            2017     

Highest

     6.0        6.0  

Average

     3.7        4.4  

Weighted Average

     4.0        4.6  

Lowest

     1.0        3.0  

 

69


Table of Contents

The following table reflects the risk ratings for all syndicated loans in our portfolio that were not rated by an NRSRO at September 30, 2018 and 2017, representing approximately 2.0% and 1.2%, respectively, of the principal balance of all debt investments in our portfolio at the end of each fiscal year:

 

     As of September 30,  

Rating

   2018      2017  

Highest

     5.0        3.0  

Average

     4.3        3.0  

Weighted Average

     4.7        3.0  

Lowest

     3.0        3.0  

Tax Status

We intend to continue to maintain our qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code for federal income tax purposes and also to limit certain federal excise taxes imposed on RICs. Refer to Note 10— Federal and State Income Taxes in our accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding our tax status.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 2— Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the notes to our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of recent accounting pronouncements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (Dollar Amounts in Thousands, Unless Otherwise Indicated)

Market risk includes risks that arise from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market sensitive instruments. The prices of securities held by us may decline in response to certain events, including those directly involving the companies whose securities are owned by us; conditions affecting the general economy; overall market changes; local, regional or global political, social or economic instability; and interest rate fluctuations.

The primary risk we believe we are exposed to is interest rate risk. Because we borrow money to make investments, our net investment income is dependent upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, there can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. We use a combination of debt and equity capital to finance our investing activities. We may use interest rate risk management techniques from time to time to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Such techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

All of our variable-rate debt investments have rates generally associated with either the current LIBOR or prime rate. As of September 30, 2018, our portfolio of debt investments on a principal basis consisted of the following:

 

  90.6   Variable rates with a LIBOR or prime rate floor
  9.4     Fixed rates

 

 

   
  100.0%    

Total

 

 

   

 

70


Table of Contents

To illustrate the potential impact of changes in market interest rates on our net increase in net assets resulting from operations, we have performed the following hypothetical analysis, which assumes that our balance sheet and contractual interest rates remain constant as of September 30, 2018 and no further actions are taken to alter our existing interest rate sensitivity.

 

Basis Point Change (A)

   Increase
(Decrease) in
Interest Income
     Increase
(Decrease) in
Interest Expense
     Net Increase in Net Assets
Resulting from Operations
 

Up 300 basis points

   $ 10,300      $ 3,300      $ 7,000  

Up 200 basis points

     6,754        2,200        4,554  

Up 100 basis points

     3,209        1,100        2,109  

Down 226 basis points

     (3,481      (2,487      (994

 

(A)  

As of September 30, 2018, our effective average LIBOR was 2.26%, therefore, the largest decrease in basis points that could occur was 226 basis points.

Although management believes that this analysis is indicative of our existing interest rate sensitivity, it does not adjust for potential changes in credit quality, size and composition of our loan portfolio on the balance sheet and other business developments that could affect net increase in net assets resulting from operations. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from those in the hypothetical analysis in the table above.

We may also experience risk associated with investing in securities of companies with foreign operations. Some of our portfolio companies have operations located outside the U.S. These risks include, but are not limited to, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, imposition of foreign taxes, changes in exportation regulations and political and social instability.

 

71


Table of Contents

SENIOR SECURITIES

Information about our senior securities is shown in the following table for the audited periods as of our last ten fiscal years, unless otherwise noted. The information has been derived from our audited financial statement for each respective period, which have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s report on the senior securities table as of September 30, 2018 is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Class and Year

   Total Amount
Outstanding (1)
     Asset
Coverage
per Unit (2)
     Involuntary
Liquidating
Preference per
Unit (3)
     Average
Market Value
per Unit (4)
 

Revolving Credit Facilities

           

September 30, 2018

   $ 110,000,000      $ 3,590      $ —          N/A  

September 30, 2017

     93,000,000        3,882        —          N/A  

September 30, 2016

     71,300,000        4,623        —          N/A  

September 30, 2015

     127,300,000        2,946        —          N/A  

September 30, 2014

     36,700,000        3,054        —          N/A  

September 30, 2013

     46,900,000        3,410        —          N/A  

September 30, 2012

     58,800,000        2,296        —          N/A  

September 30, 2011

     99,400,000        3,150        —          N/A  

September 30, 2010

     16,800,000        14,187        —          N/A  

September 30, 2009

     83,000,000        3,963        —          N/A  

Series 2016 Term Preferred Stock (5)

           

September 30, 2018

     —          N/A        —          N/A  

September 30, 2017

     —          N/A        —          N/A  

September 30, 2016

     —          N/A        —          N/A  

September 30, 2015

     —          N/A        —          N/A  

September 30, 2014

     —          N/A        —          N/A  

September 30, 2013

   $ 38,497,050      $ 3,410      $ 25.00      $ 25.49  

September 30, 2012

     38,497,050        2,963        25.00        25.55  

Series 2021 Term Preferred Stock (6)

           

September 30, 2018

     —          N/A        —          N/A  

September 30, 2017

     —          N/A        —          N/A  

September 30, 2016

   $ 61,000,000      $ 2,495      $ 25.00      $ 25.55  

September 30, 2015

     61,000,000        1,993        25.00        25.02  

September 30, 2014

     61,000,000        3,054        25.00        24.45  

Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock (7)

           

September 30, 2018

   $ 51,750,000      $ 2,444      $ 25.00      $ 25.63  

September 30, 2017

     51,750,000        2,496        25.00        25.09  

 

(1)

Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented.

(2)

Asset coverage ratio for a class of our “senior securities representing indebtedness” means the ratio of the value of our total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, to the aggregate amount of “senior securities representing indebtedness” and asset coverage ratio for a class of our “senior securities that are stock” means the ratio of the value of our total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, to the aggregate amount of “senior securities representing indebtedness” plus the aggregate involuntary liquidation preference of a class of “senior security that is stock.” Asset coverage per unit is the asset coverage ratio expressed in terms of dollar amounts per one thousand dollars of indebtedness.

(3)

The amount to which such class of senior security would be entitled upon the involuntary liquidation of the issuer in preference to any security junior to it.

(4)

Only applicable to our Term Preferred Stock because the other senior securities are not registered for public trading. Average market value per unit is the average of the closing prices of the shares on the Nasdaq during the last 10 trading days of the period. Average market value per unit for our Series 2024 Term

 

72


Table of Contents
  Preferred Stock for September 30, 2017 is the average of the closing prices of the shares on the Nasdaq during the last 7 trading days of the period as the stock started trading on September 21, 2017.
(5)

In November 2011, we issued 1,539,882 shares of Series 2016 Term Preferred Stock through a public offering and subsequent exercise of an overallotment option. In May 2014, we voluntarily redeemed all outstanding shares of our Series 2016 Term Preferred Stock and therefore had no Series 2016 Term Preferred Stock outstanding at September 30, 2015.

(6)

In May 2014, we issued 2,440,000 shares of Series 2021 Term Preferred Stock through a public offering and subsequent exercise of an overallotment option. In September 2017, we voluntarily redeemed all outstanding shares of our Series 2021 Term Preferred Stock and therefore had no Series 2021 Term Preferred Stock outstanding at September 30, 2017.

(7)

In September 2017, we issued 2,070,000 shares of Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock through a public offering and subsequent exercise of an overallotment option. In addition to other redemption provisions discussed more fully in Note 6 Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock in our accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus , we may be required to mandatorily redeem some or all of the shares of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock early, at the Redemption Price, if we fail to maintain an asset coverage ratio of at least 200.0% on our “senior securities that are stock” and the failure remains for a period of 30 days following the filing date of our next SEC quarterly or annual report.

 

73


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Organization

Gladstone Capital Corporation was incorporated under the Maryland General Corporation Law on May 30, 2001 and completed an initial public offering on August 24, 2001. We are an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, and is applying the guidance of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946 Financial Services-Investment Companies (“ASC 946”). In addition, we have elected to be treated for tax purposes as a RIC under the Code. We were established for the purpose of investing in debt and equity securities of established private businesses operating in the U.S.

Our shares of common stock and mandatorily redeemable preferred stock are traded on Nasdaq under the trading symbols “GLAD” and “GLADN,” respectively and our 2023 Notes trade on Nasdaq under the trading symbol “GLADD.”

Investment Adviser and Administrator

We are externally managed by the Adviser, an affiliate of ours, under the Advisory Agreement and the Administrator, another of our affiliates, provides administrative services to us pursuant to the Administration Agreement. Each of the Adviser and Administrator are privately-held companies that are indirectly owned and controlled by David Gladstone, our chairman and chief executive officer. Mr. Gladstone and Terry Lee Brubaker, our vice chairman and chief operating officer, also serve on the board of directors of the Adviser, the board of managers of the Administrator, and serve as executive officers of the Adviser and the Administrator. The Administrator employs, among others, our chief financial officer and treasurer, chief valuation officer, chief compliance officer, general counsel and secretary (who also serves as the president, general counsel and secretary of the Administrator) and their respective staffs. The Adviser and Administrator have extensive experience in our lines of business and also provide investment advisory and administrative services, respectively, to the Affiliated Public Funds. In the future, the Adviser and Administrator may provide investment advisory and administrative services, respectively, to other funds and companies, both public and private.

The Adviser was organized as a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware on July 2, 2002, and is a SEC registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The Administrator was organized as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware on March 18, 2005. The Adviser and Administrator are headquartered in McLean, Virginia, a suburb of Washington, D.C. The Adviser also has offices in several other states.

Investment Objectives and Strategy

Our investment objectives are to: (1) achieve and grow current income by investing in debt securities of established lower middle market companies (which we generally define as companies with annual EBITDA of $3 million to $15 million) in the U.S. that we believe will provide stable earnings and cash flow to pay expenses, make principal and interest payments on our outstanding indebtedness and make distributions to stockholders that grow over time; and (2) provide our stockholders with long-term capital appreciation in the value of our assets by investing in equity securities of established businesses that we believe can grow over time to permit us to sell our equity investments for capital gains. To achieve our objectives, our primary investment strategy is to invest in several categories of debt and equity securities, with each investment generally ranging from $8 million to $30 million, although investment size may vary, depending upon our total assets or available capital at the time of investment. We lend to borrowers that need funds for growth capital, to finance acquisitions, or to recapitalize or refinance their existing debt facilities. We seek to avoid investing in high-risk, early-stage enterprises. Our targeted portfolio companies are generally considered too small for the larger capital

 

74


Table of Contents

marketplace. We intend for our investment portfolio to consist of approximately 90.0% debt investments and 10.0% equity investments, at cost. As of September 30, 2018, our investment portfolio was made up of approximately 91.4% debt investments and 8.6% equity investments, at cost.

We invest by ourselves or jointly with other funds and/or management of the portfolio company, depending on the opportunity. If we are participating in an investment with one or more co-investors, our investment is likely to be smaller than if we were investing alone.

In July 2012, the SEC granted us the Co-Investment Order that expands our ability to co-invest with certain of our affiliates under certain circumstances and any future business development company or closed-end management investment company that is advised (or sub-advised if it controls the fund) by the Adviser, or any combination of the foregoing, subject to the conditions in the Co-Investment Order, including approval of each such transaction by a “required” majority. A “required” majority is a vote of both a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the transaction and a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the Company.

In general, our investments in debt securities have a term of no more than seven years, accrue interest at variable rates (based on the one month LIBOR) and, to a lesser extent, at fixed rates. We seek debt instruments that pay interest monthly or, at a minimum, quarterly, and which may include a yield enhancement, such as a success fee or deferred interest provision and may include interest only with all principal and any accrued but unpaid interest due at maturity. Generally, success fees accrue at a set rate and are contractually due upon a change of control of the business. Some debt securities have deferred interest whereby some portion of the interest payment is added to the principal balance so that the interest is paid, together with the principal, at maturity. This form of deferred interest is often called paid-in-kind interest. Typically, our equity investments take the form of preferred or common stock, limited liability company interests, or warrants or options to purchase the foregoing. Often, these equity investments occur in connection with our original investment, recapitalizing a business, or refinancing existing debt.

Since our initial public offering in 2001 and through September 30, 2018, we have invested in over 226 different companies, while making 188 consecutive monthly or quarterly cash distributions to common stockholders. We expect that our investment portfolio will primarily include the following three categories of investments in private companies operating in the U.S.:

 

   

First Lien Secured Debt Securities: We seek to invest a portion of our assets in first lien secured debt securities also known as senior loans, senior term loans, lines of credit and senior notes. Using its assets as collateral, the borrower typically uses first lien debt to cover a substantial portion of the funding needs of the business. These debt securities usually take the form of first priority liens on all, or substantially all, of the assets of the business. First lien debt securities may include investments sourced from the syndicated loan market.

 

   

Second Lien Secured Debt Securities: We seek to invest a portion of our assets in second lien secured debt securities, also known as subordinated loans, subordinated notes and mezzanine loans. These second lien secured debt securities rank junior to the borrowers’ first lien secured debt securities and may be secured by second priority liens on all or a portion of the assets of the business. Additionally, we may receive other yield enhancements in addition to or in lieu of success fees such as warrants to buy common and preferred stock or limited liability interests in connection with these second lien secured debt securities. Second lien debt securities may include investments sourced from the syndicated loan market.

 

   

Preferred and Common Equity/Equivalents: In some cases we will purchase equity securities which consist of preferred and common equity or limited liability company interests, or warrants or options to acquire such securities, and are in combination with our debt investment in a business. Additionally, we may receive equity investments derived from restructurings on some of our existing debt

 

75


Table of Contents
 

investments. In some cases, we will own a significant portion of the equity and in other cases we may have voting control of the businesses in which we invest.

Pursuant to the 1940 Act, we must maintain at least 70.0% of our total assets in qualifying assets, which generally include each of the investment types listed above. Therefore, the 1940 Act permits us to invest up to 30.0% of our assets in other non-qualifying assets. See “ Regulation as a BDC — Qualifying Assets ” for a discussion of the types of qualifying assets in which we are permitted to invest pursuant to Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act.

Because the majority of the loans in our portfolio consist of term debt in private companies that typically cannot or will not expend the resources to have their debt securities rated by a credit rating agency, we expect that most, if not all, of the debt securities we acquire will be unrated. Investors should assume that these loans would be rated below what is today considered “investment grade” quality. Investments rated below investment grade are often referred to as high yield securities or junk bonds and may be considered higher risk, as compared to investment-grade debt instruments. In addition, many of the debt securities we hold typically do not amortize prior to maturity. See “ Regulation as a Business Development Company ” for a further discussion on the regulatory framework in which we must operate to retain our status as a BDC.

Investment Policies

We seek to achieve a high level of current income and capital gains through investments in debt securities and preferred and common stock that we generally acquire in connection with buyouts and other recapitalizations. The following investment policies, along with these investment objectives, may not be changed without the approval of our board of directors (the “Board of Directors”):

 

   

We will at all times conduct our business so as to retain our status as a BDC. In order to retain that status, we must operate for the purpose of investing in certain categories of qualifying assets. In addition, we may not acquire any assets (other than non-investment assets necessary and appropriate to our operations as a BDC or qualifying assets) if, after giving effect to such acquisition, the value of our “qualifying assets” is less than 70.0% of the value of our total assets. We anticipate that the securities we seek to acquire will generally be qualifying assets.

 

   

We will at all times endeavor to conduct our business so as to retain our status as a RIC under the Code. To do so, we must meet income source, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. We may issue senior securities, such as debt or preferred stock, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act for the purpose of making investments, to fund share repurchases, or for temporary emergency or other purposes.

With the exception of our policy to conduct our business as a BDC, these policies are not fundamental and may be changed without stockholder approval.

Investment Concentrations

As of September 30, 2018, our investment portfolio consisted of investments in 50 companies located in 24 states across 18 different industries with an aggregate fair value of $390.0 million. Our five largest investments at fair value as of September 30, 2018, totaled $122.8 million, or 31.5% of our total investment portfolio.

 

76


Table of Contents

The following table outlines our investments by security type at September 30, 2018 and 2017:

 

     September 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value  

Secured first lien debt

   $ 206,523        48.3   $ 199,625        51.2   $ 198,942        48.4   $ 173,896        49.4

Secured second lien debt

     180,274        42.2       156,373        40.1       168,247        40.9       155,249        44.1  

Unsecured debt

     3,708        0.9       3,655        0.9       3,324        0.8       3,324        0.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt investments

     390,505        91.4       359,653        92.2       370,513        90.1       332,469        94.4  

Preferred equity

     12,920        3.0       7,749        2.0       18,794        4.5       6,561        1.9  

Common equity/equivalents

     24,042        5.6       22,644        5.8       22,128        5.4       13,343        3.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity investments

     36,962        8.6       30,393        7.8       40,922        9.9       19,904        5.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 427,467        100.0   $ 390,046        100.0   $ 411,435        100.0   $ 352,373        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our investments at fair value consisted of the following industry classifications at September 30, 2018 and 2017:

 

     September 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  

Industry Classification

   Fair Value      Percentage of
Total
Investments
    Fair Value      Percentage of
Total
Investments
 

Diversified/Conglomerate Service

   $ 79,066        20.3   $ 80,723        22.9

Healthcare, education and childcare

     53,916        13.8       46,288        13.1  

Oil and gas

     50,172        12.9       34,712        9.9  

Telecommunications

     47,794        12.3       31,350        8.9  

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing

     43,421        11.1       40,843        11.6  

Diversified natural resources, precious metals and minerals

     23,040        5.9       18,949        5.4  

Automobile

     18,209        4.7       20,082        5.7  

Cargo Transportation

     15,164        3.9       13,081        3.7  

Beverage, food and tobacco

     13,727        3.5       14,103        4.0  

Machinery

     11,058        2.8       5,114        1.4  

Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares and Durable Consumer Products

     10,125        2.6       10,100        2.9  

Textiles and leather

     6,556        1.7       4,879        1.4  

Hotels, Motels, Inns, and Gaming

     6,337        1.6       7,136        2.0  

Personal and non-durable consumer products

     4,892        1.3       7,035        2.0  

Buildings and real estate

     2,455        0.6       3,004        0.9  

Printing and publishing

     1,998        0.5       3,628        1.0  

Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, Entertainment

     —          —         9,225        2.6  

Other, < 2.0%

     2,116        0.5       2,121        0.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 390,046        100.0   $ 352,373        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents

Our investments at fair value were included in the following U.S. geographic regions and Canada at September 30, 2018 and 2017:

 

     September 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  

Location

   Fair Value      Percentage of
Total
Investments
    Fair Value      Percentage of
Total Investments
 

South

   $ 168,917        43.3   $ 150,727        42.8

West

     114,286        29.3       116,302        33.0  

Midwest

     61,733        15.8       58,915        16.7  

Northeast

     37,589        9.7       26,429        7.5  

Canada

     7,521        1.9       —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 390,046        100.0   $ 352,373        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The geographic composition is determined by the location of the headquarters for each of our portfolio companies. A portfolio company may have a number of other business locations in other geographic locations.

Investment Process

Overview of Investment and Approval Process

To originate investments, the Adviser’s investment professionals use an extensive referral network comprised primarily of private equity sponsors, leveraged buyout funds, investment bankers, attorneys, accountants, commercial bankers, and business brokers. The Adviser’s investment professionals review information received from these and other sources in search of potential financing opportunities. If a potential opportunity matches our investment objectives, the investment professionals will seek an initial screening of the opportunity with our president, Robert L. Marcotte, to authorize the submission of an indication of interest (“IOI”) to the prospective portfolio company. If the prospective portfolio company passes this initial screening and the IOI is accepted by the prospective company, the investment professionals will seek approval to issue a letter of intent (“LOI”) to the prospective company from the Adviser’s investment committee, which is composed of Messrs. Gladstone, Brubaker and Marcotte. If this LOI is issued, then the Adviser and Gladstone Securities (collectively, the “Due Diligence Team”), will conduct a due diligence investigation and create a detailed profile summarizing the prospective portfolio company’s historical financial statements, industry, competitive position and management team, analyzing its conformity to our general investment criteria. The investment professionals then present this profile to the Adviser’s investment committee, which must approve each investment. Further, each investment is available for review by the members of our Board of Directors, a majority of whom are not “interested persons,” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

Prospective Portfolio Company Characteristics

We have identified certain characteristics that we believe are important in identifying and investing in prospective portfolio companies. The criteria listed below provide general guidelines for our investment decisions, although not all of these criteria may be met by each portfolio company.

 

   

Growth-and-Income Orientation and Positive Cash Flow. Our investment philosophy places a premium on fundamental analysis from an investor’s perspective and has a distinct growth-and-income orientation. In seeking income, we typically invest in companies that generate growing sales and cash flow to provide some assurance that they will be able to service their debt and deleverage over time. We do not expect to invest in start-up companies or companies with what we believe to be cyclical industries or speculative business plans.

 

   

Experienced Management. We typically require that the businesses in which we invest have experienced management teams. We also require the businesses to have proper incentives in place to

 

78


Table of Contents
 

induce management teams to succeed and act in concert with our interests as an investor, including having significant equity or other interests in the financial performance of their respective companies.

 

   

Strong Competitive Position in an Industry . We seek to invest in businesses that have developed strong market positions within their respective markets and that we believe are well-positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities. We seek businesses that demonstrate significant competitive advantages versus their competitors, which we believe will help to protect their market positions and profitability.

 

   

Enterprise Collateral Value . The projected enterprise valuation of the business, based on market based comparable cash flow multiples, is an important factor in our investment analysis in determining the collateral coverage of our debt securities.

Extensive Due Diligence

The Due Diligence Team conducts what we believe are extensive due diligence investigations of our prospective portfolio companies and investment opportunities. The due diligence investigation may begin with a review of publicly available information followed by in depth business analysis, including, but not limited to, any of the following:

 

   

a review of the prospective portfolio company’s historical and projected financial information, including a quality of earnings analysis;

 

   

detailed review of the track record of the private equity firm or ownership group acquiring or controlling any prospective borrower;

 

   

visits to the prospective portfolio company’s business site(s);

 

   

interviews with the prospective portfolio company’s management, employees, customers, and vendors;

 

   

review of loan documents and material contracts;

 

   

background checks and a management capabilities assessment on the prospective portfolio company’s management team and controlling shareholders; and

 

   

research on the prospective portfolio company’s products, services or particular industry and its competitive position therein.

Upon completion of a due diligence investigation and a decision to proceed with an investment, the Adviser’s investment professionals who have primary responsibility for the investment present the investment opportunity to the Adviser’s investment committee. The investment committee then determines whether to pursue the potential investment. Prior to the closing of an investment, additional due diligence may be conducted on our behalf by attorneys, independent accountants, and other outside advisers, as appropriate.

We also rely on the long-term relationships that the Adviser’s investment professionals have with leveraged buyout funds, investment bankers, commercial bankers, private equity sponsors, attorneys, accountants, and business brokers. In addition, the extensive direct experiences of our executive officers and managing directors in the operations of lower middle market companies and providing debt and equity capital to lower middle market companies plays a significant role in our investment evaluation and assessment of risk.

Investment Structure

Once the Adviser has determined that an investment meets our standards and investment criteria, the Adviser works with the management of that company, the private equity firm or ownership group controlling any prospective borrower, and other capital providers to structure the transaction in a way that we believe will provide us with the greatest opportunity to maximize our return on the investment, while providing appropriate incentives to the shareholders and management of the company. As discussed above, the capital classes through

 

79


Table of Contents

which we typically structure a deal include first lien secured debt, second lien secured debt, and preferred and common equity or equivalents. Through its risk management process, the Adviser seeks to limit the downside risk of our investments by:

 

   

seeking collateral or superior positions in the portfolio company’s capital structure where possible;

 

   

negotiating covenants in connection with our investments that afford our portfolio companies as much flexibility as possible in managing their businesses, consistent with preserving our capital;

 

   

securing board observation rights at the portfolio company;

 

   

incorporating call protection into the investment structure where possible; and

 

   

making investments with an expected total return (including both interest and potential equity appreciation) that it believes compensates us for the credit risk of the investment.

We expect to hold most of our debt investments until maturity or repayment, but may sell our investments (including our equity investments) earlier if a liquidity event takes place, such as the sale or recapitalization of a portfolio company. Occasionally, we may sell some or all of our investment interests in a portfolio company to a third party in a privately negotiated transaction to manage our credit or sector exposures or to enhance our portfolio yield.

Competitive Advantages

A large number of entities compete with us and make the types of investments that we seek to make in lower middle market privately-owned businesses. Such competitors include other BDCs, non-equity based investment funds, and other financing sources, including traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks. Many of our competitors are substantially larger than we are and have considerably greater funding sources or are able to access capital more cost effectively. In addition, certain of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments, serve a broader customer base, and establish a greater market share. Furthermore, many of these competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC or the regulatory requirements we must comply with as a publicly traded company. However, we believe that we have the following competitive advantages over other providers of financing to lower middle market companies.

Management Expertise

Our Adviser has a separate investment committee for the Company and each of the Affiliated Public Funds. The Adviser’s investment committee for the Company is comprised of Messrs. Gladstone, Brubaker and Marcotte, each of whom have a wealth of experience in our area of operation. Mr. Gladstone and Mr. Brubaker also serve on the Adviser’s investment committee for the other Affiliated Public Funds. Mr. Gladstone and Mr. Marcotte both have over 25 years of experience in investing in middle market companies and with operating in the BDC marketplace in general. Mr. Brubaker has over 25 years of experience in acquisitions and operations of companies. Messrs. Gladstone and Brubaker also have principal management responsibility for the Adviser as its executive officers. These three individuals dedicate a significant portion of their time to managing our investment portfolio. Our senior management has extensive experience providing capital to lower middle market companies and Messrs. Gladstone and Brubaker have worked together at the Gladstone Companies for more than 15 years. In addition, we have access to the resources and expertise of the Adviser’s investment professionals and support staff who possess a broad range of transactional, financial, managerial, and investment skills. See the additional discussion regarding management of portfolio companies by our Adviser below under “— Ongoing Management of Investments and Portfolio Company Relationships.”

 

80


Table of Contents

Increased Access to Investment Opportunities Developed Through Extensive Research Capability and Network of Contacts

The Adviser seeks to identify potential investments through active origination and due diligence and through its dialogue with numerous private equity firms and other members of the financial community with whom the Adviser’s investment professionals have long-term relationships. We believe that the Adviser’s investment professionals have developed a broad network of contacts within the investment, commercial banking, private equity and investment management communities, and that their reputation, experience and focus on investing in lower middle market companies enables us to source and identify well-positioned prospective portfolio companies that provide attractive investment opportunities. Additionally, the Adviser expects to generate information from its professionals’ network of accountants, consultants, lawyers and management teams of portfolio companies and other contacts to support the Adviser’s investment activities.

Disciplined, Value and Income-Oriented Investment Philosophy with a Focus on Preservation of Capital

In making its investment decisions, the Adviser focuses on the risk and reward profile of each prospective portfolio company, seeking to minimize the risk of capital loss without foregoing the potential for capital appreciation. We expect the Adviser to use the same investment philosophy that its professionals use in the management of the other Gladstone Companies and to commit resources to manage downside exposure. The Adviser’s approach seeks to reduce our risk in investments by using some or all of the following approaches:

 

   

focusing on companies with sustainable market positions and cash flow;

 

   

investing in businesses with experienced and established management teams;

 

   

engaging in extensive due diligence from the perspective of a long-term investor;

 

   

investing in businesses backed by successful private equity sponsors or owner operators; and

 

   

adopting flexible transaction structures by drawing on the experience of the investment professionals of the Adviser and its affiliates.

Longer Investment Horizon

Unlike private equity funds that are typically organized as finite-life partnerships, we are not subject to standard periodic capital return requirements. The partnership agreements of most private equity funds typically provide that these funds may only invest investors’ capital once and must return all capital and realized gains to investors within a finite time period, often seven to ten years. These provisions often force private equity funds to seek returns on their investments by causing their portfolio companies to pursue mergers, public equity offerings, or other liquidity events more quickly than might otherwise be optimal or desirable, potentially resulting in a lower overall return to investors and/or an adverse impact on their portfolio companies. In contrast, we are an exchange-traded corporation of perpetual duration. We believe that our flexibility to make investments with a long-term view and without the capital return requirements of traditional private investment vehicles provides us with the opportunity to achieve greater long-term returns on invested capital.

Flexible Transaction Structuring

We believe our management team’s broad expertise and years of combined experience enables the Adviser to identify, assess, and structure investments successfully across all levels of a company’s capital structure and manage potential risk and return at all stages of the economic cycle. We are not subject to many of the regulatory limitations that govern traditional lending institutions, such as banks. As a result, we are flexible in selecting and structuring investments, adjusting investment criteria and transaction structures and, in some cases, the types of securities in which we invest. We believe that this approach enables the Adviser to craft a financing structure which best fits the investment and growth profile of the underlying business and yields attractive investment opportunities that will continue to generate current income and capital gain potential throughout the economic cycle, including during turbulent periods in the capital markets.

 

81


Table of Contents

Ongoing Management of Investments and Portfolio Company Relationships

The Adviser’s investment professionals actively oversee each investment by continuously evaluating the portfolio company’s performance and typically working collaboratively with the portfolio company’s management to identify and incorporate best resources and practices that help us achieve our projected investment performance.

Monitoring

The Adviser’s investment professionals monitor the financial performance, trends, and changing risks of each portfolio company on an ongoing basis to determine if each company is performing within expectations and to guide the portfolio company’s management in taking the appropriate courses of action. The Adviser employs various methods of evaluating and monitoring the performance of our investments in portfolio companies, which can include the following:

 

   

monthly analysis of financial and operating performance;

 

   

assessment of the portfolio company’s performance against its business plan and our investment expectations;

 

   

attendance at and/or participation in the portfolio company’s board of directors or management meetings;

 

   

assessment of portfolio company management, sponsor, governance, and strategic direction;

 

   

assessment of the portfolio company’s industry and competitive environment; and

 

   

review and assessment of the portfolio company’s operating outlook and financial projections.

Relationship Management

The Adviser’s investment professionals interact with various parties involved with a portfolio company, or investment, by actively engaging with internal and external constituents, including:

 

   

management;

 

   

boards of directors;

 

   

private equity sponsors;

 

   

capital partners; and

 

   

advisers and consultants.

Managerial Assistance and Services

As a BDC, we make available significant managerial assistance, as defined in the 1940 Act, to our portfolio companies and provide other services (other than such managerial assistance) to such portfolio companies. Neither we, nor the Adviser, currently receive fees in connection with the managerial assistance we make available. At times, the Adviser may also provide other services to our portfolio companies under certain agreements and may receive fees for services other than managerial assistance. Such services may include, but are not limited to: (i) assistance obtaining, sourcing or structuring credit facilities, long term loans or additional equity from unaffiliated third parties; (ii) negotiating important contractual financial relationships; (iii) consulting services regarding restructuring of the portfolio company and financial modeling as it relates to raising additional debt and equity capital from unaffiliated third parties; and (iv) taking a primary role in interviewing, vetting and negotiating employment contracts with candidates in connection with adding and retaining key portfolio company management team members. The Adviser non-contractually, unconditionally, and irrevocably credits 100% of these fees against the base management fee that we would otherwise be required

 

82


Table of Contents

to pay to the Adviser as discussed below in “— Transactions with Related Parties – Investment Advisory and Management Agreement – Base Management Fee.” However, pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, a small percentage of certain of such fees is retained by the Adviser in the form of reimbursement, at cost, for tasks completed by personnel of the Adviser, primarily for the valuation of portfolio companies.

Gladstone Securities also provides other services (such as investment banking and due diligence services) to certain of our portfolio companies; see “— Transactions with Related Parties – Other Transactions ” below.

Valuation Process

The following is a general description of the Policy (which has been approved by our Board of Directors) that the professionals of the Adviser and Administrator, with oversight and direction from our chief valuation officer, an employee of the Administrator who reports directly to our Board of Directors (collectively, the “Valuation Team”), use each quarter to determine the value of our investment portfolio. In accordance with the 1940 Act, our Board of Directors has the ultimate responsibility for reviewing and approving, in good faith, the fair value of our investments based on the Policy. The Adviser values our investments in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act and GAAP. There is no single standard for determining fair value (especially for privately-held businesses), as fair value depends upon the specific facts and circumstances of each individual investment. Each quarter, our Board of Directors reviews the Policy to determine if changes thereto are advisable and assesses whether the Valuation Team has applied the Policy consistently. With respect to the valuation of our investment portfolio, the Valuation Team performs the following steps each quarter:

 

   

Each investment is initially assessed by the Valuation Team using the Policy, which may include:

 

   

obtaining fair value quotes or utilizing input from third party valuation firms; and

 

   

using techniques, such as total enterprise value, yield analysis, market quotes and other factors, including but not limited to: the nature and realizable value of the collateral, including external parties’ guaranties; any relevant offers or letters of intent to acquire the portfolio company; and the markets in which the portfolio company operates.

 

   

Preliminary valuation conclusions are then discussed amongst the Valuation Team and with our management and documented for review by our Board of Directors. Written valuation recommendations and supporting material are sent to the Board of Directors in advance of the quarterly meetings.

 

   

The Valuation Committee of the Board of Directors (comprised entirely of independent directors) meets to review this documentation and discusses the information provided by our Valuation Team, and determines whether the Valuation Team has followed the Policy, determines whether the Valuation Team’s recommended fair value is reasonable in light of the Policy and reviews other facts and circumstances. Then, the Valuation Committee and chief valuation officer present the Valuation Committee’s findings to the entire Board of Directors, so that the full Board of Directors may review and approve, with a vote, to accept or reject the fair value recommendations in accordance with the Policy.

Fair value measurements of our investments may involve subjective judgment and estimates. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining these fair values, the fair value of our investments may fluctuate, from period to period. Our valuation policies, procedures and processes are more fully described in Note 2— Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in our accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Transactions with Related Parties

Investment Advisory and Management Agreement

In 2006, we entered into the Advisory Agreement, which was subsequently amended in October 2015, as approved unanimously by our Board of Directors, including the unanimous approval of our independent

 

83


Table of Contents

directors, to reduce the base management fee payable to the Adviser effective July 1, 2015, as discussed further below. In accordance with the Advisory Agreement, we pay the Adviser fees as compensation for its services, consisting of a base management fee and an incentive fee. On July 10, 2018, our Board of Directors, including a majority of the directors who are not parties to the agreement or interested person of any such party, unanimously approved the annual renewal of the Advisory Agreement with the Adviser through August 31, 2019. Mr. Gladstone, our chairman and chief executive officer, controls the Adviser. The Board of Directors considered the following factors as the basis for its decision to renew the Advisory Agreement: (1) the nature, extent and quality of services provided by the Adviser to our shareholders; (2) the investment performance of the Company and the Adviser; (3) the costs of the services to be provided and profits to be realized by the Adviser and its affiliates from the relationship with the Company; (4) the extent to which economies of scale will be realized as the Company and the Affiliated Public Funds grow and whether the fee level under the Advisory Agreement reflects the economies of scale for the Company’s investors; (5) the fee structure of the advisory and administrative agreements of comparable funds; (6) indirect profits to the Adviser created through the Company; and (7) in light of the foregoing considerations, the overall fairness of the advisory fee paid under the Advisory Agreement.

Based on the information reviewed and the considerations detailed above, our Board of Directors, including all of the directors who are not “interested persons” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, concluded that the investment advisory fee rates and terms are fair and reasonable in relation to the services provided and approved the Advisory Agreement, as being in the best interests of our stockholders.

Base Management Fee

The base management fee is payable quarterly to the Adviser pursuant to our Advisory Agreement and is assessed at an annual rate of 1.75%, computed on the basis of the value of our average total assets at the end of the two most recently-completed quarters (inclusive of the current quarter), which are total assets, including investments made with proceeds of borrowings, less any uninvested cash or cash equivalents resulting from borrowings and adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the period. Prior to July 1, 2015, the annual rate was 2.0%. Our Board of Directors may (as it has for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016) accept an unconditional and irrevocable credit from the Adviser to reduce the annual 1.75% (or prior to July 1, 2015, 2.0%) base management fee on syndicated loan participations to 0.5%, to the extent that proceeds resulting from borrowings were used to purchase such syndicated loan participations.

Additionally, pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Adviser makes available significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. The Adviser may also provide other services to our portfolio companies under certain agreements and may receive fees for services other than managerial assistance. The Adviser non-contractually, unconditionally, and irrevocably credits 100% of these fees against the base management fee that we would otherwise be required to pay to the Adviser; however, pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, a small percentage of certain of such fees is retained by the Adviser in the form of reimbursement, at cost, for tasks completed by personnel of the Adviser, primarily for the valuation of portfolio companies. Loan servicing fees that are payable to the Adviser pursuant to the Credit Facility, are also 100% credited against the base management fee as discussed below, “— Loan Servicing Fee Pursuant to Credit Agreement.

Incentive Fee

The incentive fee consists of two parts: an income-based incentive fee and a capital gains-based incentive fee. The income-based incentive fee rewards the Adviser if our quarterly net investment income (before giving effect to any incentive fee) exceeds 1.75% of our net assets, which we define as total assets less indebtedness and before taking into account any incentive fees payable or contractually due but not payable during the period, at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or

 

84


Table of Contents

repurchases during the period (the “hurdle rate”). The income-based incentive fee with respect to our pre-incentive fee net investment income is generally payable quarterly to the Adviser and is computed as follows:

 

   

no incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which our pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the hurdle rate (7.0% annualized);

 

   

100.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.1875% of our net assets, adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the period, in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized); and

 

   

20.0% of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds 2.1875% of our net assets, adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the period, in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized).

Quarterly Incentive Fee Based on Net Investment Income

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

 

 

LOGO

Percentage of pre-incentive fee net investment income

allocated to income-related portion of incentive fee

The second part of the incentive fee is a capital gains-based incentive fee that will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each fiscal year (or upon termination of the Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date) and equals 20.0% of our realized capital gains, less any realized capital losses and unrealized depreciation, as of the end of the fiscal year. In determining the capital gains-based incentive fee payable to the Adviser, we calculate the cumulative aggregate realized capital gains and cumulative aggregate realized capital losses since our inception, and the entire portfolio’s aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, if any and excluding any unrealized capital appreciation, as of the date of the calculation. For this purpose, cumulative aggregate realized capital gains, if any, equals the sum of the differences between the net sales price of each investment, when sold, and the original cost of such investment since inception. Cumulative aggregate realized capital losses equals the sum of the amounts by which the net sales price of each investment, when sold, is less than the original cost of such investment since inception. The entire portfolio’s aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, if any, equals the sum of the difference, between the valuation of each investment as of the applicable calculation date and the original cost of such investment. At the end of the applicable fiscal year, the amount of capital gains that serves as the basis for our calculation of the capital gains-based incentive fee equals the cumulative aggregate realized capital gains less cumulative aggregate realized capital losses, less the entire portfolio’s aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, if any. If this number is positive at the end of such fiscal year, then the capital gains-based incentive fee for such year equals 20.0% of such amount, less the aggregate amount of any capital gains-based incentive fees paid in respect of our portfolio in all prior years. No capital gains-based incentive fee has been recorded or paid from our inception through September 30, 2018, as cumulative unrealized capital depreciation has exceeded cumulative realized capital gains net of cumulative realized capital losses.

Additionally, in accordance with GAAP, a capital gains-based incentive fee accrual is calculated using the aggregate cumulative realized capital gains and losses and aggregate unrealized capital depreciation included in the calculation of the capital gains-based incentive fee plus the aggregate unrealized capital appreciation. If such amount is positive at the end of a period, then GAAP requires us to record a capital gains-based incentive fee

 

85


Table of Contents

equal to 20.0% of such amount, less the aggregate amount of actual capital gains-based incentive fees paid in all prior years. If such amount is negative, then there is no accrual for such period. GAAP requires that the capital gains-based incentive fee accrual consider the cumulative aggregate unrealized capital appreciation in the calculation, as a capital gains-based incentive fee would be payable if such unrealized capital appreciation were realized. There can be no assurance that such unrealized capital appreciation will be realized in the future. No GAAP accrual for a capital gains-based incentive fee has been recorded or paid from our inception through September 30, 2018.

Our Board of Directors accepted non-contractual, unconditional and irrevocable credits from the Adviser to reduce the income-based incentive fee to the extent net investment income did not cover 100.0% of distributions to common stockholders for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016, which credits totaled $1.7 million, $2.3 million, and $1.4 million, respectively.

Loan Servicing Fee Pursuant to Credit Agreement

The Adviser also services the loans held by our wholly-owned subsidiary, Business Loan (the borrower under our Credit Facility), in return for which the Adviser receives a 1.5% annual fee payable monthly based on the monthly aggregate outstanding balance of loans pledged under our Credit Facility. Since Business Loan is a consolidated subsidiary of ours, and the total base management fee paid to the Adviser pursuant to the Advisory Agreement cannot exceed 1.75% of total assets (as reduced by cash and cash equivalents pledged to creditors and adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the period) during any given calendar year, we treat payment of the loan servicing fee pursuant to our line of credit as a pre-payment of the base management fee under the Advisory Agreement. Accordingly, these loan servicing fees are 100% non-contractually, unconditionally, and irrevocably credited back to us by the Adviser.

Administration Agreement

We pay the Administrator pursuant to the Administration Agreement for our allocable portion of the Administrator’s expenses incurred while performing services to us, which are primarily rent and salaries and benefits expenses of the Administrator’s employees, including our chief financial officer and treasurer, chief compliance officer, chief valuation officer and general counsel and secretary (who also serves as the president, general counsel and secretary of the Administrator), and their respective staffs.

Our allocable portion of the Administrator’s expenses are generally derived by multiplying the Administrator’s total expenses by the approximate percentage of time during the current quarter the Administrator’s employees performed services for us in relation to their time spent performing services for all companies serviced by the Administrator under contractual agreements. On July 10, 2018, our Board of Directors, including a majority of the directors who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons of such party, approved the annual renewal of the Administration Agreement through August 31, 2019.

Other Transactions

Mr. Gladstone also serves on the board of managers of our affiliate, Gladstone Securities, a privately-held broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and insured by the Securities Investor Protection Corporation. Gladstone Securities is 100% indirectly owned and controlled by Mr. Gladstone and has provided other services, such as investment banking and due diligence services, to certain of our portfolio companies, for which Gladstone Securities receives a fee. Any such fees paid by portfolio companies to Gladstone Securities do not impact the fees we pay to the Adviser or the non-contractual, unconditional, and irrevocable credits against the base management fee or incentive fee. Specifically, Gladstone Securities may be paid an investment banking fee in an amount not greater than 1% of our investment in a portfolio company at the closing of such investment. For additional information refer to Note 4— Related  Party Transactions  of our accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .

 

86


Table of Contents

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

RIC Status

To qualify for treatment as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, we must generally distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90.0% of our investment company taxable income, which is our ordinary income plus the excess of our net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses. We refer to this as the “annual distribution requirement.” We must also meet several additional requirements, including:

 

   

Business Development Company status . At all times during the taxable year, we must maintain our status as a BDC.

 

   

Income source requirements . At least 90.0% of our gross income for each taxable year must be from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities, loans, gains from sales or other dispositions of securities or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in securities, and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.

 

   

Asset diversification requirements . As of the close of each quarter of our taxable year: (1) at least 50.0% of the value of our assets must consist of cash, cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities to the extent that (a) we do not hold more than 10.0% of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer of such other securities, and (b) such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5.0% of our total assets; and (2) no more than 25.0% of the value of our total assets may be invested in the securities of one issuer (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other regulated investment companies), or of two or more issuers that are controlled by us and are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Failure to Qualify as a RIC

If we are unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, we will be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates. We would not be able to deduct distributions to stockholders, nor would we be required to make such distributions. Distributions would be taxable to our stockholders as dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate distributees would be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s adjusted tax basis, and then as a gain realized from the sale or exchange of property. If we fail to meet the RIC requirements for more than two consecutive years and then seek to requalify as a RIC, we generally would be subject to corporate-level federal income tax on any unrealized appreciation with respect to our assets to the extent that any such unrealized appreciation is recognized during a specified period up to five years.

Qualification as a RIC

If we qualify as a RIC and distribute to stockholders each year in a timely manner at least 90.0% of our investment company taxable income, we will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of our taxable income and gains we distribute to stockholders. We would, however, be subject to a 4.0% nondeductible federal excise tax if we do not distribute, actually or on a deemed basis, an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98.0% of our ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (3) any ordinary income and capital gains in excess of capital losses for preceding years that were not distributed during such years. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we did not incur any excise taxes.

The federal excise tax would apply only to the amount by which the required distributions exceed the amount of income we distribute, actually or on a deemed basis, to stockholders. We will be subject to federal corporate income tax, currently at a flat rate of 21.0%, on any undistributed income, including both ordinary income and capital gains.

 

87


Table of Contents

If we acquire debt obligations that (i) were originally issued at a discount, (ii) bear interest at rates that are not either fixed rates or certain qualified variable rates, or (iii) are not unconditionally payable at least annually over the life of the obligation, we will be required to include in taxable income each year a portion of the original issue discount (“OID”) that accrues over the life of the obligation. Additionally, PIK interest, which is computed at the contractual rate specified in a loan agreement and is added to the principal balance of a loan, is also a non cash source of income that we are required to include in taxable income each year. Both OID and PIK income will be included in our investment company taxable income even though we receive no cash corresponding to such amounts. As a result, we may be required to make additional distributions corresponding to such OID and PIK amounts in order to satisfy the annual distribution requirement and to continue to qualify as a RIC or to avoid the imposition of federal income and excise taxes. In this event, we may be required to sell investments or other assets to meet the RIC distribution requirements. For the year ended September 30, 2018, we recorded $0.2 million of OID income and the unamortized balance of OID investments (which are primarily all syndicated loans) as of September 30, 2018 totaled $0.4 million. As of September 30, 2018, we had five investments which had a PIK interest component and we recorded PIK interest income of $3.8 million during the year ended September 30, 2018.

Regulation as a BDC

We are a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under Section 54 of the 1940 Act. As such, we are subject to regulation under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates, principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding “voting securities,” as defined in the 1940 Act.

We intend to conduct our business so as to retain our status as a BDC. A BDC may use capital provided by public stockholders and from other sources to invest in long-term private investments in businesses. A BDC provides stockholders the ability to retain the liquidity of a publicly traded stock while sharing in the possible benefits, if any, of investing in primarily privately owned companies. In general, a BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the U.S. and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in qualifying assets, as described in Sections 55(a)(1) through (a)(3) of the 1940 Act.

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets, other than certain interests in furniture, equipment, real estate, or leasehold improvements (“operating assets”) represent at least 70.0% of total assets, exclusive of operating assets. The types of qualifying assets in which we may invest under the 1940 Act include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  (1)

Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer is an eligible portfolio company. An eligible portfolio company is generally defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

 

  (a)

is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, any State or States in the U.S.;

 

  (b)

is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC or otherwise excluded from the definition of investment company); and

 

  (c)

satisfies one of the following:

 

  (i)

it does not have any class of securities with respect to which a broker or dealer may extend margin credit;

 

88


Table of Contents
  (ii)

it is controlled by the BDC and for which an affiliate of the BDC serves as a director;

 

  (iii)

it has total assets of not more than $4.0 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2 million;

 

  (iv)

it does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange; or

 

  (v)

it has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, with an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting equity of less than $250.0 million.

 

  (2)

Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) above, or pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or rights relating to such securities.

 

  (3)

Cash, cash items, government securities or high quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

Asset Coverage

Pursuant to Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act, we are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of “senior securities representing indebtedness.” However, pursuant to Section 18(c) of the 1940 Act, we are permitted to issue only one class of “senior securities that is stock.” In either case, we may only issue such senior securities if such class of senior securities, after such issuance, has an asset coverage, as defined in Section 18(h) of the 1940 Act, of at least 200% (as the law applies to the Company currently) or 150% (as the law will apply to the Company effective April 10, 2019; refer to “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview—Regulatory Compliance ” for a discussion of changes to the asset coverage requirements pursuant to the SBCAA).

In addition, our ability to pay dividends or distributions (other than dividends payable in our stock) to holders of any class of our capital stock would be restricted if our “senior securities representing indebtedness” fail to have an asset coverage of at least 200% (measured at the time of declaration of such distribution and accounting for such distribution). The 1940 Act does not apply this limitation to privately arranged debt that is not intended to be publicly distributed, unless this limitation is specifically negotiated by the lender. In addition, our ability to pay dividends or distributions (other than dividends payable in our common stock) to our common stockholders would also be restricted if our “senior securities that are stock” fail to have an asset coverage of at least 200% (measured at the time of declaration of such distribution and accounting for such distribution). If the value of our assets declines, we might be unable to satisfy these asset coverage requirements. To satisfy the 200% asset coverage requirement in the event that we are seeking to pay a distribution, we might either have to (i) liquidate a portion of our loan portfolio to repay a portion of our indebtedness or (ii) issue common stock. This may occur at a time when a sale of a portfolio asset may be disadvantageous, or when we have limited access to capital markets on agreeable terms. In addition, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness or for offering expenses will not be available for distributions to our stockholders. If we are unable to regain the requisite asset coverage through these methods, we may be forced to suspend the payment of such dividends or distributions. See “ Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our External Financing—Our business plan is dependent upon external financing, which is constrained by the limitations of the 1940 Act.”

Significant Managerial Assistance

Generally, a BDC must make available significant managerial assistance to issuers of certain of its portfolio securities that the BDC counts as qualifying assets for the 70.0% test described above. Making available significant managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company. Significant managerial assistance also includes the exercise of a controlling influence over the management and policies of the portfolio company. However, with respect to certain, but not all such securities, where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance, or the BDC may exercise such control jointly.

 

89


Table of Contents

Code of Ethics

We, and all of the Gladstone companies, have adopted a code of ethics and business conduct applicable to all of the officers, directors and employees of such companies that complies with the guidelines set forth in Item 406 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act and Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act. As required by the 1940 Act, this code establishes procedures for personal investments, restricts certain transactions by such personnel and requires the reporting of certain transactions and holdings by such personnel. This code of ethics and business conduct is publicly available on our website under “Corporate Governance” at www.GladstoneCapital.com . In addition, this code of ethics is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and is also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at  www.sec.gov . Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may also be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov. We intend to provide any required disclosure of any amendments to or waivers of the provisions of this code by posting information regarding any such amendment or waiver to our website or in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Compliance Policies and Procedures

We and the Adviser have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws, and our Board of Directors is required to review these compliance policies and procedures annually to assess their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. We have designated a chief compliance officer, John Dellafiora, Jr., who also serves as chief compliance officer for all of the Gladstone companies.

Staffing

We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees in the foreseeable future. Currently, services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees of the Adviser and the Administrator pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, respectively. No employee of the Adviser or the Administrator will dedicate all of his or her time to us. However, we expect that 25 to 30 full time employees of the Adviser and the Administrator will spend substantial time on our matters during the remainder of calendar year 2018 and all of calendar year 2019. As of November 14, 2018, the Adviser and the Administrator collectively had 67 full-time employees. A breakdown of these employees is summarized by functional area in the table below:

 

Number of Individuals

  

Functional Area

12    Executive management
20    Accounting, administration, compliance, human resources, legal and treasury
35    Investment management, portfolio management and due diligence

Available Information

Copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments, if any, to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available free of charge through our website at www.GladstoneCapital.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website should not be considered part of this prospectus. A request for any of these reports may also be submitted to us by sending a written request addressed to Investor Relations, Gladstone Capital Corporation, 1521 Westbranch Drive, Suite 100, McLean, VA 22102, or by calling our toll-free investor relations line at 1-866-366-5745. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov .

 

90


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

The following table sets forth certain information as of September 30, 2018, regarding each portfolio company in which we had a debt or equity security as of such date. All such investments have been made in accordance with our investment policies and procedures described in this prospectus. Under the 1940 Act, we may not acquire any non-qualifying assets unless, at the time such acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of our total assets. As of September 30, 2018, our investments in FedCap Partners, LLC (“FedCap”), Leeds Novamark Capital I, L.P. (“Leeds”), Funko Acquisition Holdings, LLC (“Funko”), and XMedius Solutions Inc. (“XMedius”) are considered non-qualifying assets under Section 55 of the 1940 Act. Such non-qualifying assets represent 2.9% of total investments, at fair value, as of September 30, 2018.

 

            Percentage of
Class Held
on a Fully
Diluted Basis
    Cost     Fair Value  

Company

 

Industry

 

Investment

                  (Dollar amounts in
thousands)
(unaudited)
 

NON-CONTROL/NON-AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS

 

Proprietary Investments:

         

AG Transportation Holdings, LLC

2430 Lincolnway East

Goshen, IN 46526

 

Cargo Transportation

  Secured Second Lien Debt     $  13,000     $  13,097  
    Member Profit Participation     18.00     1,000       1,375  
    Profit Participation Warrants     12.00     244       692  

Alloy Die Casting Co.

6550 Caballero Blvd.

Buena Park, CA 90620

 

Diversified / conglomerate manufacturing

       
  Secured Second Lien Debt       5,235       4,934  
    Secured Second Lien Debt       75       71  
    Secured Second Lien Debt       390       368  
    Preferred Stock     29.50     2,192       533  
    Common Stock     25.83     18       —    

Applied Voice & Speech Technologies, Inc.

27042 Towne Centre Drive

Foothill Ranch, CA 92610

         
         
 

Telecommunications

  Secured First Lien Debt       10,100       9,948  

Arc Drilling Holdings LLC

9551 Corporate Circle

Valley View, OH 44125

 

Machinery

  Secured First Lien Line of Credit      
   
        —         —    
    Secured First Lien Debt       5,960       5,454  
    Common Stock     16.67     1,500       —    

Belnick, Inc.

4350 Ball Ground Hwy

Canton, GA 30114

 

Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares and Durable Consumer Products

  Secured Second Lien Debt       10,000       10,125  

B+T Group Acquistion Inc.

1717 Boulder Ave #3000

Tulsa, OK 74119

 

Telecommunications

  Secured First Lien Debt       6,000       6,000  
    Preferred Stock     30.00     1,799       —    
         

Canopy Safety Brands, LLC

322 Industrial Court

Concord, NC 28025

 

Personal and non-durable consumer products

       
  Secured First Lien Debt       3,750       3,802  
    Participation Warrant     5.83     500       418  

Chemical and Injection Holdings Company, LLC

8115 W. Industrial Ave

Midland, TX 79706

         
         
 

Oil and gas

  Preferred Stock     4.17     618       2,137  

 

91


Table of Contents
            Percentage of
Class Held
on a Fully
Diluted Basis
    Cost     Fair Value  

Company

 

Industry

 

Investment

                  (Dollar amounts in
thousands)
(unaudited)
 

Chinese Yellow Pages Company

9550 Flair Drive Suite 200

El Monte, CA 91731

    Secured First Lien Line of Credit      
       
 

Printing and publishing

      107       —    

EL Academies, Inc.

1650 Tysons Blvd Suite 630

McLean, VA 22102

 

Healthcare, Education, and Childcare

  Secured First Lien Line of Credit      
     
      —         —    
    Secured First Lien Debt       12,000       12,105  
    Secured First Lien Delayed Draw Term Loan       8,990       9,069  
    Common Stock     4.01     649       844  

FedCap Partners, LLC

1818 Library Street, Suite 500

Reston, VA 20190

         
         
 

Private equity fund — aerospace and defense

  Class A Membership Units     6.67     1,449       616  

Francis Drilling Fluids, Ltd.

PO Box 1694

Crowley, LA 70526

         
         
 

Oil and gas

  Secured Second Lien Debt       18,427       5,281  
    Secured Second Lien Debt       8,434       2,417  
    Preferred Equity Units     4.57     1,215       —    
    Common Equity Units     3.87     1       —    

Frontier Financial Group, Inc.

1400 I Street NW, Suite 350

Washington, DC 20005

 

Diversified/conglomerate
service

       
  Preferred Stock     15.38     500       —    
    Preferred Stock Warrant       —         —    

Funko Acquisition Holdings, LLC

1202 Shuksan Way

Everett, WA 98203

 

Personal and non-durable consumer products

       
  Common Stock     0.10     167       672  

GFRC Holdings, LLC

118 North Shiloh Road

Garland, TX 75042

   

Secured First Lien Line of Credit

     
 

Buildings and real estate

      1,150       1,150  
    Secured First Lien Debt       1,000       1,000  
    Preferred Stock     100.00     1,025       305  
    Common Stock Warrants     45.00     —         —    

Gray Matter Systems, LLC

100 Global View Drive Suite 200

Warrendale, PA 15086

 

Diversified/conglomerate
service

       
  Secured Second Lien Debt       11,100       11,045  
    Secured Second Lien Delayed Draw Term Loan       —         —    

IA Tech, LLC

PO Box 2511

Kennesaw, GA 30156

 

Diversified/conglomerate
service

       
  Secured First Lien Debt       30,000       30,900  

Impact! Chemical Technologies, Inc.

10501 E Highway 80

Midland, TX 79707

         
 

Oil and gas

  Secured First Lien Line of Credit       2,500       2,497  
    Secured First Lien Debt       20,000       19,975  

Leeds Novamark Capital I, L.P.

590 Madison Avenue, 41st Floor

New York, NY 10022

 

Private equity fund — healthcare, education and childcare

  Limited Partnership Interest     3.46     2,152       2,695  

Meridian Rack & Pinion, Inc.

6740 Cobra Way

San Diego, CA 92121

         
         
 

Automobile

  Secured First Lien Debt       4,140       3,105  
    Preferred Stock     23.30     1,449       —    

 

92


Table of Contents
            Percentage of
Class Held
on a Fully
Diluted Basis
    Cost     Fair Value  

Company

 

Industry

 

Investment

                  (Dollar amounts in
thousands)
(unaudited)
 

Merlin International, Inc

8330 Boone Blvd, 8th Floor

Tysons, VA 22182

         
         
 

Healthcare, Education, and Childcare

  Secured Second Lien Debt       20,000       20,600  

The Mochi Ice Cream Company

5563 Alcoa Avenue

Vernon, CA 90058

         
         
 

Beverage, Food and Tobacco

  Secured Second Lien Debt       6,726       6,767  
    Common Stock     2.49     450       230  

NetFortris Corp.

5601 6th Ave S, Suite 201

Seattle, WA 98108

         
         
 

Telecommunications

  Secured First Lien Debt       23,700       23,522  
    Preferred Stock       268       803  
    Common Stock Warrant     0.00     1       —    

Precision International, LLC

435 Burt Street

Sistersville, WV 26175

         
         
 

Machinery

  Secured First Lien Debt       836       836  
    Membership Unit Warrant     33.33     —         296  

Sea Link International IRB, Inc.

13151 66th St N

Largo, FL 33773

         
         
 

Automobile

  Secured Second Lien Debt       4,980       5,094  
    Common Equity Units     1.78     495       857  

Travel Sentry, Inc

110 SE 6th Street, Suite 1754

Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301

         
 

Diversified/ conglomerate

       
 

service

  Secured First Lien Debt       8,415       8,646  

Triple H Food Processors, LLC

5821 Wilderness Avenue

Riverside, CA 92504

         
         
 

Beverage, Food and Tobacco

  Secured First Lien Line of Credit       —         —    
    Secured First Lien Debt       6,000       6,135  
    Common Stock     7.11     250       595  

TWS Acquisition Corporation

120 N. 44th Street, Suite 230

Phoenix, AZ 85034

         
         
 

Healthcare, Education, and Childcare

  Secured First Lien Debt       2,000       2,000  

United Flexible, Inc

815 Forestwood Drive

Romeoville, IL 60446

         
         
 

Diversified/conglomerate manufacturing

  Secured Second Lien Debt       15,232       15,300  
    Preferred Stock     1.19     538       708  
    Common Stock     1.10     148       2,247  

Vacation Rental Pros Property Management, LLC

200 Executive Way #200

Ponte Vedra, FL 32082

         
         
 

Hotels, Motels, Inns, and

       
 

Gaming

  Secured Second Lien Debt       7,366       6,337  

 

93


Table of Contents
            Percentage of
Class Held
on a Fully
Diluted Basis
    Cost     Fair Value  

Company

 

Industry

 

Investment

                  (Dollar amounts in
thousands)
(unaudited)
 

Vision Government Solutions

1 Cabot Road

Hudson, MA 01749

         
 

 

Diversified/conglomerate services

 

 

Secured First Lien Line of Credit

      1,446       1,305  
    Secured First Lien Delayed Draw Term Loan       1,596       1,448  
    Secured First Lien Debt       8,978       8,100  
         

WadeCo Specialties, Inc.

8115 W. Industrial Ave

Midland, TX 79706

         
 

Oil and gas

  Secured First Lien Line of Credit       900       909  
    Secured First Lien Debt       9,691       9,788  
    Secured First Lien Debt       7,000       7,035  

XMedius Solutions Inc.

3400 de Maisonneuve Blvd. West Suite 1135

Montreal, Quebec, Canada H3Z 3B8

         
         
 

Telecommunications

  Secured First Lien Debt       7,493       7,521  
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal —Non-Control/ Non-Affiliate Proprietary Investments

    $  323,345     $  299,709  
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Syndicated Investments:

         

CHA Holdings, Inc.

III Winners Circle

PO Box 5269

Albany, NY 12205

         
         
         
 

Diversified/conglomerate service

  Secured Second Lien Debt     $ 2,942     $ 3,030  

DigiCert Holdings, Inc.

2801 North Thanksgiving Way Suite 500

Lehi, UT 84043

         
 

Diversified/conglomerate service

  Secured Second Lien Debt       2,977       2,989  

Keystone Acquisition Corp.

3204 McKnight E Drive

Pittsburgh, PA 15237

         
         
         
 

Diversified/conglomerate service

  Secured Second Lien Debt       3,929       4,015  

LDiscovery, LLC

8201 Greensboro Dr #717

McLean, VA 22102

         
         
 

Diversified/conglomerate service

  Secured Second Lien Debt       4,836       4,400  

Medical Solutions Holdings, Inc.

1010 N. 102nd St Suite 300

Omaha, NE 68114

         
         
 

Healthcare, Education, and Childcare

  Secured Second Lien Debt       2,960       3,000  

New Trident Holdcorp, Inc.

920 Ridgebrook Road, 2 nd Floor

Sparks, MD 21152

         
 

Healthcare, Education and Childcare

  Secured Second Lien Debt       4,382       —    

Edmentum Ultimate Holdings, LLC

5600 W 83 rd Street, Suite 300, 8200 Tower

Bloomington, MN 55437

         
         
 

Healthcare, Education and Childcare

  Unsecured Debt       3,613       3,603  

 

94


Table of Contents
            Percentage of
Class Held
on a Fully
Diluted Basis
    Cost     Fair Value  

Company

 

Industry

 

Investment

                  (Dollar amounts in
thousands)
(unaudited)
 
    Common Stock     0.57     2,636       —    

Red Ventures, LLC

1101 Red Ventures Drive

Fort Mill, SC 29707

         
         
 

Diversified/conglomerate service

  Secured Second Lien Debt       3,069       3,188  

Vertellus Holdings LLC

1500 S Tibbs Ave

Indianapolis, IN 46241

         
         
 

Chemicals, Plastics and Rubber

  Secured Second Lien Debt       1,099       1,096  
    Common Stock Units     0.88     3,017       404  

W3, Co.

11111 Wilcrest Green Drive #300

Houston, TX 77042

         
         
 

Oil and gas

  Common Equity     0.09     499       133  
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal—Non-Control / Non-Affiliate Syndicated Investments

    $ 35,959     $ 25,858  
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments (represented 82.5% of total investments at fair value)

 

  $ 359,304     $ 325,567  
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS

         

Proprietary Investments:

         

Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc.

5117 Northeast Pkwy

Fort Worth, TX 76106

 

Diversified/conglomerate

       
 

manufacturing

  Secured First Lien Debt     $ 6,200     $ 6,061  
    Secured First Lien Debt       1,600       1,572  
    Preferred Stock     25.16     2,516       2,381  

Lignetics, Inc.

1075 E. South Boulder Rd #210

Louisville, CO 80027

 

Diversified natural resources,

       
 

precious metals and minerals

  Secured Second Lien Debt       6,000       6,014  
    Secured Second Lien Debt       8,000       8,020  
    Secured Second Lien Debt       3,300       3,308  
    Secured Second Lien Debt       4,000       4,010  
    Preferred Stock     2.82     800       882  
    Common Stock     10.62     1,855       806  

LWO Acquisitions Company LLC

1920 Hurd Drive

Irving, TX 75038

 

Diversified/conglomerate

       
 

manufacturing

  Secured First Lien Line of Credit       3,205       3,105  
    Secured First Lien Debt       11,166       6,089  
    Unsecured Debt       95       52  
    Common Units     9.99     921       —    

Subtotal Affiliate Proprietary Investments

      49,658       42,300  

Syndicated Investments:

         

Targus Cayman HoldCo, Ltd.

1211 North Miller Street

Anaheim, CA 92806

         
         
  Textiles and leather   Common Stock     6.68     5,009       6,556  
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Affiliate Investments (represented 12.1% of total investments at fair value)

    $ 54,667     $ 48,856  
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents
            Percentage of
Class Held
on a Fully
Diluted Basis
    Cost     Fair Value  

Company

 

Industry

 

Investment

                  (Dollar amounts in
thousands)
(unaudited)
 

CONTROL INVESTMENTS

     

Proprietary Investments:

         

Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc.

800 Independence Dr

Napoleon, OH 43545

         
         
  Automobile   Secured Second Lien Debt       8,065       8,065  
    Common Stock     76.20     580       1,088  

PIC 360, LLC

7000 S. Edgerton Road

Brecksville, OH 44141

         
         
  Machinery   Secured First Lien Debt       2,850       2,850  
    Common Equity Units     75.00     1       1,622  

TNCP Intermediate HoldCo, LLC

1301 Riverfront Parkway, Suite 112

Chattanooga, TN 37402

 

Printing and publishing

  Secured First Lien Line of Credit       1,500       1,500  
    Common Equity Units       500       498  
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Control Proprietary Investments (represented 5.4% of total investments at fair value)

 

  $ 13,496     $ 15,623  
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Investments

        $ 427,467     $ 390,046  
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Significant Portfolio Companies

Set forth below is a brief description of each portfolio company in which we have made an investment whose fair value represents greater than 5% of our total assets as of September 30, 2018. Because of the relative size of our investments in these companies, we are exposed to a greater degree to the risks associated with these companies.

EL Academies, Inc.

Our investment in EL Academies, Inc. (“EL Academies”) has an aggregate fair value of $22.0 million as of September 30, 2018 consisting of secured first lien term debt with a principal amount outstanding of $21.0 million, which matures on August 15, 2022 and common stock with a cost basis of $0.6 million.

EL Academies is a privately-owned early childhood education business.

Enrollment levels in the early childhood education industry can increase or decrease as broader employment trends change. As a result, if a higher percentage of people were to become unemployed or if there were a decline in two-parent working households in the areas where EL Academies has centers then a decrease in enrollment could occur which would negatively impact EL Academies’ revenue.

EL Academies’ principal executive offices are located at 1650 Tysons Blvd, Suite 600 McLean, VA 22102.

IA Tech, LLC

Our investment in IA Tech, LLC (“IA Tech”) has an aggregate fair value of $30.9 million as of September 30, 2018 consisting of secured first lien debt with a principal amount outstanding of $30.0 million, which matures on June 27, 2021.

 

96


Table of Contents

IA Tech, LLC is a privately-owned eCommerce business. The Company operates several online auction marketplaces and eCommerce sites for active firearms, shooting, hunting and outdoor enthusiasts.

While the Company does not take title or possession of firearms, its online auction sites depend on the legal trade of new and used firearms. If the sale or ownership of certain types of firearms were to be banned by state or local governments, this could lower the volume of firearms traded on the Company’s auction platform and potentially lower revenue.

IA Tech, LLC’s principal executive offices are located at PO Box 2511, Kennesaw, GA 30156.

Impact! Chemical Technologies, Inc.

Our investment in Impact! Chemical Technologies, Inc. (“Impact!”) has an aggregate fair value of $22.5 million as of September 30, 2018 consisting of secured first lien debt with a principal amount outstanding of $22.5 million, which matures on December 11, 2020.

Impact! provides oil and gas production and pipeline chemicals and capillary services.

Declines in oil prices could negatively impact domestic energy exploration and production activity in the Permian and Eagle Ford Basins and could negatively impact demand for production chemicals. In addition, new federal and state regulations around drilling in an environmentally sustainable manner could also affect Impact!’s services as its customers may be negatively impacted by adopting these regulations.

Impact!’s principal executive offices are located at 10501 E Highway 80, Midland, TX 79706.

Lignetics

Our investment in Lignetics, Inc. (“Lignetics”) has an aggregate fair value of $23.0 million as of September 30, 2018 consisting of secured second lien debt with a principal amount outstanding of $21.3 million, which matures on November 9, 2022, $1.9 million of common stock, at cost, and $0.8 million of preferred stock, at cost.

Lignetics manufactures and distributes branded wood pellets primarily for home heating. Lignetics is one of the largest residential wood pellet manufacturers in the U.S., with an annual production capacity of approximately 960,000 tons across thirteen plants.

The wood pellet heating fuel industry is competitive and fragmented. The greatest risks to Lignetics’ business are declines in the prices of alternative heating fuels (e.g. heating oil, propane), mild winters, new market participants, and industry-wide increased production capacity. Any of the aforementioned factors could lead to changes in pellet consumption and lower pellet fuel prices, which could have a material adverse impact on Lignetics’ profitability and cash flow.

Lignetics’ principal executive offices are located at 1075 E. South Boulder Rd. Ste. 210, Louisville, CO, 80027.

NetFortris Corp.

Our investment in NetFortris Corp. (“NetFortris”) has an aggregate fair value of $24.3 million as of September 30, 2018 consisting of secured first lien debt with a principal amount outstanding of $23.7 million, which matures on February 21, 2021 and preferred stock with a cost basis of $0.3 million.

NetFortris delivers voice over internet protocol (“VoIP”) services and other cloud communications solutions that enable people to work, collaborate, and deliver customer service where and when business calls.

 

97


Table of Contents

The VoIP market is competitive and fragmented as differentiation can be limited and barriers to entry are generally low. Over time, competition could cause average pricing and margins to decline as providers attempt to acquire new customers or keep customers from cancelling their service after their contracts expire.

NetFortris’s principal executive offices are located at 5601 6 th Avenue S, Suite 201, Seattle, WA 98108.

Merlin International, Inc.

Our investment in Merlin International, Inc. (“Merlin”) has an aggregate fair value of $20.6 million as of September 30, 2018 consisting of secured second lien debt with a principal amount outstanding of $20.0 million, which matures on October 27, 2022.

Merlin provides comprehensive technology solutions focused on cybersecurity applications to government and commercial organizations.

A significant portion of Merlin’s revenues are derived from contracts with various government entities which are dependent on funding from federal, state, and/or local governments. A large decline in government funding for cybersecurity, whether due to a changing political landscape or the de-prioritization of cybersecurity spend, could negatively affect Merlin’s revenue generation and margin profile.

Merlin’s principal executive offices are located at 8330 Boone Blvd, 8th Floor, Tysons, VA 22182.

Unconsolidated Significant Subsidiaries

In accordance with the SEC’s Regulation S-X, we do not consolidate portfolio company investments. Further, in accordance with ASC 946, we are precluded from consolidating any entity other than another investment company, except that ASC 946 provides for the consolidation of a controlled operating company that provides substantially all of its services to the investment company or its consolidated subsidiaries. We had certain unconsolidated subsidiaries which met at least one of the significance conditions under Rule 1-02(w) of the SEC’s Regulation S-X as of or during at least one of the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016. Accordingly, audited and unaudited financial statements, as applicable, have been included as exhibits to the registration statement on Form N-2 of which this prospectus is a part.

 

98


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors currently consists of eight members, six of whom are not considered to be “interested persons” of ours, as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. We refer to these individuals as our independent directors. Our Board of Directors elects our officers, who serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

Board of Directors

Under our bylaws, our directors are divided into three classes. Each class consists, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of directors, and each class selected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. Holders of our common stock and preferred stock vote together as a class for the election of directors, except that the holders of our term preferred stock have the sole right to elect two of our directors. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose term expires at such meeting will be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. Each director will hold office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Information regarding our Board of Directors is as follows (the address for each director is c/o Gladstone Capital Corporation, 1521 Westbranch Drive, Suite 100, McLean, Virginia 22102):

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position

  

Director

Since

    

Expiration

of Term

 

Interested Directors

           

David Gladstone

     76     

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (1) (2) (6)

     2001        2019  

Terry L. Brubaker

     75     

Vice Chairman, Chief Operating Officer, Asst. Secretary and Director (1) (2) (6)

     2001        2021  

Independent Directors

           

Anthony W. Parker

     73     

Director (2) (3) (6) (7) (8)

     2001        2020  

Michela A. English

     68     

Director (3) (8)

     2002        2020  

Paul W. Adelgren

     75     

Director (4) (5) (8)

     2003        2019  

John H. Outland

     73     

Director (3) (4) (5) (7) (8)

     2003        2019  

Walter H. Wilkinson, Jr.

     72     

Director (4) (5) (7) (8) (9)

     2014        2021  

Caren D. Merrick

     58     

Director (3) (7) (8) (9)

     2014        2021  

 

(1)

Interested person as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act due to the director’s position as our officer and/or employment by the Adviser.

(2)

Member of the executive committee.

(3)

Member of the audit committee.

(4)

Member of the ethics, nominating, and corporate governance committee.

(5)

Member of the compensation committee.

(6)

Member of the offering committee.

(7)

Member of the valuation committee.

(8)

Each independent director, serves as an alternate member of each committee for which they do not serve as a regular member. Messrs. Adelgren, Outland and Wilkinson serve as alternate members of the audit committee; Mr. Parker and Mses. English and Merrick serve as alternates on the compensation committee; Mr. Parker and Mses. English and Merrick serve as alternates on the ethics, nominating and corporate governance committee and Messrs. Adelgren, Outland and Wilkinson and Mses. English and Merrick serve as alternates on the offering committee. Mr. Adelgren and Ms. English serve as alternates on the valuation committee. Alternate members of the committees serve and participate in meetings of the committees only in the event of an absence of a regular member of the committee.

(9)

Caren D. Merrick and Walter H. Wilkinson, Jr. were elected as directors solely by the preferred stockholders, at the Company’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders each for a term expiring in 2021.

 

99


Table of Contents

The biographical information for each of our directors, includes all of the public company directorships held by such directors for the past five years.

Independent Directors (in alphabetical order)

P aul W. Adelgren. Mr. Adelgren has served as a director since January 2003. Mr. Adelgren has also served as a director of Gladstone Commercial since August 2003, a director of Gladstone Investment since June 2005 and a director of Gladstone Land since January 2013. From 1997 until January 2018, Mr. Adelgren served as the pastor of Missionary Alliance Church. From 1991 to 1997, Mr. Adelgren was pastor of New Life Alliance Church. From 1988 to 1991, Mr. Adelgren was vice president—finance and materials for Williams & Watts, Inc., a logistics management and procurement business located in Fairfield, NJ. Prior to joining Williams & Watts, Mr. Adelgren served in the United States Navy, where he served in a number of capacities, including as the director of the Strategic Submarine Support Department, as the executive officer at the Naval Supply Center, and as the director of the Joint Uniform Military Pay System. He is a retired Navy Captain. Mr. Adelgren holds an MBA from Harvard Business School and a BA from the University of Kansas. Mr. Adelgren was selected to serve as an independent director on our Board of Directors due to his strength and experience in ethics, which also led to his appointment to the chairmanship of our Ethics, Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee, as well as his past service on our Board of Directors since 2003.

M ichela A. English. Ms. English has served as director since June 2002. Ms. English has served as director of Fight for Children, a non-profit charitable organization focused on providing high quality education and health care services to underserved youth in Washington, D.C. since January 2017 and served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Fight for Children from June 2006 to December 2016. Ms. English has also been a director of Gladstone Commercial since August 2003, a director of Gladstone Investment since June 2005 and a director of Gladstone Land since January 2013. From March 1996 to March 2004, Ms. English held several positions with Discovery Communications, Inc., including president of Discovery Consumer Products, president of Discovery Enterprises Worldwide and president of Discovery.com. From 1991 to 1996, Ms. English served as senior vice president of the National Geographic Society and was a member of the National Geographic Society’s Board of Trustees and Education Foundation Board. Prior to 1991, Ms. English served as vice president, corporate planning and business development for Marriott Corporation and as a senior engagement manager for McKinsey & Company. Ms. English has served as director of the Hershey Trust Company and the Milton Hershey School since January 2018, the Educational Testing Service since 2000, as a director of D.C. Preparatory Academy since 2004, and a director of the D.C. Public Education Fund since 2007. Ms. English is an emeritus member of the board of Sweet Briar College. Ms. English holds a Bachelor of Arts in International Affairs from Sweet Briar College and a Master of Public and Private Management degree from Yale University’s School of Management. Ms. English was selected to serve as an independent director on our Board of Directors due to her greater than twenty years of senior management experience at various corporations and non-profit organizations as well as her past service on our Board of Directors since 2002.

C aren D. Merrick. Ms. Merrick has served as our director and as a director of Gladstone Commercial, Gladstone Land and Gladstone Investment since November 2014. Ms. Merrick is the founder and chief executive officer of Caren Merrick & Co., an advisory firm on growth strategies since 2014. Ms. Merrick is the founder of, and from 2014 until 2017, served as the chief executive officer of, Pocket Mentor, a mobile application and digital publishing company focused on leadership development and career advancement. Since 2004 she has served as a partner with Bibury Partners, an investment advisory firm that focuses on enterprise and consumer technology sectors. In addition, Ms. Merrick served as a board member of WashingtonFirst Bankshares, Inc. (Nasdaq: WFBI) from May 2015 until January 2018 and served as a board member of the Metropolitan Washington Airport Authority from October 2012 until October 2018. Ms. Merrick co-founded and from 1996 to 2001 served as an executive vice president of webMethods, Inc., a company that provides business-to-business enterprise software solution for Global 2000 companies. Ms. Merrick served on the boards of directors of VisualCV, a venture-backed online resume and corporate talent management solution, from 2008 – 2011, Inova Healthcare Services from 2001 – 2005, and the Northern Virginia Technology Council from 2000 – 2004.

 

100


Table of Contents

Ms. Merrick previously served as a member of the Technology Subgroup on the Virginia Governor’s Economic Development and Jobs Creation Commission from 2010 – 2011. Ms. Merrick also was director of AOL.com for America Online from 1996 – 1997, and has also been a consultant for Australia Post, a $5 billion government business enterprise that provides postal, retail and financial, logistics and fulfillment services across Australia. Ms. Merrick is also a founding investor in Venture Philanthropy Partners, a philanthropic investment organization that mentors nonprofit leaders in growing programs to improve the lives of children from low income families in the National Capital Region. She has also served on the boards of several Washington, DC area charities, including Greater DC Cares, CharityWorks, the Fairfax Symphony and the Langley School. She is an active member of ARCS – Advancing Science in America – Achievement Awards for College Scientists. She also currently serves on the board of the Global Good Fund and the Women in Technology’s Leadership Foundry. She also serves on the board of the International Women’s Forum, Washington DC Chapter. Ms. Merrick received a BA in political science from the University of California, Los Angeles, and has received a Certificate of Director Education from the National Association of Corporate Directors. Ms. Merrick was selected to serve as an independent director on our Board of Directors due to her knowledge and managerial expertise in the area of small business, which she gained from overseeing the successful growth of her own business and several large and small businesses, charities and non-profits.

J ohn H. Outland. Mr. Outland has served as a director since December 2003. Mr. Outland has also served as a director of Gladstone Commercial since December 2003, a director of Gladstone Investment since June 2005 and a director of Gladstone Land since January, 2013. Mr. Outland has been a private investor since June 2006. From March 2004 to June 2006, he served as vice president of Genworth Financial, Inc. From 2002 to March 2004, Mr. Outland served as a managing director for 1789 Capital Advisors, where he provided market and transaction structure analysis and advice on a consulting basis for multifamily commercial mortgage purchase programs. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Outland served as vice president of mortgage-backed securities at Financial Guaranty Insurance Company where he was team leader for bond insurance transactions, responsible for sourcing business, coordinating credit, loan files, due diligence and legal review processes, and negotiating structure and business issues. From 1993 to 1999, Mr. Outland was senior vice president for Citicorp Mortgage Securities, Inc., where he securitized non-conforming mortgage products. From 1989 to 1993, Mr. Outland was vice president of real estate and mortgage finance for Nomura Securities International, Inc., where he performed due diligence on and negotiated the financing of commercial mortgage packages in preparation for securitization. Mr. Outland holds an MBA from Harvard Business School and a bachelor’s degree in Chemical Engineering from Georgia Institute of Technology. Mr. Outland was selected to serve as an independent director on our Board of Directors due to his more than twenty years of experience in the real estate and mortgage industry as well as his past service on our Board of Directors since 2003.

Anthony W. Parker. Mr. Parker has served as a director since August 2001. Mr. Parker has also served as a director of Gladstone Commercial since August 2003, a director of Gladstone Investment since June 2005 and a director of Gladstone Land since January 2013. In January 2011, Mr. Parker was elected as treasurer of the Republican National Committee. In 1997 Mr. Parker founded, and has since served as chairman of the board of, Parker Tide Corp., formerly known as Snell Professional Corp. Parker Tide Corp. is a government contracting company providing mission critical solutions to the Federal government. From 1992 to 1996, Mr. Parker was chairman of Capitol Resource Funding, Inc., a commercial finance company. Mr. Parker practiced corporate and tax law for over 15 years: from 1980 to 1983, he practiced at Verner, Liipfert, Bernhard & McPherson and, from 1983 to 1992, in private practice. From 1973 to 1977, Mr. Parker served as executive assistant to the administrator of the U.S. Small Business Administration. Mr. Parker is currently a director of the Naval Academy Sailing Foundation, a 501(c)(3) organization located in Annapolis, Maryland, and is a director of the Bishop Walker School, a part of the Episcopal diocese of Washington D.C. Mr. Parker received his J.D. and Masters in Tax Law from Georgetown Law Center and his undergraduate degree from Harvard College. Mr. Parker was selected to serve as an independent director on our Board of Directors due to his expertise and wealth of experience in the field of corporate taxation as well as his past service on our Board of Directors since our inception. Mr. Parker’s knowledge of corporate tax was instrumental in his appointment to the chairmanship of our Audit Committee.

 

101


Table of Contents

W alter H. Wilkinson, Jr. Mr. Wilkinson has served on our Board of Directors and on the boards of directors of Gladstone Investment, Gladstone Commercial and Gladstone Land since October 2014. Mr. Wilkinson is the founder and former general partner of Kitty Hawk Capital, a venture capital firm from its founding in 1980 through 2016 and based in Charlotte, North Carolina. He served on the board of the N.C. State University Foundation from June 2007 until June 2015 and has previously served on the boards of other universities and related organizations. He is a past member and director of the National Venture Capital Association and is a past member and Chairman of the National Association of Small Business Investment Companies. He was founding Chairman of the Carolinas Chapter of the National Association of Corporate Directors (“NACD”) and served on its board from 2013 until December 2015. He is a NACD Leadership Fellow, having completed the NACD’s program for corporate directors. He served as a director of RF Micro Devices (Nasdaq: RFMD) from 1992 to January 2015 and served as the Chairman of the board of directors from July 2008 until January 2015 when RF Micro Devices merged with Triquint Semiconductor, Inc. (Nasdaq: TQNT) to form the new company QORVO (Nasdaq: QRVO) where he served as lead independent director from January 2015 until August 2018. Mr. Wilkinson serves or has served as a director of numerous venture-backed companies, both public and private. During his career he has helped to start or expand dozens of rapidly growing companies in a variety of industries. He is a graduate of N.C. State University (BS) and the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration (MBA). Mr. Wilkinson was selected to serve as an independent director on our Board of Directors due to his over 40 year career in the venture capital industry where he has helped to start or expand dozens of rapidly growing companies in a variety of industries.

Interested Directors

D avid Gladstone. Mr. Gladstone is our founder and has served as our chief executive officer and chairman of our Board of Directors since our inception. He also served as our interim president from February 2013 to January 2014. Mr. Gladstone is also the founder of the Adviser and has served as its chief executive officer and chairman of its board of directors since its inception. Mr. Gladstone has also served as the chairman and chief executive officer of The Gladstone Companies, Ltd. since its inception in January 2016. Mr. Gladstone also founded and serves as the chief executive officer and chairman of the boards of directors of our affiliates, Gladstone Investment, Gladstone Commercial and Gladstone Land (of which he is also the president). Mr. Gladstone has also served on the board of managers of Gladstone Securities, LLC, a broker dealer that is an affiliate of ours, since 2010. Prior to founding the Gladstone Companies, Mr. Gladstone served as either chairman or vice chairman of the board of directors of American Capital Strategies, Ltd., a publicly traded leveraged buyout fund and mezzanine debt finance company, from June 1997 to August 2001. From 1974 to February 1997, Mr. Gladstone held various positions, including chairman and chief executive officer, with Allied Capital Corporation (Nasdaq: ALD) (a mezzanine debt lender), Allied Capital Corporation II (a subordinated debt lender), Allied Capital Lending Corporation (a small business lending company), Allied Capital Commercial Corporation (a real estate investment company), and Allied Capital Advisers, Inc., a registered investment adviser that managed the Allied companies. The Allied companies were the largest group of publicly-traded mezzanine debt funds in the United States and were managers of two private venture capital limited partnerships (Allied Venture Partnership and Allied Technology Partnership) and a private REIT (Business Mortgage Investors). From 1992 to 1997, Mr. Gladstone served as a director, president and chief executive officer of Business Mortgage Investors, a privately held mortgage REIT managed by Allied Capital Advisors, which invested in loans to small and medium-sized businesses. Mr. Gladstone is also a past director of Capital Automotive REIT, a real estate investment trust that purchases and net leases real estate to automobile dealerships. Mr. Gladstone served as a director of The Riggs National Corporation (the parent of Riggs Bank) from 1993 to May 1997 and of Riggs Bank from 1991 to 1993. He has served as a trustee of The George Washington University and currently is a trustee emeritus. He is a past member of the Listings and Hearings Committee of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Mr. Gladstone was the founder and managing member of The Capital Investors, LLC, a group of angel investors, and is currently a member emeritus. Mr. Gladstone holds an MBA from the Harvard Business School, an MA from American University and a BA from the University of Virginia. Mr. Gladstone has co-authored two books on financing for small and medium-sized businesses, Venture Capital Handbook and Venture Capital Investing. Mr. Gladstone was selected

 

102


Table of Contents

to serve as a director on our Board of Directors due to the fact that he is our founder and has greater than thirty years of experience in the industry, including his service as our chairman and chief executive since our inception.

T erry Lee Brubaker. Mr. Brubaker has been our chief operating officer and a director since our inception in 2001 and served as our secretary from 2001 to October 2012. He also served as our president from May 2001 through April 2004, when he assumed the duties of vice chairman. Mr. Brubaker has also served as a director of the Adviser since its inception. He also served as president of the Adviser from its inception through February 2006, when he assumed the duties of vice chairman and chief operating officer. Mr. Brubaker also served as secretary of the Adviser from 2006 to February 2011. He has served as vice chairman, chief operating officer and as a director of Gladstone Investment since its inception and as secretary from its inception until October 2012. Mr. Brubaker has also served chief operating officer and as a director of Gladstone Commercial since February 2003, and as president from February 2003 through July 2007, when he assumed the duties of vice chairman and as secretary from 2003 through October 2012. Mr. Brubaker has also served as the vice chairman, chief operating officer, and as a director of Gladstone Land since April 2007. In March 1999, Mr. Brubaker founded and, until May 1, 2003, served as chairman of Heads Up Systems, a company providing processing industries with leading edge technology. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Brubaker served as vice president of the paper group for the American Forest & Paper Association. From 1992 to 1995, Mr. Brubaker served as president of Interstate Resources, a pulp and paper company. From 1991 to 1992, Mr. Brubaker served as president of IRI, a radiation measurement equipment manufacturer. From 1981 to 1991, Mr. Brubaker held several management positions at James River Corporation, a forest and paper company, including vice president of strategic planning from 1981 to 1982, group vice president of the Groveton Group and Premium Printing Papers from 1982 to 1990, and vice president of human resources development in 1991. From 1976 to 1981, Mr. Brubaker was strategic planning manager and marketing manager of white papers at Boise Cascade. Previously, Mr. Brubaker was a senior engagement manager at McKinsey & Company from 1972 to 1976. Prior to 1972, Mr. Brubaker was a U.S. Navy fighter pilot. Mr. Brubaker holds an MBA from the Harvard Business School and a BSE from Princeton University. Mr. Brubaker was selected to serve as a director on our Board of Directors due to his more than thirty years of experience in various mid-level and senior management positions at several corporations as well as his past service on our Board of Directors since our inception.

Executive Officers and Certain Other Officers Who Are Not Directors

Information regarding our executive officers and certain other officers who are not directors is as follows (the address for each executive officer is c/o Gladstone Capital Corporation, 1521 Westbranch Drive, Suite 100, McLean, Virginia 22102):

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position

Michael LiCalsi

     48      General Counsel and Secretary

Robert L. Marcotte

     60      President

Nicole Schaltenbrand

     36      Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

M ichael LiCalsi. Mr. LiCalsi is general counsel for all of the affiliated Gladstone companies and has served in this capacity since October 2009. He has also served as secretary of all of the affiliated Gladstone companies since October 2012. In addition, Mr. LiCalsi is the president of the Administrator, since July 2013, and serves as managing principal of Gladstone Securities and as a member of its board of managers, since 2010.

R obert L. Marcotte . Mr. Marcotte has served as our president since January 2014 and as an executive managing director of the Adviser since December 2013. From 2002 to December 2013 Mr. Marcotte worked at MCG Capital Corporation, serving as executive vice president and co-head of asset management for MCG Capital Corporation since 2007, where he was responsible for investment origination, evaluation, underwriting and portfolio management for the $500+ million publically traded BDC. He also served on MCG Capital Corporation’s investment committee since 2007. Mr. Marcotte was chief financial officer for Aleron, Inc., a wholesale internet access and network services provider, from 2001 to 2002, and worked in the investment

 

103


Table of Contents

banking division of Goldman, Sachs & Co. from 1998 to 2001 and Merrill Lynch & Co. from 1992 to 1998. Mr. Marcotte worked in the project financing department for GE Capital from 1986 to 1992 and as a banking officer at Mellon Bank from 1980 to 1986. Mr. Marcotte received a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from Georgetown University.

N icole Schaltenbrand. Ms. Schaltenbrand served as our chief accounting officer from November 2015 to March 2016 when she was appointed chief financial officer and treasurer. From May 2012 to November 2015, Ms. Schaltenbrand served as a senior manager of SEC reporting and accounting policy at National Rural Utilities Cooperative Finance Corporation. From September 2004 through May 2012, Ms. Schaltenbrand worked in the assurance practice at KPMG LLP where she attained the level of senior audit manager. She received a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from the Pennsylvania State University and is a licensed CPA in the Commonwealth of Virginia.

Employment Agreements

We are not a party to any employment agreements. Messrs. Gladstone and Brubaker have entered into employment agreements with the Adviser, whereby they are direct employees of the Adviser.

Director Independence

As required under Nasdaq listing standards, our Board of Directors annually determines each director’s independence, and continually assesses the independence of each of the directors throughout the year. The Nasdaq listing standards provide that a director of a BDC is considered to be independent if he or she is not an “interested person” of ours, as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act defines an “interested person” to include, among other things, any person who has, or within the last two years had, a material business or professional relationship with us.

Consistent with these considerations, after a review of all relevant transactions or relationships between each director, or any of his or her family members, and us, our senior management and our independent auditors, the Board of Directors has affirmatively determined that the following six directors are independent directors within the meaning of the applicable Nasdaq listing standards: Messrs. Adelgren, Outland, Parker and Wilkinson and Mses. English and Merrick. In making this determination, the Board of Directors found that none of these directors had a material or other disqualifying relationship with us. Mr. Gladstone, the chairman of our Board of Directors and chief executive officer and Mr. Brubaker, our vice chairman and chief operating officer, are not independent directors by virtue of their positions as our officers or as officers of the Adviser or their employment by the Adviser.

Corporate Leadership Structure

Mr. Gladstone has served as chairman of our Board of Directors and our chief executive officer since our inception and as our interim president from February 2013 to January 2014. Our Board of Directors believes that our chief executive officer is best situated to serve as chairman because he is the director most familiar with our business and industry, and most capable of effectively identifying strategic priorities and leading the discussion and execution of strategy. In addition, Mr. Adelgren, one of our independent directors, serves as the lead director for all meetings of our independent directors held in executive session. The lead director has the responsibility of presiding at all executive sessions of our Board of Directors, consulting with the chairman and chief executive officer on Board of Directors and committee meeting agendas, acting as a liaison between management and the independent directors and facilitating teamwork and communication between the independent directors and management.

Our Board of Directors believes the combined role of chairman and chief executive officer, together with an independent lead director, is in the best interest of stockholders because it provides the appropriate balance

 

104


Table of Contents

between strategic development and independent oversight of risk management. In coming to this conclusion, the Board of Directors considered the importance of having an interested chairperson that is familiar with our day-to-day management activities, our portfolio companies and the operations of the Adviser. The Board of Directors concluded that the combined role enhances, among other things, the Board of Directors’ understanding of our investment portfolio, business, finances and risk management efforts. In addition, the Board of Directors believes that Mr. Gladstone’s employment by the Adviser better allows for the efficient mobilization of the Adviser’s resources at the Board of Directors’ behest and on its behalf. See “— Oversight of Risk Management ” below for more information on the oversight function of our Board of Directors.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

E xecutive Committee. Membership of our executive committee is comprised of Messrs. Gladstone, Brubaker and Parker. The executive committee has the authority to exercise all powers of our Board of Directors except for actions that must be taken by a majority of independent directors or the full Board of Directors under the Maryland General Corporation Law, including electing our chairman and president. Mr. Gladstone serves as chairman of the executive committee. The executive committee did not meet during the last fiscal year.

A udit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. For this purpose, the Audit Committee performs several functions. It evaluates the performance and assesses the qualifications of the independent registered public accounting firm; determines and approves the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm; determines whether to retain or terminate the existing independent registered public accounting firm or to appoint and engage a new independent registered public accounting firm; reviews and approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services; monitors the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting firm on our audit engagement team as required by law; confers with management and the independent registered public accounting firm regarding the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting; establishes procedures, as required under applicable law, for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and the confidential and anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and meets to review our annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, including reviewing our disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as included in certain of our filings with the SEC. During fiscal year 2018, the Audit Committee was composed of Messrs. Parker (Chairperson) and Outland and Mses. English and Merrick. Messrs. Adelgren and Wilkinson currently serve as alternate members of the Audit Committee. Alternate members of the Audit Committee serve and participate in meetings of the Audit Committee only in the event of an absence of a regular member of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee met eight times during the last fiscal year. The Audit Committee has adopted a written charter that is available to stockholders in the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.gladstonecapital.com .

Our Board of Directors has determined that all members and alternate members of our Audit Committee are independent (as independence is currently defined in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq listing standards). No members of the Audit Committee received any compensation from us during the last fiscal year other than directors’ fees. Our Board of Directors has unanimously determined all Audit Committee members and alternate members are financially literate under current Nasdaq rules and that Messrs. Adelgren, Outland, Parker and Wilkinson and Mses. English and Merrick each qualify as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined in applicable SEC rules. Our Board of Directors made a qualitative assessment of the members’ level of knowledge and experience based on a number of factors, including formal education and experience. Messrs. Parker and Outland and Mses. English and Merrick also serve on the audit committees of Gladstone Commercial Corporation, Gladstone Land Corporation and Gladstone Investment Corporation. Our Audit Committee’s current alternate members, Messrs. Adelgren and Wilkinson, also serve as alternate members on the audit committees of Gladstone Commercial Corporation, Gladstone Land Corporation and Gladstone Investment

 

105


Table of Contents

Corporation. Our Board of Directors has determined that this simultaneous service does not impair the respective directors’ ability to effectively serve on our Audit Committee.

C ompensation Committee. The Compensation Committee operates pursuant to a written charter that is available to stockholders in the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.gladstonecapital.com . The Compensation Committee conducts periodic reviews of our Advisory Agreement and our Administration Agreement to evaluate whether the fees paid to our Adviser and our Administrator under the agreements are in the best interests of us and our stockholders. The committee considers in such periodic reviews, among other things, whether the fees paid to our Adviser and our Administrator are reasonable in relation to the nature and quality of services performed and whether the provisions of the Advisory and Administration Agreements are being satisfactorily performed. The Compensation Committee also reviews with management our Compensation Discussion and Analysis to consider whether to recommend that it be included in proxy statements and other filings. During the last fiscal year, the Compensation Committee was composed of Messrs. Outland (Chairperson), Adelgren and Wilkinson. Mr. Parker and Mses. English and Merrick currently serve as alternate members of the Compensation Committee. Alternate members of the Compensation Committee serve and participate in meetings of the Compensation Committee only in the event of an absence of a regular member of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee met four times during the last fiscal year.

Our Board of Directors has determined that all members and alternate members of our Compensation Committee are independent (as independence is currently defined in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq listing standards). No members of the Compensation Committee received compensation from us during the last fiscal year other than directors’ fees. Messrs. Outland, Adelgren and Wilkinson also serve on the compensation committees of Gladstone Commercial Corporation, Gladstone Land Corporation and Gladstone Investment Corporation. Our Compensation Committee’s current alternate members, Mr. Parker and Ms. English also serve as alternate members on the compensation committees of Gladstone Commercial Corporation, Gladstone Land Corporation and Gladstone Investment Corporation. Our Board of Directors has determined that this simultaneous service does not impair the respective directors’ ability to effectively serve on our Compensation Committee.

E thics, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Ethics Committee is responsible for identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve as our directors (consistent with criteria approved by our Board of Directors), reviewing and evaluating incumbent directors, recommending to our Board of Directors for selection candidates for election to our Board of Directors, including any nominations submitted by our stockholders as discussed below, making recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding the membership of the committees of our Board of Directors, assessing the performance of our Board of Directors, and developing our corporate governance principles. Our Ethics Committee charter can be found in the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.gladstonecapital.com . The Ethics Committee also considers nominations from stockholders pursuant to our bylaws given that such nomination is received in accordance to the procedure for submitting nominations or proposals before an annual or special meeting of our stockholders, which we refer to as the stockholder notice procedure. For additional information on stockholder notice procedure, see “ Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws —Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder Proposals ” below.

During fiscal year 2018, membership of the Ethics Committee was composed of Messrs. Adelgren (Chairperson), Outland and Wilkinson. Mr. Parker and Mses. English and Merrick currently serve as alternate members of the committee. Alternate members of the Ethics Committee serve and participate in meetings of the committee only in the event of an absence of a regular member of the committee. Each member and alternate member of the Ethics Committee is independent (as independence is currently defined in Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq listing standards). The Ethics Committee met four times during the last fiscal year.

T he Offering Committee . The Offering Committee, which is composed of Messrs. Gladstone (Chairman), Brubaker and Parker, with each of our other current and future directors who meet the independence

 

106


Table of Contents

requirements of Nasdaq serving as alternates for Mr. Parker. The Offering Committee is responsible for assisting the Board of Directors in discharging its responsibilities regarding the offering from time to time of our securities. The Offering Committee has all powers of the Board of Directors that are necessary or appropriate and may lawfully be delegated to the Offering Committee in connection with an offering of our securities. Our Offering Committee was formed in January 2013, and operates pursuant to a written charter, which can be found in the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.gladstonecapital.com . The Offering Committee did not meet during the last fiscal year.

T he Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee, which is composed of Ms. Merrick (Chairman), and Messrs. Outland, Parker and Wilkinson, with each of our other current and future independent directors serving as alternates. The Valuations Committee is responsible for assisting the Board of Directors in determining the fair value of our investment portfolio or other assets in compliance with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and assisting the Board of Directors’ compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, as well as risk management, related to valuation. The Valuation Committee was formed in July 2015, and operates pursuant to a written charter. The Valuation Committee met four times during the last fiscal year.

Q ualifications for Director Candidates. The Ethics, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee believes that candidates for director should have certain minimum qualifications, including being able to read and understand basic financial statements, being over 21 years of age and having the highest personal integrity and ethics. The Ethics, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee also considers such factors as possessing relevant expertise upon which to be able to offer advice and guidance to management, having sufficient time to devote to our affairs, demonstrated excellence in his or her field, having the ability to exercise sound business judgment and having the commitment to rigorously represent the long-term interests of our stockholders. However, the Ethics, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee retains the right to modify these qualifications from time to time. Candidates for director nominees are reviewed in the context of the current composition of our Board of Directors, our operating requirements and the long-term interests of our stockholders.

Though we have no formal policy addressing diversity, the Ethics, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and Board of Directors believe that diversity is an important attribute of directors and that our Board of Directors should be the culmination of an array of backgrounds and experiences and be capable of articulating a variety of viewpoints. Accordingly, the Ethics, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considers in its review of director nominees factors such as values, disciplines, ethics, age, gender, race, culture, expertise, background and skills, all in the context of an assessment of the perceived needs of us and our Board of Directors at that point in time in order to maintain a balance of knowledge, experience and capability.

In the case of incumbent directors whose terms of office are set to expire, the Ethics, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee reviews such directors’ overall service to us during their term, including the number of meetings attended, level of participation, quality of performance, and any other relationships and transactions that might impair such directors’ independence. In the case of new director candidates, the Ethics, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee also determines whether such new nominee must be independent for Nasdaq purposes, which determination is based upon applicable Nasdaq listing standards, applicable SEC rules and regulations and the advice of counsel, if necessary. The Ethics, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee then uses its network of contacts to compile a list of potential candidates, but may also engage, if it deems appropriate, a professional search firm. The Ethics, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee conducts any appropriate and necessary inquiries into the backgrounds and qualifications of possible candidates after considering the function and needs of our Board of Directors. The Ethics, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then selects a nominee for recommendation to our Board of Directors by majority vote. To date, the Ethics, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has not paid a fee to any third party to assist in the process of identifying or evaluating director candidates.

 

107


Table of Contents

Nominations made by stockholders must be made by written notice (setting forth the information required by our bylaws) received by the secretary of our company at least 120 days in advance of an annual meeting or within 10 days of the date on which notice of a special meeting for the election of directors is first given to our stockholders.

M eetings. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, our Board met five times. Each Board member attended 75% or more of the aggregate of the meetings of our Board and of the committees on which he or she served that were held during the period for which he or she was a director or committee member.

Oversight of Risk Management

Since September 2007, Jack Dellafiora has served as our chief compliance officer and, in that position, Mr. Dellafiora directly oversees our enterprise risk management function and reports to our chief executive officer, the Audit Committee and our Board of Directors in this capacity. Mr. Dellafiora also serves as chief compliance officer of Gladstone Commercial, Gladstone Land, Gladstone Investment, the Adviser, the Administrator and Gladstone Securities. Mr. Dellafiora also serves as a managing principal of and is on the board of managers of Gladstone Securities, LLC. He additionally serves as the chief financial officer of the Adviser and the Administrator. In fulfilling his risk management responsibilities, Mr. Dellafiora works closely with our general counsel and other members of senior management including, among others, our chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer and chief operating officer.

Our Board of Directors, in its entirety, plays an active role in overseeing management of our risks. Our Board of Directors regularly reviews information regarding our credit, liquidity and operations, as well as the risks associated with each. Each of the following committees of our Board of Directors plays a distinct role with respect to overseeing management of our risks:

 

   

Audit Committee : Our Audit Committee oversees the management of enterprise risks. To this end, our Audit Committee meets at least annually (i) to discuss our risk management guidelines, policies and exposures and (ii) with our independent registered public accounting firm to review our internal control environment and other risk exposures.

 

   

Compensation Committee : Our Compensation Committee oversees the management of risks relating to the fees paid to our Adviser and Administrator under the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, respectively. In fulfillment of this duty, the Compensation Committee meets at least annually to review these agreements. In addition, the Compensation Committee reviews the performance of our Adviser and our Administrator to determine whether the fees paid to our Adviser and Administrator were reasonable in relation to the nature and quality of services performed and whether the provisions of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement were being satisfactorily performed.

 

   

Ethics, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee : Our Ethics Committee manages risks associated with the independence of our Board of Directors and potential conflicts of interest.

 

   

Valuation Committee : Our Valuation Committee manages risks associated with valuation of our investment portfolio and other assets. In addition the Valuation Committee facilitates communication between the Board of Directors, our senior and financial management and our independent public accountants related to valuation matters.

While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the committees each report to our Board of Directors on a regular basis to apprise our Board of Directors regarding the status of remediation efforts of known risks and of any new risks that may have arisen since the previous report.

 

108


Table of Contents

Summary of Compensation

Executive Compensation

None of our executive officers receive direct compensation from us. We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees in the foreseeable future. The services necessary for the operation of our business are provided to us by our officers and the other employees of our Adviser and Administrator, pursuant to the terms of the Advisory and Administration Agreements, respectively. Mr. Gladstone, our chairman, chief executive officer and president and Mr. Brubaker, our vice chairman, chief operating officer and assistant secretary, are both employees of and compensated directly by our Adviser. Ms. Schaltenbrand, our chief financial officer and treasurer, is an employee of our Administrator. Under the Administration Agreement, we reimburse our Administrator for our allocable portion of Ms. Schaltenbrand’s salary. During our last fiscal year, our allocable portion of Ms. Schaltenbrand’s compensation paid by our Administrator was approximately $39,283 of her salary, $25,743 of her bonus, and $9,113 of the cost of her benefits.

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, we incurred total fees of approximately $9.3 million to our Adviser under the Advisory Agreement, $1.3 million to our Administrator under the Administration Agreement and $0.8 million in fees for investment banking services were paid by certain of our portfolio companies to Gladstone Securities pursuant to separate agreements between such portfolio companies and Gladstone Securities. For a discussion of the terms of our Advisory and Administration Agreements and transactions with Gladstone Securities, see “ Certain Transactions—Investment Advisory and Management Agreement and “ Certain Transactions Investment Banking Services .”

Compensation of Directors

The following table shows, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, compensation awarded to or paid to our current directors who are not executive officers, which we refer to as our non-employee directors, for all services rendered to us during this period. No compensation is paid to directors who are our executive officers for their service on our Board of Directors. We do not issue stock options and therefore have no information to report relating to stock option grants and exercises for our directors.

 

Name

   Aggregate Compensation
from Fund
     Total Compensation
from Fund and Fund
Complex Paid  to
Directors (1)
 

Paul W. Adelgren

   $ 38,000      $ 162,500  

Michela A. English

   $ 37,000      $ 148,000  

Caren D. Merrick

   $ 44,000      $ 168,000  

John H. Outland

   $ 52,000      $ 204,000  

Anthony W. Parker

   $ 48,500      $ 190,000  

Walter H. Wilkinson, Jr.

   $ 41,000      $ 160,000  

 

(1)

Includes compensation the director received from Gladstone Investment, as part of our Fund Complex. Also includes compensation the director received from Gladstone Commercial, our affiliate and a real estate investment trust, and Gladstone Land, our affiliate and a real estate investment trust, although not part of our Fund Complex.

For our fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, as compensation for serving on our Board of Directors, each of our independent directors received an annual fee of $25,000, an additional $1,000 for each Board of Directors meeting attended, and an additional $1,000 for each committee meeting attended if such committee meeting took place on a day other than when the full Board of Directors met. In addition, the chairperson of the Audit Committee received an annual fee of $7,500, the chairpersons of the Compensation and Valuation Committees received an annual fee of $3,000, and the chairperson of the Ethics Committee received an annual fee of $1,000

 

109


Table of Contents

for their additional services in these capacities. We also reimburse our directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending Board of Directors and committee meetings.

We do not pay any compensation to directors who also serve as our officers, or as officers or directors of our Adviser or our Administrator, in consideration for their service to us. Our Board of Directors may change the compensation of our independent directors in its discretion. None of our independent directors received any compensation from us during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, other than for Board of Directors or committee service and meeting fees.

Certain Transactions

Investment Advisory and Management Agreement

We are externally managed by our Adviser, an affiliate of ours, pursuant to the Advisory Agreement and another of our affiliates, the Administrator, provides administrative services to us pursuant to an Administration Agreement. Each of the Adviser and Administrator are privately-held companies that are indirectly owned and controlled by David Gladstone, our chairman and chief executive officer. Our Adviser directly employs personnel that manage our portfolio investments and directly pays our payroll, benefits, and general expenses regarding such personnel. The Administrator employs, among others, our chief financial officer and treasurer, chief valuation officer, chief compliance officer, general counsel and secretary (who also serves as the president, general counsel and secretary of the Administrator) and their respective staffs and directly pays our payroll, benefits, and general expenses regarding such personnel. The management services and fees in effect under the Advisory Agreement and the administrative services under the Administration Agreement are described further below. In addition, we pay our direct expenses including, but not limited to, directors’ fees, legal and accounting fees and stockholder related expenses under the Advisory Agreement.

The principal executive office of the Adviser and Administrator is 1521 Westbranch Drive, Suite 100, McLean, Virginia 22102.

Management Services Provided to Us by our Adviser

The Adviser is a Delaware corporation registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Subject to the overall supervision of our Board of Directors, the Adviser provides investment advisory and management services to us. Under the terms of our Advisory Agreement, the Adviser has investment discretion with respect to our capital and, in that regard:

 

   

determines the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio, and the manner of implementing such changes;

 

   

identifies, evaluates, and negotiates the structure of the investments we make (including performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies);

 

   

closes and monitors the investments we make; and

 

   

makes available on our behalf, and provides if requested, managerial assistance to our portfolio companies.

The Adviser’s services under the Advisory Agreement are not exclusive, and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities so long as its services to us are not impaired.

Portfolio Management

The Adviser takes a team approach to portfolio management; however, the following persons are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of our portfolio and comprise the Adviser’s investment committee:

 

110


Table of Contents

David Gladstone, Terry Lee Brubaker, and Robert L. Marcotte whom we refer to collectively as the Portfolio Managers. Our investment decisions are made on our behalf by the investment committee of the Adviser by unanimous decision.

Mr. Gladstone has served as the chairman and the chief executive officer of the Adviser, since he founded the Adviser in 2002, along with Mr. Brubaker. Mr. Brubaker has served as the vice chairman and chief operating officer of the Adviser since 2002 and served as secretary of the Adviser from 2002 to February 2011. Mr. Marcotte has served as an executive managing director of the Adviser since December 2013 and as our president since January 2014. For more complete biographical information on Messrs. Gladstone, Brubaker and Marcotte please see “ Management—Board of Directors—Interested Directors ” and “ Management—Executive Officers and Certain Other Officers Who Are Not Directors.

As discussed above, the Portfolio Managers are all officers or directors, or both, of the Adviser and Messrs. Gladstone and Brubaker are managers of the Administrator. David Gladstone is the controlling stockholder of the parent company of the Adviser and Administrator. Although we believe that the terms of the Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement are no less favorable to us than those that could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties in arms’ length transactions, the Adviser and Administrator and their officers and directors have a material interest in the terms of these agreements. Based on an analysis of publicly available information, the Board of Directors believes that the terms and the fees payable under the Advisory Agreement and Administration Agreement are similar to those of the agreements between other BDCs that do not maintain equity incentive plans and their external investment advisers and administrators.

The Adviser and Administrator provide investment advisory and administration services to other Affiliated Public Funds. As such, the Portfolio Managers also are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the portfolios of other pooled investment vehicles in the Affiliated Public Funds that are managed by the Adviser. As of the date hereof, Messrs. Gladstone and Brubaker are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of Gladstone Land, a publicly traded agricultural real estate company, Messrs. Gladstone, Brubaker, and Dullum (the president of Gladstone Investment) are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the portfolio of Gladstone Investment, another publicly-traded BDC and Messrs. Gladstone, Brubaker and Cutlip (the president of Gladstone Commercial) are primarily responsible for the day to day management of Gladstone Commercial, a publicly-traded real estate investment trust. As of September 30, 2018, the Adviser had an aggregate of approximately $2.5 billion in total assets under management.

Conflicts of Interest

As discussed above, the Portfolio Managers who are our executive officers and directors, and the officers and directors of the Adviser, serve or may serve as officers, directors, or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do or of investment funds managed by our affiliates. For example, Mr. Gladstone, our chairman and chief executive officer, is chairman of the board and chief executive officer of the Adviser, Gladstone Investment, Gladstone Commercial, and Gladstone Land with management responsibilities for the other members of the Affiliated Public Funds, other than Gladstone Securities, where he sits on the board of managers as an outside non-employee manager. In addition, Mr. Brubaker, our vice chairman and chief operating officer, is vice chairman and chief operating officer of the Adviser, Gladstone Land, Gladstone Investment and Gladstone Commercial. Mr. Marcotte, our president, is an executive managing director of the Adviser. Accordingly, they may have obligations to investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which might not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. Moreover, the Adviser may establish or sponsor other investment vehicles which from time to time may have potentially overlapping investment objectives with ours and accordingly may invest in, whether principally or secondarily, asset classes we target. While the Adviser generally has broad authority to make investments on behalf of the investment vehicles that it advises, the Adviser has adopted investment allocation procedures to address these potential conflicts and intends to direct investment opportunities to the Company or the Affiliated Public Fund with the investment strategy that most closely fits the investment opportunity. Nevertheless, the management of the Adviser may face conflicts in

 

111


Table of Contents

the allocation of investment opportunities to other entities managed by the Adviser. As a result, it is possible that we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments made by other funds managed by the Adviser. Our Board of Directors approved a revision of our investment objectives and strategies that became effective in October 2012, which may enhance the potential for conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities to us and other entities managed by the Adviser.

In certain circumstances, we may make investments in a portfolio company in which one of our affiliates has or will have an investment, subject to satisfaction of any regulatory restrictions and, where required, to the prior approval of our Board of Directors. As of September 30, 2018, our Board of Directors has approved the following types of co-investment transactions:

 

   

Our affiliate, Gladstone Commercial, may, under certain circumstances, lease property to portfolio companies that we do not control. We may pursue such transactions only if (i) the portfolio company is not controlled by us or any of our affiliates, (ii) the portfolio company satisfies the tenant underwriting criteria of Gladstone Commercial, and (iii) the transaction is approved by a majority of our independent directors and a majority of the independent directors of Gladstone Commercial. We expect that any such negotiations between Gladstone Commercial and our portfolio companies would result in lease terms consistent with the terms that the portfolio companies would be likely to receive were they not portfolio companies of ours.

 

   

We may invest simultaneously with our affiliate Gladstone Investment in senior syndicated loans whereby neither we nor any affiliate has the ability to dictate the terms of the loans.

 

   

Pursuant to the Co-Investment Order, under certain circumstances, we may co-invest with Gladstone Investment and any future BDC or closed-end management investment company that is advised by the Adviser (or sub-advised by the Adviser if it controls the fund), or any combination of the foregoing, subject to the conditions included therein. In connection with investments made pursuant to the Co-Investment Order a required majority of our Board of Directors must approve the transaction. A “required” majority is a vote of both a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the transaction and a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the Company.

Certain of our officers, who are also officers of the Adviser, may from time to time serve as directors of certain of our portfolio companies. If an officer serves in such capacity with one of our portfolio companies, such officer will owe fiduciary duties to stockholders of the portfolio company, which duties may from time to time conflict with the interests of our stockholders.

In the course of our investing activities, we will pay management and incentive fees to the Adviser and will reimburse the Administrator for certain expenses it incurs. As a result, investors in our common stock will invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after expenses, resulting in, among other things, a lower rate of return than one might achieve through our investors themselves making direct investments. As a result of this arrangement, there may be times when the management team of the Adviser has interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to a conflict. In addition, as a BDC, we make available significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies and provide other services to such portfolio companies. While neither we nor the Adviser currently receive fees in connection with managerial assistance, the Adviser and Gladstone Securities have, at various times, provided other services to certain of our portfolio companies and received fees for services other than managerial assistance as discussed in “ Business—Ongoing Management of Investment Portfolio Company Relationships—Managerial Assistance and Services.

Portfolio Manager Compensation

The Portfolio Managers receive compensation from the Adviser in the form of a base salary plus a bonus. Each of the Portfolio Managers’ base salaries is determined by a review of salary surveys for persons with comparable experience who are serving in comparable capacities in the industry. Each Portfolio Manager’s base

 

112


Table of Contents

salary is set and reviewed yearly. Like all employees of the Adviser, a Portfolio Manager’s bonus is tied to the performance of the Adviser and the entities that it advises. A Portfolio Manager’s bonus increases or decreases when the Adviser’s income increases or decreases. The Adviser’s income, in turn, is directly tied to the management and performance fees earned in managing its investment funds, including Gladstone Capital. Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser receives an incentive fee based on net investment income in excess of the hurdle rates and capital gains as set out in the Advisory Agreement. Pursuant to the investment advisory and management agreement between the Adviser and the Company, the Adviser receives a base management fee and an incentive fee based on net investment income in excess of the hurdle rates and capital gains as set out in the Advisory Agreement. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we incurred net fees of approximately $9.3 million, $6.4 million and $7.9 million, respectively, to our Adviser under the Advisory Agreement. See “ Business—Transactions with Related Parties—Investment Advisory and Management Agreement ” for a full discussion of how such fees are computed and paid.

Administrator Compensation

We pay the Administrator pursuant to the Administration Agreement for our allocable portion of the Administrator’s expenses incurred while performing services to us, which are primarily rent and salaries and benefits expenses of the Administrator’s employees. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016, we incurred total fees of approximately $1.3 million, $1.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively, to our Administrator under the Administration Agreement. See “ Business—Transactions with Related Parties—Administration Agreement for more information about how these fees are calculated.

Duration and Termination

Unless terminated earlier as described below, the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement will remain in effect from year to year if approved annually by our Board of Directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, including, in either case, approval by a majority of our directors who are not interested persons. On July 10, 2018, we renewed the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement through August 31, 2019. The Board of Directors considered the following factors as the basis for its decision to renew the Advisory Agreement: (1) the nature, extent and quality of services provided by the Adviser to our stockholders; (2) the investment performance of the Company and the Adviser, (3) the costs of the services to be provided and profits to be realized by the Adviser and its affiliates from the relationship with the Company, (4) the extent to which economies of scale will be realized as the Company and the Company’s affiliates that are managed by the same Adviser (Gladstone Commercial, Gladstone Capital and Gladstone Land) grow and whether the fee level under the Advisory Agreement reflects the economies of scale for the Company’s investors, (5) the fee structure of the advisory and administrative agreements of comparable funds, and (6) indirect profits to the Adviser created through the Company and (7) in light of the foregoing considerations, the overall fairness of the advisory fee paid under the Advisory Agreement.

The Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Advisory Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other. See “ Risk Factors—We are dependent upon our key management personnel and the key management personnel of the Adviser, particularly David Gladstone, Terry Lee Brubaker and Robert L. Marcotte and on the continued operations of the Adviser, for our future success.

Indemnification

Each of the Advisory and Administration Agreements provide that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of their duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of their duties and obligations (as the same may be determined in accordance with the 1940 Act and any interpretations or guidance by the SEC or its staff thereunder), the Adviser, the Administrator and their respective officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with them are entitled to

 

113


Table of Contents

indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s or Administrator’s services under the Advisory or Administration Agreements or otherwise as an investment adviser of ours.

In our charter and bylaws, we have agreed to indemnify certain officers and directors by providing, among other things, that we will indemnify such officer or director, under the circumstances and to the extent provided for therein, for expenses, damages, judgments, fines and settlements he or she may be required to pay in actions or proceedings which he or she is or may be made a party by reason of his or her position as our director, officer or other agent, to the fullest extent permitted under Maryland law and our bylaws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnification provisions shall not protect any officer or director from liability to us or our stockholders as a result of any action that would constitute willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office.

Loan Servicing Fee Pursuant to Credit Facility

The Adviser services, administers and collects on the loans pledged under our Credit Facility pursuant to a loan servicing agreement with our wholly-owned subsidiary, Business Loan, in return for a 1.5% annual fee, based on the monthly aggregate outstanding loan balance of the loans pledged under our Credit Facility. Since Business Loan is a consolidated subsidiary of the Company, and overall, the base management fee (including any loan servicing fee, cannot exceed 1.75% of total assets (as reduced by cash and cash equivalents pledged to creditors) during any given fiscal year, loan servicing fees paid to the Adviser under this agreement directly reduce the amount of fees payable under the Advisory Agreement. Loan servicing fees of approximately $5.0 million, $4.1 million and $3.9 million were incurred for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively, all of which were directly credited against the amount of the base management fee due to the Adviser under the Advisory Agreement.

Other Transactions

Mr. Gladstone also serves on the board of managers of our affiliate, Gladstone Securities, a privately-held broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and insured by the Securities Investor Protection Corporation. Gladstone Securities is 100% indirectly owned and controlled by Mr. Gladstone and has provided other services, such as investment banking and due diligence services, to certain of our portfolio companies, for which Gladstone Securities receives a fee (paid by such portfolio companies) in an amount not greater than 1% of each investment at closing. Messrs. Gladstone, LiCalsi and Dellafiora serve on the board of managers of Gladstone Securities and certain of the employees of the Adviser, who are also registered representatives of Gladstone Securities, perform the investment banking services on behalf of Gladstone Securities. Any such fees paid by portfolio companies to Gladstone Securities do not impact the fees we pay to the Adviser or the voluntary, unconditional, and irrevocable credits against the base management fee. Such investment banking fees are outside of the scope of the Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement. Therefore, they are not credited back to the Company and are entirely retained by Gladstone Securities. Our Board of Directors reviews, approves and ratifies these fees each quarter. For additional information refer to Note 4— Related Party Transactions of the notes to our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements .

Loans

At September 30, 2018, we did not have any loans outstanding to affiliates.

 

114


Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the ownership of the common and preferred stock of the Company as of November 13, 2018, by: (i) each current director; (ii) each of our named executive officers; (iii) all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and (iv) all those known by us to be beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock. None of our executive officers or directors own shares of our 6.00% Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock, and, to our knowledge, no person beneficially owns more than 5% of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise noted, the address of the individuals below is c/o Gladstone Capital Corporation, 1521 Westbranch Drive, Suite 100, McLean, VA 22102. As of November 13, 2018, no independent director (or his/her immediate family members) owned securities of the Adviser.

Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock (1)(2)

 

Name and Address

   Number of
Common
Shares
    Percent of
Total
 

Directors:

    

David Gladstone

     1,196,124 (3)        4.20

Terry Lee Brubaker

     —         *  

Paul W. Adelgren

     9,449       *  

Michela A. English

     1,588       *  

Caren D. Merrick

     2,835       *  

John H. Outland

     2,686       *  

Anthony W. Parker

     —         *  

Walter H. Wilkinson, Jr.

     14,754       *  

Named Executive Officers (that are not also Directors):

    

Nicole Schaltenbrand

     1,329       *  

All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons)

     1,668,020       5.85

 

*

Less than 1%

(1)

This table is based upon information supplied by executive officers, directors and principal stockholders. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe that each of the stockholders named in this table has sole voting and sole investment power with respect to the shares indicated as beneficially owned. Applicable percentages are based on 28,504,745 shares of common stock outstanding on November 13, 2018. No executive officers or directors held shares of our preferred stock as of November 13, 2018, nor was anyone a principal stockholder of our preferred stock on such date.

(2)

Ownership calculated in accordance with Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act.

(3)

Includes 187,259 shares and 26,405 shares held indirectly through The Gladstone Companies, Ltd. and Gladstone International Corporation, Ltd., respectively.

 

115


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, as of November 13, 2018, the dollar range of equity securities that are beneficially owned by each of our directors in the Company and in both the Company and Gladstone Investment in the aggregate. Gladstone Investment is our affiliate and a BDC that is also externally managed by the Adviser.

 

Name

   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities of
the Company Owned
by
Director Nominees  (1)(2)
     Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity
Securities
in All Funds Overseen
or to  be Overseen
by Director or Nominee in Family
of Investment
Companies  (1)(2)
 

Interested Directors:

     

David Gladstone

     Over $100,000        Over $100,000  

Terry Lee Brubaker

     None        Over $100,000  

Independent Directors:

     

Paul W. Adelgren

     $50,001-$100,000        Over $100,000  

Michela A. English

     $10,001-$50,000        $10,001-$50,000  

Caren D. Merrick

     $10,001-$50,000        $10,001-$50,000  

John H. Outland

     $10,001-$50,000        $50,001-$100,000  

Anthony W. Parker

     None        Over $100,000  

Walter H. Wilkinson, Jr.

     Over $100,000        Over $100,000  

 

(1)  

Ownership is calculated in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act.

(2)  

The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned is calculated by multiplying the closing price of the respective class as reported on Nasdaq as of November 13, 2018, by the number of shares of the respective class so beneficially owned and aggregated accordingly.

Gladstone Commercial is also managed by the Adviser. The following table sets forth certain information regarding the ownership of the common and preferred stock of Gladstone Commercial as of November 13, 2018, by each independent incumbent director and nominee. As of November 13, 2018, none of our independent directors owns any class of stock of Gladstone Commercial, other than common stock.

 

Name

   Number of
Common
Shares
     Percent of
Class of
Common Shares
     Value of
Securities($) (1)
 

Independent Directors:

        

Paul W. Adelgren

     10,515        *      $ 204,430  

Michela A. English

     2,111        *      $ 41,040  

Caren D. Merrick

     2,816        *      $ 54,743  

John H. Outland

     3,413        *      $ 66,349  

Anthony W. Parker

     30,482        *      $ 592,587  

Walter H. Wilkinson, Jr.

     8,161        *      $ 158,666  

 

*

Less than 1%

(1)  

Ownership calculated in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act. The value of securities beneficially owned is calculated by multiplying the closing price of the respective class as reported on Nasdaq as of November 13, 2018, by the number of shares of the respective class so beneficially owned and aggregated accordingly.

 

116


Table of Contents

Gladstone Land, is also managed by the Adviser. The following table sets forth certain information regarding the ownership of the common stock of Gladstone Land as of November 13, 2018, by each independent incumbent director and nominee. As of November 13, 2018, none of our independent directors owns any preferred stock of Gladstone Land.

 

Name

   Number of
Common
Shares
     Percent of
Class of
Common Shares
     Value of
Securities($) (1)
 

Independent Directors:

        

Paul W. Adelgren

     10,665        *      $ 141,100  

Michela A. English

     1,230        *      $ 16,275  

Caren D. Merrick

     4,432        *      $ 58,635  

John H. Outland

     1,829        *      $ 24,198  

Anthony W. Parker

     5,751        *      $ 76,091  

Walter H. Wilkinson, Jr.

     10,089        *      $ 133,482  

 

*

Less than 1%

(1)  

Ownership calculated in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act. The value of securities beneficially owned is calculated by multiplying the closing price of the respective class as reported on Nasdaq as of November 13, 2018, by the number of shares of the respective class so beneficially owned and aggregated accordingly.

 

117


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

Our transfer agency and services agreement with our transfer agent, Computershare Inc., or Computershare, authorizes Computershare to provide a dividend reinvestment plan that allows for reinvestment of our distributions on behalf of our common stockholders upon their election as provided below. As a result, if our Board of Directors authorizes, and we declare, a cash distribution, then our common stockholders who have “opted in” to the dividend reinvestment plan will not receive cash distributions but, instead, such cash distributions will automatically be reinvested in additional shares of our common stock.

Pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan, if your shares of our common stock are registered in your own name you can have all distributions reinvested in additional shares of our common stock by Computershare, as the plan agent, if you enroll in the dividend reinvestment plan by delivering an enrollment form to the plan agent prior to the corresponding dividend record date, available at www.computershare.com/investor or 1-866-214-7543. The plan agent will effect purchases of our common stock under the dividend reinvestment plan in the open market.

If you do not elect to participate in the dividend reinvestment plan, you will receive all distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to you (or if you hold your shares in street or other nominee name, then to your nominee) as of the relevant record date, by the plan agent, as our dividend disbursing agent. If your shares are held in the name of a broker or nominee, you can transfer the common shares into your own name and then enroll in the dividend reinvestment plan or contact your broker or nominee to determine if they offer a dividend reinvestment plan.

The plan agent serves as agent for the holders of our common stock in administering the dividend reinvestment plan. After we declare a distribution, the plan agent will, as agent for the participants, receive the cash payment and use it to buy common stock on Nasdaq or elsewhere for the participants’ accounts. The price of the common shares will be the weighted average price of all common shares purchased by the plan agent on such trade date or dates.

Participants in the dividend reinvestment plan may correspond, at any time, with Computershare or withdraw from the dividend reinvestment plan at any time online at www.computershare.com/investor , via telephone at 781-575-2000 or by mailing a request to 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021 or by selling or transferring all applicable common shares. If the plan agent receives a request to withdraw near a dividend record date, the plan agent, in its sole discretion, may either distribute such dividends in cash or reinvest the common shares on behalf of the withdrawing participant. If such distributions are reinvested, the plan agent will process the withdrawal as soon as practicable, but in no event later than five business days after the reinvestment is completed.

The plan agent will maintain each participant’s account in the dividend reinvestment plan and will furnish periodic written confirmations of all transactions in such account, including information needed by the stockholder for personal and tax records. Common stock in the account of each dividend reinvestment plan participant will be held by the plan agent in non-certificated form in the name of such participant; however participants may request that such common shares be certificated in their name. The plan agent will provide proxy materials relating to our stockholders’ meetings that will include those common shares purchased through the plan agent, as well as common shares held pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan.

We pay the plan agent’s fees for the handling or reinvestment of dividends and other distributions. Each participant in the dividend reinvestment plan pays a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred with respect to the plan agent’s open market purchases in connection with the reinvestment of distributions. There are no other charges to participants for reinvesting distributions.

 

118


Table of Contents

Distributions are taxable whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common shares, and the reinvestment of distributions pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan will not relieve participants of any U.S. federal income tax or state income tax that may be payable or required to be withheld on such distributions. For more information regarding taxes that our stockholders may be required to pay, see “ Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations .”

 

119


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Regulated Investment Company Status

In order to maintain our qualification for treatment as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, we generally must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our investment company taxable income, which is generally our ordinary income plus the excess of our realized net short-term capital gains over our realized net long-term losses. We refer to this as the annual distribution requirement. We must also meet several additional requirements, including:

 

   

Business Development Company Status. At all times during each taxable year, we must maintain our status as a business development company;

 

   

Income source requirements. At least 90% of our gross income for each taxable year must be from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from sales or other dispositions of securities or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in securities, and net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships; and

 

   

Asset diversification requirements. As of the close of each quarter of our taxable year: (1) at least 50% of the value of our assets must consist of cash, cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities to the extent that (a) we do not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer of such other securities and (b) such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of our total assets, and (2) no more than 25% of the value of our total assets may be invested in the securities of one issuer (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other regulated investment companies), or of two or more issuers that are controlled by us and are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

F ailure to Qualify as a RIC. If we are unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, we will be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates. We would not be able to deduct distributions to stockholders, nor would we be required to make such distributions. Distributions would be taxable to our stockholders as dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate distributees would be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s adjusted tax basis, and then as a gain realized from the sale or exchange of property. If we fail to meet the RIC requirements for more than two consecutive years and then seek to requalify as a RIC, we generally would be subject to corporate-level federal income tax on any unrealized appreciation with respect to our assets to the extent that any such unrealized appreciation is recognized during a specified period up to five years. Absent such special election, any gain we recognized would be deemed distributed to our stockholders as a taxable distribution.

Q ualification as a RIC. If we qualify as a RIC and distribute to stockholders each year in a timely manner at least 90.0% of our investment company taxable income, we will not be subject to federal income tax on the portion of our taxable income and gains we distribute to stockholders. We would, however, be subject to a 4.0% nondeductible federal excise tax if we do not distribute, actually or on a deemed basis, an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98.0% of our ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (3) any ordinary income and capital gains in excess of capital losses for preceding years that were not distributed during such years. For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we did not incur any excise taxes.

The federal excise tax would apply only to the amount by which the required distributions exceed the amount of income we distribute, actually or on a deemed basis, to stockholders. We will be subject to federal corporate income tax, currently at a flat rate of 21.0%, on any undistributed income, including both ordinary income and capital gains.

 

120


Table of Contents

If we acquire debt obligations that (i) were originally issued at a discount, (ii) bear interest at rates that are not either fixed rates or certain qualified variable rates, or (iii) are not unconditionally payable at least annually over the life of the obligation, we will be required to include in taxable income each year a portion of the original issue discount (“OID”) that accrues over the life of the obligation. Additionally, PIK interest, which is computed at the contractual rate specified in a loan agreement and is added to the principal balance of a loan, is also a non cash source of income that we are required to include in taxable income each year. Both OID and PIK income will be included in our investment company taxable income even though we receive no cash corresponding to such amounts. As a result, we may be required to make additional distributions corresponding to such OID and PIK amounts in order to satisfy the annual distribution requirement and to continue to qualify as a RIC or to avoid the imposition of federal income and excise taxes. In this event, we may be required to sell investments or other assets to meet the RIC distribution requirements. For the year ended September 30, 2018, we recorded $0.2 million of OID income and the unamortized balance of OID investments (which are primarily all syndicated loans) as of September 30, 2018 totaled $0.4 million. As of September 30, 2018, we had five investments which had a PIK interest component and we recorded PIK interest income of $3.8 million during the year ended September 30, 2018.

Taxation of Our U.S. Stockholders

D istributions. For any period during which we qualify for treatment as a RIC for federal income tax purposes, distributions to our stockholders attributable to our investment company taxable income generally will be taxable as ordinary income to stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. We first allocate our earnings and profits to our preferred stockholders and then to our common stockholders based on the priority in our capital structure. Any distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s adjusted basis in his or her shares of our stock and thereafter as gain from the sale of shares of our stock. Distributions of our long-term capital gains, designated by us as such, will be taxable to stockholders as long-term capital gains regardless of the stockholder’s holding period for its shares of our stock and whether the distributions are paid in cash or invested in additional shares of our stock. Corporate stockholders are generally eligible for the 70% dividends received deduction with respect to ordinary income, but not with respect to capital gain dividends to the extent such amount designated by us does not exceed the dividends received by us from domestic corporations. Any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it were paid by us and received by the stockholders on December 31 of the previous year. In addition, we may elect to relate a dividend back to the prior taxable year if we (1) declare such dividend prior to the 15th day of the 9th month following the close of that taxable year, or any applicable extended due date of our tax return for such prior taxable year (2) make the election in that tax return, and (3) distribute such amount in the 12-month period following the close of the taxable year but not later than our first payment of the same type of dividend following such declaration. Any such election will not alter the general rule that a stockholder will be treated as receiving a dividend in the taxable year in which the dividend is made, subject to the October, November, December rule described above.

In general, the federal income tax rates applicable to our dividends other than dividends designated as capital gain dividends will be the rates applicable to ordinary income (up to 37% through 2025), and not the rates applicable to “qualified dividend income” (currently up to 20%). If we distribute dividends that are attributable to actual dividend income received by us that is eligible to be, and is, designated by us as qualified dividend income, such dividends would be eligible for such lower federal income tax rate. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” means dividends received by us from United States corporations and qualifying foreign corporations, provided that both we and the stockholder recipient of our dividends satisfy certain holding period and other requirements in respect of our shares (in the case of our stockholder) and the stock of such corporations (in our case). However, we do not anticipate receiving or distributing a significant amount of qualified dividend income.

If a common stockholder participates in our dividend reinvestment plan, any dividends with respect to shares of our stock that are reinvested under the plan will be taxable to the common stockholder to the same

 

121


Table of Contents

extent, and with the same character, as if the stockholder had received the dividend in cash. The stockholder will have an adjusted basis in the additional common shares purchased through the plan equal to the amount of the reinvested dividend. The additional shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the stockholder’s account.

S ale of Our Shares. A U.S. stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the U.S. stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of his, her or its shares of our stock. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. stockholder has held his, her or its shares for more than one year. Otherwise, it will be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares.

Individual U.S. stockholders are subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of 20% on their net capital gain ( i.e. , the excess of realized net long-term capital gain over realized net short-term capital loss for a taxable year) including any long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by individuals of 37%. Capital losses are subject to limitations on use for both corporate and non-corporate stockholders.

M edicare Tax on Unearned Income. Stockholders that are individuals, estates or trusts and that have taxable income in excess of certain thresholds are required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on “net investment income,” which includes, among other things, dividends on, and gains from the sale or other disposition of, shares of our stock. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the impact of this Medicare tax on an investment in our stock.

R equired Backup Withholding. We may be required to withhold federal income tax, or backup withholding, currently at a rate of 24%, from all taxable dividends to any non-corporate U.S. stockholder (1) who fails to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding, or (2) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is generally his or her social security number. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s federal income tax liability, provided that proper information is provided to the IRS.

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act imposes a federal withholding tax on certain types of payments, including dividends and gross proceeds from a sale of other disposition of our stock, made to “foreign financial institutions” and certain other non-U.S. entities unless certain due diligence, reporting, withholding, and certification obligation requirements are satisfied. Under delayed effective dates provided for in the Treasury Regulations and other IRS guidance, such required withholding will not begin until January 1, 2019 with respect to gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our stock.

 

122


Table of Contents

REGULATION AS A BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT COMPANY

We are a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under Section 54 of the 1940 Act. As such, we are subject to regulation under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates, principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding “voting securities,” as defined in the 1940 Act.

We intend to conduct our business so as to retain our status as a BDC. A BDC may use capital provided by public stockholders and from other sources to invest in long-term private investments in businesses. A BDC provides stockholders the ability to retain the liquidity of a publicly traded stock while sharing in the possible benefits, if any, of investing in primarily privately owned companies. In general, a BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the U.S. and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in qualifying assets, as described in Sections 55(a)(1) through (a)(3) of the 1940 Act.

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets, other than certain interests in furniture, equipment, real estate, or leasehold improvements (“operating assets”) represent at least 70.0% of total assets, exclusive of operating assets. The types of qualifying assets in which we may invest under the 1940 Act include, but are not limited to, the following:

(1) Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer is an eligible portfolio company. An eligible portfolio company is generally defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

(a) is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, any State or States in the U.S.;

(b) is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC or otherwise excluded from the definition of investment company); and

(c) satisfies one of the following:

(i) it does not have any class of securities with respect to which a broker or dealer may extend margin credit;

(ii) it is controlled by the BDC and for which an affiliate of the BDC serves as a director;

(iii) it has total assets of not more than $4.0 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2 million;

(iv) it does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange; or

(v) it has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, with an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting equity of less than $250.0 million.

(2) Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) above, or pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or rights relating to such securities.

(3) Cash, cash items, government securities or high quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

Asset Coverage

Pursuant to Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act, we are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of “senior securities representing indebtedness.” However, pursuant to Section 18(c) of the 1940 Act, we

 

123


Table of Contents

are permitted to issue only one class of “senior securities that is stock.” In either case, we may only issue such senior securities if such class of senior securities, after such issuance, has an asset coverage, as defined in Section 18(h) of the 1940 Act, of at least 200% (as the law applies to the Company currently) or 150% (as the law will apply to the Company effective April 10, 2019; refer to “ Management s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Overview—Regulatory Compliance ” for a discussion of changes to the asset coverage requirements pursuant to the SBCAA)).

In addition, our ability to pay dividends or distributions (other than dividends payable in our stock) to holders of any class of our capital stock would be restricted if our “senior securities representing indebtedness” fail to have an asset coverage of at least 200% (measured at the time of declaration of such distribution and accounting for such distribution). The 1940 Act does not apply this limitation to privately arranged debt that is not intended to be publicly distributed, unless this limitation is specifically negotiated by the lender. In addition, our ability to pay dividends or distributions (other than dividends payable in our common stock) to our common stockholders would also be restricted if our “senior securities that are stock” fail to have an asset coverage of at least 200% (measured at the time of declaration of such distribution and accounting for such distribution). If the value of our assets declines, we might be unable to satisfy these asset coverage requirements. To satisfy the 200% asset coverage requirement in the event that we are seeking to pay a distribution, we might either have to (i) liquidate a portion of our loan portfolio to repay a portion of our indebtedness or (ii) issue common stock. This may occur at a time when a sale of a portfolio asset may be disadvantageous, or when we have limited access to capital markets on agreeable terms. In addition, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness or for offering expenses will not be available for distributions to our stockholders. If we are unable to regain the requisite asset coverage through these methods, we may be forced to suspend the payment of such dividends or distributions.

Significant Managerial Assistance

Generally, a BDC must make available significant managerial assistance to issuers of certain of its portfolio securities that the BDC counts as qualifying assets for the 70.0% test described above. Making available significant managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company. Significant managerial assistance also includes the exercise of a controlling influence over the management and policies of the portfolio company. However, with respect to certain, but not all such securities, where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance, or the BDC may exercise such control jointly.

Investment Policies

We seek to achieve a high level of current income and capital gains through investments in debt securities and preferred and common stock that we generally acquire in connection with buyouts and other recapitalizations. The following investment policies, along with these investment objectives, may not be changed without the approval of our Board of Directors:

 

   

We will at all times conduct our business so as to retain our status as a BDC. In order to retain that status, we must operate for the purpose of investing in certain categories of qualifying assets. In addition, we may not acquire any assets (other than non-investment assets necessary and appropriate to our operations as a BDC or qualifying assets) if, after giving effect to such acquisition, the value of our “qualifying assets” is less than 70.0% of the value of our total assets. We anticipate that the securities we seek to acquire will generally be qualifying assets.

 

   

We will at all times endeavor to conduct our business so as to retain our status as a RIC under the Code. To do so, we must meet income source, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. We may issue senior securities, such as debt or preferred stock, to the extent permitted

 

124


Table of Contents
 

by the 1940 Act for the purpose of making investments, to fund share repurchases, or for temporary emergency or other purposes.

With the exception of our policy to conduct our business as a BDC, these policies are not fundamental and may be changed without stockholder approval.

Co-Investment Order

In July 2012, the SEC granted us an exemptive order (the “Co-Investment Order”) that expands our ability to co-invest with certain of our affiliates under certain circumstances and any future business development company or closed-end management investment company that is advised (or sub-advised if it controls the fund) by the Adviser, or any combination of the foregoing, subject to the conditions in the Co-Investment Order, including approval of each such transaction by a “required” majority. A “required” majority is a vote of both a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the transaction and a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the Company.

 

125


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OUR SECURITIES

Our authorized capital stock consists of 50,000,000 shares of capital stock, $0.001 par value per share, 44,560,000 of which are currently designated as common stock and 5,440,000 of which are currently designated as preferred stock. The following summary description of our capital stock is not necessarily complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, our charter. Please review our charter for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

Common Stock

As of December 3, 2018, we had 28,504,745 shares of common stock outstanding. All shares of our common stock have equal rights as to earnings, assets, dividends and voting privileges and, when issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Distributions may be paid to the holders of our common stock if, as and when authorized by our Board of Directors and declared by us out of funds legally available therefor. Shares of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or redemption rights and are freely transferable, except where their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our common stock is entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any is outstanding at the time. Each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote and does not have cumulative voting rights, which means that, subject to the rights of the holders of Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock to vote in the election of directors, as described below, holders of a majority of such shares, if they so choose, could elect all of the directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares would, in that case, be unable to elect any director. Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq under the ticker symbol “GLAD.”

Preferred Stock

Our charter gives the Board of Directors the authority, without further action by stockholders, to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications and restrictions granted to or imposed upon such preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, and liquidation preference, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. Thus, the Board of Directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and reduce the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation, and could also decrease the market price of our common stock.

You should note, however, that any issuance of preferred stock must comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires, among other things, that (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other Senior Securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more. Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. If we offer preferred stock under this prospectus, we will issue an appropriate prospectus supplement. You should read that prospectus supplement for a description of the preferred stock, including, but not limited to, whether there will be an arrearage in the payment of dividends or sinking fund installments, if any, restrictions with respect to the declaration of dividends, requirements in connection with the maintenance of any ratio or assets, or creation or maintenance of reserves, or provisions for permitting or restricting the issuance of additional securities.

 

126


Table of Contents

Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock

Of the 5,440,000 shares of our capital stock designated as preferred stock, 3,000,000 of such shares are designated as 6.00% Series 2024 Term Preferred Shares (the “Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock”). As of the date hereof, we have 2,070,000 shares of Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock outstanding. Our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock is listed on the Nasdaq under the symbol “GLADN.”

The following is a summary of the material terms of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Articles Supplementary Establishing and Fixing the Rights and Preferences of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Shares, including Appendix A thereto relating to the our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock, which are filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part:

Dividend Rights

The holders of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock are entitled to monthly dividends in the amount of 6.00% per annum on the $25 liquidation preference per share, or $1.50 per share per year, and we are prohibited from issuing dividends or making distributions to the holders of our common stock while any shares of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock are outstanding, unless all accrued and unpaid dividends on our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock are paid in their entirety. In the event that we fail to pay dividends on our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock when required, the dividend rate on our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock will increase to 10.00% per annum until such default is cured.

Voting Rights

The holders of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock are entitled to one vote per share and do not have cumulative voting. The holders of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock generally vote together with the holders of our common stock, except that the holders of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock have the right to elect two of our directors. Furthermore, during any period that we owe accumulated dividends, whether or not earned or declared, on our Series 2024 Term Preferred Shares equal to at least two full years of dividends, the holders of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock will have the right to elect a majority of our Board of Directors. In addition, the holders of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock have voting rights with regard to certain corporate actions, including certain amendments to our charter and certain actions relating to our election to be treated as a BDC, as set forth in the articles supplementary relating to our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock.

Liquidation Rights

Our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference over our common stock equal to $25 per share, plus all accrued but unpaid dividends in the event of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of our affairs.

Redemption

Our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock has a mandatory term redemption date of September 30, 2024, however, if we fail to maintain asset coverage as required by the 1940 Act, of at least 200%, we will be required to redeem a portion of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock to enable us to meet the required asset coverage. We are further required to redeem our 2024Term Preferred Shares in the event of a change in control. We also have the option to redeem such shares at any time on or after September 30, 2019, at our sole option at a redemption price per share equal to the sum of the $25 liquidation preference per share plus an amount equal to accumulated but unpaid dividends, if any. As of the date hereof we have not exercised our option to redeem any shares. In the event that we fail to redeem our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock when due, the dividend rate will increase to 10.00% per annum until such shares are redeemed.

 

127


Table of Contents

Subscription Rights

General

We may issue subscription rights to our stockholders to purchase common stock or preferred stock. Subscription rights may be issued independently or together with any other offered security and may or may not be transferable by the person purchasing or receiving the subscription rights. In connection with any subscription rights offering to our stockholders, we may enter into a standby underwriting arrangement with one or more underwriters pursuant to which such underwriters would purchase any offered securities remaining unsubscribed after such subscription rights offering to the extent permissible under applicable law. In connection with a subscription rights offering to our stockholders, we would distribute certificates evidencing the subscription rights and a prospectus supplement to our stockholders on the record date that we set for receiving subscription rights in such subscription rights offering.

The applicable prospectus supplement would describe the following terms of subscription rights in respect of which this prospectus is being delivered:

 

   

the period of time the offering would remain open (which in no event would be less than fifteen business days);

 

   

the title of such subscription rights;

 

   

the exercise price for such subscription rights;

 

   

the ratio of the offering (which in no event would exceed one new share of common stock for each three rights held);

 

   

the number of such subscription rights issued to each stockholder;

 

   

the extent to which such subscription rights are transferable;

 

   

if applicable, a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the issuance or exercise of such subscription rights;

 

   

the date on which the right to exercise such subscription rights shall commence, and the date on which such rights shall expire (subject to any extension);

 

   

the extent to which such subscription rights include an over-subscription privilege with respect to unsubscribed securities;

 

   

if applicable, the material terms of any standby underwriting or other purchase arrangement that we may enter into in connection with the subscription rights offering; and

 

   

any other terms of such subscription rights, including terms, procedures and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of such subscription rights.

Exercise of Subscription Rights

Each subscription right would entitle the holder of the subscription right to purchase for cash such amount of shares of common stock, or preferred stock, at such exercise price as shall in each case be set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the prospectus supplement relating to the subscription rights offered thereby. Subscription rights may be exercised at any time up to the close of business on the expiration date for such subscription rights set forth in the prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, all unexercised subscription rights would become void.

Subscription rights may be exercised as set forth in the prospectus supplement relating to the subscription rights offered thereby. Upon receipt of payment and the subscription rights certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the subscription rights agent or any other office indicated in the

 

128


Table of Contents

prospectus supplement we will forward, as soon as practicable, the shares of common stock, or preferred stock, purchasable upon such exercise. We may determine to offer any unsubscribed offered securities directly to persons other than stockholders, to or through agents, underwriters or dealers or through a combination of such methods, including pursuant to standby underwriting arrangements, as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Warrants

The following is a general description of the terms of the warrants we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any warrants we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to such warrants.

We may issue warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. Such warrants may be issued independently or together with shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities and may be attached or separate from such securities. We will issue each series of warrants under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a warrant agent. The warrant agent will act solely as our agent and will not assume any obligation or relationship of agency for or with holders or beneficial owners of warrants.

A prospectus supplement will describe the particular terms of any series of warrants we may issue, including the following:

 

   

the title of such warrants;

 

   

the aggregate number of such warrants;

 

   

the price or prices at which such warrants will be issued;

 

   

the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the price of such warrants may be payable;

 

   

if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with which the warrants are issued and the number of warrants issued with each such security or each principal amount of such security;

 

   

the number of shares of common stock purchasable upon exercise of one warrant and the price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which these shares may be purchased upon such exercise;

 

   

the date on which the right to exercise such warrants shall commence and the date on which such right will expire;

 

   

whether such warrants will be issued in registered form or bearer form;

 

   

if applicable, the minimum or maximum amount of such warrants which may be exercised at any one time;

 

   

if applicable, the date on and after which such warrants and the related securities will be separately transferable;

 

   

information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any;

 

   

the terms of the securities issuable upon exercise of the warrants;

 

   

if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations; and

 

   

any other terms of such warrants, including terms, procedures and limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of such warrants.

We and the warrant agent may amend or supplement the warrant agreement for a series of warrants without the consent of the holders of the warrants issued thereunder to effect changes that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the warrants and that do not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders of the warrants.

 

129


Table of Contents

Prior to exercising their warrants, holders of warrants will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities purchasable upon such exercise, including the right to receive dividends, if any, or payments upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up or to exercise any voting rights.

Under the 1940 Act, we may generally only offer warrants (except for warrants expiring not later than 120 days after issuance and issued exclusively and ratably to a class of our security holders) on the condition that (1) the warrants expire by their terms within ten years; (2) the exercise or conversion price is not less than the current market value of the securities underlying the warrants at the date of issuance; (3) our stockholders authorize the proposal to issue such warrants (our stockholders approved such a proposal to issue long-term rights, including warrants, in connection with our 2008 annual meeting of stockholders) and a “required” majority of our Board of Directors approves such issuance on the basis that the issuance is in the best interests of Gladstone Capital and our stockholders; and (4) if the warrants are accompanied by other securities, the warrants are not separately transferable unless no class of such warrants and the securities accompanying them has been publicly distributed. A “required” majority of our Board of Directors is a vote of both a majority of our directors who have no financial interest in the transaction and a majority of the directors who are not interested persons of the company. The 1940 Act also provides that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the exercise of all outstanding warrants, options and subscription rights at the time of issuance may not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities.

Debt Securities

Any debt securities that we issue may be senior or subordinated in priority of payment. If we offer debt securities under this prospectus, we will provide a prospectus supplement that describes the ranking, whether senior or subordinated, the specific designation, the aggregate principal amount, the purchase price, the maturity, the redemption terms, the interest rate or manner of calculating the interest rate, the time of payment of interest, if any, the terms for any conversion or exchange, including the terms relating to the adjustment of any conversion or exchange mechanism, the listing, if any, on a securities exchange, the name and address of the trustee and any other specific terms of the debt securities.

The 2023 Notes

The 2023 Notes were issued under a base indenture dated as of November 6, 2018 and a first supplemental indenture thereto, entered into between us and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. The 2023 Notes will mature on November 1, 2023. The principal payable at maturity will be 100% of the aggregate principal amount. The interest rate of the 2023 Notes is 6.125% per year and will be paid every February 1, May 1, August 1 and November 1, commencing February 1, 2019, and the regular record dates for interest payments will be every January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15, commencing January 15, 2019.

The 2023 Notes were issued in denominations of $25 and integral multiples of $25 in excess thereof. The 2023 Notes are not be subject to any sinking fund and holders of the 2023 Notes do not have the option to have the 2023 Notes repaid prior to the stated maturity date.

The following is a summary description of the material terms of the 2023 Notes and the indenture. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the base indenture and the first supplemental indenture attached as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

C ovenants

In addition to standard covenants relating to payment of principal and interest, maintaining an office where payments may be made or securities can be surrendered for payment and related matters, the following covenants will apply to the 2023 Notes:

 

   

We agree that for the period of time during which the 2023 Notes are outstanding, we will not violate Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be

 

130


Table of Contents
 

applicable to us from time to time or any successor provisions, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act. Currently, these provisions generally prohibit us from incurring additional debt or issuing additional debt or preferred securities, unless our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% (or 150% on and after April 10, 2019) after such incurrence or issuance. See “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Structure—Recently-enacted legislation allows us to incur additional leverage under the 1940 Act, distinct from certain of our obligations under our Credit Facility and our term preferred stock ” in this prospectus supplement.

 

   

We agree that for the period of time during which Notes are outstanding, we will not declare any dividend (except a dividend payable in stock of the issuer), or declare any other distribution, upon a class of our capital stock, or purchase any such capital stock, unless, in every such case, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution, or at the time of any such purchase, we have an asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of at least the threshold specified under Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be applicable to us from time to time or any successor provisions thereto of the 1940 Act, as such obligation may be amended or superseded, after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and in each case giving effect to any SEC no-action relief granted by the SEC to another BDC (or to us if we determine to seek such similar no-action or other relief) permitting the BDC to declare any cash dividend or distribution notwithstanding the prohibition contained in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be applicable to us from time to time, as such obligation may be amended or superseded, in order to maintain such BDC’s status as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

 

   

If, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act to file any periodic reports with the SEC, we agree to furnish to holders of the 2023 Notes and the trustee, for the period of time during which the 2023 Notes are outstanding, our audited annual consolidated financial statements, within 90 days of our fiscal year end, and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, within 45 days of our fiscal quarter end (other than our fourth fiscal quarter). All such financial statements will be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with applicable GAAP.

Optional Redemption

The 2023 Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option on or after November 1, 2020, upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days written notice by mail prior to the date fixed for redemption thereof, at a redemption price of 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the 2023 Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest payments otherwise payable thereon for the then-current quarterly interest period accrued to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.

Conversion and Exchange

The 2023 Notes are not convertible into or exchangeable for other securities.

Events of Default

The term “Event of Default” in respect of the 2023 Notes means any of the following:

 

   

We do not pay the principal of any Note when due and payable at maturity;

 

   

We do not pay interest on any Note when due and payable, and such default is not cured within 30 days of its due date;

 

   

We remain in breach of any other covenant in respect of the 2023 Notes for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach (the notice must be sent by either the trustee or holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the outstanding Notes);

 

131


Table of Contents
   

We file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and remain undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or

 

   

On the last business day of each of twenty-four consecutive calendar months, the 2023 Notes have an asset coverage (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of less than 100%.

An Event of Default for the 2023 Notes may, but does not necessarily, constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of the 2023 Notes of any default, except in the payment of principal or interest, if it in good faith considers the withholding of notice to be in the best interests of the holders.

Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the 2023 Notes may declare the entire principal amount of all the 2023 Notes to be due and immediately payable, but this does not entitle any holder of 2023Notes to any redemption payout or redemption premium. Except in cases of default, where the trustee has some special duties, the trustee is not required to take any action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee protection from expenses and liability reasonably satisfactory to it (called an “indemnity”).

Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

The 2023 Notes are subject to defeasance by us. “Defeasance” means that, by depositing with a trustee an amount of cash and/or government securities sufficient to pay all principal and interest, if any, on the 2023 Notes when due and satisfying any additional conditions required under the indenture relating to the 2023 Notes, we will be deemed to have been discharged from our obligations under the 2023 Notes.

The 2023 Notes are subject to covenant defeasance by us. In the event of a “covenant defeasance,” upon depositing such funds and satisfying conditions similar to those for defeasance we would be released from certain covenants under the indenture relating to the 2023 Notes. The consequences to the holders of the 2023 Notes would be that, while they would no longer benefit from certain covenants under the indenture, and while the 2023 Notes could not be accelerated for any reason, the holders of the 2023 Notes nonetheless could look to the Company for repayment of the 2023 Notes if there were a shortfall in the funds deposited with the trustee or the trustee is prevented from making a payment.

Indenture Provisions—Ranking

The 2023 Notes will be our direct unsecured obligations and will rank:

 

   

pari passu with our existing and future unsecured, unsubordinated indebtedness;

 

   

senior to our preferred stock, including our outstanding Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock and any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future;

 

   

senior to any of our future indebtedness that expressly provides it is subordinated to the 2023 Notes; and

 

   

effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness (including indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and

 

   

structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of any of our subsidiaries and any other future subsidiaries of the Company, including, without limitation, borrowings under the Credit Facility.

 

132


Table of Contents

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR

CHARTER AND BYLAWS

Our charter and bylaws and the Maryland General Corporation Law contain certain provisions that could make more difficult the acquisition of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our Board of Directors. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging such proposals because, among other things, negotiation of such proposals might result in an improvement of their terms. The description set forth below is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our charter and bylaws, as amended, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Classified Board of Directors

In accordance with our bylaws, our Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms, with the term of directors in each class expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. One class has two directors, one class has three directors and one class has four directors. A classified board may render more difficult a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified board of directors will help to ensure continuity and stability of our management and policies.

Our classified board could have the effect of making the replacement of incumbent directors more time consuming and difficult. Because our directors may only be removed for cause, at least two annual meetings of stockholders, instead of one, will generally be required to effect a change in a majority of our Board of Directors. Thus, our classified board could increase the likelihood that incumbent directors will retain their positions. The staggered terms of directors may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or an attempt to change control of us or another transaction that might involve a premium price for our common stock that might be in the best interest of our stockholders.

Number of Directors; Removal; Vacancies

Our charter provides that the number of directors will be determined pursuant to our bylaws and our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire Board of Directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. In addition, our bylaws provide that the number of directors shall not be increased by 50% or more in any 12-month period without the approval of two-thirds of the members of our Board of Directors then in office. Our bylaws provide that any vacancies may be filled only by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, and the directors so appointed shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until their successors are elected and qualified.

Our directors may only be removed for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by our stockholders generally in the election of directors. This provision, when coupled with the power of our Board of Directors to fill vacancies on our Board of Directors, precludes stockholders from removing incumbent directors except for cause and upon a substantial affirmative vote and could preclude stockholders from filling the vacancies created by such removal with their own nominees.

Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual or special meeting of our stockholders, which we refer to as the stockholder notice procedure.

 

133


Table of Contents

The stockholder notice procedure provides that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of individuals for election to our Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered by our stockholders at an annual meeting may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by or at the direction of our board of directors or (3) by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in our bylaws, including a requirement to provide certain information about the stockholder and the nominee or business proposal, as applicable. With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (1) by or at the direction of our board of directors or (2) by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in our bylaws, including a requirement to provide certain information about the stockholder and the nominee.

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our Board of Directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of the other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give our Board of Directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals for action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.

Authority to Issue Preferred Stock without Stockholder Approval

Our charter permits our Board of Directors to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of capital stock. Our Board of Directors may classify or reclassify any unissued common stock or preferred stock into other classes or series of stock and establish the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption of any such stock. Thus, our Board of Directors could authorize the issuance of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have a priority as to distributions and amounts payable upon liquidation over the rights of the holders of our common stock.

Amendment of Charter and Bylaws

Our charter may be amended, altered, changed or repealed, subject to the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, only if advised by our Board of Directors and approved by our stockholders by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

Our charter also provides that the bylaws may be adopted, amended, altered, changed or repealed by our Board of Directors. Any action taken by our stockholders with respect to adopting, amending, altering, changing or repealing our bylaws may be taken only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of our capital stock, voting together as a single class.

These provisions are intended to make it more difficult for stockholders to circumvent certain other provisions contained in our charter and bylaws, such as those that provide for the classification of our Board of Directors. These provisions, however, also will make it more difficult for stockholders to amend the charter or bylaws without the approval of the Board of Directors, even if a majority of the stockholders deems such amendment to be in the best interests of all stockholders.

 

134


Table of Contents

Indemnification and Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains a provision that eliminates the liability of our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

The Maryland General Corporation Law requires us (unless our charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits us to indemnify our present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

 

   

the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

   

the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

   

in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

Under the MGCL, we may not indemnify a director or officer in a suit by us or on our behalf in which the director or officer was adjudged liable to us or in a suit in which the director or officer was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received. A court may order indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, even though the director or officer did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct or was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received. However, indemnification for an adverse judgment in a suit by us or on our behalf, or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, is limited to expenses.

In addition, the MGCL permits us to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon our receipt of:

 

   

a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by us; and

 

   

a written undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by us if it is ultimately determined that the director or officer did not meet the standard of conduct.

Our bylaws permit us to advance expenses so long as, in addition to the requirements above, we obtain security for the advance from the director or officer, we obtain insurance against losses arising by reason of lawful advances or we determine that there is reason to believe that the director or officer will be found entitled to indemnification.

Subject to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), or any valid rule, regulation or order of the SEC thereunder, our charter obligates us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to any director or officer, whether serving our company or at our request any other entity. Our charter also permits us to indemnify and advance expenses to any employee or agent of our company to the extent authorized by our board of directors or the bylaws and permitted by law.

Our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent required by Maryland law or the charter, to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened action, suit or proceeding,

 

135


Table of Contents

whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was our director, officer, employee or agent, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, manager, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise if our board of directors determines that such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of our company, and, in the case of any criminal action or proceeding, that such person had no reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. However, our bylaws permit us to advance expenses only so long as, in addition to the requirements above, we obtain security for the advance from the director or officer, we obtain insurance against losses arising by reason of lawful advances or we determine that there is reason to believe that the director or officer will be found entitled to indemnification.

These provisions on indemnification and limitation of liability are subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act that prohibit us from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

 

136


Table of Contents

SHARE REPURCHASES

Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at discounts to net asset value. We cannot predict whether our shares will trade above, at or below net asset value. The market price of our common stock is determined by, among other things, the supply and demand for our shares, our investment performance and investor perception of our overall attractiveness as an investment as compared with alternative investments. Our Board of Directors has authorized our officers, in their discretion and subject to compliance with the 1940 Act and other applicable law, to purchase on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, outstanding shares of our common stock in the event that our shares trade at a discount to net asset value. We cannot assure you that we will ever conduct any open market purchases and if we do conduct open market purchases, we may terminate them at any time. In addition, if our shares publicly trade for a substantial period of time at a substantial discount to our then current net asset value per share, our Board of Directors will consider authorizing periodic repurchases of our shares or other actions designed to eliminate the discount. Our Board of Directors would consider all relevant factors in determining whether to take any such actions, including the effect of such actions on our status as a RIC under the Code and the availability of cash to finance these repurchases in view of the restrictions on our ability to borrow. We cannot assure you that any share repurchases will be made or that if made, they will reduce or eliminate market discount. Should we make any such repurchases in the future, we expect that we would make them at prices at or below the then current net asset value per share. Any such repurchase would cause our total assets to decrease, which may have the effect of increasing our expense ratio. We may borrow money to finance the repurchase of shares subject to the limitations described in this prospectus. Any interest on such borrowing for this purpose would reduce our net income.

 

137


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We may sell the Securities through underwriters or dealers, directly to one or more purchasers, including existing stockholders in a rights offering, or through agents or through a combination of any such methods of sale. In the case of a rights offering, the applicable prospectus supplement will set forth the number of shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of each right and the other terms of such rights offering. Any underwriter or agent involved in the offer and sale of the Securities will also be named in the applicable prospectus supplement. Any prospectus supplement or supplements will also describe the terms of the offering of Securities, including: the amount and purchase price of Securities and the proceeds we will receive from the sale; any over-allotment options under which underwriters may purchase additional Securities from us; any agency fees or underwriting discounts and other items constituting agents’ or underwriters’ compensation; the public offering price; any discounts or concessions allowed or re-allowed or paid to dealers; and any securities exchange or market on which the Securities may be listed.

The distribution of the Securities may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, in “at the market offerings” within the meaning of Rule 415(a)(4) of the Securities Act, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, provided, however, that in the case of our common stock, the offering price per share less any underwriting commissions or discounts must equal or exceed the net asset value per share of our common stock except (i) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (ii) with the consent of the majority of our common stockholders, or (iii) under such other circumstances as the SEC may permit.

In connection with the sale of the Securities, underwriters or agents may receive compensation from us or from purchasers of the Securities, for whom they may act as agents, in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters may sell the Securities to or through dealers and such dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of the Securities may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act, and any discounts and commissions they receive from us and any profit realized by them on the resale of the Securities may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Any such underwriter or agent will be identified and any such compensation received from us will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement. The maximum commission or discount to be received by any FINRA member or independent broker-dealer will not exceed 10%.

Any underwriter may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions, short-covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Over-allotment involves sales in excess of the offering size, which create a short position. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum price. Syndicate-covering or other short-covering transactions involve purchases of the Securities, either through exercise of the over-allotment option or in the open market after the distribution is completed, to cover short positions. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a dealer when the Securities originally sold by the dealer are purchased in a stabilizing or covering transaction to cover short positions. Those activities may cause the price of the Securities to be higher than it would otherwise be. If commenced, the underwriters may discontinue any of the activities at any time.

Any underwriters that are qualified market makers on Nasdaq may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on Nasdaq in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during the business day prior to the pricing of the offering, before the commencement of offers or sales of our common stock. Passive market makers must comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be identified as passive market makers. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for such security; if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s

 

138


Table of Contents

bid, however, the passive market maker’s bid must then be lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of the Securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

We may sell the Securities directly or through agents we designate from time to time. We will name any agent involved in the offering and sale of the Securities and we will describe any commissions we will pay the agent in the prospectus supplement. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, our agent will act on a best-efforts basis for the period of its appointment.

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, each class or series of Securities will be a new issue with no trading market, other than our common stock, our outstanding Term Preferred Stock and our Notes due 2023, which are all traded on Nasdaq. We may elect to list any other class or series of Securities on any exchanges, but we are not obligated to do so. We cannot guarantee the liquidity of the trading markets for any Securities.

We may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell Securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by us or borrowed from us or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from us in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third parties in such sale transactions will be underwriters and, if not identified in this prospectus, will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement (or a post-effective amendment).

Any of our common stock sold pursuant to a prospectus supplement will be listed on the Nasdaq, or another exchange on which our common stock is traded.

Under agreements into which we may enter, underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in the distribution of the Securities may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Underwriters, dealers and agents may engage in transactions with, or perform services for, us in the ordinary course of business.

If so indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will authorize underwriters or other persons acting as our agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase the Securities from us pursuant to contracts providing for payment and delivery on a future date. Institutions with which such contracts may be made include commercial and savings banks, insurance companies, pension funds, investment companies, educational and charitable institutions and others, but in all cases such institutions must be approved by us. The obligations of any purchaser under any such contract will be subject to the condition that the purchase of the Securities shall not at the time of delivery be prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction to which such purchaser is subject. The underwriters and such other agents will not have any responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of such contracts. Such contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth the commission payable for solicitation of such contracts.

In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, the Securities offered hereby will be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in certain states, the Securities may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption from the registration or qualification requirement is available and is complied with.

 

139


Table of Contents

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Our securities are held under a custodian agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon Corp. The address of the custodian is: 500 Ross Street, Suite 625, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15262. Our assets are held under bank custodianship in compliance with the 1940 Act. Securities held through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Business Loan, are held under a custodian agreement with The Bank of New York Mellon Corp., which acts as collateral custodian pursuant to Business Loan’s credit facility with Key Equipment Finance, a division of KeyBank National Association and certain other parties. The address of the collateral custodian is 500 Ross Street, Suite 625, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15262. Computershare Inc. acts as our transfer and dividend paying agent and registrar. The principal business address of Computershare Inc. is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, telephone number 1-866-214-7543. Computershare Inc. also maintains an internet website at www.computershare.com .

 

140


Table of Contents

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

Since we generally acquire and dispose of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, we will infrequently use securities brokers or dealers in the normal course of our business. Subject to policies established by our Board of Directors, the Adviser will be primarily responsible for the execution of transactions involving publicly traded securities and the allocation of brokerage commissions in respect thereof, if any. In the event that the Adviser executes such transactions, we do not expect the Adviser to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but we would expect the Adviser to seek to obtain the best net results for us, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While we expect that the Adviser generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs, we will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements, the Adviser may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to us, the Adviser and any of its other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer viewed in terms either of the particular transaction or the Adviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to all of the Adviser’s clients.

 

141


Table of Contents

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to the Adviser. The proxy voting policies and procedures of the Adviser are set out below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by the Adviser and our directors who are not “interested persons,” and, accordingly, are subject to change.

Introduction

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, the Adviser has a fiduciary duty to act solely in our best interests. As part of this duty, the Adviser recognizes that it must vote our securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in our best interests.

The Adviser’s policies and procedures for voting proxies for its investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

Proxy Policies

The Adviser votes proxies relating to our portfolio securities in what it perceives to be the best interest of our stockholders. The Adviser reviews on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted to a stockholder vote to determine its effect on the portfolio securities we hold. In most cases the Adviser will vote in favor of proposals that the Adviser believes are likely to increase the value of the portfolio securities we hold. Although the Adviser will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative effect on our portfolio securities, the Adviser may vote for such a proposal if there exist compelling long-term reasons to do so.

Our proxy voting decisions are made by the Adviser’s portfolio managers. To ensure that the Adviser’s vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, the Adviser requires that (1) anyone involved in the decision-making process disclose to the Adviser’s investment committee any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (2) employees involved in the decision-making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how the Adviser intends to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties. Where conflicts of interest may be present, the Adviser will disclose such conflicts to us, including our independent directors and may request guidance from us on how to vote such proxies.

Proxy Voting Records

You may obtain information without charge about how the Adviser voted proxies for the most recent 12-month period ending June 30 by visiting the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or calling us collect at (703) 287-5893 or by making a written request for proxy voting information to:

Michael LiCalsi

General Counsel and Secretary

c/o Gladstone Capital Corporation

1521 Westbranch Dr., Suite 100

McLean, VA 22102

 

142


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Bass, Berry & Sims PLC, Nashville, Tennessee. Venable LLP, Baltimore, Maryland, will pass upon the legality of certain of the securities offered by us and certain other matters of Maryland law. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters and/or sales agents, if any, by the counsel named in the accompanying prospectus supplement.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017 and for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2018 and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting (which is included in the Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting) as of September 30, 2018 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s business address is 1800 Tysons Blvd., McLean, VA 22102.

The financial statements of Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Crowe LLP, independent auditors, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of Sunshine Media Group, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Henderson Hutcherson & McCullough, PLLC, independent auditors, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

143


Table of Contents

GLADSTONE CAPITAL CORPORATION

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal  Control over Financial Reporting

     F-2  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of September  30, 2018 and 2017

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September  30, 2018, 2017 and 2016

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016

     F-7  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September  30, 2018, 2017 and 2016

     F-8  

Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of September  30, 2018 and 2017

     F-9  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-21  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Gladstone Capital Corporation:

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and include those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and the dispositions of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that our transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with appropriate authorizations; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018, using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) . Based on its assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of September 30, 2018.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

November 14, 2018

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and the Stockholders of Gladstone Capital Corporation:

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of assets and liabilities, including the consolidated schedules of investments, of Gladstone Capital Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2018, including the related notes and financial statement schedules listed in the index appearing under item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, and the results of their operations, changes in their net assets and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2018 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our procedures included confirmation of securities owned as of September 30, 2018 and 2017 by correspondence with the custodian and portfolio company investees. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

McLean, VA

November 14, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

GLADSTONE CAPITAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

 

     September 30,  
     2018     2017  

ASSETS

    

Investments at fair value:

    

Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments (Cost of $359,304 and $318,952, respectively)

   $ 325,567     $ 290,860  

Affiliate investments (Cost of $54,667 and $49,868, respectively)

     48,856       42,648  

Control investments (Cost of $13,496 and $42,615, respectively)

     15,623       18,865  

Cash and cash equivalents

     1,971       5,012  

Restricted cash and cash equivalents

     33       258  

Interest receivable, net

     2,601       1,699  

Due from administrative agent

     2,807       3,086  

Deferred financing fees

     1,363       853  

Other assets, net

     687       2,579  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 399,508     $ 365,860  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

    

Borrowings at fair value (Cost of $110,000 and $93,000, respectively)

   $ 110,000     $ 93,115  

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, $25 liquidation preference per share; 5,440,000 and 5,440,000 shares authorized, respectively, and 2,070,000 and 2,070,000 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

     50,077       49,849  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     290       522  

Interest payable

     330       264  

Fees due to Adviser (A)

     1,084       1,292  

Fee due to Administrator (A)

     317       244  

Other liabilities

     318       924  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

   $ 162,416     $ 146,210  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (B)

    

NET ASSETS

    

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 44,560,000 and 44,560,000 shares authorized, respectively, and 28,501,980 and 26,160,684 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

   $ 29     $ 26  

Capital in excess of par value (C)

     343,076       348,248  

Cumulative net unrealized depreciation of investments

     (37,421     (59,062

Cumulative net unrealized depreciation of other

     —         (115

Overdistributed net investment income (C)

     (219     (139

Accumulated net realized losses

     (68,373     (69,308
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributable loss

     (106,013     (128,624
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL NET ASSETS

   $ 237,092     $ 219,650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET ASSET VALUE PER COMMON SHARE AT END OF YEAR

   $ 8.32     $ 8.40  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

( A)

Refer to Note 4— Related Party Transactions for additional information.

(B)

Refer to Note 11— Commitments and Contingencies for additional information.

( C)

Refer to Note 9— Distributions to Common Stockholders for additional information.

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

GLADSTONE CAPITAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

 

     Year ended September 30,  
     2018     2017     2016  

INVESTMENT INCOME

      

Interest income

      

Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments

   $ 33,497     $ 26,147     $ 24,171  

Affiliate investments

     4,800       4,282       7,459  

Control investments

     1,817       1,626       1,226  

Cash and cash equivalents

     39       27       5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income (excluding PIK interest income)

     40,153       32,082       32,861  

PIK interest income

      

Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments

     3,524       4,299       1,095  

Affiliate investments

     281       692       1,263  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total PIK interest income

     3,805       4,991       2,358  

Total interest income

     43,958       37,073       35,219  

Success fee income

      

Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments

     430       392       1,566  

Affiliate investments

     —         1,142       914  

Control investments

     —         —         958  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total success fee income

     430       1,534       3,438  

Other income

     1,193       626       455  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investment income

     45,581       39,233       39,112  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EXPENSES

      

Base management fee (A)

     7,033       5,781       5,684  

Loan servicing fee (A)

     5,042       4,146       3,890  

Incentive fee (A)

     5,348       4,779       4,514  

Administration fee (A)

     1,250       1,102       1,182  

Interest expense on borrowings

     5,858       3,073       2,899  

Dividend expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

     3,105       4,152       4,118  

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     1,014       1,094       1,075  

Professional fees

     880       828       1,113  

Other general and administrative expenses

     1,086       1,117       1,346  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses, before credits from Adviser

     30,616       26,072       25,821  

Credit to base management fee—loan servicing fee (A)

     (5,042     (4,146     (3,890

Credit to fees from Adviser—other (A)

     (3,081     (4,126     (2,306
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses, net of credits

     22,493       17,800       19,625  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INVESTMENT INCOME

     23,088       21,433       19,487  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET REALIZED AND UNREALIZED (LOSS) GAIN

      

Net realized (loss) gain:

      

Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments

     1,812       3,849       6,253  

Affiliate investments

     325       (2,330     1,280  

Control investments

     (28,200     (4,994     (317

Other

     (133     (1,288     (64
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net realized (loss) gain

     (26,196     (4,763     7,152  

Net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation:

      

Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments

     (5,645     (3,133     (14,946

Affiliate investments

     1,409       1,951       5,858  

Control investments

     25,877       1,807       (6,246

Other

     115       (115     62  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net unrealized appreciation (depreciation)

     21,756       510       (15,272
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized loss

     (4,440     (4,253     (8,120
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN NET ASSETS RESULTING FROM OPERATIONS

   $ 18,648     $ 17,180     $ 11,367  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BASIC AND DILUTED PER COMMON SHARE:

      

Net investment income

   $ 0.85     $ 0.84     $ 0.84  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 0.69     $ 0.67     $ 0.49  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OUTSTANDING: Basic and Diluted

     27,104,077       25,495,117       23,200,642  

 

( A)

Refer to Note 4— Related Party Transactions for additional information.

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

GLADSTONE CAPITAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

 

     Year ended September 30,  
     2018     2017     2016  

OPERATIONS

      

Net investment income

   $ 23,088     $ 21,433     $ 19,487  

Net realized (loss) gain on investments

     (26,063     (3,475     7,216  

Net realized loss on other

     (133     (1,288     (64

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments

     21,641       625       (15,334

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of other

     115       (115     62  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets from operations

     18,648       17,180       11,367  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

      

Distributions to common stockholders from ordinary income

     (22,801     (21,433     (16,298

Distributions to common stockholders from realized gains

     —         —         (3,189
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in net assets from distributions

     (22,801     (21,433     (19,487
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS

      

Issuance of common stock

     21,991       23,695       19,665  

Offering costs for issuance of common stock

     (396     (999     (1,210

Repurchase of common stock, net of costs

     —         —         (572
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in net assets from capital transactions

     21,595       22,696       17,883  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN NET ASSETS

     17,442       18,443       9,763  

NET ASSETS, BEGINNING OF YEAR

     219,650       201,207       191,444  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET ASSETS, END OF YEAR

   $ 237,092     $ 219,650     $ 201,207  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

GLADSTONE CAPITAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

 

     Year ended September 30,  
     2018     2017     2016  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 18,648     $ 17,180     $ 11,367  

Adjustments to reconcile net increase in net assets resulting from operations to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

      

Purchase of investments

     (106,115     (112,092     (80,024

Principal repayments on investments

     64,896       75,204       99,705  

Net proceeds from sale of investments

     2,892       8,240       21,439  

Increase in investments due to paid-in-kind interest or other

     (4,060     (4,729     (5,002

Net change in premiums, discounts and amortization

     (119     268       (70

Cost adjustments on non-accrual loans

     —         —         (388

Net realized loss (gain) on investments

     26,063       3,475       (7,216

Net unrealized (appreciation) depreciation of investments

     (21,641     (625     15,333  

Net realized loss on other

     —         1,288       64  

Net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation of other

     (115     115       (62

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash and cash equivalents

     225       148       (123

(Increase) decrease in interest receivable, net

     (902     634       3,248  

Decrease (increase) in funds due from administrative agent

     279       (922     (978

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     1,014       1,094       1,075  

Decrease (increase) in other assets, net

     1,857       (1,731     723  

(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (232     (497     422  

Increase (decrease) in interest payable

     66       63       (72

(Decrease) increase in fees due to Adviser (A)

     (208     70       318  

Increase (decrease) in fee due to Administrator (A)

     73       (38     32  

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities

     (192     (23     232  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (17,571     (12,878     60,023  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from borrowings

     118,900       138,700       103,000  

Repayments on borrowings

     (101,900     (117,000     (159,000

Proceeds from issuance of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

     —         51,750       —    

Redemption of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

     —         (61,000     —    

Repurchase of common stock

     —         —         (572

Deferred financing fees

     (1,329     (1,975     (75

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     21,991       23,695       19,665  

Offering costs for issuance of common stock

     (331     (999     (1,210

Distributions paid to common stockholders

     (22,801     (21,433     (19,487
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     14,530       11,738       (57,679
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (3,041     (1,140     2,344  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR

     5,012       6,152       3,808  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

   $ 1,971     $ 5,012     $ 6,152  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH PAID DURING YEAR FOR INTEREST

   $ 5,792     $ 3,010     $ 2,971  

NON-CASH ACTIVITIES (B)

     500       —         9,522  

 

(A)

Refer to Note 4— Related Party Transactions for additional information.

(B)  

Significant non-cash operating activities consisted principally of the following transactions:

 

  

In September 2016, our investment in Precision Acquisition Group Holdings, Inc. was restructured, resulting in non-cash activity of $1.9 million and new investments in PIC 360, LLC and Precision International, LLC, which are listed on the accompanying Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of September 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

  

In February 2016, our investment in Targus Group International, Inc. was restructured resulting in non-cash activity of $3.9 million and a new investment in Targus Cayman HoldCo Limited, which is listed on the accompanying Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016.

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

GLADSTONE CAPITAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2018

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

 

Company and Investment (A)(B)(W)(Y)

   Principal/
Shares/
Units (J)(X)
     Cost      Fair
Value
 

NON-CONTROL/NON-AFFILIATE  INVESTMENTS (M) —137.3%

        

Secured First Lien Debt—75.3%

        

Automobile—1.3%

        

Meridian Rack & Pinion, Inc. (S) —Term Debt (L + 11.5%, 13.8% Cash, Due 6/2019) (C)

   $ 4,140      $ 4,140      $ 3,105  

Beverage, Food, and Tobacco—2.6%

        

Triple H Food Processors, LLC—Line of Credit, $750 available (L + 6.8%, 9.0% Cash, Due 8/2020) (C)

     —          —          —    

Triple H Food Processors, LLC—Term Debt (L + 8.3%, 10.5% Cash, Due 8/2020) (C)

     6,000        6,000        6,135  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        6,000        6,135  

Buildings and Real Estate—0.9%

        

GFRC Holdings, LLC—Line of Credit, $0 available (L + 8.0%, 10.3% Cash, Due 9/2018) (E)

     1,150        1,150        1,150  

GFRC Holdings, LLC—Term Debt (L + 8.0%, 10.3% Cash, Due 9/2018) (E)

     1,000        1,000        1,000  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        2,150        2,150  

Diversified/Conglomerate Service—21.3%

        

IA Tech, LLC—Term Debt (L + 11.0%, 13.3% Cash, Due 6/2023) (C)

     30,000        30,000        30,900  

Travel Sentry, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 8.0%, 10.4% Cash, Due 12/2021) (C)(U)

     8,415        8,415        8,646  

Vision Government Solutions, Inc.—Line of Credit, $0 available (L + 8.8%, 11.0% Cash, Due 6/2021) (C)

     1,450        1,446        1,305  

Vision Government Solutions, Inc.—Delayed Draw Term Loan, $900 available (10.0% Cash, Due 6/2021) (C)(F)

     1,600        1,596        1,448  

Vision Government Solutions, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 8.8%, 11.0% Cash, Due 6/2021) (C)

     9,000        8,978        8,100  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        50,435        50,399  

Healthcare, education, and childcare—9.7%

        

EL Academies, Inc.—Line of Credit, $2,000 available (L + 9.5%, 11.8% Cash, Due 8/2020) (C)

     —          —          —    

EL Academies, Inc.—Delayed Draw Term Loan, $1,010 available (L + 9.5%, 11.8% Cash, Due 8/2022) (C)

     8,990        8,990        9,069  

EL Academies, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 9.5%, 11.8% Cash, Due 8/2022) (C)

     12,000        12,000        12,105  

TWS Acquisition Corporation—Term Debt (L + 8.0%, 10.3% Cash, Due 7/2020) (Q)(AA)

     2,000        2,000        2,000  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        22,990        23,174  

Machinery—2.7%

        

Arc Drilling Holdings LLC—Line of Credit, $1,000 available (L + 8.0%, 10.3% Cash, Due 11/2020) (C)

     —          —          —    

Arc Drilling Holdings LLC—Term Debt (L + 9.5%, 11.8% Cash, 3.0% PIK, Due 11/2022) (C)

     5,960        5,960        5,454  

Precision International, LLC—Term Debt (10.0%, Due 9/2021) (C)(F)

     836        836        836  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        6,796        6,290  

Oil and Gas—17.0%

        

Impact! Chemical Technologies, Inc.—Line of Credit, $0 available (L + 8.8%, 11.0% Cash, Due 12/2020) (C)

     2,500        2,500        2,497  

Impact! Chemical Technologies, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 8.8%, 11.0% Cash, Due 12/2020) (C)

     20,000        20,000        19,975  

WadeCo Specialties, Inc.—Line of Credit, $1,100 available (L + 7.0%, 9.3% Cash, Due 3/2019) (C)

     900        900        909  

WadeCo Specialties, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 7.0%, 9.3% Cash, Due 3/2019) (C)

     9,691        9,691        9,788  

WadeCo Specialties, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 9.0%, 12.0% Cash, Due 3/2019) (C)

     7,000        7,000        7,035  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        40,091        40,204  

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Company and Investment (A)(B)(W)(Y)

   Principal/
Shares/
Units (J)(X)
     Cost      Fair
Value
 
NON-CONTROL/NON-AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS (M) —137.3% (Continued)                     

Printing and Publishing—0.0%

        

Chinese Yellow Pages Company—Line of Credit, $0 available (PRIME + 4.0%, 9.3% Cash, Due 2/2015) (E)(V)

     107        107        —    

Telecommunications—19.8%

        

Applied Voice & Speech Technologies, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 9.3%, 11.5% Cash, Due 10/2022) (C)

     10,100        10,100        9,948  

B+T Group Acquisition, Inc. (S) —Term Debt (L + 11.0%, 13.3% Cash, Due 12/2019) (C)

     6,000        6,000        6,000  

NetFortris Corp.—Term Debt (L + 8.4%, 10.7% Cash, Due 2/2021) (C)

     23,700        23,700        23,522  

XMedius Solutions Inc.—Term Debt (L + 9.3%, 11.5% Cash, Due 10/2022) (C)

     7,493        7,493        7,521  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        47,293        46,991  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Secured First Lien Debt

      $ 180,002      $ 178,448  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Secured Second Lien Debt—53.5%

        

Automobile—2.1%

        

Sea Link International IRB, Inc.—Term Debt (11.3% Cash, Due 3/2023) (C)(F)

   $ 5,000      $ 4,980      $ 5,094  

Beverage, Food, and Tobacco—2.9%

        

The Mochi Ice Cream Company—Term Debt (L + 10.5%, 12.8% Cash, Due 12/2023) (C)

     6,750        6,726        6,767  

Cargo Transportation—5.5%

        

AG Transportation Holdings, LLC.—Term Debt (L + 10.0%, 13.3% Cash, Due 3/2020) (C)

     13,000        13,000        13,097  

Chemicals, Plastics, and Rubber—0.5%

        

Vertellus Holdings LLC—Term Debt (L + 12.0%, 14.3% Cash, Due 10/2021) (C)

     1,099        1,099        1,096  

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—8.7%

        

Alloy Die Casting Co. (S) —Term Debt (L + 4.0%, 6.3% Cash, Due 4/2021) (C)

     5,235        5,235        4,934  

Alloy Die Casting Co. (S) —Term Debt (L + 4.0%, 6.3% Cash, Due 4/2021) (C)

     75        75        71  

Alloy Die Casting Co. (S) —Term Debt (L + 4.0%, 6.3% Cash, Due 4/2021) (C)

     390        390        368  

United Flexible, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 9.3%, 11.5% Cash, Due 2/2022) (C)

     15,300        15,232        15,300  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        20,932        20,673  

Diversified/Conglomerate Service—12.1%

        

CHA Holdings, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 8.8%, 11.1% Cash, Due 4/2026) (D)(U)

     3,000        2,942        3,030  

DigiCert Holdings, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 8.0%, 10.3% Cash, Due 10/2025) (D)

     3,000        2,977        2,989  

Gray Matter Systems, LLC—Delayed Draw Term Loan, $2,000 available (12.0% Cash, Due 11/2023) (C)(F)

     —          —          —    

Gray Matter Systems, LLC—Term Debt (12.0% Cash, Due 11/2023) (C)(F)

     11,100        11,100        11,045  

Keystone Acquisition Corp.—Term Debt (L + 9.3%, 11.6% Cash, Due 5/2025) (D)(U)

     4,000        3,929        4,015  

LDiscovery, LLC—Term Debt (L + 10.0%, 12.3% Cash, Due 12/2023) (D)

     5,000        4,836        4,400  

Red Ventures, LLC—Term Debt (L + 8.0%, 10.3% Cash, Due 11/2025) (D)(AA)

     3,125        3,069        3,188  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        28,853        28,667  

Healthcare, education, and childcare—10.0%

        

Medical Solutions Holdings, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 8.3%, 10.5% Cash, Due 6/2025) (D)

     3,000        2,960        3,000  

Merlin International, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 10.0%, 12.3% Cash, Due 10/2022) (C)

     20,000        20,000        20,600  

New Trident Holdcorp, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 10.0%, 5.5% Cash, 6.8% PIK, Due 7/2020) (E)

     4,382        4,382        —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        27,342        23,600  

Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares and Durable Consumer Products—4.3%

        

Belnick, Inc.—Term Debt (11.0% Cash, Due 8/2023) (C)(F)

     10,000        10,000        10,125  

Hotels, Motels, Inns, and Gaming—2.6%

        

Vacation Rental Pros Property Management, LLC—Term Debt (L + 10.0%, 12.3% Cash, 3.0% PIK, Due 6/2023) (C)

     7,366        7,366        6,337  

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Company and Investment (A)(B)(W)(Y)

   Principal/
Shares/
Units (J)(X)
    Cost      Fair
Value
 
NON-CONTROL/NON-AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS (M) —137.3% (Continued)                    

Oil and Gas—3.2%

       

Francis Drilling Fluids, Ltd.—Term Debt (L + 10.4%, 12.6% Cash, Due 4/2020) (E)(H)(I)

     18,510       18,427        5,281  

Francis Drilling Fluids, Ltd.—Term Debt (L + 9.3%, 11.5% Cash, Due 4/2020) (E)(H)(I)

     8,473       8,434        2,417  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       26,861        7,698  

Personal and Non-Durable Consumer Products (Manufacturing Only)—1.6%

       

Canopy Safety Brands, LLC—Term Debt (L + 10.5%, 12.8% Cash, Due 7/2022) (C)

     3,750       3,750        3,802  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Secured Second Lien Debt

     $ 150,909      $ 126,956  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unsecured Debt—1.5%

       

Healthcare, education, and childcare—1.5%

       

Edmentum Ultimate Holdings, LLC—Term Debt (10.0% PIK, Due 6/2020) (C)(F)

   $ 3,613     $ 3,613      $ 3,603  

Preferred Equity—1.9%

       

Automobile—0.0%

       

Meridian Rack & Pinion, Inc. (S) —Preferred Stock (E)(G)

     1,449     $ 1,449      $ —    

Buildings and Real Estate—0.1%

       

GFRC Holdings, LLC—Preferred Stock (E)(G)

     1,000       1,025        305  

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—0.5%

       

Alloy Die Casting Co. (S) —Preferred Stock (E)(G)

     2,192       2,192        533  

United Flexible, Inc.—Preferred Stock (E)(G)

     538       538        708  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       2,730        1,241  

Diversified/Conglomerate Service—0.0%

       

Frontier Financial Group Inc.—Preferred Stock (E)(G)

     766       500        —    

Frontier Financial Group Inc.—Preferred Stock Warrant (E)(G)

     169       —          —    
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       500        —    

Oil and Gas—0.9%

       

Chemical & Injection Holdings Company, LLC—Preferred Equity Units (E)(G)

     13,830       618        2,137  

Francis Drilling Fluids, Ltd.—Preferred Equity Units (E)(G)(I)

     1,656       1,215         
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       1,833        2,137  

Telecommunications—0.4%

       

B+T Group Acquisition, Inc. (S) —Preferred Stock (E)(G)

     5,503       1,799        —    

NetFortris Corp.—Preferred Stock (E)(G)

     2,677,070       268        803  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       2,067        803  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Preferred Equity

     $ 9,604      $ 4,486  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common Equity—5.1%

       

Aerospace and Defense—0.3%

       

FedCap Partners, LLC—Class A Membership Units ($0 Uncalled Commitment) (G)(K)(R)

     80     $ 1,449      $ 616  

Automobile—0.4%

       

Sea Link International IRB, Inc.—Common Equity Units (E)(G)

     494,902       495        857  

Beverage, Food, and Tobacco—0.3%

       

The Mochi Ice Cream Company—Common Stock (E)(G)

     450       450        230  

Triple H Food Processors, LLC—Common Stock (E)(G)

     250,000       250        595  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       700        825  

Buildings and Real Estate—0.0%

       

GFRC Holdings, LLC—Common Stock Warrants (E)(G)

     45.0     —          —    

Cargo Transportation—0.9%

       

AG Transportation Holdings, LLC—Member Profit Participation (E)(G)

     18.0     1,000        1,375  

AG Transportation Holdings, LLC—Profit Participation Warrants (E)(G)

     12.0     244        692  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       1,244        2,067  

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Company and Investment (A)(B)(W)(Y)

   Principal/
Shares/
Units (J)(X)
    Cost      Fair
Value
 
NON-CONTROL/NON-AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS (M) —137.3% (Continued)                    

Chemicals, Plastics, and Rubber—0.2%

       

Vertellus Holdings LLC—Common Stock Units (E)(G)

     879,121       3,017        404  

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—0.9%

       

Alloy Die Casting Co. (S) —Common Stock (E)(G)

     270       18        —    

United Flexible, Inc.—Common Stock (E)(G)

     1,158       148        2,247  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       166        2,247  

Healthcare, education, and childcare—1.4%

       

Edmentum Ultimate Holdings, LLC—Common Stock (E)(G)

     21,429       2,636        —    

EL Academies, Inc.—Common Stock (E)(G)

     649       649        844  

Leeds Novamark Capital I, L.P.—Limited Partnership Interest ($843 uncalled capital commitment) (G)(L)(R)

     3.5     2,152        2,695  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       5,437        3,539  

Machinery—0.1%

       

Arc Drilling Holdings LLC—Common Stock (E)(G)

     16.7     1,500        —    

Precision International, LLC—Membership Unit Warrant (E)(G)

     33.3     —          296  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       1,500        296  

Oil and Gas—0.1%

       

Francis Drilling Fluids, Ltd.—Common Equity Units (E)(G)(I)

     1,656       1        —    

W3, Co.—Common Equity (E)(G)

     435       499        133  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       500        133  

Personal and Non-Durable Consumer Products (Manufacturing Only)—0.5%

       

Canopy Safety Brands, LLC—Participation Warrant (E)(G)

     1       500        418  

Funko Acquisition Holdings, LLC (S) —Common Units (G)(T)

     39,483       167        672  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       667        1,090  

Telecommunications—0.0%

       

NetFortris Corp.—Common Stock Warrant (E)(G)

     1       1        —    
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Common Equity

     $ 15,176      $ 12,074  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments

     $ 359,304      $ 325,567  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS (N) —20.6%

       

Secured First Lien Debt—7.1%

       

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—7.1%

       

Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc. (S) —Term Debt (L + 10.5%, 12.8% Cash, Due 2/2019) (C)

   $ 6,200     $ 6,200      $ 6,061  

Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc. (S) —Term Debt (L + 11.8%, 14.0% Cash, Due 2/2019) (C)

     1,600       1,600        1,572  

LWO Acquisitions Company LLC—Line of Credit, $0 available (L + 5.5%, 7.8% Cash, 2.0% PIK, Due 12/2019) (C)

     3,205       3,205        3,105  

LWO Acquisitions Company LLC—Term Debt (L + 8.5%, 10.8% Cash, 2.0% PIK, Due 12/2019) (C)

     11,166       11,166        6,089  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       22,171        16,827  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Secured First Lien Debt

     $ 22,171      $ 16,827  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Secured Second Lien Debt—9.0%

       

Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals and Minerals—9.0%

       

Lignetics, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 9.0%, 12.0% Cash, Due 11/2022) (C)

   $ 6,000     $ 6,000      $ 6,014  

Lignetics, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 9.0%, 12.0% Cash, Due 11/2022) (C)

     8,000       8,000        8,020  

Lignetics, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 9.0%, 12.0% Cash, Due 11/2022) (C)

     3,300       3,300        3,308  

Lignetics, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 9.0%, 12.0% Cash, Due 11/2022) (C)

     4,000       4,000        4,010  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       21,300        21,352  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Secured Second Lien Debt

     $ 21,300      $ 21,352  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unsecured Debt—0.0%

       

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—0.0%

       

LWO Acquisitions Company LLC—Term Debt (Due 6/2020) (C)(P)

   $ 95     $ 95      $ 52  

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Company and Investment (A)(B)(W)(Y)

   Principal/
Shares/
Units (J)(X)
     Cost      Fair
Value
 
AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS (N) —20.6% (Continued)                     

Preferred Equity—1.4%

        

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—1.0%

        

Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc. (S) —Preferred Stock (E)(G)

     2,516      $ 2,516      $ 2,381  

Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals and Minerals—0.4%

        

Lignetics, Inc.—Preferred Stock (E)(G)

     40,000        800        882  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Preferred Equity

      $ 3,316      $ 3,263  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common Equity—3.1%

        

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—0.0%

        

LWO Acquisitions Company LLC—Common Units (E)(G)

     921,000      $ 921      $ —    

Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals and Minerals—0.3%

        

Lignetics, Inc.—Common Stock (E)(G)

     152,603        1,855        806  

Textiles and Leather—2.8%

        

Targus Cayman HoldCo, Ltd.—Common Stock (E)(G)

     3,076,414        5,009        6,556  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Common Equity

      $ 7,785      $ 7,362  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Affiliate Investments

      $ 54,667      $ 48,856  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

CONTROL INVESTMENTS (O) —6.6%

        

Secured First Lien Debt—1.8%

        

Machinery—1.2%

        

PIC 360, LLC—Term Debt (14.0% Cash, Due 9/2019) (E)(F)

   $ 2,850      $ 2,850      $ 2,850  

Printing and Publishing—0.6%

        

TNCP Intermediate HoldCo, LLC—Line of Credit, $500 available (8.0% Cash, Due 9/2021) (E)(F)

   $ 1,500        1,500        1,500  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Secured First Lien Debt

      $ 4,350      $ 4,350  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Secured Second Lien Debt—3.4%

        

Automobile—3.4%

        

Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 9.5%, 11.8% Cash, Due 8/2023) (E)

   $ 8,065      $ 8,065      $ 8,065  

Common Equity—1.4%

        

Automobile—0.5%

        

Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc.—Common Stock (E)(G)

     33,321      $ 580      $ 1,088  

Machinery—0.7%

        

PIC 360, LLC—Common Equity Units (E)(G)

     750        1        1,622  

Printing and Publishing—0.2%

        

TNCP Intermediate HoldCo, LLC—Common Equity Units (E)(G)

     790,000        500        498  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Common Equity

      $ 1,081      $ 3,208  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Control Investments

      $ 13,496      $ 15,623  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL INVESTMENTS (Z) —164.5%

      $ 427,467      $ 390,046  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

( A)  

Certain of the securities listed in this schedule are issued by affiliate(s) of the indicated portfolio company. The majority of the securities listed, totaling $332.3 million at fair value, are pled1ged as collateral to our revolving line of credit, as described further in Note 5— Borrowings in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “1940 Act”), we may not acquire any non-qualifying assets unless, at the time such acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of our total assets. As of September 30, 2018, our investments in FedCap Partners, LLC (“FedCap”), Leeds Novamark Capital I, L.P. (“Leeds”), Funko Acquisition Holdings, LLC (“Funko”), and XMedius Solutions Inc. (“XMedius”) are considered non-qualifying assets under Section 55 of the 1940 Act. Such non-qualifying assets represent 2.9% of total investments, at fair value, as of September 30, 2018.

( B)  

Unless indicated otherwise, all cash interest rates are indexed to 30-day London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR” or “L”), which was 2.27% as of September 30, 2018. If applicable, paid-in-kind (“PIK”) interest rates are noted separately from the cash interest rate. Certain

 

F-13

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.


Table of Contents
  securities are subject to an interest rate floor. The cash interest rate is the greater of the floor or LIBOR plus a spread. Due dates represent the contractual maturity date.
( C)  

Fair value was based on an internal yield analysis or on estimates of value submitted by ICE Data Pricing and Reference Data, LLC (“ICE”)(formerly Standard and Poor’s Securities Evaluations, Inc.).

( D)

Fair value was based on the indicative bid price on or near September 30, 2018, offered by the respective syndication agent’s trading desk.

( E)  

Fair value was based on the total enterprise value of the portfolio company, which was then allocated to the portfolio company’s securities in order of their relative priority in the capital structure.

( F)

Debt security has a fixed interest rate.

( G)  

Security is non-income producing.

( H)

Debt security is on non-accrual status.

( I)

On September 29, 2018, Francis Drilling Fluids, Ltd. filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection.

(J)

Where applicable, aggregates all shares of a class of stock owned without regard to specific series owned within such class (some series of which may or may not be voting shares) or aggregates all warrants to purchase shares of a class of stock owned without regard to specific series of such class of stock such warrants allow us to purchase.

( K)

There are certain limitations on our ability to transfer our units owned, withdraw or resign prior to dissolution of the entity, which must occur no later than May 3, 2020.

(L)

There are certain limitations on our ability to withdraw our partnership interest prior to dissolution of the entity, which must occur no later than May 9, 2024 or two years after all outstanding leverage has matured.

( M)

Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments, as defined by the 1940 Act, are those that are neither Control nor Affiliate investments and in which we own less than 5.0% of the issued and outstanding voting securities.

(N)

Affiliate investments, as defined by the 1940 Act, are those in which we own, with the power to vote, between and inclusive of 5.0% and 25.0% of the issued and outstanding voting securities.

( O)

Control investments, as defined by the 1940 Act, are those where we have the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the portfolio company, which may include owning, with the power to vote, more than 25.0% of the issued and outstanding voting securities.

( P)

Debt security does not have a stated interest rate that is payable thereon.

(Q)

Fair value was based on the expected exit or payoff amount, where such event has occurred or is expected to occur imminently.

( R)

Fair value was based on net asset value provided by the fund as a practical expedient.

( S)

One of our affiliated funds, Gladstone Investment Corporation, co-invested with us in this portfolio company pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

(T)

Our investment in Funko was valued using Level 2 inputs within the FASB Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”) fair value hierarchy. Our common units in Funko are convertible to class A common stock in Funko, Inc. upon meeting certain requirements. Fair value was based on the closing market price of shares of Funko, Inc. as of the reporting date, less a discount for lack of marketability. Funko, Inc. is traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the trading symbol “FNKO.” Refer to Note 3— Investments in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

( U)

The cash interest rate on this investment was indexed to 90-day LIBOR, which was 2.40% as of September 30, 2018.

( V)

The cash interest rate on this investment was indexed to the U.S. Prime Rate (“PRIME”), which was 5.25% as of September 30, 2018.

( W)

Unless indicated otherwise, all of our investments are valued using Level 3 inputs within the ASC 820 fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 3— Investments in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

( X)

Represents the principal balance for debt investments and the number of shares/units held for equity investments. Warrants are represented as a percentage of ownership, as applicable.

( Y)

Category percentages represent the fair value of each category and subcategory as a percentage of net assets as of September 30, 2018.

( Z)

Cumulative gross unrealized depreciation for federal income tax purposes is $62.7 million; cumulative gross unrealized appreciation for federal income tax purposes is $15.4 million. Cumulative net unrealized depreciation is $47.4 million, based on a tax cost of $437.4 million.

( AA)

Investment was exited subsequent to September 30, 2018. Refer to Note 15— Subsequent Events in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

GLADSTONE CAPITAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2017

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

 

Company and Investment (A)(B)(W)(Z)

   Principal/
Shares/
Units (J)(X)
     Cost      Fair
Value
 

NON-CONTROL/NON-AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS (M) —132.4%

        

Secured First Lien Debt—67.2%

        

Automobile—1.7%

        

Meridian Rack & Pinion, Inc. (S) —Term Debt (13.5%, Due 12/2018) (C)

   $ 4,140      $ 4,140      $ 3,643  

Beverage, Food, and Tobacco—3.2%

        

Triple H Food Processors, LLC—Line of Credit, $1,500 available (8.0%, Due 8/2018) (C)

     —          —          —    

Triple H Food Processors, LLC—Term Debt (9.5%, Due 8/2020) (C)

     6,800        6,800        6,928  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        6,800        6,928  

Buildings and Real Estate—1.0%

        

GFRC Holdings, LLC—Line of Credit, $20 available (9.2%, Due 9/2018) (E)

     1,180        1,180        1,180  

GFRC Holdings, LLC—Term Debt (9.2%, Due 9/2018) (E)

     1,000        1,000        1,000  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        2,180        2,180  

Diversified/Conglomerate Service—20.1%

        

IA Tech, LLC—Term Debt (12.2%, Due 6/2021) (C)

     23,000        23,000        23,633  

Travel Sentry, Inc.—Term Debt (10.3%, Due 12/2021) (C)(U)

     8,902        8,902        9,170  

Vision Government Solutions, Inc.—Line of Credit, $0 available (10.0%, Due 1/2019) (C)

     1,450        1,450        1,420  

Vision Government Solutions, Inc.—Delayed Draw Term Loan, $900 available (10.0%, Due 1/2019) (C)(F)

     1,600        1,600        1,485  

Vision Government Solutions, Inc.—Term Debt (10.0%, Due 1/2019) (C)

     9,000        9,000        8,390  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        43,952        44,098  

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—1.6%

        

Alloy Die Casting Corp. (S) —Term Debt (13.5%, Due 10/2018) (C)(H)

     5,235        5,235        3,272  

Alloy Die Casting Corp. (S) —Term Debt (13.5%, Due 10/2018) (C)(H)

     75        75        47  

Alloy Die Casting Corp. (S) —Term Debt (Due 10/2018) (C)(P)

     390        390        246  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        5,700        3,565  

Healthcare, education, and childcare—9.8%

        

EL Academies, Inc.—Line of Credit (10.7%, Due 8/2020) (I)

     —          —          —    

EL Academies, Inc.—Delayed Draw Term Loan (10.7%, Due 8/2022) (I)

     —          —          —    

EL Academies, Inc.—Term Debt (10.7%, Due 8/2022) (I)

     12,000        12,000        12,000  

TWS Acquisition Corporation—Term Debt (9.2%, Due 7/2020) (C)

     9,432        9,432        9,609  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        21,432        21,609  

Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, Entertainment—3.6%

        

Flight Fit N Fun LLC—Term Debt (15.2%, Due 9/2020) (Q)(Y)

     7,800        7,800        7,800  

Machinery—0.4%

        

Precision International, LLC—Term Debt (10.0% PIK, Due 9/2021) (C)(F)

     808        808        798  

Oil and Gas—9.2%

        

WadeCo Specialties, Inc.—Line of Credit, $425 available (8.2%, Due 4/2018) (E)

     2,575        2,575        2,575  

WadeCo Specialties, Inc.—Term Debt (8.2%, Due 3/2019) (E)

     10,441        10,427        10,440  

WadeCo Specialties, Inc.—Term Debt (12.0%, Due 3/2019) (E)

     7,000        7,000        7,000  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        20,002        20,015  

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Company and Investment (A)(B)(W)(Z)

   Principal/
Shares/
Units (J)(X)
     Cost      Fair
Value
 

NON-CONTROL/NON-AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS (M) —132.4% (Continued)

        

Personal and Non-Durable Consumer Products (Manufacturing Only)– 3.0%

        

Canopy Safety Brands, LLC—Line of Credit, $500 available (7.7%, Due 9/2019) (C)

     —          —          —    

Canopy Safety Brands, LLC—Term Debt (10.7%, Due 9/2021) (C)

     6,600        6,600        6,616  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        6,600        6,616  

Printing and Publishing—0.0%

        

Chinese Yellow Pages Company—Line of Credit, $0 available (8.0%, Due 2/2015) (E)(V)

     107        107        —    

Telecommunications—13.6%

        

B+T Group Acquisition Inc. (S) —Term Debt (13.0%, Due 12/2019) (C)

     6,000        6,000        5,955  

NetFortris Corp.—Line of Credit, $2,000 available (11.2%, Due 11/2017) (C)

     —          —          —    

NetFortris Corp.—Term Debt (9.6%, Due 2/2021) (C)

     24,000        24,000        24,240  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        30,000        30,195  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Secured First Lien Debt

      $ 149,521      $ 147,447  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Secured Second Lien Debt—59.1%

        

Automobile—2.2%

        

Sea Link International IRB, Inc.—Term Debt (11.3%, Due 11/2021) (C)(F)

   $ 5,000      $ 4,975      $ 5,025  

Beverage, Food, and Tobacco—3.1%

        

The Mochi Ice Cream Company—Term Debt (11.7%, Due 1/2021) (C)

     6,750        6,750        6,809  

Cargo Transportation– 6.0%

        

AG Transportation Holdings, LLC.—Term Debt (13.3%, Due 3/2020) (C)

     13,000        13,000        13,081  

Chemicals, Plastics, and Rubber—0.4%

        

Vertellus Holdings LLC—Term Debt (13.2%, Due 10/2021) (D)

     1,099        1,099        929  

Diversified/Conglomerate Service—16.4%

        

DataPipe, Inc.—Term Debt (9.2%, Due 9/2019) (D)(Y)

     2,000        1,966        2,005  

HB Capital Resources, Ltd.—Term Debt (11.5%, Due 10/2022) (C)

     22,000        22,000        22,110  

Keystone Acquisition Corp.—Term Debt (10.5%, Due 5/2025) (D)

     4,000        3,922        3,960  

LDiscovery, LLC—Term Debt (11.3%, Due 12/2023) (D)

     5,000        4,815        4,550  

PSC Industrial Holdings Corp.—Term Debt (9.5%, Due 12/2021) (Q)(Y)

     3,500        3,452        3,500  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        36,155        36,125  

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—8.2%

        

United Flexible, Inc.—Term Debt (10.7%, 2.0% PIK, Due 2/2022) (C)

     17,993        17,909        17,903  

Healthcare, education, and childcare—8.8%

        

Medical Solutions Holdings, Inc.—Term Debt (9.5%, Due 12/2023) (D)

     3,000        2,956        2,970  

Merlin International, Inc.—Term Debt (11.2%, Due 8/2022) (C)

     10,000        10,000        10,150  

NetSmart Technologies, Inc.—Term Debt (10.7%, Due 10/2023) (D)

     3,660        3,609        3,678  

New Trident Holdcorp, Inc.—Term Debt (10.7%, Due 7/2020) (D)

     4,000        4,000        2,412  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        20,565        19,210  

Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares and Durable Consumer Products—4.6%

        

Belnick, Inc.—Term Debt (11.0%, Due 8/2023) (C)(F)

     10,000        10,000        10,100  

Hotels, Motels, Inns, and Gaming—3.2%

        

Vacation Rental Pros Property Management, LLC—Term Debt (11.2%, 3.0% PIK, Due 6/2023) (C)

     7,145        7,145        7,136  

Oil and Gas—5.7%

        

Francis Drilling Fluids, Ltd.—Term Debt (11.9% PIK, Due 4/2020) (C)

     16,739        16,611        8,626  

Francis Drilling Fluids, Ltd.—Term Debt (10.8% PIK, Due 4/2020) (C)

     7,733        7,673        3,931  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        24,284        12,557  

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Company and Investment (A)(B)(W)(Z)

   Principal/
Shares/
Units (J)(X)
    Cost      Fair
Value
 

NON-CONTROL/NON-AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS (M) —132.4% (Continued)

       

Telecommunications—0.5%

       

Neustar, Inc.—Term Debt (9.2%, Due 8/2025) (D)

     1,000       1,000        1,015  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Secured Second Lien Debt

     $ 142,882      $ 129,890  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unsecured Debt—1.5%

       

Healthcare, education, and childcare—1.5%

       

Edmentum Ultimate Holdings, LLC—Term Debt (10.0% PIK, Due 6/2020) (C)(F)

   $ 3,324     $ 3,324      $ 3,324  

Preferred Equity—2.6%

       

Automobile—0.1%

       

Meridian Rack & Pinion, Inc. (S) —Preferred Stock (E)(G)

     1,449     $ 1,449      $ 133  

Buildings and Real Estate—0.3%

       

GFRC Holdings, LLC—Preferred Stock (E)(G)

     1,000       1,025        824  

Diversified/Conglomerate Service—0.2%

       

Frontier Financial Group Inc.—Preferred Stock (I)(G)

     766       500        500  

Frontier Financial Group Inc.—Preferred Stock Warrant (I)(G)

     168       —          —    
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       500        500  

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—0.3%

       

Alloy Die Casting, Corp. (S) —Preferred Stock (E)(G)

     2,192       2,192        —    

United Flexible, Inc.—Preferred Stock (E)(G)

     538       538        554  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       2,730        554  

Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, Entertainment—0.6%

       

Flight Fit N Fun LLC—Preferred Stock (G)(Q)(Y)

     700,000       700        1,425  

Oil and Gas—0.9%

       

Francis Drilling Fluids, Ltd.—Preferred Equity Units (E)(G)

     1,656       1,215        —    

WadeCo. Specialties, Inc.—Preferred Stock (E)(G)

     1,000       618        2,000  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       1,833        2,000  

Personal and Non-Durable Consumer Products (Manufacturing Only)—0.1%

       

Funko Acquisition Holdings, LLC (S) —Preferred Equity Units (E)(G)

     260       167        159  

Telecommunications—0.1%

       

B+T Group Acquisition, Inc. (S) —Preferred Stock (E)(G)(J)

     5,503       1,799        140  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Preferred Equity

     $ 10,203      $ 5,735  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common Equity—2.0%

       

Aerospace and Defense—0.3%

       

FedCap Partners, LLC—Class A Membership Units ($0 Uncalled Commitment) (G)(K)(R)

     80     $ 1,634      $ 751  

Automobile—0.2%

       

Sea Link International IRB, Inc.—Common Equity Units (E)(G)

     494,902       495        362  

Beverage, Food, and Tobacco—0.2%

       

The Mochi Ice Cream Company—Common Stock (E)(G)

     450       450        —    

Triple H Food Processors, LLC—Common Stock (E)(G)

     250,000       250        366  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       700        366  

Buildings and Real Estate—0.0%

       

GFRC Holdings, LLC—Common Stock Warrants (E)(G)

     45.0     —          —    

Cargo Transportation—0.0%

       

AG Transportation Holdings, LLC—Member Profit Participation (E)(G)

     18.0     1,000        —    

AG Transportation Holdings, LLC—Profit Participation Warrants (E)(G)

     12.0     244        —    
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       1,244        —    

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Company and Investment (A)(B)(W)(Z)

   Principal/
Shares/
Units (J)(X)
    Cost      Fair
Value
 

NON-CONTROL/NON-AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS (M) —132.4% (Continued)

       

Chemicals, Plastics, and Rubber—0.2%

       

Vertellus Holdings LLC—Common Stock Units (E)(G)

     879,121       3,018        442  

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—0.0%

       

Alloy Die Casting, Corp. (S) —Common Stock (E)(G)

     270       18        —    

United Flexible, Inc.—Common Stock (E)(G)

     1,158       148        —    
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       166        —    

Healthcare, education, and childcare—0.9%

       

Edmentum Ultimate Holdings, LLC—Common Stock (E)(G)

     21,429       2,636        —    

EL Academies, Inc.—Common Stock (G)(I)

     500       500        500  

Leeds Novamark Capital I, L.P.—Limited Partnership Interest ($1,581 uncalled capital commitment) (G)(L)(R)

     3.5     1,628        1,645  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       4,764        2,145  

Machinery—0.0%

       

Precision International, LLC—Membership Unit Warrant (E)(G)

     33.3     —          —    

Oil and Gas—0.1%

       

Francis Drilling Fluids, Ltd.—Common Equity Units (E)(G)

     1,656       1        —    

W3, Co.—Common Equity (D)(G)

     435       499        139  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       500        139  

Personal and Non-Durable Consumer Products (Manufacturing Only)—0.1%

       

Canopy Safety Brands, LLC—Participation Warrant (E)(G)

     1       500        259  

Funko Acquisition Holdings, LLC (S) —Common Stock (E)(G)

     975       —          —    
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       500        259  

Telecommunications—0.0%

       

NetFortris Corp.—Common Stock Warrant (E)(G)

     1       1        —    
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Common Equity

     $ 13,022      $ 4,464  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments

     $ 318,952      $ 290,860  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS (N) – 19.4%

       

Secured First Lien Debt—8.6%

       

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—8.6%

       

Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc. (S) —Term Debt (12.5%, Due 2/2019) (C)

   $ 6,200     $ 6,200      $ 5,704  

Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc. (S) —Term Debt (13.8%, Due 2/2019) (C)

     1,600       1,600        1,480  

LWO Acquisitions Company LLC—Line of Credit, $0 available (6.7%, 2.0% PIK, Due 3/2018) (C)

     2,748       2,746        2,336  

LWO Acquisitions Company LLC—Term Debt (9.7%, 2.0% PIK, Due 12/2019) (C)

     10,942       10,921        9,301  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       21,467        18,821  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Secured First Lien Debt

     $ 21,467      $ 18,821  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Secured Second Lien Debt—7.8%

       

Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals and Minerals—7.8%

       

Lignetics, Inc.—Term Debt (12.0%, Due 2/2021) (C)

   $ 6,000     $ 6,000      $ 5,998  

Lignetics, Inc.—Term Debt (12.0%, Due 2/2021) (C)

     8,000       8,000        7,997  

Lignetics, Inc.—Term Debt (12.0%, Due 2/2021) (C)

     3,300       3,300        3,299  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       17,300        17,294  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Secured Second Lien Debt

     $ 17,300      $ 17,294  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Preferred Equity—0.4%

       

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—0.0%

       

Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc. (S) —Preferred Stock (E)(G)

     2,516     $ 2,516      $ —    

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Company and Investment (A)(B)(W)(Z)

   Principal/
Shares/
Units (J)(X)
     Cost      Fair
Value
 

AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS (N) —19.4% (Continued)

        

Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals and Minerals—0.4%

        

Lignetics, Inc.—Preferred Stock (E)(G)

     40,000        800        826  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Preferred Equity

      $ 3,316      $ 826  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common Equity—2.6%

        

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—0.0%

        

LWO Acquisitions Company LLC—Common Units (E)(G)

     921,000      $ 921      $ —    

Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals and Minerals—0.4%

        

Lignetics, Inc.—Common Stock (E)(G)

     152,603        1,855        828  

Textiles and Leather—2.2%

        

Targus Cayman HoldCo, Ltd.—Common Stock (E)(G)

     3,076,414        5,009        4,879  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Common Equity

      $ 7,785      $ 5,707  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Affiliate Investments

      $ 49,868      $ 42,648  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

CONTROL INVESTMENTS (O) —8.6%

        

Secured First Lien Debt—3.5%

        

Machinery—1.8%

        

PIC 360, LLC—Term Debt (14.0%, Due 12/2017) (E)(F)

   $ 4,000      $ 4,000      $ 4,000  

Printing and Publishing—1.7%

        

Sunshine Media Holdings—Line of Credit, $672 available (8.0%, Due 5/2018) (E)(F)

     1,328        1,328        1,328  

Sunshine Media Holdings—Term Debt (8.0%, Due 5/2018) (E)(F)(H)

     5,000        3,525        679  

Sunshine Media Holdings—Term Debt (4.8%, Due 5/2018) (E)(H)

     11,948        8,401        1,621  

Sunshine Media Holdings—Term Debt (5.5%, Due 5/2018) (E)(H)

     10,700        10,700        —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        23,954        3,628  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Secured First Lien Debt

      $ 27,954      $ 7,628  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Secured Second Lien Debt—3.7%

        

Automobile– 3.7%

        

Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc.—Term Debt (11.0%, Due 2/2019) (E)

   $ 8,065      $ 8,065      $ 8,065  

Preferred Equity—0.0%

        

Printing and Publishing—0.0%

        

Sunshine Media Holdings—Preferred Stock (E)(G)(J)

     15,270      $ 5,275      $ —    

Common Equity—1.4%

        

Automobile– 1.3%

        

Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc.—Common Stock (E)(G)

     33,321      $ 580      $ 2,856  

Machinery—0.1%

        

PIC 360, LLC—Common Equity Units (E)(G)

     1        1        316  

Printing and Publishing—0.0%

        

Sunshine Media Holdings—Common Stock (E)(G)

     1,867        740        —    

Sunshine Media Holdings—Common Stock Warrants (E)(G)

     72        —          —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        740        —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Common Equity

      $ 1,321      $ 3,172  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Control Investments

      $ 42,615      $ 18,865  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL INVESTMENTS (T) —160.4%

      $ 411,435      $ 352,373  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

( A)  

Certain of the securities listed in this schedule are issued by affiliate(s) of the indicated portfolio company. The majority of the securities listed, totaling $317.4 million at fair value, are pledged as collateral to our Credit Facility, as described further in Note 5— Borrowings. Under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “1940 Act”), we may not acquire any non-qualifying assets unless, at the

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
  time such acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of our total assets. As of September 30, 2017, two of our investments (FedCap Partners, LLC and Leeds Novamark Capital I, L.P.) are considered non-qualifying assets under Section 55 of the 1940 Act. Such non-qualifying assets represent 0.7% of total investments, at fair value, as of September 30, 2017.
( B)  

Interest rate percentages represent cash interest rates in effect at September 30, 2017, and due dates represent the contractual maturity date. Unless indicated otherwise, all cash interest rates are indexed to 30-day London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), which was 1.23% as of September 30, 2017. If applicable, paid-in-kind (“PIK”) interest rates are noted separately from the cash interest rates and any unused line of credit fees are excluded.

( C)  

Fair value was based on an internal yield analysis or on estimates of value submitted by Standard & Poor’s Securities Evaluations, Inc. (“SPSE”).

( D)  

Fair value was based on the indicative bid price on or near September 30, 2017, offered by the respective syndication agent’s trading desk.

( E)  

Fair value was based on the total enterprise value of the portfolio company, which was then allocated to the portfolio company’s securities in order of their relative priority in the capital structure.

(F)

Debt security has a fixed interest rate.

( G)  

Security is non-income producing.

( H)

Debt security is on non-accrual status.

(I)

New investment valued at cost, as it was determined that the price paid during the quarter ended September 30, 2017 best represents fair value as of September 30, 2017.

( J)

Where applicable, aggregates all shares of a class of stock owned without regard to specific series owned within such class (some series of which may or may not be voting shares) or aggregates all warrants to purchase shares of a class of stock owned without regard to specific series of such class of stock such warrants allow us to purchase.

( K)

There are certain limitations on our ability to transfer our units owned, withdraw or resign prior to dissolution of the entity, which must occur no later than May 3, 2020.

(L)

There are certain limitations on our ability to withdraw our partnership interest prior to dissolution of the entity, which must occur no later than May 9, 2024 or two years after all outstanding leverage has matured.

( M)

Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments, as defined by the 1940 Act, are those that are neither Control nor Affiliate investments and in which we own less than 5.0% of the issued and outstanding voting securities.

(N)

Affiliate investments, as defined by the 1940 Act, are those in which we own, with the power to vote, between and inclusive of 5.0% and 25.0% of the issued and outstanding voting securities.

( O)

Control investments, as defined by the 1940 Act, are those where we have the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the portfolio company, which may include owning, with the power to vote, more than 25.0% of the issued and outstanding voting securities.

( P)

Debt security does not have a stated interest rate that is payable thereon.

( Q)

Fair value was based on the expected exit or payoff amount, where such event has occurred or is expected to occur imminently.

( R)

Fair value was based on net asset value provided by the fund as a practical expedient.

( S)

One of our affiliated funds, Gladstone Investment Corporation, co-invested with us in this portfolio company pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

(T)

Cumulative gross unrealized depreciation for federal income tax purposes is $71.7 million; cumulative gross unrealized appreciation for federal income tax purposes is $7.5 million. Cumulative net unrealized depreciation is $64.3 million, based on a tax cost of $416.6 million.

( U)

The cash interest rate on this investment was indexed to 90-day LIBOR, which was 1.33% as of September 30, 2017.

( V)

The cash interest rate on this investment was indexed to the U.S. Prime Rate, which was 4.25% as of September 30, 2017.

( W)

Unless indicated otherwise, all of our investments are valued using Level 3 inputs within the FASB Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”) fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 3— Investments in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

( X)

Represents the principal balance for debt investments and the number of shares/units held for equity investments. Warrants are represented as a percentage of ownership, as applicable.

( Y)

Investment was exited subsequent to September 30, 2017. Refer to Note 15— Subsequent Events in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

( Z)

Category percentages represent the fair value of each category and subcategory as a percentage of net assets as of September 30, 2017.

 

THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

GLADSTONE CAPITAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2018

(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA AND AS OTHERWISE INDICATED)

NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION

Gladstone Capital Corporation was incorporated under the Maryland General Corporation Law on May 30, 2001 and completed an initial public offering on August 24, 2001. The terms “the Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” all refer to Gladstone Capital Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries. We are an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and is applying the guidance of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946 Financial Services-Investment Companies (“ASC 946”). In addition, we have elected to be treated for tax purposes as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). We were established for the purpose of investing in debt and equity securities of established private businesses operating in the United States (“U.S.”). Our investment objectives are to: (1) achieve and grow current income by investing in debt securities of established lower middle market companies (which we generally define as companies with annual earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) of $3 million to $15 million) in the U.S. that we believe will provide stable earnings and cash flow to pay expenses, make principal and interest payments on our outstanding indebtedness and make distributions to stockholders that grow over time; and (2) provide our stockholders with long-term capital appreciation in the value of our assets by investing in equity securities of established businesses that we believe can grow over time to permit us to sell our equity investments for capital gains.

Gladstone Business Loan, LLC (“Business Loan”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, was established on February 3, 2003, for the sole purpose of owning a portion of our portfolio of investments in connection with our line of credit. The financial statements of Business Loan are consolidated with those of Gladstone Capital Corporation. We also have significant subsidiaries (as defined under Rule 1-02(w) of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) Regulation S-X) whose financial statements are not consolidated with ours. Refer to Note 14— Unconsolidated Significant Subsidiaries for additional information regarding our unconsolidated significant subsidiaries.

We are externally managed by Gladstone Management Corporation (the “Adviser”), a Delaware corporation and an SEC registered investment adviser and an affiliate of ours, pursuant to an investment advisory and management agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”). Administrative services are provided by our affiliate, Gladstone Administration, LLC (the “Administrator”), a Delaware limited liability company, pursuant to an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”). Refer to Note 4— Related Party Transactions for additional information regarding these arrangements.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

We prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying notes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”) and conform to Regulation S-X under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Management believes it has made all necessary adjustments so that our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements are presented fairly and that all such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. Our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include our accounts and the accounts of our wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Consolidation

In accordance with Article 6 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, we do not consolidate portfolio company investments. Under the investment company rules and regulations pursuant to the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Audit and Accounting Guide for Investment Companies, codified in ASC 946, we are precluded from consolidating any entity other than another investment company, except that ASC 946 provides for the consolidation of a controlled operating company that provides substantially all of its services to the investment company or its consolidated subsidiaries.

Use of Estimates

Preparing financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs ” (“ASU 2015-03”), which simplifies the presentation of debt issuance costs. ASU 2015-03 requires the presentation of debt issuance costs as a deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability instead of as a deferred financing cost asset on the balance sheet. In August 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2015-15, Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements ” (“ASU 2015-15”), which codifies an SEC staff announcement that entities are permitted to defer and present debt issuance costs related to line of credit arrangements as assets. ASU 2015-03 was effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and interim periods within those years, and we adopted ASU 2015-03 during the three months ended December 31, 2016. ASU 2015-15 was effective immediately and, as a result, we continue to present debt issuance costs related to line of credit arrangements as assets.

As of September 30, 2016, we had unamortized deferred financing costs related to our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock of $1.6 million. These costs have been reclassified from Deferred financing costs, net, to Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, net. All periods presented have been retrospectively adjusted.

The following table summarizes the retrospective adjustment and the overall impact on the previously reported consolidated financial statements:

 

     September 30, 2016  
    
As Previously
Reported

 
    
Retrospective
Application

 

Deferred financing costs, net

   $ 3,161      $ 1,521

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, net

     61,000        59,360  

Classification of Investments

In accordance with the BDC regulations in the 1940 Act, we classify portfolio investments on our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements into the following categories:

 

   

Control Investments— Control investments are those where we have the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the portfolio company, which may include owning, with the power to vote, more than 25.0% of the issued and outstanding voting securities;

 

F-22


Table of Contents
   

Affiliate Investments —Affiliate investments are those in which we own, with the power to vote, between 5.0% and 25.0% of the issued and outstanding voting securities that are not classified as Control Investments; and

 

   

Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments —Non-Control/Non-Affiliate investments are those that are neither control nor affiliate investments and in which we own less than 5.0% of the issued and outstanding voting securities.

Cash and cash equivalents

We consider all short-term, highly liquid investments that are both readily convertible to cash and have a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash is carried at cost, which approximates fair value. We place our cash with financial institutions, and at times, cash held in checking accounts may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limit. We seek to mitigate this concentration of credit risk by depositing funds with major financial institutions.

Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents

Restricted cash is cash held in escrow that was generally received as part of an investment exit. Restricted cash is carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

Investment Valuation Policy

Accounting Recognition

We record our investments at fair value in accordance with the FASB ASC Topic 820, “ Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”) and the 1940 Act. Investment transactions are recorded on the trade date. Realized gains or losses are generally measured by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized, and include investments charged off during the period, net of recoveries. Unrealized appreciation or depreciation primarily reflects the change in investment fair values, including the reversal of previously recorded unrealized appreciation or depreciation when gains or losses are realized.

Board Responsibility

In accordance with the 1940 Act, our Board of Directors has the ultimate responsibility for reviewing and approving, in good faith, the fair value of our investments based on our investment valuation policy (which has been approved by our Board of Directors) (the “Policy”). Such review occurs in three phases. First, prior to its quarterly meetings, the Board of Directors receives written valuation recommendations and supporting materials provided by professionals of the Adviser and Administrator with oversight and direction from the chief valuation officer (the “Valuation Team”). Second, the Valuation Committee of our Board of Directors (comprised entirely of independent directors) meets to review the valuation recommendations and supporting materials presented by the chief valuation officer. Third, after the Valuation Committee concludes its meeting, it and the chief valuation officer present the Valuation Committee’s findings to the entire Board of Directors so that the full Board of Directors may review and approve the fair value of our investments in accordance with the Policy.

There is no single standard for determining fair value (especially for privately-held businesses), as fair value depends upon the specific facts and circumstances of each individual investment. In determining the fair value of our investments, the Valuation Team, led by the chief valuation officer, uses the Policy and each quarter the Valuation Committee and Board of Directors review the Policy to determine if changes thereto are advisable and also review whether the Valuation Team has applied the Policy consistently.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Use of Third Party Valuation Firms

The Valuation Team engages third party valuation firms to provide independent assessments of fair value of certain of our investments. ICE, Data Pricing and Reference Data, LLC (“ICE”) (formerly Standard and Poor’s Securities Evaluations, Inc.), a valuation specialist, generally provides estimates of fair value on our proprietary debt investments. The Valuation Team generally assigns ICE’s estimates of fair value to our debt investments where we do not have the ability to effectuate a sale of the applicable portfolio company. The Valuation Team corroborates ICE’s estimates of fair value using one or more of the valuation techniques discussed below. The Valuation Team’s estimate of value on a specific debt investment may significantly differ from ICE’s. When this occurs, our Valuation Committee and Board of Directors review whether the Valuation Team has followed the Policy and whether the Valuation Team’s recommended fair value is reasonable in light of the Policy and other facts and circumstances and then votes to accept or reject the Valuation Team’s recommended fair value.

We may engage other independent valuation firms to provide earnings multiple ranges, as well as other information, and evaluate such information for incorporation into the total enterprise value (“TEV”) of certain of our investments. Generally, at least once per year, we engage an independent valuation firm to value or review the valuation of our significant equity investments, which includes providing the information noted above. The Valuation Team evaluates such information for incorporation into our TEV, including review of all inputs provided by the independent valuation firm. The Valuation Team then makes a recommendation to our Valuation Committee and Board of Directors as to the fair value. Our Board of Directors reviews the recommended fair value, and whether it is reasonable in light of the Policy, and other relevant facts and circumstances and then votes to accept or reject the Valuation Team’s recommended fair value.

Valuation Techniques

In accordance with ASC 820, the Valuation Team uses the following techniques when valuing our investment portfolio:

 

   

Total Enterprise Value —In determining the fair value using a TEV, the Valuation Team first calculates the TEV of the portfolio company by incorporating some or all of the following factors: the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and other specific portfolio company attributes; the earnings of the portfolio company (the trailing or projected twelve month revenue or EBITDA); EBITDA obtained from our indexing methodology whereby the original transaction EBITDA at the time of our closing is indexed to a general subset of comparable disclosed transactions and EBITDA from recent sales to third parties of similar securities in similar industries; a comparison to publicly traded securities in similar industries, and other pertinent factors. The Valuation Team generally reviews industry statistics and may use outside experts when gathering this information. Once the TEV is determined for a portfolio company, the Valuation Team generally allocates the TEV to the portfolio company’s securities based on the facts and circumstances of the securities, which typically results in the allocation of fair value to securities based on the order of their relative priority in the capital structure. Generally, the Valuation Team uses TEV to value our equity investments and, in the circumstances where we have the ability to effectuate a sale of a portfolio company, our debt investments.

TEV is primarily calculated using EBITDA; however, TEV may also be calculated using revenue multiples or a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) analysis whereby future expected cash flows of the portfolio company are discounted to determine a net present value using estimated risk-adjusted discount rates, which incorporate adjustments for nonperformance and liquidity risks. Generally, the Valuation Team uses a DCF analysis to calculate TEV to corroborate estimates of value for our equity investments where we do not have the ability to effectuate a sale of a portfolio company or for debt of credit impaired portfolio companies.

 

   

Yield Analysis —The Valuation Team generally determines the fair value of our debt investments (where we do not have the ability to effectuate a sale of a portfolio company) using the yield analysis, which includes a DCF calculation and assumptions that the Valuation Team believes market participants would use, including, but not limited to, estimated remaining life, current market yield,

 

F-24


Table of Contents
 

current leverage, and interest rate spreads. This technique develops a modified discount rate that incorporates risk premiums including, among other things, increased probability of default, increased loss upon default and increased liquidity risk. Generally, the Valuation Team uses the yield analysis to corroborate both estimates of value provided by ICE and market quotes.

 

   

Market Quotes —For our investments for which a limited market exists, we generally base fair value on readily available and reliable market quotations which are corroborated by the Valuation Team (generally by using the yield analysis explained above). In addition, the Valuation Team assesses trading activity for similar investments and evaluates variances in quotations and other market insights to determine if any available quoted prices are reliable. Typically, the Valuation Team uses the lower indicative bid price (“IBP”) in the bid-to-ask price range obtained from the respective originating syndication agent’s trading desk on or near the valuation date. The Valuation Team may take further steps to consider additional information to validate that price in accordance with the Policy. For securities that are publicly traded, we generally base fair value on the closing market price of our shares as of the reporting date. For restricted securities that are publicly traded, we generally base fair value on the closing market price of our shares as of the reporting date less a discount for the restriction, which includes consideration of the nature and term to expiration of the restriction.

 

   

Investments in Funds —For equity investments in other funds, where we cannot effectuate a sale, the Valuation Team generally determines the fair value of our uninvested capital at par value and of our invested capital at the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) provided by the fund. The Valuation Team may also determine fair value of our investments in other investment funds based on the capital accounts of the underlying entity.

In addition to the valuation techniques listed above, the Valuation Team may also consider other factors when determining the fair value of our investments, including, but not limited to: the nature and realizable value of the collateral, including external parties’ guaranties, any relevant offers or letters of intent to acquire the portfolio company, timing of expected loan repayments, and the markets in which the portfolio company operates. New and follow-on debt and equity investments made during the current reporting quarter are generally valued at our original cost basis, as appropriate, as near-measurement date transaction value generally is a reasonable indicator of fair value.

Fair value measurements of our investments may involve subjective judgments and estimates and due to the uncertainty inherent in valuing these securities, the determinations of fair value may fluctuate from period to period and may differ materially from the values that could be obtained if a ready market for these securities existed. Our NAV could be materially affected if the determinations regarding the fair value of our investments are materially different from the values that we ultimately realize upon our disposal of such securities. Additionally, changes in the market environment and other events that may occur over the life of the investment may cause the gains or losses ultimately realized on these investments to be different than the valuations currently assigned. Further, such investments are generally subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or otherwise are less liquid than publicly traded securities. If we were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, we could realize significantly less than the value at which it is recorded.

Refer to Note 3— Investments for additional information regarding fair value measurements and our application of ASC 820.

Revenue Recognition

Interest Income Recognition

Interest income, including the amortization of premiums, acquisition costs and amendment fees, the accretion of original issue discounts (“OID”), and PIK interest, is recorded on the accrual basis to the extent that such amounts are expected to be collected. Generally, when a loan becomes 90 days or more past due or if our

 

F-25


Table of Contents

qualitative assessment indicates that the debtor is unable to service its debt or other obligations, we will place the loan on non-accrual status and cease recognizing interest income on that loan for financial reporting purposes until the borrower has demonstrated the ability and intent to pay contractual amounts due. However, we remain contractually entitled to this interest. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans may be recognized as income or applied to the cost basis depending upon management’s judgment. Generally, non-accrual loans are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest are paid and, in management’s judgment, are likely to remain current, or due to a restructuring such that the interest income is deemed to be collectible. At September 30, 2018, loans to one portfolio company were on non-accrual status with an aggregate debt cost basis of approximately $26.9 million, or 6.9% of the cost basis of all debt investments in our portfolio, and an aggregate fair value of approximately $7.7 million, or 2.1% of the fair value of all debt investments in our portfolio. At September 30, 2017, certain loans to two portfolio companies were on non-accrual status with an aggregate debt cost basis of approximately $27.9 million, or 7.5% of the cost basis of all debt investments in our portfolio, and an aggregate fair value of approximately $5.6 million, or 1.7% of the fair value of all debt investments in our portfolio.

We currently hold, and we expect to hold in the future, some loans in our portfolio that contain OID or PIK provisions. We recognize OID for loans originally issued at discounts and recognize the income over the life of the obligation based on an effective yield calculation. PIK interest, computed at the contractual rate specified in a loan agreement, is added to the principal balance of a loan and recorded as income over the life of the obligation. Thus, the actual collection of PIK income may be deferred until the time of debt principal repayment. To maintain our ability to be taxed as a RIC, we may need to pay out both OID and PIK non-cash income amounts in the form of distributions, even though we have not yet collected the cash on either.

As of each of September 30, 2018 and 2017, we had six OID loans, primarily from the syndicated loans in our portfolio. We recorded OID income of $0.2 million, $0.3 million, and $0.1 million for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. The unamortized balance of OID investments as of each of September 30, 2018 and 2017 totaled $0.4 million. As of September 30, 2018 and 2017, we had five and six investments which had a PIK interest component, respectively. We recorded PIK interest income of $3.8 million, $5.0 million and $2.4 million for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. We collected $0.8 million, $2.0 million, and $0.1 million of PIK interest in cash during the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

Success Fee Income Recognition

We record success fees as income when earned, which often occurs upon receipt of cash. Success fees are generally contractually due upon a change of control in a portfolio company, typically resulting from an exit or sale.

Dividend Income Recognition

We accrue dividend income on preferred and common equity securities to the extent that such amounts are expected to be collected and if we have the option to collect such amounts in cash or other consideration. During the year ended September 30, 2017, we recharacterized $0.2 million of dividend income from our investment in Behrens Manufacturing, LLC recorded during our fiscal year ended September 30, 2016 as a return of capital.

Deferred Financing and Offering Costs

Deferred financing and offering costs consist of costs incurred to obtain financing, including lender fees and legal fees. Certain costs associated with our revolving line of credit are deferred and amortized using the straight-line method over the term of the revolving line of credit. Costs associated with the issuance of our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock are presented as discounts to the liquidation value of the mandatorily redeemable preferred stock and are amortized using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest

 

F-26


Table of Contents

method, over the terms of the respective financings. Refer to Note 5— Borrowings and Note 6— Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock for further discussion.

Related Party Fees

In accordance with the Advisory Agreement, we pay the Adviser fees as compensation for its services, consisting of a base management fee and an incentive fee. Additionally, we pay the Adviser a loan servicing fee as compensation for its services as servicer under the terms of our Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with KeyBank National Association (“KeyBank”), as administrative agent, lead arranger and a lender (our “Credit Facility”). These fees are accrued at the end of the quarter when the services are performed and generally paid the following quarter.

We pay separately for administrative services pursuant to the Administration Agreement. These administrative fees are accrued at the end of the quarter when the services are performed and generally paid the following quarter. Refer to Note 4— Related Party Transactions for additional information regarding these related party fees and agreements.

Income Taxes

We intend to continue to qualify for treatment as a RIC under subchapter M of the Code, which generally allows us to avoid paying corporate income taxes on any income or gains that we distribute to our stockholders. We intend to continue to distribute sufficient dividends to eliminate taxable income. Refer to Note 10— Federal and State Income Taxes for additional information regarding our RIC requirements.

ASC 740, “ Income Taxes ” requires the evaluation of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing our tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” of being sustained by the applicable tax authorities. Tax positions not deemed to satisfy the “more-likely-than-not” threshold would be recorded as a tax benefit or expense in the current fiscal year. We have evaluated the implications of ASC 740, for all open tax years and in all major tax jurisdictions, and determined that there is no material impact on our accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements . Our federal tax returns for fiscal years 2015—2017 remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”).

Distributions

Distributions to stockholders are recorded on the ex-dividend date. We are required to pay out at least 90.0% of our investment company taxable income, which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess of our net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses for each taxable year as a distribution to our stockholders in order to maintain our ability to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. It is our policy to pay out as a distribution up to 100.0% of those amounts. The amount to be paid is determined by our Board of Directors each quarter and is based on the annual earnings estimated by our management. Based on that estimate, a distribution is declared each quarter and is paid out monthly over the course of the respective quarter. Refer to Note 9— Distributions to Common Stockholders for further information.

Our transfer agent, Computershare, Inc., offers a dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. This is an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan, meaning that common stockholders may elect to have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. Common stockholders who do not make such election will receive their distributions in cash. Common stockholders who receive distributions in the form of stock will be subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash. As plan agent, Computershare, Inc. purchases shares in the open market in connection with the obligations under the plan. We do not have a dividend reinvestment plan for our preferred stock stockholders.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2018, the SEC adopted the final rule under SEC Release No. 33-10532, “Disclosure Update and Simplification , amending certain disclosure requirements that were redundant, duplicative, overlapping, outdated or superseded. In addition, the amendments expanded the disclosure requirements on the analysis of stockholders’ equity for interim financial statements. Under the amendments, an analysis of changes in each caption of stockholders’ equity presented in the balance sheet must be provided in a note or separate statement. The analysis should present a reconciliation of the beginning balance to the ending balance of each period for which a statement of comprehensive income is required to be filed. This final rule became effective on November 5, 2018. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of the final rule, but do not anticipate a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value ” (“ASU 2018-13”), which modifies the disclosure requirements in ASC 820. We are currently assessing the impact of ASU 2018-13 and do not anticipate a material impact on our disclosures. ASU 2018-13 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted.

In November 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-18, “Restricted Cash (a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force)” (“ASU 2016-18”), which requires that the statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. We have assessed the impact of ASU 2016-18 and do not anticipate a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. ASU 2016-18 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted.

In August 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-15, “Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force)” (“ASU 2016-15”), which is intended to reduce diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified in the statement of cash flows. We have assessed the impact of ASU 2016-15 and do not anticipate a material impact on our cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted.

In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-06, Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments ” (“ASU 2016-06”), which clarifies the requirements for assessing whether contingent call (put) options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related. ASU 2016-06 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and we adopted ASU 2016-06 effective October 1, 2017. The adoption of ASU 2016-06 did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In January 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-01, “Financial Instruments–Overall: Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“ASU 2016-01”), which changes how entities measure certain equity investments and how entities present changes in the fair value of financial liabilities measured under the fair value option that are attributable to instrument-specific credit risk. We are currently assessing the impact of ASU 2016-01 and do not anticipate a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. ASU 2016-01 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted for certain aspects of ASU 2016-01 relating to the recognition of changes in fair value of financial liabilities when the fair value option is elected.

In February 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2015-02, Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis ” (“ASU 2015-02”), which amends or supersedes the scope and consolidation guidance under existing

 

F-28


Table of Contents

GAAP. The adoption of ASU 2015-02 did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. ASU 2015-02 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and interim periods within those years, and we adopted ASU 2015-02 effective April 1, 2016. In October 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-17, Interests Held through Related Parties That Are under Common Control ” (“ASU 2016-17”), which amends the consolidation guidance in ASU 2015-02 regarding the treatment of indirect interests held through related parties that are under common control. ASU 2016-17 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those years, and we adopted ASU 2015-02 effective October 1, 2017. The adoption of ASU 2016-17 did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ” (“ASU 2014-09”), which was amended in March 2016 by FASB Accounting Standards Update 2016-08, “Principal versus Agent Considerations” (“ASU 2016-08”), in April 2016 by FASB Accounting Standards Update 2016-10, “Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing” (“ASU 2016-10”), in May 2016 by FASB Accounting Standards Update 2016-12, “Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients” (“ASU 2016-12”), and in December 2016 by FASB Accounting Standards Update 2016-20, “Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606” (“ASU 2016-20”). ASU 2014-09, as amended, supersedes or replaces nearly all GAAP revenue recognition guidance. The new guidance establishes a new control-based revenue recognition model, changes the basis for deciding when revenue is recognized over time or at a point in time and will expand disclosures about revenue. In July 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2015-14, Deferral of the Effective Date, ” which deferred the effective date of ASU 2014-09. ASU 2014-09, as amended by ASU 2015-14, ASU 2016-08, ASU 2016-10, ASU 2016-12, and ASU 2016-20, is now effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those years, with early adoption permitted for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those years. We continue to assess the impact of ASU 2014-09, as amended, and expect to identify similar performance obligations as compared to existing guidance. As a result, we do not anticipate a material change in the timing of revenue recognition or a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows from adopting this standard.

NOTE 3. INVESTMENTS

In accordance with ASC 820, the fair value of each investment is determined to be the price that would be received for an investment in a current sale, which assumes an orderly transaction between willing market participants on the measurement date. This fair value definition focuses on exit price in the principal, or most advantageous, market and prioritizes, within a measurement of fair value, the use of market-based inputs over entity-specific inputs. ASC 820 also establishes the following three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of a financial instrument as of the measurement date.

 

   

Level  1 —inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical financial instruments in active markets;

 

   

Level  2 —inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar financial instruments in active or inactive markets, and inputs that are observable for the financial instrument, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. Level 2 inputs are in those markets for which there are few transactions, the prices are not current, little public information exists or instances where prices vary substantially over time or among brokered market makers; and

 

   

Level  3 —inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs are those inputs that reflect assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the financial instrument and can include the Valuation Team’s assumptions based upon the best available information.

When a determination is made to classify our investments within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy, such determination is based upon the significance of the unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

However, Level 3 financial instruments typically include, in addition to the unobservable, or Level 3, inputs, observable inputs (or, components that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources). The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Investments in funds measured using net asset value as a practical expedient are not categorized within the fair value hierarchy.

As of September 30, 2018, all of our investments were valued using Level 3 inputs within the ASC 820 fair value hierarchy, except for our investment in Funko, which was valued using Level 2 inputs and our investments in FedCap and Leeds, which were valued using net asset value as a practical expedient. As of September 30, 2017, all of our investments were valued using Level 3 inputs within the ASC 820 fair value hierarchy, except for our investments in FedCap and Leeds, which were valued using net asset value as a practical expedient.

We transfer investments in and out of Level 1, 2, and 3 of the valuation hierarchy as of the beginning balance sheet date, based on changes in the use of observable and unobservable inputs utilized to perform the valuation for the period. During the year ended September 30, 2018, we transferred our investment in Funko from Level 3 to Level 2 as a result of the initial public offering of Funko, Inc. in November 2017 due to convertibility of our investment into shares of Funko, Inc. During the year ended September 30, 2017, there were no investments transferred into or out of Levels 1, 2 or 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

As of September 30, 2018 and 2017, our investments, by security type, at fair value were categorized as follows within the ASC 820 fair value hierarchy:

 

           Fair Value Measurements  
     Fair Value     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

As of September 30, 2018:

         

Secured first lien debt

   $ 199,625     $      $     $ 199,625  

Secured second lien debt

     156,373                    156,373  

Unsecured debt

     3,655                    3,655  

Preferred equity

     7,749                    7,749  

Common equity/equivalents

     19,333 (B)               672 (A)        18,661  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Investments at September 30, 2018

   $ 386,735     $      $ 672     $ 386,063  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

           Fair Value Measurements  
     Fair Value     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

As of September 30, 2017:

          

Secured first lien debt

   $ 173,896     $      $      $ 173,896  

Secured second lien debt

     155,249                     155,249  

Unsecured debt

     3,324                     3,324  

Preferred equity

     6,561                     6,561  

Common equity/equivalents

     10,947 (B)                      10,947  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments at September 30, 2017

   $ 349,977     $      $      $ 349,977  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (A)

Fair value was determined based on the closing market price of shares of Funko, Inc. (our units in Funko can be converted into shares of Funko, Inc.) at the reporting date less a discount for lack of marketability, as our investment was subject to certain restrictions.

 

F-30


Table of Contents
  (B)

Excludes our investments in FedCap and Leeds with fair values of $0.6 million and $2.7 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2018 and fair values of $0.8 million and $1.6 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2017. FedCap and Leeds were valued using net asset value as a practical expedient.

The following table presents our portfolio investments, valued using Level 3 inputs within the ASC 820 fair value hierarchy, and carried at fair value as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, by caption on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities, and by security type:

 

     Total Recurring Fair Value Measurements Reported in
Consolidated   Statements  of  Assets  and  Liabilities   Using
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
     September 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  

Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments

    

Secured first lien debt

   $ 178,448     $ 147,447  

Secured second lien debt

     126,956       129,890  

Unsecured debt

     3,603       3,324  

Preferred equity

     4,486       5,735  

Common equity/equivalents

     8,091 (A)         2,068 (B)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments

   $ 321,584     $ 288,464  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Affiliate Investments

    

Secured first lien debt

   $ 16,827     $ 18,821  

Secured second lien debt

     21,352       17,294  

Unsecured debt

     52       —    

Preferred equity

     3,263       826  

Common equity/equivalents

     7,362       5,707  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Affiliate Investments

   $ 48,856     $ 42,648  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Control Investments

    

Secured first lien debt

   $ 4,350     $ 7,628  

Secured second lien debt

     8,065       8,065  

Common equity/equivalents

     3,208       3,172  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Control Investments

   $ 15,623     $ 18,865  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Investments at Fair Value Using Level 3 Inputs

   $ 386,063     $ 349,977  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A)

Excludes our investments in FedCap, Leeds, and Funko with fair values of $0.6 million, $2.7 million, and $0.7 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2018. FedCap and Leeds were valued using net asset value as a practical expedient and Funko was valued using Level 2 inputs.

(B)

Excludes our investments in FedCap and Leeds with fair values of $0.8 million and $1.6 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2017, which were valued using net asset value as a practical expedient.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

In accordance with ASC 820, the following table provides quantitative information about our Level 3 fair value measurements of our investments as of September 30, 2018 and 2017. The table below is not intended to be all-inclusive, but rather provides information on the significant Level 3 inputs as they relate to our fair value measurements. The weighted average calculations in the table below are based on the principal balances for all debt related calculations and on the cost basis for all equity related calculations for the particular input.

 

    Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements  
    September 30,
2018
    September 30,
2017
    Valuation
Techniques/
Methodologies
    Unobservable
Input
    Range / Weighted Average as of  
    September 30,
2018
    September 30,
2017
 

Secured first lien debt (A)

  $ 193,125     $ 136,272       Yield Analysis       Discount Rate      

6.9% –24.3% /

12.7%

 

 

   
8.0% –25.0% /
12.5%
 
 
    6,500       37,624       TEV       EBITDA multiple      

3.3x – 3.3x

/3.3x

 

 

   

3.2x – 10.1x /

8.2x

 

 

          EBITDA      

$1,507 –$1,507

/ $1,507

 

 

   

$1,378 – $9,420 /

$6,676

 

 

          Revenue multiple      

0.3x – 0.5x

/ 0.4x

 

 

   

0.3x – 0.4x /

0.3x

 

 

          Revenue      

$4,909 –$7,400

/$5,933

 

 

   

$6,934 –$12,094 /

$11,733

 

 

Secured second lien debt (B)

    119,988       122,165       Yield Analysis       Discount Rate      

10.7% – 23.2%

/12.6%

 

 

   

10.8% – 23.3% /

14.0%

 

 

    20,622       22,607       Market Quote       IBP      

88.0% – 102.0%

/ 97.6%

 

 

   

84.5% – 101.5% /

97.2%

 

 

    15,763       10,477       TEV       EBITDA multiple      

5.5x – 6.6x

/5.8x

 

 

    4.8x – 6.6x /5.4x  
          EBITDA      

$2,500 – $55,375

/ $13,341

 

 

   
$3,000 – $73,650
/ $26,424
 
 

Unsecured debt

    3,655       3,324       Yield Analysis       Discount Rate      

10.2% – 20.3% /

10.4%

 

 

   

10.0% – 10.0% /

10.0%

 

 

Preferred and common equity / equivalents (C)(D)

    26,410       17,370       TEV       EBITDA multiple      

3.3x – 11.9x /

6.6x

 

 

   

3.2x – 10.1x /

6.1x

 

 

          EBITDA      

$459 -$39,352

/$14,216

 

 

   

$890 -$84,828/

$12,835

 

 

          Revenue multiple      

0.3x – 1.5x /

0.7x

 

 

    0.3x – 6.5 x /0.7x  
          Revenue      

$473 -$543,360

/$313,688

 

 

   

$2,317 - $503,620/

$128,819

 

 

    —         138       Market Quotes       IBP       —        

27.9% – 27.9% /

27.9%

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

         

Total Level 3 Investments, at Fair Value

  $ 386,063     $ 349,977          
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

(A)

Fair value as of September 30, 2018 includes one proprietary debt investment totaling $2.0 million which was valued at the expected payoff as the unobservable input. Fair value as of September 30, 2017 includes one new proprietary debt investment totaling $12.0 million, which was valued at cost, using the transaction price as the unobservable input, and one proprietary debt investment totaling $7.8 million, which was valued at the expected payoff amount as the unobservable input.

(B)

Fair value as of September 30, 2017 includes one proprietary debt investment totaling $3.5 million which was valued at the expected payoff as the unobservable input.

(C)

Fair value as of September 30, 2017 includes two new proprietary investments totaling $1.0 million, which were valued at cost, using transaction price as the unobservable input, and one proprietary investment totaling $1.4 million, which was valued at the expected payoff amount as the unobservable input.

(D)

Fair value as of September 30, 2018 excludes our investments in FedCap, Leeds and Funko with fair values of $0.6 million, $2.7 million, and $0.7 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2018. FedCap and Leeds were valued using net asset value as a practical expedient and Funko was valued using Level 2 inputs as of September 30, 2018. Fair value as of September 30, 2017 excludes our investments in FedCap and Leeds with fair values of $0.8 million and $1.6 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2017, which were valued using net asset value as a practical expedient.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Fair value measurements can be sensitive to changes in one or more of the valuation inputs. Changes in discount rates, EBITDA or EBITDA multiples (or revenue or revenue multiples), each in isolation, may change the fair value of certain of our investments. Generally, an increase/(decrease) in market yields, discount rates, or an increase/(decrease) in EBITDA or EBITDA multiples (or revenue or revenue multiples) may result in a corresponding increase/(decrease), respectively, in the fair value of certain of our investments.

Changes in Level 3 Fair Value Measurements of Investments

The following tables provide the changes in fair value, broken out by security type, during the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017 for all investments for which the Adviser determines fair value using unobservable (Level 3) factors.

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  

Year Ended September 30, 2018

   Secured
First Lien
Debt
    Secured
Second
Lien Debt
    Unsecured
Debt
    Preferred
Equity
    Common
Equity/
Equivalents
    Total  

Fair Value as of September 30, 2017

   $ 173,896     $ 155,249     $ 3,324     $ 6,561     $ 10,947     $ 349,977  

Total gains (losses):

 

Net realized (loss) gain (A)

     (22,646     38       —         (4,684     474       (26,818

Net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation (B)

     (5,534     (8,320     (52     2,503       5,564       (5,839

Reversal of prior period net depreciation (appreciation) on realization (B)

     21,645       (545     —         4,550       740       26,390  

New investments, repayments and settlements: (C)

            

Issuances/originations

     65,866       41,480       383       268       2,153       110,150  

Settlements/repayments

     (23,438     (41,654     —         —         —         (65,092

Sales

     (1     (38     —         (1,290     (1,217     (2,546

Transfers

     (10,163     10,163       —         (159     —         (159
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair Value as of September 30, 2018

   $ 199,625     $ 156,373     $ 3,655     $ 7,749     $ 18,661     $ 386,063  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents
     Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  

Year Ended September 30, 2017

   Secured
First Lien
Debt
    Secured
Second
Lien Debt
    Unsecured
Debt
    Preferred
Equity
    Common
Equity/
Equivalents
    Total  

Fair Value as of September 30, 2016

   $ 198,721     $ 100,320     $ 3,012     $ 10,262     $ 7,755     $ 320,070  

Total gains (losses):

 

Net realized (loss) gain (A)

     (4,913     (217     —         1,503       152       (3,475

Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) (B)

     958       548       (51     1,558       (3,793     (780

Reversal of prior period net depreciation (appreciation) on realization (B)

     2,099       280       —         (1,059     370       1,690  

New investments, repayments and settlements: (C)

            

Issuances/originations

     45,501       67,115       323       2,145       1,100       116,184  

Settlements/repayments

     (61,778     (13,734     40       —         —         (75,472

Sales

     (86     217       —         (7,848     (523     (8,240

Transfers

     (6,606     720       —         —         5,886       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair Value as of September 30, 2017

   $ 173,896     $ 155,249     $ 3,324     $ 6,561     $ 10,947     $ 349,977  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A)

Included in net realized (loss) gain on investments on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017.

(B)  

Included in net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017.

(C)

Includes increases in the cost basis of investments resulting from new portfolio investments, accretion of discounts, PIK, and other non-cash disbursements to portfolio companies, as well as decreases in the cost basis of investments resulting from principal repayments or sales, the amortization of premiums and acquisition costs and other cost-basis adjustments.

Investment Activity

Proprietary Investments

As of September 30, 2018 and 2017, we held 39 and 35 proprietary investments with an aggregate fair value of $357.6 million and $318.6 million, or 91.7% and 90.4% of the total portfolio at fair value, respectively. The following significant proprietary investment transactions occurred during the year ended September 30, 2018:

 

   

In October 2017, we sold our investment in Flight Fit N Fun LLC for a realized gain of $0.6 million. In connection with the sale, we received net cash proceeds of approximately $9.4 million, including the repayment of our debt investment of $7.8 million at par.

 

   

In October 2017, we invested $11.0 million in Applied Voice & Speech Technologies, Inc. through secured first lien debt.

 

   

In November 2017, we invested $7.5 million in Arc Drilling Holdings LLC through a combination of secured first lien debt and equity.

 

   

In November 2017, we invested $7.5 million in Gray Matter Systems, LLC through secured second lien debt. In March 2018, we invested an additional $3.6 million in Gray Matter Systems, LLC, through secured second lien debt.

 

   

In December 2017, we invested $20.0 million in Impact! Chemical Technologies, Inc. through secured first lien debt.

 

F-34


Table of Contents
   

In January 2018, we invested $8.1 million in XMedius Solutions Inc. through secured first lien debt.

 

   

In February 2018, we invested an additional $4.0 million in an existing portfolio company, Lignetics, Inc., through secured first lien debt.

 

   

In March, July and September 2018, an existing portfolio company, EL Academies, Inc., drew $1.4 million, $4.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively, on the unused portion of its secured first lien delayed draw term loan.

 

   

In May 2018, our investment in TapRoot Partners, Inc. paid off, which resulted in prepayment fees of $0.5 million and success fee income of $0.4 million. In connection with the pay off, we received net cash proceeds of $22.9 million, including the repayment of our debt investment of $22.0 million at par.

 

   

In May 2018, we invested an additional $10.0 million in an existing portfolio company, Merlin International, Inc., through secured second lien debt.

 

   

In June 2018, we invested an additional $7.0 million in an existing portfolio company, IA Tech, LLC, through secured first lien debt.

 

   

In July 2018, the holding company for Impact! Chemical Technologies, Inc. (“Impact”) merged with and into the holding company for WadeCo Specialties, Inc. (“WadeCo”) to form Chemical & Injection Holdings Company, LLC (“Chemical & Injection Holdings”). Our preferred equity ownership related to WadeCo with a cost basis of $0.6 million, was converted into preferred equity ownership in the newly formed Chemical & Injection Holdings with the same cost basis. Our existing debt investments in Impact and WadeCo remained unchanged in conjunction with the merger.

 

   

In September 2018, we restructured our $30.0 million investment in Sunshine Media Holdings (“Sunshine”) resulting in a $28.2 million realized loss and a new $2.0 million investment in TNCP Intermediate HoldCo, LLC.

Syndicated Investments

As of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, we held 11 and 12 syndicated investments with an aggregate fair value of $32.4 million and $33.8 million, or 8.3% and 9.6% of the total portfolio at fair value, respectively. The following significant syndicated investment transactions occurred during the year ended September 30, 2018:

 

   

In October 2017, our investment in PSC Industrial Holdings, LLC paid off at par for net cash proceeds of $3.5 million.

 

   

In November 2017, our investment in DataPipe, Inc. paid off at par for net cash proceeds of $2.0 million.

 

   

In November 2017, we invested $5.0 million in DigiCert Holdings, Inc. through secured second lien debt. In March 2018, we sold $2.0 million of this investment for net cash proceeds of $2.0 million.

 

   

In November 2017, we invested $4.0 million in Red Ventures, LLC through secured second lien debt.

 

   

In November 2017, we invested $1.0 million in ABG Intermediate Holdings 2, LLC through secured second lien debt. In January 2018, we sold this investment for net cash proceeds of $1.0 million.

 

   

In March 2018, we sold our $1.0 million investment in Neustar, Inc. for net cash proceeds of $1.0 million.

 

   

In April 2018, we invested $3.0 million in CHA Holdings, Inc. through secured second lien debt.

 

   

In July 2018, our investment in NetSmart Technologies, Inc. paid off for net cash proceeds of $3.7 million.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Investment Concentrations

As of September 30, 2018, our investment portfolio consisted of investments in 50 portfolio companies located in 24 states in 18 different industries, with an aggregate fair value of $390.0 million. The five largest investments at fair value totaled $122.8 million, or 31.5% of our total investment portfolio, as compared to the five largest investments at fair value as of September 30, 2017 totaling $110.9 million, or 31.5% of our total investment portfolio. As September 30, 2018 and 2017 our average investment by obligor was $8.5 million and $8.8 million at cost, respectively.

The following table outlines our investments by security type at September 30, 2018 and 2017:

 

     September 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  
     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value  

Secured first lien debt

   $ 206,523        48.3   $ 199,625        51.2   $ 198,942        48.4   $ 173,896        49.4

Secured second lien debt

     180,274        42.2       156,373        40.1       168,247        40.9       155,249        44.1  

Unsecured debt

     3,708        0.9       3,655        0.9       3,324        0.8       3,324        0.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt investments

     390,505        91.4       359,653        92.2       370,513        90.1       332,469        94.4  

Preferred equity

     12,920        3.0       7,749        2.0       18,794        4.5       6,561        1.9  

Common equity/equivalents

     24,042        5.6       22,644        5.8       22,128        5.4       13,343        3.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity investments

     36,962        8.6       30,393        7.8       40,922        9.9       19,904        5.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 427,467        100.0   $ 390,046        100.0   $ 411,435        100.0   $ 352,373        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our investments at fair value consisted of the following industry classifications at September 30, 2018 and 2017:

 

     September 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  

Industry Classification

   Fair Value      Percentage of
Total
Investments
    Fair Value      Percentage
of Total
Investments
 

Diversified/Conglomerate Service

   $ 79,066        20.3   $ 80,723        22.9

Healthcare, education and childcare

     53,916        13.8       46,288        13.1  

Oil and gas

     50,172        12.9       34,712        9.9  

Telecommunications

     47,794        12.3       31,350        8.9  

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing

     43,421        11.1       40,843        11.6  

Diversified natural resources, precious metals and minerals

     23,040        5.9       18,949        5.4  

Automobile

     18,209        4.7       20,082        5.7  

Cargo Transportation

     15,164        3.9       13,081        3.7  

Beverage, food and tobacco

     13,727        3.5       14,103        4.0  

Machinery

     11,058        2.8       5,114        1.4  

Home and Office Furnishings, Housewares and Durable Consumer Products

     10,125        2.6       10,100        2.9  

Textiles and leather

     6,556        1.7       4,879        1.4  

Hotels, Motels, Inns, and Gaming

     6,337        1.6       7,136        2.0  

Personal and non-durable consumer products

     4,892        1.3       7,035        2.0  

Buildings and real estate

     2,455        0.6       3,004        0.9  

Printing and publishing

     1,998        0.5       3,628        1.0  

Leisure, Amusement, Motion Pictures, Entertainment

     —          —         9,225        2.6  

Other, < 2.0%

     2,116        0.5       2,121        0.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 390,046        100.0   $ 352,373        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Our investments at fair value were included in the following U.S. geographic regions and other countries at September 30, 2018 and 2017:

 

     September 30, 2018     September 30, 2017  

Location

   Fair Value      Percentage of
Total
Investments
    Fair Value      Percentage of
Total
Investments
 

South

   $ 168,917        43.3   $ 150,727        42.8

West

     114,286        29.3       116,302        33.0  

Midwest

     61,733        15.8       58,915        16.7  

Northeast

     37,589        9.7       26,429        7.5  

Canada

     7,521        1.9       —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investments

   $ 390,046        100.0   $ 352,373        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The geographic composition indicates the location of the headquarters for our portfolio companies. A portfolio company may have a number of other business locations in other geographic locations.

Investment Principal Repayment

The following table summarizes the contractual principal repayment and maturity of our investment portfolio by fiscal year, assuming no voluntary prepayments, at September 30, 2018.

 

Year Ending September 30,

   Amount  

2019

   $ 39,272  

2020

     81,633  

2021

     68,819  

2022

     46,687  

2023

     115,796  

Thereafter

     38,975  
  

 

 

 

Total contractual repayments

   $ 391,182  

Equity investments

     36,961  

Adjustments to cost basis on debt investments

     (676
  

 

 

 

Investment Portfolio as of September 30, 2018, at Cost:

   $ 427,467  
  

 

 

 

Receivables from Portfolio Companies

Receivables from portfolio companies represent non-recurring costs incurred on behalf of such portfolio companies and are included in other assets on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities . We generally maintain an allowance for uncollectible receivables from portfolio companies when the receivable balance becomes 90 days or more past due or if it is determined, based upon management’s judgment, that the portfolio company is unable to pay its obligations. We write-off accounts receivable when we have exhausted collection efforts and have deemed the receivables uncollectible. As of September 30, 2018 and 2017, we had gross receivables from portfolio companies of $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively. The allowance for uncollectible receivables was $32 and $44 at September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

NOTE 4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with the Adviser

We have been externally managed by the Adviser pursuant to the Advisory Agreement since October 1, 2004 pursuant to which we pay the Adviser a base management fee and an incentive fee for its services. The Advisory Agreement originally included administrative services; however, it was amended and restated on October 1,

 

F-37


Table of Contents

2006. Simultaneously, we entered into the Administration Agreement with the Administrator (discussed further below) to provide those services. With the unanimous approval of our Board of Directors, the Advisory Agreement was later amended in October 2015 to reduce the base management fee payable thereunder from 2.0% per annum to 1.75% per annum, effective July 1, 2015, with all other terms remaining unchanged. On July 10, 2018, our Board of Directors, including a majority of the directors who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons of such party, unanimously approved the annual renewal of the Advisory Agreement through August 31, 2019.

We also pay the Adviser a loan servicing fee for its role of servicer pursuant to our Credit Facility. The entire loan servicing fee paid to the Adviser by Business Loan is non-contractually, unconditionally and irrevocably credited against the base management fee otherwise payable to the Adviser, since Business Loan is a consolidated subsidiary of ours, and overall, the base management fee (including any loan servicing fee) cannot exceed 1.75% of total assets (as reduced by cash and cash equivalents pledged to creditors) during any given fiscal year pursuant to the Advisory Agreement.

Two of our executive officers, David Gladstone (our chairman and chief executive officer) and Terry Lee Brubaker (our vice chairman and chief operating officer), serve as directors and executive officers of the Adviser, which is 100% indirectly owned and controlled by Mr. Gladstone. Robert Marcotte (our president) also serves as an executive managing director of the Adviser.

The following table summarizes the base management fee, incentive fee, and loan servicing fee and associated non-contractual, unconditional and irrevocable credits reflected in our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations :

 

     Year Ended September 30,  
     2018     2017     2016  

Average total assets subject to base management fee (A)

   $ 401,886     $ 330,343     $ 324,800  

Multiplied by annual base management fee of 1.75%

     1.75     1.75     1.75
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Base management fee (B)

     7,033       5,781       5,684  

Portfolio company fee credit

     (1,020     (1,588     (785

Syndicated loan fee credit

     (364     (221     (92
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Base Management Fee

   $ 5,649     $ 3,972     $ 4,807  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan servicing fee (B)

   $ 5,042     $ 4,146     $ 3,890  

Credit to base management fee—loan servicing fee (B)

     (5,042     (4,146     (3,890
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loan Servicing Fee

   $ —       $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Incentive fee (B)

   $ 5,348     $ 4,779     $ 4,514  

Incentive fee credit

     (1,697     (2,317     (1,429
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Incentive Fee

   $ 3,651     $ 2,462     $ 3,085  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Portfolio company fee credit

   $ (1,020   $ (1,588   $ (785

Syndicated loan fee credit

     (364     (221     (92

Incentive fee credit

     (1,697     (2,317     (1,429
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit to Fees from Adviser—Other (B)

   $ (3,081   $ (4,126   $ (2,306
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A)

Average total assets subject to the base management fee is defined as total assets, including investments made with proceeds of borrowings, less any uninvested cash or cash equivalents resulting from borrowings, valued at the end of the applicable quarters within the respective periods and adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the periods.

(B)

Reflected, on a gross basis, as a line item, on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations .

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Base Management Fee

The base management fee is payable quarterly to the Adviser pursuant to our Advisory Agreement and is assessed at an annual rate of 1.75%, computed on the basis of the value of our average total assets at the end of the two most recently-completed quarters (inclusive of the current quarter), which are total assets, including investments made with proceeds of borrowings, less any uninvested cash or cash equivalents resulting from borrowings and adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the period.

Additionally, pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Adviser makes available significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. The Adviser may also provide other services to our portfolio companies under certain agreements and may receive fees for services other than managerial assistance. Such services may include, but are not limited to: (i) assistance obtaining, sourcing or structuring credit facilities, long term loans or additional equity from unaffiliated third parties; (ii) negotiating important contractual financial relationships; (iii) consulting services regarding restructuring of the portfolio company and financial modeling as it relates to raising additional debt and equity capital from unaffiliated third parties; and (iv) primary role in interviewing, vetting and negotiating employment contracts with candidates in connection with adding and retaining key portfolio company management team members. The Adviser non-contractually, unconditionally, and irrevocably credits 100% of these fees against the base management fee that we would otherwise be required to pay to the Adviser; however, pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, a small percentage of certain of such fees, totaling $0.1 million for each of the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016, was retained by the Adviser in the form of reimbursement, at cost, for tasks completed by personnel of the Adviser primarily for the valuation of portfolio companies.

Our Board of Directors accepted a non-contractual, unconditional and irrevocable credit from the Adviser to reduce the annual base management fee on syndicated loan participations to 0.5%, to the extent that proceeds resulting from borrowings were used to purchase such syndicated loan participations, for each of the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017.

Incentive Fee

The incentive fee consists of two parts: an income-based incentive fee and a capital gains incentive fee. The income-based incentive fee rewards the Adviser if our quarterly net investment income (before giving effect to any incentive fee) exceeds 1.75% of our net assets, which we define as total assets less indebtedness and before taking into account any incentive fees payable or contractually due but not payable during the period, at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the period (the “hurdle rate”). The income-based incentive fee with respect to our pre-incentive fee net investment income is generally payable quarterly to the Adviser and is computed as follows:

 

   

no incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which our pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the hurdle rate (7.0% annualized);

 

   

100.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.1875% of our net assets, adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the period, in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized); and

 

   

20.0% of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds 2.1875% of our net assets, adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases during the period, in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized).

The second part of the incentive fee is a capital gains-based incentive fee that will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each fiscal year (or upon termination of the Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date) and equals 20.0% of our “net realized capital gains” (as defined herein) as of the end of the fiscal year. In determining the capital gains-based incentive fee payable to the Adviser, we calculate “net realized capital gains”

 

F-39


Table of Contents

at the end of each applicable year by subtracting the sum of our cumulative aggregate realized capital losses and our entire portfolio’s aggregate unrealized capital depreciation from our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains. For this purpose, cumulative aggregate realized capital gains, if any, equals the sum of the differences between the net sales price of each investment, when sold, and the original cost of such investment since inception. Cumulative aggregate realized capital losses equals the sum of the amounts by which the net sales price of each investment, when sold, is less than the original cost of such investment since inception. The entire portfolio’s aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, if any, equals the sum of the difference, between the valuation of each investment as of the applicable calculation date and the original cost of such investment. At the end of the applicable fiscal year, the amount of capital gains that serves as the basis for our calculation of the capital gains-based incentive fee equals the cumulative aggregate realized capital gains less cumulative aggregate realized capital losses, less the entire portfolio’s aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, if any. If this number is positive at the end of such fiscal year, then the capital gains-based incentive fee for such year equals 20.0% of such amount, less the aggregate amount of any capital gains-based incentive fees paid in respect of our portfolio in all prior years. No capital gains-based incentive fee has been recorded or paid since our inception through September 30, 2018, as cumulative unrealized capital depreciation has exceeded cumulative realized capital gains net of cumulative realized capital losses.

In accordance with GAAP, a capital gains-based incentive fee accrual is calculated using the aggregate cumulative realized capital gains and losses and aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation included in the calculation of the capital gains-based incentive fee. If such amount is positive at the end of a period, then GAAP requires us to record a capital gains-based incentive fee equal to 20.0% of such amount, less the aggregate amount of actual capital gains-based incentive fees paid in all prior years. If such amount is negative, then there is no accrual for such period. GAAP requires that the capital gains-based incentive fee accrual consider the cumulative aggregate unrealized capital appreciation in the calculation, as a capital gains-based incentive fee would be payable if such unrealized capital appreciation were realized. There can be no assurance that such unrealized capital appreciation will be realized in the future. No GAAP accrual for a capital gains-based incentive fee has been recorded from our inception through September 30, 2018.

Our Board of Directors accepted non-contractual, unconditional and irrevocable credits from the Adviser to reduce the income-based incentive fee to the extent net investment income did not 100.0% cover distributions to common stockholders for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016.

Loan Servicing Fee

The Adviser also services the loans held by Business Loan (the borrower under the Credit Facility), in return for which the Adviser receives a 1.5% annual fee payable monthly based on the aggregate outstanding balance of loans pledged under our Credit Facility. As discussed in the notes to the table above, we treat payment of the loan servicing fee pursuant to our line of credit as a pre-payment of the base management fee under the Advisory Agreement. Accordingly, these loan servicing fees are 100% non-contractually, unconditionally and irrevocably credited back to us by the Adviser.

Transactions with the Administrator

We pay the Administrator pursuant to the Administration Agreement for the portion of expenses the Administrator incurs while performing services for us. The Administrator’s expenses are primarily rent and the salaries, benefits and expenses of the Administrator’s employees, including, but not limited to, our chief financial officer and treasurer, chief compliance officer, chief valuation officer, and general counsel and secretary (who also serves as the Administrator’s president, general counsel and secretary) and their respective staffs. Two of our executive officers, David Gladstone (our chairman and chief executive officer) and Terry Lee Brubaker (our vice chairman and chief operating officer) serve as members of the board of managers and executive officers of the Administrator, which is 100% indirectly owned and controlled by Mr. Gladstone.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Our portion of the Administrator’s expenses are generally derived by multiplying the Administrator’s total expenses by the approximate percentage of time during the current quarter the Administrator’s employees performed services for us in relation to their time spent performing services for all companies serviced by the Administrator. These administrative fees are accrued at the end of the quarter when the services are performed and recorded on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and generally paid the following quarter to the Administrator. On July 10, 2018, our Board of Directors, including a majority of the directors who are not parties to the Administration Agreement or interested persons of such party, approved the annual renewal of the Administration Agreement through August 31, 2019.

Other Transactions

Gladstone Securities, a privately-held broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and insured by the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, which is 100% indirectly owned and controlled by Mr. Gladstone, our chairman and chief executive officer, has provided other services, such as investment banking and due diligence services, to certain of our portfolio companies, for which Gladstone Securities receives a fee. Any such fees paid by portfolio companies to Gladstone Securities do not impact the fees we pay to the Adviser or the non-contractual, unconditional and irrevocable credits against the base management fee or incentive fee. Gladstone Securities received fees from portfolio companies totaling $0.8 million, $1.0 million, and $0.5 million during the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

Related Party Fees Due

Amounts due to related parties on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities were as follows:

 

     September 30, 2018      September 30, 2017  

Base management fee due to Adviser

   $ 378      $ 45  

Loan servicing fee due to Adviser

     281        242  

Incentive fee due to Adviser

     425        1,005  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fees due to Adviser

     1,084        1,292  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fee due to Administrator

     317        244  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Related Party Fees Due

   $ 1,401      $ 1,536  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition to the above fees, other operating expenses due to the Adviser as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, totaled $19 and $12, respectively. In addition, net expenses payable to Gladstone Investment Corporation (for reimbursement purposes), which includes certain co-investment expenses, totaled $0 and $55 as of September 30, 2018 and September 30, 2017, respectively. These amounts are generally settled in the quarter subsequent to being incurred and have been included in other liabilities on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of September 30, 2018 and 2017.

NOTE 5. BORROWINGS

Revolving Credit Facility

On March 9, 2018, we, through Business Loan, entered into Amendment No. 4 to our Credit Facility with KeyBank, which increased the commitment amount from $170.0 million to $190.0 million, extended the revolving period end date by approximately two years to January 15, 2021, decreased the marginal interest rate added to 30-day LIBOR from 3.25% to 2.85% per annum, and changed the unused commitment fee from 0.50% of the total unused commitment amount to 0.50% when the average unused commitment amount for the reporting period is less than or equal to 50%, 0.75% when the average unused commitment amount for the

 

F-41


Table of Contents

reporting period is greater than 50% but less than or equal to 65%, and 1.00% when the average unused commitment amount for the reporting period is greater than 65%. If our Credit Facility is not renewed or extended by January 15, 2021, all principal and interest will be due and payable on or before April 15, 2022 (fifteen months after the revolving period end date). Subject to certain terms and conditions, our Credit Facility may be expanded up to a total of $265.0 million through additional commitments of new or existing lenders. We incurred fees of approximately $1.2 million in connection with this amendment, which are being amortized through our Credit Facility’s revolving period end date of January 15, 2021.

The following tables summarize noteworthy information related to our Credit Facility (at cost):

 

     As of September 30,  
     2018      2017  

Commitment amount

   $ 190,000      $ 170,000  

Borrowings outstanding, at cost

     110,000        93,000  

Availability (A)

     68,116        58,576  

 

     Year Ended September 30,  
     2018     2017     2016  

Weighted average borrowings outstanding, at cost

   $ 114,716     $ 58,384     $ 64,055  

Weighted average interest rate (B)

     5.1     5.3     4.5

Commitment (unused) fees incurred

   $ 338     $ 564     $ 539  

 

(A)  

Available borrowings are subject to various constraints imposed under our Credit Facility, based on the aggregate loan balance pledged by Business Loan, which varies as loans are added and repaid, regardless of whether such repayments are prepayments or made as contractually required.

(B)

Includes unused commitment fees and excludes the impact of deferred financing fees.

Our Credit Facility also requires that any interest or principal payments on pledged loans be remitted directly by the borrower into a lockbox account with KeyBank. KeyBank is also the trustee of the account and generally remits the collected funds to us once a month. Amounts collected in the lockbox account with KeyBank are presented as Due from administrative agent on the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of September 30, 2018 and 2017.

Our Credit Facility contains covenants that require Business Loan to maintain its status as a separate legal entity, prohibit certain significant corporate transactions (such as mergers, consolidations, liquidations or dissolutions), and restrict material changes to our credit and collection policies without the lenders’ consent. Our Credit Facility also generally limits distributions to our stockholders on a fiscal year basis to the sum of our net investment income, net capital gains and amounts elected to have been paid during the prior year in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code. Business Loan is also subject to certain limitations on the type of loan investments it can apply as collateral towards the borrowing base to receive additional borrowing availability under our Credit Facility, including restrictions on geographic concentrations, sector concentrations, loan size, payment frequency and status, average life and lien property. Our Credit Facility further requires Business Loan to comply with other financial and operational covenants, which obligate Business Loan to, among other things, maintain certain financial ratios, including asset and interest coverage and a minimum number of 25 obligors required in the borrowing base.

Additionally, we are subject to a performance guaranty that requires us to maintain (i) a minimum net worth (defined in our Credit Facility to include our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock) of $205.0 million plus 50.0% of all equity and subordinated debt raised after May 1, 2015 less 50% of any equity and subordinated debt retired or redeemed after May 1, 2015, which equates to $232.8 million as of September 30, 2018, (ii) asset coverage with respect to “senior securities representing indebtedness” of at least 200%, in accordance with Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act, and (iii) our status as a BDC under the 1940 Act and as a RIC under the Code.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2018, and as defined in the performance guaranty of our Credit Facility, we had a net worth of $285.8 million, asset coverage on our “senior securities representing indebtedness” of 359.0%, calculated in compliance with the requirements of Section 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act, and an active status as a BDC and RIC. In addition, we had 32 obligors in our Credit Facility’s borrowing base as of September 30, 2018. As of September 30, 2018, we were in compliance with all of our Credit Facility covenants.

Fair Value

We elected to apply the fair value option of ASC 825, “ Financial Instruments ,” specifically for the Credit Facility, which was consistent with our application of ASC 820 to our investments. Generally, the fair value of our Credit Facility is determined using a yield analysis which includes a DCF calculation and the assumptions that the Valuation Team believes market participants would use, including, but not limited to, the estimated remaining life, counterparty credit risk, current market yield and interest rate spreads of similar securities as of the measurement date. As of September 30, 2018, the discount rate used to determine the fair value of our Credit Facility was 30-day LIBOR, plus 2.85% per annum, plus a 0.50% unused fee. As of September 30, 2017, the discount rate used to determine the fair value of our Credit Facility was 30-day LIBOR, plus 3.15% per annum, plus a 0.50% unused fee. Generally, an increase or decrease in the discount rate used in the DCF calculation may result in a corresponding increase or decrease, respectively, in the fair value of our Credit Facility. As of September 30, 2018 and 2017, our Credit Facility was valued using Level 3 inputs and any changes in its fair value are recorded in net unrealized depreciation (appreciation) of other on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations .

The following tables provide relevant information and disclosures about the Credit Facility as of and for the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, as required by ASC 820:

 

     Total Recurring Fair Value Measurement Reported in
Consolidated Statements of Assets  and Liabilities
Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
As of September 30,
 
                 2018                              2017              

Credit Facility

   $ 110,000      $ 93,115  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Data Inputs (Level 3)    

 

     Year Ended September 30,  
     2018      2017  

Fair value as of September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively

   $ 93,115      $ 71,300  

Borrowings

     118,900        138,700  

Repayments

     (101,900      (117,000

Net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation (A)

     (115      115  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair Value as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively

   $ 110,000      $ 93,115  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A)  

Included in net unrealized appreciation of other on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities for the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017.

The fair value of the collateral under our Credit Facility totaled approximately $332.3 million and $317.4 million as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

NOTE 6. MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

In September 2017, we completed a public offering of approximately 2.1 million shares of 6.00% Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock”), at a public offering

 

F-43


Table of Contents

price of $25.00 per share. Gross proceeds totaled $51.8 million and net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses borne by us, were approximately $49.8 million. We incurred approximately $1.9 million in total underwriting discounts and offering costs related to the issuance of the Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock, which have been recorded as discounts to the liquidation value on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities and are being amortized from issuance through September 30, 2024, the mandatory redemption date. The offering proceeds plus borrowings under our Credit Facility were used to voluntarily redeem all 2.4 million outstanding shares of our then existing 6.75% Series 2021 Term Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Series 2021 Term Preferred Stock”). In connection with the voluntary redemption of our Series 2021 Term Preferred Stock, we incurred a loss on extinguishment of debt of $1.3 million during the three months ended September 30, 2017, which is primarily comprised of the unamortized deferred issuance costs at the time of redemption.

The shares of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock are traded under the ticker symbol “GLADN” on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. Our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock is not convertible into our common stock or any other security and provides for a fixed dividend equal to 6.00% per year, payable monthly (which equates in total to approximately $3.1 million per year). We are required to redeem all of the outstanding Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock on September 30, 2024 for cash at a redemption price equal to $25.00 per share plus an amount equal to all unpaid dividends and distributions per share accumulated to (but excluding) the date of redemption (the “Redemption Price”). We may additionally be required to mandatorily redeem some or all of the shares of our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock early, at the Redemption Price, in the event of the following: (1) upon the occurrence of certain events that would constitute a change in control, or (2) if we fail to maintain an asset coverage of at least 200% on our “senior securities that are stock” (which is currently only our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock) and the failure remains for a period of 30 days following the filing date of our next SEC quarterly or annual report. The asset coverage on our “senior securities that are stock” as of September 30, 2018 was 244.4%, calculated in accordance with Sections 18 and 61 of the 1940 Act.

We may also voluntarily redeem all or a portion of the Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock at our option at the Redemption Price at any time after September 30, 2019. If we fail to redeem our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock pursuant to the mandatory redemption date of September 30, 2024, or in any other circumstance in which we are required to mandatorily redeem our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock, then the fixed dividend rate will increase by 4.0% for so long as such failure continues. As of September 30, 2018, we have not redeemed, nor have we been required to redeem, any shares of our outstanding Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock.

In May 2014, we completed a public offering of approximately 2.4 million shares of Series 2021 Term Preferred Stock, at a public offering price of $25.00 per share. Gross proceeds totaled $61.0 million and net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses borne by us, were approximately $58.5 million, a portion of which was used to voluntarily redeem all 1.5 million outstanding shares of our then existing 7.125% Series 2016 Term Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share and the remainder was used to repay a portion of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facility. We incurred $2.5 million in total offering costs related to the issuance of our Series 2021 Term Preferred Stock, which were recorded as discounts to the liquidation value on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities and were amortized over the redemption period ending June 30, 2021. In September 2017, when we voluntarily redeemed all of our outstanding Series 2021 Term Preferred Stock, the remaining unamortized costs were fully written off as part of the realized loss discussed above.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

We paid the following monthly dividends on our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock for the year ended September 30, 2018:

 

Fiscal Year

   Declaration Date      Record Date      Payment Date      Distribution per
Series 2024 Term
Preferred Share (A)
 

2018

     October 10, 2017        October 20, 2017        October 31, 2017      $ 0.141667  
     October 10, 2017        November 20, 2017        November 30, 2017        0.125  
     October 10, 2017        December 19, 2017        December 29, 2017        0.125  
     January 9, 2018        January 22, 2018        January 31, 2018        0.125  
     January 9, 2018        February 16, 2018        February 28, 2018        0.125  
     January 9, 2018        March 20, 2018        March 30, 2018        0.125  
     April 10, 2018        April 20, 2018        April 30, 2018        0.125  
     April 10, 2018        May 22, 2018        May 31, 2018        0.125  
     April 10, 2018        June 20, 2018        June 29, 2018        0.125  
     July 10, 2018        July 20, 2018        July 31, 2018        0.125  
     July 10, 2018        August 21, 2018        August 31, 2018        0.125  
     July 10, 2018        September 19, 2018        September 28, 2018        0.125  
           

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2018:

            $ 1.516667  
           

 

 

 

 

(A)  

The dividend paid on October 31, 2017 included the pro-rated period from and including the issuance date of September 27, 2017 to and including September 30, 2017, and the full month of October 2017.

We paid the following monthly dividends on our Series 2021 Term Preferred Stock for the year ended September 30, 2017:

 

Fiscal Year

   Declaration Date      Record Date      Payment Date      Distribution per
Series 2021 Term
Preferred Share
 

2017

     October 11, 2016        October 21, 2016        October 31, 2016      $  0.1406250  
     October 11, 2016        November 17, 2016        November 30, 2016        0.1406250  
     October 11, 2016        December 20, 2016        December 30, 2016        0.1406250  
     January 10, 2017        January 20, 2017        January 31, 2017        0.1406250  
     January 10, 2017        February 16, 2017        February 28, 2017        0.1406250  
     January 10, 2017        March 22, 2017        March 31, 2017        0.1406250  
     April 11, 2017        April 21, 2017        April 28, 2017        0.1406250  
     April 11, 2017        May 19, 2017        May 31, 2017        0.1406250  
     April 11, 2017        June 21, 2017        June 30, 2017        0.1406250  
     July 11, 2017        July 21, 2017        July 31, 2017        0.1406250  
     July 11, 2017        August 21, 2017        August 31, 2017        0.1406250  
     July 11, 2017        September 20, 2017        September 29, 2017        0.1406250  
           

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2017:

            $ 1.6875000  
           

 

 

 

The federal income tax characteristics of dividends paid to our preferred stockholders generally constitute ordinary income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits and is reported after the end of the calendar year based on tax information for the full fiscal year. Estimates of tax characterization made on a quarterly basis may not be representative of the actual tax characterization of dividends for the full year. Estimates made on a quarterly basis are updated as of each interim reporting date. The tax characterization of

 

F-45


Table of Contents

dividends paid to our preferred stockholders during the calendar years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was 100% from ordinary income.

In accordance with ASC 480, “ Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity ,” mandatorily redeemable financial instruments should be classified as liabilities in the balance sheet. Our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock is recorded at the liquidation preference, less discounts, on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of September 30, 2018 and 2017. The related dividend payments to our mandatorily redeemable preferred stockholders are treated as dividend expense on our statement of operations as of the ex-dividend date.

The fair value, based on the last quoted closing price, for our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock as of September 30, 2018 and 2017 was $52.7 million and $52.7 million, respectively. We consider our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock to be a Level 1 input within the ASC 820 hierarchy.

NOTE 7. REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND COMMON EQUITY OFFERINGS

We filed Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to our current universal shelf registration statement on Form N-2 (our “Registration Statement”) (File No. 333-208637) with the SEC on December 19, 2017, which was declared effective by the SEC on February 1, 2018. Our Registration Statement permits us to issue, through one or more transactions, up to an aggregate of $300.0 million in securities, consisting of common stock, preferred stock, subscription rights, debt securities and warrants to purchase common stock, preferred stock or debt securities. As of September 30, 2018, we had the ability to issue up to $202.6 million in securities under the Registration Statement.

Common Stock Offerings

In February 2015, we entered into equity distribution agreements (commonly referred to as “at-the-market agreements” or the “Sales Agreements”) with KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., each a “Sales Agent,” under which we had the ability to issue and sell, from time to time, through the Sales Agents, up to an aggregate offering price of $50.0 million shares of our common stock. In May 2017, we terminated the Sales Agreement with KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. and amended the Sales Agreement with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. to reference our current registration statement. All other material terms of the Sales Agreement with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. remained unchanged. During the year ended September 30, 2018, we sold 2,341,296 shares of our common stock under the Sales Agreement with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., at a weighted-average price of $9.39 per share and raised $22.0 million of gross proceeds. Net proceeds, after deducting commissions and offering costs borne by us, were approximately $21.6 million. As of September 30, 2018, we had a remaining capacity to sell up to $20.5 million of common stock under the Sales Agreement with Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. During the year ended September 30, 2017, we sold 642,818 shares at a weighted-average price of $9.88 per share and raised $6.4 million of gross proceeds. Net proceeds, after deducting commissions and offering costs borne by us, were approximately $6.1 million.

Pursuant to our prior Registration Statement, in October 2016, we completed a public offering of 2.0 million shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $7.98 per share, which was below our then-current NAV per share. In November 2016, the underwriters partially exercised their overallotment option to purchase an additional 173,444 shares of our common stock. Gross proceeds totaled $17.3 million and net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering costs borne by us, were approximately $16.4 million.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

NOTE 8. NET INCREASE IN NET ASSETS RESULTING FROM OPERATIONS PER COMMON SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net increase in net assets resulting from operations per weighted average common share for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016:

 

     Year Ended September 30,  
     2018      2017      2016  

Numerator: net increase in net assets resulting from operations

   $ 18,648      $ 17,180      $ 11,367  

Denominator: basic and diluted weighted average common shares

     27,104,077        25,495,117        23,200,642  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations per Weighted Average Common Share

   $ 0.69      $ 0.67      $ 0.49  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 9. DISTRIBUTIONS TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

To qualify to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, we must generally distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our taxable ordinary income plus the excess of our net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses (“Investment Company Taxable Income”). The amount to be paid out as distributions to our stockholders is determined by our Board of Directors quarterly and is based on management’s estimate of Investment Company Taxable Income. Based on that estimate, our Board of Directors declares three monthly distributions to common stockholders each quarter.

The federal income tax characteristics of all distributions will be reported to stockholders on the IRS Form 1099 at the end of each calendar year. For calendar years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, 100% of distributions to common stockholders during these periods were deemed to be paid from ordinary income for 1099 stockholder reporting purposes.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

We paid the following monthly distributions to common stockholders for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017:

 

Fiscal Year

   Declaration Date      Record Date      Payment Date      Distribution per
Common Share
 

2018

     October 10, 2017        October 20, 2017        October 31, 2017      $ 0.07  
     October 10, 2017        November 20, 2017        November 30, 2017        0.07  
     October 10, 2017        December 19, 2017        December 29, 2017        0.07  
     January 9, 2018        January 22, 2018        January 31, 2018        0.07  
     January 9, 2018        February 16, 2018        February 28, 2018        0.07  
     January 9, 2018        March 20, 2018        March 30, 2018        0.07  
     April 10, 2018        April 20, 2018        April 30, 2018        0.07  
     April 10, 2018        May 22, 2018        May 31, 2018        0.07  
     April 10, 2018        June 20, 2018        June 29, 2018        0.07  
     July 10, 2018        July 20, 2018        July 31, 2018        0.07  
     July 10, 2018        August 21, 2018        August 31, 2018        0.07  
     July 10, 2018        September 19, 2018        September 28, 2018        0.07  
           

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2018 Total:

            $ 0.84  
           

 

 

 

2017

     October 11, 2016        October 21, 2016        October 31, 2016      $ 0.07  
     October 11, 2016        November 17, 2016        November 30, 2016        0.07  
     October 11, 2016        December 20, 2016        December 30, 2016        0.07  
     January 10, 2017        January 20, 2017        January 31, 2017        0.07  
     January 10, 2017        February 16, 2017        February 28, 2017        0.07  
     January 10, 2017        March 22, 2017        March 31, 2017        0.07  
     April 11, 2017        April 21, 2017        April 28, 2017        0.07  
     April 11, 2017        May 19, 2017        May 31, 2017        0.07  
     April 11, 2017        June 21, 2017        June 30, 2017        0.07  
     July 11, 2017        July 21, 2017        July 31, 2017        0.07  
     July 11, 2017        August 21, 2017        August 31, 2017        0.07  
     July 11, 2017        September 20, 2017        September 29, 2017        0.07  
           

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2017 Total:

            $ 0.84  
           

 

 

 

Aggregate distributions declared and paid to our common stockholders were approximately $22.8 million and $21.4 million for the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and were declared based on estimates of investment company taxable income for the respective fiscal years. For each of the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016, Investment Company Taxable Income exceeded distributions declared and paid, and, in accordance with Section 855(a) of the Code, we elected to treat $0.3 million, $0.3 million, and $5.5 million, respectively, of the first distributions paid to common stockholders in the respective subsequent fiscal year as having been paid in the respective prior year.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The components of our net assets on a tax basis were as follows:

 

     Year Ended September 30,  
     2018      2017  

Common stock

   $ 29      $ 26  

Capital in excess of par value

     343,076        348,248  

Cumulative net unrealized depreciation of investments

     (37,421      (59,062

Cumulative net unrealized appreciation of other

     —          (115

Undistributed Ordinary Income

     289        339  

Capital loss carryforward

     (37,364      (64,350

Post-October tax loss deferral

     (20,648      —    

Other temporary differences

     (10,869      (5,436
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Assets

   $ 237,092      $ 219,650  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We intend to retain some or all of our realized capital gains first to the extent we have available capital loss carryforwards and second, through treating the retained amount as a “deemed distribution.” As of September 30, 2018, $26.4 million of our capital loss carryforwards expired. We have $0.9 million of capital loss carryforwards that will expire as of September 30, 2019. Additionally, as of September 30, 2018, we had $36.5 million of capital loss carryforwards that do not expire.

For the years ended September 30, 2018 and 2017, we recorded the following adjustments for permanent book-tax differences to reflect tax character. Results of operations, total net assets and cash flows were not affected by these adjustments.

 

     Year Ended September 30,  
         2018              2017      

Undistributed net investment income

   $ (366    $ (4,416

Accumulated net realized losses

     27,131        6,541  

Capital in excess of par value

     (26,765      (2,125

NOTE 10. FEDERAL AND STATE INCOME TAXES

We intend to continue to maintain our qualifications as a RIC for federal income tax purposes. As a RIC, we are not subject to federal income tax on the portion of our taxable income and gains that we distribute to stockholders. To maintain our qualification as a RIC, we must meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. In addition, to qualify to be taxed as a RIC, we must also meet certain annual stockholder distribution requirements. To satisfy the RIC annual distribution requirement, we must distribute to stockholders at least 90.0% of our investment company taxable income. Our policy generally is to make distributions to our stockholders in an amount up to 100.0% of our investment company taxable income. Because we have distributed more than 90.0% of our investment company taxable income, no income tax provisions have been recorded for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016.

In an effort to limit certain federal excise taxes imposed on RICs, we generally distribute during each calendar year, an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98.0% of our ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (3) any ordinary income and capital gains in excess of capital losses for preceding years that were not distributed during such years. No excise tax provisions have been recorded for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016.

Under the RIC Modernization Act, we are permitted to carry forward capital losses incurred in taxable years beginning after September 30, 2011, for an unlimited period. However, any losses incurred during post-

 

F-49


Table of Contents

enactment taxable years will be required to be utilized prior to the losses incurred in pre-enactment taxable years, which carry an expiration date. As a result of this ordering rule, pre-enactment capital loss carryforwards may be more likely to expire unused. Additionally, post-enactment capital loss carryforwards will retain their character as either short-term or long-term capital losses.

NOTE 11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Proceedings

We are party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business. We are required to establish reserves for litigation matters where those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and estimable. When loss contingencies are not both probable and estimable, we do not establish reserves. Based on current knowledge, we do not believe that loss contingencies, if any, arising from pending investigations, litigation or regulatory matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Additionally, based on our current knowledge, we do not believe such loss contingencies are both probable and estimable and therefore, as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, we have not established reserves for such loss contingencies.

Escrow Holdbacks

From time to time, we will enter into arrangements as it relates to exits of certain investments whereby specific amounts of the proceeds are held in escrow in order to be used to satisfy potential obligations as stipulated in the sales agreements. We record escrow amounts in restricted cash and cash equivalents on our accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities . We establish a reserve against the escrow amounts if we determine that it is probable and estimable that a portion of the escrow amounts will not be ultimately received at the end of the escrow period. There were no aggregate reserves recorded against the escrow amounts as of September 30, 2018 and 2017.

Financial Commitments and Obligations

We have lines of credit, delayed draw term loans, and an uncalled capital commitment with certain of our portfolio companies that have not been fully drawn. Since these commitments have expiration dates and we expect many will never be fully drawn, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We estimate the fair value of the combined unused lines of credit, the unused delayed draw term loans and the uncalled capital commitment as of September 30, 2018 and 2017 to be immaterial.

The following table summarizes the amounts of our unused lines of credit, delayed draw term loans and uncalled capital commitment, at cost, as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, which are not reflected as liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities :

 

     As of September 30,  
     2018      2017  

Unused line of credit commitments

   $ 5,350      $ 7,517  

Delayed draw term loans

     3,910        10,900  

Uncalled capital commitment

     843        1,367  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,103      $ 19,784  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

NOTE 12. FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

    As of and for the Year Ended September 30,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  

Per Common Share Data:

         

Net asset value at beginning of year (A)

  $ 8.40     $ 8.62     $ 9.06     $ 9.51     $ 9.81  

Income from operations (B)

         

Net investment income

    0.85       0.84       0.84       0.84       0.87  

Net realized and unrealized loss on investments

    (0.16     (0.12     (0.35     (0.50     (0.23

Net realized and unrealized (loss) gain on other

    —         (0.05     —         0.06       (0.11
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from operations

    0.69       0.67       0.49       0.40       0.53  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distributions to common stockholders from (B)(C)

         

Net Investment Income

    (0.84     (0.84     (0.70     (0.84     (0.12

Realized gains

    —         —         (0.14     —         —    

Return of capital

    —          —         —         —         (0.72
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total distributions

    (0.84     (0.84     (0.84     (0.84     (0.84
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital share transactions (B)

         

Discounts, commissions, and offering costs

    (0.01     (0.04     (0.05     (0.01     —    

Repurchase of common stock

    —         —         0.02       —         —    

Net dilutive effect of equity offering (D)

    0.08       (0.02     (0.05     —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital share transactions

    0.07       (0.06     (0.08     (0.01     —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other, net (B)(E)

    —         0.01       (0.01     —         0.01  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net asset value at end of year (A)

  $ 8.32     $ 8.40     $ 8.62     $ 9.06     $ 9.51  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per common share market value at beginning of year

  $ 9.50     $ 8.13     $ 8.13     $ 8.77     $ 8.73  

Per common share market value at end of year

    9.50       9.50       8.13       8.13       8.77  

Total return (F)

    9.53     27.90     11.68     2.40     9.62

Common stock outstanding at end of year (A)

    28,501,980       26,160,684       23,344,422       21,131,622       21,000,160  

Statement of Assets and Liabilities Data:

         

Net assets at end of year

  $ 237,092     $ 219,650     $ 201,207     $ 191,444     $ 199,660  

Average net assets (G)

    234,092       215,421       193,228       198,864       201,009  

Senior securities Data:

         

Borrowings under Credit Facility, at cost

  $ 110,000     $ 93,000     $ 71,300     $ 127,300     $ 36,700  

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

    51,750       51,750       61,000       61,000       61,000  

Ratios/Supplemental Data:

         

Ratio of net expenses to average net assets (H)(I)

    9.61       8.26       10.16       10.24       9.06  

Ratio of net investment income to average net assets (J)

    9.86       9.95       10.08       8.90       9.14  

 

(A)  

Based on actual shares outstanding at the end of the corresponding fiscal year.

(B)  

Based on weighted average basic per share data.

(C)  

The tax character of distributions are determined based on taxable income calculated in accordance with income tax regulations, which may differ from amounts determined under GAAP.

 

F-51


Table of Contents
(D)  

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, the anti-dilution was a result of issuing common shares during the period at a price above the then-current NAV per share. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the net dilution was a result of issuing common shares during the period at a price below the then-current NAV per share.

(E)  

Represents the impact of the different share amounts (weighted average shares outstanding during the fiscal year and shares outstanding at the end of the fiscal year) in the per share data calculations and rounding impacts.

(F)

Total return equals the change in the ending market value of our common stock from the beginning of the fiscal year, taking into account distributions reinvested in accordance with the terms of our dividend reinvestment plan. Total return does not take into account distributions that may be characterized as a return of capital. For further information on the estimated character of our distributions to common stockholders, refer to Note 9— Distributions to Common Stockholders .

(G)

Computed using the average of the balance of net assets at the end of each month of the fiscal year.

(H)  

Ratio of net expenses to average net assets is computed using total expenses, net of credits from the Adviser, to the base management, loan servicing and incentive fees.

(I)

Had we not received any non-contractual, unconditional and irrevocable credits of the incentive fee due to the Adviser, the ratio of net expenses to average net assets would have been 10.34%, 9.38%, 10.90%, 10.93%, and 9.65% for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

(J)

Had we not received any non-contractual, unconditional and irrevocable credits of the incentive fee due to the Adviser, the ratio of net investment income to average net assets would have been 9.14%, 8.85%, 9.35%, 8.22%, and 8.55% for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

NOTE 13. SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

     Year Ended September 30, 2018  
     Quarter
Ended
December 31,
2017
     Quarter
Ended
March 31,
2018
     Quarter
Ended
June 30,
2018
     Quarter
Ended
September 30,
2018
 

Total investment income

   $ 10,859      $ 11,086      $ 12,379      $ 11,257  

Net investment income

     5,577        5,613        5,996        5,902  

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations

     7,160        9,304        12,093        (9,909

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations per weighted average common share (basic and diluted)

   $ 0.27      $ 0.35      $ 0.45      $ (0.35

 

     Year Ended September 30, 2017  
     Quarter
Ended
December 31,
2016
     Quarter
Ended
March 31,
2017
     Quarter
Ended
June 30,
2017
     Quarter
Ended
September 30,
2017
 

Total investment income

   $ 9,974      $ 8,793      $ 9,632      $ 10,834  

Net investment income

     5,207        5,359        5,379        5,488  

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations

     916        4,656        6,163        5,445  

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations per weighted average common share (basic and diluted)

   $ 0.04      $ 0.18      $ 0.24      $ 0.21  

NOTE 14. UNCONSOLIDATED SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES

In accordance with the SEC’s Regulation S-X, we do not consolidate portfolio company investments. Further, in accordance with ASC 946, we are precluded from consolidating any entity other than another investment company, except that ASC 946 provides for the consolidation of a controlled operating company that provides substantially all of its services to the investment company or its consolidated subsidiaries. We had certain unconsolidated subsidiaries which met at least one of the significance conditions under Rule 1-02(w) of the

 

F-52


Table of Contents

SEC’s Regulation S-X as of or during at least one of the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016. Accordingly, audited and unaudited financial statements, as applicable, have been included as exhibits to this registration statement pursuant to Rule 3-09.

NOTE 15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Debt Offering

In November 2018, we completed a public debt offering of $57.5 million aggregate principal amount of 6.125% Notes due 2023 (the “2023 Notes”), inclusive of the overallotment, for net proceeds of $55.5 million after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and offering expenses borne by us. The Notes will mature on November 1, 2023, and may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at the Company’s option on or after November 1, 2020. The 2023 Notes are traded under the ticker symbol “GLADD” on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

Distributions

On October 9, 2018, our Board of Directors declared the following monthly cash distributions to common and preferred stockholders:

 

Record Date

   Payment Date      Distribution
per Common
Share
     Distribution per
Series 2024
Term Preferred
Share
 

October 19, 2018

     October 31, 2018      $ 0.07      $ 0.125  

November 20, 2018

     November 30, 2018        0.07        0.125  

December 20, 2018

     December 31, 2018        0.07        0.125  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total for the Quarter

      $ 0.21      $ 0.375  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Portfolio and Investment Activity

In October 2018, our investment in TWS Acquisition Corporation paid off at par for net cash proceeds of $2.0 million.

In October and November 2018, we invested a total of $1.6 million in 8 th Avenue Food & Provisions, Inc. through secured second lien debt.

In November 2018, we invested $2.0 million in GOBP Holdings, Inc. (d/b/a Grocery Outlet) through secured second lien debt.

In November 2018, our investment in Red Ventures, LLC paid off at par for net cash proceeds of $3.1 million.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE 12-14

GLADSTONE CAPITAL CORPORATION

INVESTMENTS IN AND ADVANCES TO AFFILIATES

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

 

Company and Investment (A)(B)(I)(L)(M)

  Principal/
Shares/
Units (K)
    Net
Realized
Gain
(Loss)
for
Period
    Amount of
Investment
Income (C)
    Value as of
September 30,
2017
    Gross
Additions (D)
    Gross
Reductions (E)
    Net
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation)
    Value as of
September 30,
2018
 

AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS—20.6%

               

Secured First Lien Debt—7.1%

               

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—7.1%

               

Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 10.5%, 12.6% Cash, Due 2/2019)

  $ 6,200     $ —       $ 787     $ 5,704     $ —       $ —       $ 357     $ 6,061  

Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 11.8%, 13.8% Cash, Due 2/2019)

    1,600       —         223       1,480       —         —         92       1,572  

LWO Acquisitions Company LLC—Line of Credit, $0 available (L + 5.5%, 7.6% Cash, 2.0% PIK, Due 12/2019)

    3,205       —         269       2,336       759       (300     310       3,105  

LWO Acquisitions Company LLC—Term Debt (L + 8.5% 9.7% Cash, 2.0% PIK, Due 12/2019)

    11,166       —         1,414       9,301       245       —         (3,457     6,089  
    $ —       $ 2,693     $ 18,821     $ 1,004     $ (300   $ (2,698   $ 16,827  

Secured Second Lien Debt—9.0%

               

Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals and Minerals—9.0%

               

Lignetics, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 9.0%, 12.0% Cash, Due 11/2022)

  $ 6,000     $ —       $ 730     $ 5,998     $ —       $ —       $ 16     $ 6,014  

Lignetics, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 9.0%, 12.0% Cash, Due 11/2022)

    8,000       —         973       7,997       —         —         23       8,020  

Lignetics, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 9.0%, 12.0% Cash, Due 11/2022)

    3,300       —         402       3,299       —         —         9       3,308  

Lignetics, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 9.0%, 12.0% Cash, Due 11/2022)

    4,000       —         305       —         4,000       —         10       4,010  
    $ —       $ 2,410     $ 17,294     $ 4,000     $ —       $ 58     $ 21,352  

Unsecured Debt—0.0%

               

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—0.0%

               

LWO Acquisitions Company LLC—Term Debt (Due 6/2020)

  $ 95     —         —         —         95       —         (43     52  

Preferred Equity—1.4%

               

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—1.0%

               

Edge Adhesives Holdings, Inc.—Preferred Stock

    2,516     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 2,381     $ 2,381  

Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals and Minerals—0.4%

               

Lignetics, Inc.—Preferred Stock

    40,000       —         —         826       —         —         56       882  

Total Preferred Equity

    $ —       $ —       $ 826     $ —       $ —       $ 2,437     $ 3,263  

Common Equity—3.1%

               

Diversified/Conglomerate Manufacturing—0.0%

               

LWO Acquisitions Company LLC—Common Units

    921,000     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Diversified Natural Resources, Precious Metals and Minerals—0.3%

               

Lignetics, Inc.—Common Stock

    152,603       —         —         828       —         —         (22     806  

Textiles and Leather—2.8%

               

Targus Cayman HoldCo, Ltd.—Common Stock

    3,076,414       —         —         4,879       —         —         1,677       6,556  

Total Common Equity

    $ —       $ —       $ 5,707     $ —       $ —       $ 1,655     $ 7,362  

TOTAL AFFILIATE INVESTMENTS

    $ —       $ 5,103     $ 42,648     $ 5,099     $ (300   $ 1,409     $ 48,856  

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Company and Investment (A)(B)(I)(L)(M)

  Principal/
Shares/
Units (K)
    Net
Realized
Gain
(Loss)
for
Period
    Amount of
Investment
Income (C)
    Value as of
September 30,
2017
    Gross
Additions (D)
    Gross
Reductions (E)
    Net
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation)
    Value as of
September 30,
2018
 

CONTROL INVESTMENTS —6.6%

               

Secured First Lien Debt —1.8%

               

Machinery—1.2%

               

PIC 360, LLC—Term Debt (14.0% Cash, Due 9/2019) (J)

  $ 2,850     $ —       $ 758     $ 4,000     $ —       $ (1,150   $ —       $ 2,850  

Printing and Publishing—0.6%

                      

Sunshine Media Holdings—Line of Credit, $0 available (8.0%, Due 5/2018) (G)(J)

    —         —         108       1,328       —         (1,328     —         —    

Sunshine Media Holdings—Term Debt (8.0%, Due 5/2018) (F)(G)(J)

    —         (3,525     —         679       —         (3,525     2,846       —    

Sunshine Media Holdings—Term Debt (L + 3.8%, 6.0% Cash, Due 5/2018) (F)(G)

    —         (8,423     22       1,621       —         (8,401     6,780       —    

Sunshine Media Holdings—Term Debt (L + 4.0%, 6.3% Cash, Due 5/2018) (F)(G)

    —         (10,700     —         —         —         (10,700     10,700       —    

TNCP Intermediate HoldCo, LLC—Line of Credit, $500 available (8.0% Cash, Due 9/2021) (J)

    1,500       —         —         —         1,500       —         —         1,500  
      (22,648     130       3,628       1,500       (23,954     20,326       1,500  

Total Secured First Lien Debt

    $ (22,648   $ 888     $ 7,628     $ 1,500     $ (25,104   $ 20,326     $ 4,350  

Secured Second Lien Debt—3.4%

               

Automobile– 3.4%

               

Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc.—Term Debt (L + 9.5%, 11.6% Cash, Due 8/2023)

  $ 8,065     $ —       $ 923     $ 8,065     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 8,065  

Preferred Equity—0.0%

                      

Printing and Publishing—0.0%

               

Sunshine Media Holdings—Preferred Stock (G)

    —       $ (5,281   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ (5,275   $ 5,275     $ —    

Common Equity—1.4%

               

Automobile—0.5%

               

Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc.—Common Stock

    33,321       —         —         2,856       —         —         (1,768     1,088  

Machinery—0.7%

                      

PIC 360, LLC—Common Equity Units

    750       —         —         316       —         —         1,306       1,622  

Printing and Publishing—0.0%

                      

Sunshine Media Holdings—Common Stock (G)

    —         (240     —         —         —         (740     740       —    

Sunshine Media Holdings—Common Stock Warrants (G)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

TNCP Intermediate HoldCo, LLC—Common Equity Units

    790,000       —         —         —         500       —         (2     498  
      (240     —         —         500       (740     738       498  

Total Common Equity

    $ (240   $ —       $ 3,172     $ 500     $ (740   $ 276     $ 3,208  

TOTAL CONTROL INVESTMENTS

    $ (28,169   $ 1,811     $ 18,865     $ 2,000     $ (31,119   $ 25,877     $ 15,623  

 

(A)  

Certain of the securities listed in this schedule are issued by affiliate(s) of the indicated portfolio company.

(B)  

Common stock, warrants, options, membership units and, in some cases, preferred stock are generally non-income producing and restricted.

(C)  

Represents the total amount of interest, dividends and other income credited to investment income for the portion of the fiscal year an investment was a control or affiliate investment, as appropriate.

(D)  

Gross additions include increases in investments resulting from new portfolio investments, paid-in-kind interest or dividends, the amortization of discounts and fees, and the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities.

 

F-55


Table of Contents
(E)  

Gross reductions include decreases in investments resulting from principal collections related to investment repayments or sales, the amortization of premiums and acquisition costs, and the exchange of one or more existing securities for one or more new securities.

(F)  

Debt security was on non-accrual status as of (or during the year ended) September 30, 2018, and, therefore, was considered non-income producing for a period of time during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018.

(G)  

In September 2018, we restructured our investment in Sunshine Media Holdings resulting in a $28.2 million realized loss and a new $2.0 million investment in TNCP Intermediate HoldCo, LLC.

(H)  

Reserved.

(I)  

Interest rate percentages represent cash interest rates in effect at September 30, 2018, and due dates represent the contractual maturity date. Unless indicated otherwise, all cash interest rates are indexed to 30-day London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), which was 2.27% as of September 30, 2018. If applicable, paid-in-kind (“PIK”) interest rates are noted separately from the cash interest rates and any unused line of credit fees are excluded.

(J)  

Debt security has a fixed interest rate.

(K)  

Represents the principal balance for debt investments and the number of shares/units held for equity investments. Warrants are represented as a percentage of ownership, as applicable.

(L)  

Unless indicated otherwise, all of our investments are valued using Level 3 inputs within the FASB Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”) fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 3— Investments in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(M)  

Category percentages represent the fair value of each category and subcategory as a percentage of net assets as of September 30, 2018.

**

Information related to the amount of equity in the net profit and loss for the year for the investments listed has not been included in this schedule. This information is not considered to be meaningful due to the complex capital structures of the portfolio companies, with different classes of equity securities outstanding with different preferences in liquidation. These investments are not consolidated, nor are they accounted for under the equity method of accounting.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Part C—OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 25.

Financial Statements and Exhibits

1. Financial Statements

The following financial statements and schedule of Gladstone Capital Corporation (the “Company” or the “Registrant”) are included in the Registration Statement in “Part A: Information Required in a Prospectus:”

GLADSTONE CAPITAL CORPORATION

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

     F-2  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of September  30, 2018 and 2017

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September  30, 2018, 2017, and 2017

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended September 30, 2018, 2017, and 2016

     F-7  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September  30, 2018, 2017, and 2016

     F-8  

Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of September  30, 2018 and 2017

     F-9  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-21  

2. Exhibits

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

2.a.1    Articles of Amendment and Restatement to the Articles of Incorporation, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.a.2 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-63700), filed July 27, 2001.
2.a.2    Articles Supplementary Establishing and Fixing the Rights and Preferences of Term Preferred Shares, including Appendix A thereto relating to the Term Preferred Shares, 7.125% Series 2016, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.a.2 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-162592), filed October 31, 2011.
2.a.3    Certificate of Correction to Articles Supplementary Establishing and Fixing the Rights and Preferences of Term Preferred Shares, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00237), filed October 29, 2015.
2.a.4    Articles Supplementary, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00237), filed September 21, 2017
2.a.5    Articles Supplementary Establishing and Fixing the Rights and Preferences of Term Preferred Shares, 6.00% Series 2024, including Exhibit A thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00237), filed September 21, 2017.
2.b.1    By-laws, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.b to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-63700), filed July 27, 2001.
2.b.2    Amendment to By-laws, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 814-00237), filed February 17, 2004.
2.b.3    Second Amendment to By-laws, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00237), filed July 10, 2007.
2.b.4    Third Amendment to By-laws, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00237), filed June 10, 2011.

 

C-1


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

2.b.5    Fourth Amendment to By-laws, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00237), filed November 29, 2016.
2.c    Not applicable.
2.d.1    Form of Certificate for Common Stock, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.d.2 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-63700), filed August 23, 2001.
2.d.2    Form of Subordinated Indenture incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.d.4 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-162592), filed October 20, 2009.
2.d.3    Form of 6.00% Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock Certificate incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-35332), filed September 21, 2017.
2.d.4    Form of Common Stock Subscription Form and Subscription Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.d.6 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-185191), filed January 17, 2013.
2.d.5    Form of Preferred Stock Subscription Form and Subscription Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.d.7 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-185191), filed January 17, 2013.
2.d.6    Form of Common Stock Warrant Agreement and Warrant Certificate incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.d.8 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-185191), filed January 17, 2013.
2.d.7    Form of Preferred Stock Warrant Agreement and Warrant Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.d.9 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-185191), filed January 17, 2013.
2.d.8*    Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, with respect to the Form of Senior and Subordinated Indentures.
2.d.9    Base Indenture between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of November 6, 2018, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.d.10 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-208637), filed November 6, 2018.
2.d.10    First Supplemental Indenture between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of November 6, 2018, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.d.11 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-208637), filed November 6, 2018.
2.d.11    Form of Global Note with respect to the 6.125% Notes due 2023, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.d.12 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-208637), filed November 6, 2018.
2.f    Not applicable.
2.g.1    Amended and Restated Investment Advisory and Management Agreement between the Registrant and Gladstone Management Corporation, dated as of October 1, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00237), filed October 5, 2006.
2.g.2    Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investment Advisory and Management Agreement between the Registrant and Gladstone Management Corporation, dated as of October 13, 2015, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00237), filed October 14, 2015.
2.h.1**    Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

C-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

2.h.2    Equity Distribution Agreement between the Registrant, Gladstone Management Corporation, Gladstone Administration, LLC and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., dated February 27, 2015, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.h.2 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 6 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-333-185191), filed February 27, 2015.
2.h.3    Amendment No. 1 to Equity Distribution Agreement between the Registrant, Gladstone Management Corporation, Gladstone Administration, LLC and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., dated May 22, 2017, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.h.3 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-208637), filed May 22, 2017.
2.i    Not applicable.
2.j.1    Custody Agreement between the Registrant and The Bank of New York, dated as of May 5, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 814-00237), filed August 1, 2006.
2.j.2    Custodial Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.j.2 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-185191), filed December 23, 2013.
2.j.3    Amendment No. 1 to Custodial Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.j.3 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-185191), filed December 23, 2013.
2.j.4    Amendment No. 2 to Custodial Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.j.4 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-185191), filed December 23, 2013.
2.k.1    Stock Transfer Agency Agreement between the Registrant and The Bank of New York, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.k.1 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-63700), filed July 27, 2001.
2.k.2    Administration Agreement between the Registrant and Gladstone Administration, LLC, dated as of October 1, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00237), filed October 5, 2006.
2.k.3    Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2015, by and among Gladstone Business Loan, LLC, as Borrower, Gladstone Management Corporation, as Servicer, the Lenders and Managing Agents named therein, and Keybank National Association, as Administrative Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00237), filed May 5, 2015.
2.k.4    Joinder Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2015, by and among Gladstone Business Loan, LLC, Gladstone Management Corporation, Keybank National Association and Santander Bank, N.A., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00237), filed June 23, 2015.
2.k.5    Assignment, Acceptance and Joinder, dated as of June 19, 2015, by and between Keybank National Association and Alostar Bank of Commerce, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00237), filed June 23, 2015.
2.k.6    Assignment and Acceptance, dated as of June 19, 2015, by and between Keybank National Association and Newbridge Bank, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00237), filed June 23, 2015.
2.k.7    Amendment No. 1 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2015, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on form 10-Q (file No. 814-00237), filed February 8, 2016.

 

C-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

2.k.8    Amendment No. 2 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit agreement, dated August 18, 2016, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.k.8 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-208637), filed October 28, 2016.
2.k.9    Amendment No. 3 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated August 24, 2017, by and among Gladstone Business Loan, LLC, as Borrower, Gladstone Management Corporation, as Servicer, Keybank National Association, as administrative agent, swingline lender, managing agent and lead arranger and certain other lenders party thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00237), filed August 29, 2017.
2.k.10    Amendment No. 4 to Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2018 by and among Gladstone Business Loan, LLC, as Borrower, Gladstone Management Corporation, as Servicer, KeyBank National Association, as administrative agent, swingline lender, managing agent and lead arranger and certain other lenders party thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-00237), filed March 12, 2018.
2.l.1*    Opinion of Counsel (Bass, Berry & Sims PLC).
2.l.2*    Opinion of Counsel (Venable LLP).
2.m.    Not applicable.
2.n.1*    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
2.n.2    Consent of Counsel (Bass, Berry & Sims PLC) (included in Exhibit 2.l.1).
2.n.3    Consent of Counsel (Venable LLP) (included in Exhibit 2.l.2).
2.n.4*    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
2.n.5*    Consent of Crowe LLP.
2.n.6*    Consent of Henderson Hutcherson & McCullough, PLLC.
2.o    Not applicable.
2.p    Subscription Agreement dated May 30, 2001, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.p to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-63700), filed June 22, 2001.
2.q    Not applicable.
2.r*    Code of Ethics and Business Conduct.
2.s.1*    Power of Attorney (included in the signature page hereto).
2.s.2    Reserved.
2.s.3*    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Distributions.
2.s.4*    Financial Statements of Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 (audited).
2.s.5*    Financial Statements of Sunshine Media Group, Inc. as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 (unaudited).
2.s.6*    Financial Statements of Sunshine Media Group, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (audited).
2.s.7*    Form of Prospectus Supplement for Common Stock Offering.

 

C-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

2.s.8*    Form of Prospectus Supplement for Preferred Stock Offering.
2.s.9*    Form of Prospectus Supplement for Rights Offering of Common Stock.
2.s.10*    Form of Prospectus Supplement for Rights Offering of Preferred Stock.
2.s.11*    Form of Prospectus Supplement for Notes.
2.s.12*    Form of Prospectus Supplement for Senior Notes.
2.s.13*    Form of Prospectus Supplement for Warrants for Common Stock.
2.s.14*    Form of Prospectus Supplement for Warrants for Preferred Stock.

 

*

Filed herewith.

**

To be filed by post-effective amendment.

 

Item 26.

Marketing Arrangements

The information contained under the heading “ Plan of Distribution “ on page 138 of the prospectus is incorporated herein by reference, and any information concerning any underwriters will be contained in the accompanying prospectus supplement, if any.

 

Item 27.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

Commission registration fee

   $ 36,360  

FINRA fee

     15,109  

Accounting fees and expenses

     55,000 *

Printing and engraving

     50,000 *

Legal fees and expenses

     150,000 *

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     15,000 *
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 321,469 *

 

*

These amounts are estimates.

All of the expenses set forth above shall be borne by the Registrant.

 

Item 28.

Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control

The following list sets forth each of the companies considered to be “controlled” by the Registrant as defined by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as of September 30, 2018:

 

   

Gladstone Capital Advisers, Inc., a Delaware corporation, controlled by the Registrant, through 100% of the voting securities. (1)

 

   

Gladstone Business Loan, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, controlled by the Registrant, through 100% of the voting securities. (1)

 

   

Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation controlled by the Registrant through 90% of the voting securities. (2)

 

   

PIC Foundry Holdings, Corp., a Delaware corporation, controlled by the Registrant through 100% of the voting securities. (3)

 

   

PIC 360, LLC a Delaware limited liability company, controlled by the Registrant through 50% of the voting securities. (3)

 

C-5


Table of Contents
   

Publication Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, controlled by the Registrant through 100% of the voting securities.

 

   

Sunshine Media Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, controlled by Publication Holdings, Inc. through 100% of the voting securities. (2)

 

   

TNCP Intermediate HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, controlled by Sunshine Media Group, Inc. through 100% of the voting securities.

(1) Subsidiary is included in the Registrant’s consolidated financial statements.

(2) The Registrant filed separate audited or unaudited financial statements for these entities for the applicable periods as exhibits to its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, filed on November 14, 2018.

(3) Subsidiary is not significant subsidiary as such term is defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X.

We may also be deemed to be under “common control” with the following entities: Gladstone Commercial Corporation; Gladstone Land Corporation; and Gladstone Investment Corporation by virtue of the fact that they are advised by the Adviser, Gladstone Management Corporation. We may also be deemed to be under “common control” with Gladstone Lending Corporation, a Maryland Corporation, and Gladstone Participation Fund, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, because 100% of the voting securities of each are owned by the Adviser.

 

Item 29.

Number of Holders of Securities

The following table sets forth the approximate number of record holders of each class of our securities at December 3, 2018. This number does not include stockholders for whom shares are held in “street name.”

 

Title of Class

   Number of
Record
Holders
 

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

     34  

6.00% Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock

     1  

6.125% Notes due 2023

     1  

 

Item 30.

Indemnification

Indemnification and Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains a provision that eliminates the liability of our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

The Maryland General Corporation Law (“MGCL”) requires us (unless our charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits us to indemnify our present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

 

   

the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

C-6


Table of Contents
   

the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

   

in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

Under the MGCL, we may not indemnify a director or officer in a suit by us or on our behalf in which the director or officer was adjudged liable to us or in a suit in which the director or officer was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received. A court may order indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, even though the director or officer did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct or was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received. However, indemnification for an adverse judgment in a suit by us or on our behalf, or for a judgment of liability on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, is limited to expenses.

In addition, the MGCL permits us to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon our receipt of:

 

   

a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by us; and

 

   

a written undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by us if it is ultimately determined that the director or officer did not meet the standard of conduct.

Subject to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), or any valid rule, regulation or order of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) thereunder, our charter obligates us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to any director or officer, whether serving our company or at our request any other entity. Our charter also permits us to indemnify and advance expenses to any employee or agent of our company to the extent authorized by our board of directors or the bylaws and permitted by law.

Our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent required by Maryland law or the charter, to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was our director, officer, employee or agent, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, manager, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise if our board of directors determines that such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of our company, and, in the case of any criminal action or proceeding, that such person had no reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. However, our bylaws permit us to advance expenses only so long as, in addition to the requirements above, we obtain security for the advance from the director or officer, we obtain insurance against losses arising by reason of lawful advances or we determine that there is reason to believe that the director or officer will be found entitled to indemnification.

These provisions on indemnification and limitation of liability are subject to the limitations of the 1940 Act that prohibit us from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

In addition, the investment advisory and management agreement between us and our investment adviser, Gladstone Management Corporation (the “Adviser”), as well as the administration agreement between us and our administrator Gladstone Administration, LLC (the “Administrator”), each provide that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of their respective duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of their respective duties and obligations, the Adviser or the Administrator, as applicable, and

 

C-7


Table of Contents

their respective officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the investment advisory and management agreement or otherwise as our investment adviser, or the rendering of the Administrator’s services under the administration agreement, as applicable.

 

Item 31.

Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which the Adviser, and each director or executive officer of the Adviser, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the section entitled “ Management .” Additional information regarding the Adviser and its officers and directors is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the SEC, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 32.

Location of Accounts and Records

All accounts, books or other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:

 

(1)

the Registrant, Gladstone Capital Corporation, 1521 Westbranch Drive, Suite 100, McLean, VA 22102;

 

(2)

the Transfer Agent, Computershare Inc., 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021;

 

(3)

the Adviser, Gladstone Management Corporation, 1521 Westbranch Drive, Suite 100, McLean, VA 22102;

 

(4)

the Custodian, The Bank of New York Mellon Corp., 500 Ross Street, Suite 625, Pittsburgh, PA 15262; and

 

(5)

the Collateral Custodian, The Bank of New York Mellon Corp., 500 Ross Street, Suite 625, Pittsburgh, PA 15262.

 

Item 33.

Management Services

Not applicable.

 

Item 34.

Undertakings

 

  1.

We hereby undertake to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if,

 

  (a)

subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement, the net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement; or

 

  (b)

the net asset value increases to an amount greater than our net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

 

  2.

Not applicable.

 

  3.

In the event that the securities being registered are to be offered to existing shareholders pursuant to warrants or rights, and any securities not taken by shareholders are to be reoffered to the public, we undertake to supplement the prospectus, after the expiration of the subscription period, to set forth the results of the subscription offer, the transactions by underwriters during the subscription period, the amount of unsubscribed securities to be purchased by underwriters, and the terms of any subsequent reoffering thereof. If any public offering by the underwriters of the securities being registered is to be made on terms differing from those set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, the Registrant shall undertake to file a post-effective amendment to set forth the terms of such offering.

 

C-8


Table of Contents
  4.

We hereby undertake:

  (a)

to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (i)

to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act;

 

  (ii)

to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and

 

  (iii)

to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

 

  (b)

that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

 

  (c)

to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;

 

  (d)

that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C: Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the Securities Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use;

 

  (e)

that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities: The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:

 

  (i)

any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act;

 

  (ii)

the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and

 

  (iii)

any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

  5.

We hereby undertake that:

 

  (a)

for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and

 

C-9


Table of Contents
  contained in a form of prospectus filed by us under Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

 

  (b)

for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  6.

Not applicable.

 

  7.

We hereby undertake:

 

  (a)

to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement, and to suspend any offers or sales pursuant the registration statement until such post-effective amendment has been declared effective under the Securities Act, in the event the shares of the Registrant are trading below its net asset value and either (i) the Registrant receives, or has been advised by its independent registered accounting firm that it will receive, an audit report reflecting substantial doubt regarding the Registrant’s ability to continue as a going concern or (ii) the Registrant has concluded that a material adverse change has occurred in its financial position or results of operations that has caused the financial statements and other disclosures on the basis of which the offering would be made to be materially misleading;

 

  (b)

to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement in respect of any one or more offerings of the Registrant’s shares (including warrants and/or rights to purchase the shares) below net asset value that will result in greater than 15% dilution, in the aggregate, to existing net asset value per share;

 

  (c)

to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement in connection with any rights offering; and

 

  (d)

to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement in connection with any combined offering of securities.

 

C-10


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of McLean and Commonwealth of Virginia, on the 7th day of December 2018.

 

  GLADSTONE CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:    

/s/ David Gladstone

 

David Gladstone

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of

Directors

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENT, each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints David Gladstone, Michael LiCalsi and Nicole Schaltenbrand and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Registration Statement and any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on December 7, 2018:

 

By:    

/s/ David Gladstone

 

David Gladstone

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of

Directors (principal executive officer)

By:  

/s/ Nicole Schaltenbrand

 

Nicole Schaltenbrand

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

(principal financial and accounting officer)

By:  

/s/ Terry L. Brubaker

 

Terry L. Brubaker

Vice Chairman, Chief Operating Officer, Director

By:  

/s/ Paul W. Adelgren

 

Paul W. Adelgren

Director

By:  

/s/ Michela A. English

 

Michela A. English

Director


Table of Contents
By:  

/s/ Caren D. Merrick

 

Caren D. Merrick

Director

By:  

/s/ John H. Outland

 

John H. Outland

Director

By:  

/s/ Anthony W. Parker

 

Anthony W. Parker

Director

By:  

/s/ Walter H. Wilkinson, Jr.

 

Walter H. Wilkinson, Jr.

Director

Exhibit 2.d.8

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM T-1

 

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939

OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of Trustee as specified in its charter)

 

 

31-0841368

I.R.S. Employer Identification No.

 

800 Nicollet Mall

Minneapolis, Minnesota

  55402
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Wally Jones

U.S. Bank National Association

333 Commerce Street, Suite 800

Nashville, TN 37201

(615) 251-0733

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

 

Gladstone Capital Corporation

(Issuer with respect to the Securities)

 

 

 

Maryland   54-2040781
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

1521 Westbranch Drive, Suite 100

McLean, Virginia

  22102
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

 

 

Debt Securities

(Title of the Indenture Securities)

 

 

 


FORM T-1

 

Item 1.

GENERAL INFORMATION . Furnish the following information as to the Trustee.

 

  a)

Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of the Currency

Washington, D.C.

 

  b)

Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes

 

Item 2.

AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR. If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None

 

Items 3-15

Items 3-15 are not applicable because to the best of the Trustee’s knowledge, the obligor is not in default under any Indenture for which the Trustee acts as Trustee.

 

Item 16.

LIST OF EXHIBITS: List below all exhibits filed as a part of this statement of eligibility and qualification.

 

  1.

A copy of the Articles of Association of the Trustee.*

 

  2.

A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to commence business, attached as Exhibit 2.

 

  3.

A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers, attached as Exhibit 3.

 

  4.

A copy of the existing bylaws of the Trustee.**

 

  5.

A copy of each Indenture referred to in Item 4. Not applicable.

 

  6.

The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, attached as Exhibit 6.

 

  7.

Report of Condition of the Trustee as of September 30, 2018 published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.

 

*

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to Amendment No. 2 to registration statement on S-4, Registration Number 333-128217 filed on November 15, 2005.

**

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to registration statement on form S-3ASR, Registration Number 333-199863 filed on November 5, 2014.

 

2


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the Trustee, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility and qualification to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Nashville, State of Tennessee on the 6th of December, 2018.

 

By:      

/s/ Wally Jones

  Wally Jones
  Vice President

 

3


Exhibit 2

 

LOGO

CERTIFICATE OF CORPORATE EXISTENCE

I, Joseph Otting, Comptroller of the Currency, do hereby certify that:

1. The Comptroller of the Currency, pursuant to Revised Statutes 324, et seq, as amended, and 12 USC 1, et seq, as amended, has possession, custody, and control of all records pertaining to the chartering, regulation, and supervision of all national banking associations.

2. “U.S. Bank National Association,” Cincinnati, Ohio (Charter No. 24), is a national banking association formed under the laws of the United States and is authorized thereunder to transact the business of banking on the date of this certificate.

 

LOGO  

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, today, August 1, 2018, I have hereunto subscribed my name and caused my seal of office to be affixed to these presents at the U.S. Department of the Treasury, in the City of Washington, District of Columbia.

 

LOGO

 

Comptroller of the Currency

 

 

4


Exhibit 3

 

LOGO

CERTIFICATION OF FIDUCIARY POWERS

I, Joseph Otting, Comptroller of the Currency, do hereby certify that:

1. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, pursuant to Revised Statutes 324, et seq, as amended, and 12 USC 1, et seq, as amended, has possession, custody, and control of all records pertaining to the chartering, regulation, and supervision of all national banking associations.

2. “U.S. Bank National Association,” Cincinnati, Ohio (Charter No. 24), was granted, under the hand and seal of the Comptroller, the right to act in all fiduciary capacities authorized under the provisions of the Act of Congress approved September 28, 1962, 76 Stat. 668, 12 USC 92a, and that the authority so granted remains in full force and effect on the date of this certificate.

 

LOGO  

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, today, May 8, 2018, I have hereunto subscribed my name and caused my seal of office to be affixed to these presents at the U.S. Department of the Treasury, in the City of Washington, District of Columbia.

 

  LOGO
 

Comptroller of the Currency

 

 

5


Exhibit 6

CONSENT

In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the undersigned, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.

Dated: December 6, 2018

 

By:      

/s/ Wally Jones

 

Wally Jones

Vice President

 

6


Exhibit 7

U.S. Bank National Association

Statement of Financial Condition

As of 9/30/2018

($000’s)

 

     9/30/2018  

Assets

  

Cash and Balances Due From

   $ 20,003,448  

Depository Institutions

  

Securities

     110,034,104  

Federal Funds

     31,434  

Loans & Lease Financing Receivables

     281,653,128  

Fixed Assets

     3,819,093  

Intangible Assets

     13,233,498  

Other Assets

     27,236,326  
  

 

 

 

Total Assets

   $ 456,011,031  

Liabilities

  

Deposits

   $ 342,906,860  

Fed Funds

     6,964,321  

Treasury Demand Notes

     0  

Trading Liabilities

     977,478  

Other Borrowed Money

     38,881,574  

Acceptances

     0  

Subordinated Notes and Debentures

     3,800,000  

Other Liabilities

     14,600,333  
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   $ 408,130,566  

Equity

  

Common and Preferred Stock

     18,200  

Surplus

     14,266,915  

Undivided Profits

     32,793,053  

Minority Interest in Subsidiaries

     802,297  
  

 

 

 

Total Equity Capital

   $ 47,880,465  

Total Liabilities and Equity Capital

   $ 456,011,031  

 

7

Exhibit 2.l.1

150 Third Avenue South, Suite 2800

Nashville, TN 37201

(615) 742-6200

December 7, 2018

Gladstone Capital Corporation

1521 Westbranch Drive

Suite 100

McLean, VA 22102

 

  Re:

Registration Statement on Form N-2

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are acting as counsel to Gladstone Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form N-2 (the “ Registration Statement ”), filed today with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), relating to the registration and proposed public offering of up to $300,000,000 in aggregate amount of one or more series of the following securities (collectively, the “ Securities ”): (i) shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”); (ii) shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Preferred Stock ”); (iii) senior debt securities, in one or more series (the “ Senior Debt Securities ”), which may be issued pursuant to a supplemental indenture to be dated on or about the date of first issuance of Senior Debt Securities thereunder, and the indenture dated November 6, 2018 by and between U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (“ U.S. Bank ”), and the Company filed as Exhibit 2.d.9 to the Registration Statement, as such indenture may be supplemented and/or amended from time to time (the “ Senior Indenture ”); (iv) subordinated debt securities, in one or more series (the “ Subordinated Debt Securities ” and, together with the Senior Debt Securities, the “ Debt Securities ”), which may be issued pursuant to an indenture to be dated on or about the date of the first issuance of Subordinated Debt Securities thereunder, by and between a trustee to be selected by the Company (together with U.S. Bank, the “ Trustee ”) and the Company, in substantially the form filed as Exhibit 2.d.2 to the Registration Statement, as such indenture may be supplemented and/or amended from time to time (the “ Subordinated Indenture ” and, collectively with the Senior Indenture, an “ Indenture ”); (v) subscription rights to purchase Common Stock or Preferred Stock, which may be evidenced by subscription certificates and administered by a subscription agent to be selected by the Company (the “ Subscription Agent ”), such certificates in substantially the forms filed as Exhibits 2.d.4 and 2.d.5 to the Registration Statement (each, a “ Subscription Certificate ”); and (vi) warrants to purchase Common Stock or Preferred Stock (the “ Warrants ”) which may be issued under warrant agreements, to be dated on or about the date of the first issuance of the applicable Warrants thereunder, by and between a warrant agent to be selected by the Company (the “ Warrant Agent ”) and the Company in substantially the forms filed as Exhibits 2.d.6 and 2.d.7 to the Registration Statement (each, a “ Warrant Agreement ”). The Securities may be sold from time to time and on a delayed or continuous basis as set forth in the prospectus that forms a part of the Registration Statement, and as to be set forth in one or more supplements to such prospectus. In connection with the Registration Statement, you have requested our opinion with respect to the matters set forth below.

For purposes of this opinion letter, we have examined copies of such agreements, instruments and documents as we have deemed relevant and necessary to form a basis on which to render the opinions hereinafter expressed. In such examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the legal power and authority of all persons signing on behalf of other parties, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, facsimile, conformed, digitally scanned or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. In making our examination of documents executed or to be executed, we have assumed that the parties thereto other than the Company had or will have the power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder and have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the validity and binding effect of such documents on such parties. As to facts material to the opinions, statements and assumptions expressed herein, we have, with your consent, relied upon oral or written statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company, public officials and others. We have not independently verified such factual matters.


Gladstone Capital Corporation

Page 2

December 7, 2018

 

In expressing the opinions set forth below, we have assumed that:

1. the issuance, sale, amount and terms of any Securities of the Company to be offered from time to time will have been duly authorized and established by proper action of the Board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorized committee thereof (“ Board Action ”) consistent with the procedures and terms described in the Registration Statement and in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Amendment and Restatement to the Articles of Incorporation, as amended or supplemented (“ Articles of Incorporation ”), and bylaws, as amended, and applicable provisions of Maryland law, in a manner that does not violate any law, government or court-imposed order or restriction or agreement or instrument then binding on the Company or otherwise impair the legal or binding nature of the obligations represented by the applicable Securities and such Board Action shall remain in effect and unchanged at all times during which such Securities are offered by the Company;

2. at the time of offer, issuance and sale of any Securities, the Registration Statement, and any other required post-effective amendments thereto, will be effective under the Act, any required prospectus supplement with respect to such Securities will have been delivered and filed with the Commission and no stop order suspending its effectiveness will have been issued and remain in effect;

3. upon the issuance of Common Stock, including Common Stock that may be issued upon conversion or exercise of any other Securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock, the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding will not exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock that the Company is then authorized to issue under the Articles of Incorporation;

4. upon the issuance of Preferred Stock, including Preferred Stock that may be issued upon conversion or exercise of any other Securities convertible into or exercisable for Preferred Stock, the total number of shares of Preferred Stock issued and outstanding, and the total number of issued and outstanding shares of the applicable class or series of Preferred Stock designated pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation, will not exceed the total number of shares of Preferred Stock or the number of shares of such class or series of Preferred Stock that the Company is then authorized to issue under the Articles of Incorporation, and prior to any issuance of Preferred Stock, any required articles supplementary with respect to such Preferred Stock shall be filed for recordation with the appropriate governmental authorities;

5. any Warrants will be issued under a Warrant Agreement between the Company and a Warrant Agent; the terms of the Warrants and of their issuance and sale will be duly established in conformity with any applicable Warrant Agreement and as described in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the related Prospectus Supplement(s) in accordance with applicable law and so as not to result in a default under or breach of any agreement or instrument binding upon the Company, so as to be in conformity with the Articles of Incorporation and bylaws, and so as to comply with any requirement or restriction imposed by any court or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company; and the Warrants will be duly executed and delivered by the Company and authenticated by the Warrant Agent pursuant to any applicable Warrant Agreement;

6. any Debt Securities will be issued under an Indenture between the Company and a Trustee and such Trustee is qualified to act as Trustee under the Indenture, the Company has filed respective Forms T-1 for the Trustee with the Commission and the Indenture has been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and the Trustee in substantially the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement;

7. the terms of the Debt Securities and of their issuance and sale have been duly established in conformity with the Indenture so as not to violate any applicable law or result in a default under or breach of any agreement or instrument binding upon the Company, so as to be in conformity with the Articles of Incorporation and bylaws, and so as to comply with any requirement or restriction imposed by any court or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company;

8. the interest rate on the Debt Securities will not be greater than the maximum rate permitted from time to time by applicable law;

9. any Securities convertible into or exercisable for any other Securities will be duly converted or exercised in accordance with their terms;


Gladstone Capital Corporation

Page 3

December 7, 2018

 

10. the Securities will be delivered against payment of valid consideration therefor and in accordance with the terms of the applicable Board Action authorizing such sale and any applicable underwriting agreement, purchase agreement, distribution agreement or similar agreement and as contemplated by the Registration Statement and/or the applicable prospectus supplement;

11. the laws of the State of New York will be the governing law under any Indenture, Warrant Agreement or Subscription Certificate; and

12. the Company will remain a Maryland corporation.

To the extent that the obligations of the Company with respect to the Securities may be dependent upon such matters, we assume for purposes of this opinion letter that any Trustee, Warrant Agent or Subscription Agent is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization; that such Trustee, Warrant Agent or Subscription Agent will be duly qualified to engage in the activities contemplated by such Indenture, Warrant Agreement or Subscription Certificate, as applicable; that such Indenture, Warrant Agreement or Subscription Certificate, as applicable, will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Trustee, Warrant Agent or Subscription Agent, as applicable, and will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such party enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms; that such Trustee, Warrant Agent or Subscription Agent will be in compliance with respect to performance of its obligations under such Indenture, Warrant Agreement or Subscription Certificate, as applicable, with all applicable laws and regulations; and that such Trustee, Warrant Agent or Subscription Agent will have the requisite organizational and legal power and authority to perform its obligations under such Indenture, Warrant Agreement or Subscription Certificate, as applicable.

This opinion letter is based as to matters of law solely on the applicable provisions of the federal laws of the United States and the laws of the State of New York that, in our experience, are applicable to the Securities (but not including any laws, statutes, ordinances, administrative decisions, rules or regulations of any political subdivision of the State of New York). We express no opinion herein as to any other laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, or regulations (and in particular, we express no opinion as to any effect that such laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, or regulations may have on the opinions expressed herein).

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein, it is our opinion that:

(a) The Warrants, upon due execution and delivery of a Warrant Agreement relating thereto on behalf of the Company and the Warrant Agent named therein and due authentication of the Warrants by such Warrant Agent, and upon due execution and delivery of the Warrants on behalf of the Company, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company.

(b) The Debt Securities, upon due execution and delivery of an Indenture relating thereto on behalf of the Company and the Trustee named therein and due authentication of the Debt Securities by such Trustee, and upon due execution and delivery of the Debt Securities on behalf of the Company, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company.

The opinions expressed above with respect to the valid and binding nature of obligations may be limited by the following exceptions, limitations and qualifications: (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights (including, without limitation, the effect of statutory and other law regarding fraudulent conveyances, fraudulent transfers and preferential transfers); (ii) the exercise of judicial discretion and the application of principles of equity, good faith, fair dealing, reasonableness, conscionability and materiality (regardless of whether the Securities are considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); (iii) the unenforceability under certain circumstances under law or court decisions of provisions providing for the indemnification of or contribution to a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification or contribution is contrary to public policy; and (iv) the unenforceability of any provision requiring the payment of attorneys’ fees, where such payment is contrary to law or public policy. The opinions rendered herein do not include opinions with respect to compliance with laws relating to permissible rates of interest.


Gladstone Capital Corporation

Page 4

December 7, 2018

 

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement and may not be relied upon for any other purpose without our express written consent. No opinion may be implied or inferred beyond the opinion expressly stated. This opinion is given as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to advise you of any changes in applicable law or any facts or circumstances that come to our attention after the date hereof that may affect the opinions contained herein.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm contained under the heading “Legal Matters.” In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Commission.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Bass, Berry & Sims PLC

Exhibit 2.l.2

[LETTERHEAD OF VENABLE LLP]

December 7, 2018

Gladstone Capital Corporation

Suite 100

1521 Westbranch Drive

McLean, Virginia 22102

 

  Re:

Registration Statement on Form N-2

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have served as Maryland counsel to Gladstone Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), in connection with certain matters of Maryland law arising out of the registration of the following securities having an aggregate initial offering price of up to $300,000,000 (collectively, the “Securities”): (a) shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”); (b) shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (the “Preferred Stock”); (c) warrants (the “Warrants”) to purchase Common Stock; (d) subscription rights to purchase Common Stock or Preferred Stock (the “Rights”); and (e) debt securities of the Company (the “Debt Securities”), covered by the above-referenced Registration Statement, and all amendments thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).

In connection with our representation of the Company, and as a basis for the opinion hereinafter set forth, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Documents”):

1. The Registration Statement and the form of prospectus included therein, substantially in the form transmitted to the Commission under the 1933 Act;

2. The charter of the Company (the “Charter”), certified by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “SDAT”);

3. The Bylaws of the Company, as amended (the “Bylaws”), certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;

4. A certificate of the SDAT as to the good standing of the Company, dated as of a recent date;


Gladstone Capital Corporation

December 7, 2018

Page 2

 

5. Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) relating to the registration of the Securities (the “Resolutions”), certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;

6. A certificate executed by an officer of the Company, dated as of the date hereof; and

7. Such other documents and matters as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to express the opinion set forth below, subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein.

In expressing the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the following:

1. Each individual executing any of the Documents, whether on behalf of such individual or any other person, is legally competent to do so.

2. Each individual executing any of the Documents on behalf of a party (other than the Company) is duly authorized to do so.

3. Each of the parties (other than the Company) executing any of the Documents has duly and validly executed and delivered each of the Documents to which such party is a signatory, and such party’s obligations set forth therein are legal, valid and binding and are enforceable in accordance with all stated terms.

4. All Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic. The form and content of all Documents submitted to us as unexecuted drafts do not differ in any respect relevant to this opinion from the form and content of such Documents as executed and delivered. All Documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the original documents. All signatures on all Documents are genuine. All public records reviewed or relied upon by us or on our behalf are true and complete. All representations, warranties, statements and information contained in the Documents are true and complete. There has been no oral or written modification of or amendment to any of the Documents, and there has been no waiver of any provision of any of the Documents, by action or omission of the parties or otherwise.

5. The issuance of, and certain terms of, the Securities to be issued by the Company from time to time will be authorized and approved by the Board, or a duly authorized committee thereof, in accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law, the Charter, the Bylaws and the Resolutions (such approval referred to herein as the “Corporate Proceedings”).


Gladstone Capital Corporation

December 7, 2018

Page 3

 

6. Articles Supplementary creating and designating the number of shares and the terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock to be issued by the Company will be filed with and accepted for record by the SDAT prior to the issuance of such Preferred Stock.

7. Upon the issuance of any Securities that are shares of Common Stock (“Common Securities”), including Common Securities which may be issued upon conversion or exercise of any other Securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Securities, the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding will not exceed the total number of shares of Common Stock that the Company is then authorized to issue under the Charter.

8. Upon the issuance of any Securities that are shares of Preferred Stock (“Preferred Securities”), including Preferred Securities which may be issued upon conversion or exercise of any other Securities convertible into or exercisable for Preferred Securities, the total number of shares of Preferred Stock issued and outstanding, and the total number of issued and outstanding shares of the applicable class or series of Preferred Stock designated pursuant to the Charter, will not exceed the total number of shares of Preferred Stock or the number of shares of such class or series of Preferred Stock that the Company is then authorized to issue under the Charter.

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein, it is our opinion that:

1. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Maryland and is in good standing with the SDAT.

2. Upon the completion of all Corporate Proceedings relating to Common Securities, the issuance of the Common Securities will be duly authorized and, when and if issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the Registration Statement, the Resolutions and the Corporate Proceedings, the Common Securities will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

3. Upon the completion of all Corporate Proceedings relating to Preferred Securities, the issuance of the Preferred Securities will be duly authorized and, when and if issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the Registration Statement, the Resolutions and the Corporate Proceedings, the Preferred Securities will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

4. Upon the completion of all Corporate Proceedings relating to the Securities that are Warrants, the issuance of the Warrants will be duly authorized.


Gladstone Capital Corporation

December 7, 2018

Page 4

 

5. Upon the completion of all Corporate Proceedings relating to the Securities that are Rights, the issuance of the Rights will be duly authorized.

6. Upon the completion of all Corporate Proceedings relating to the Securities that are Debt Securities, the issuance of the Debt Securities will be duly authorized.

The foregoing opinion is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland and we do not express any opinion herein concerning federal law or the laws of any other state. We express no opinion as to compliance with federal or state securities laws, including the securities laws of the State of Maryland, or the 1940 Act. To the extent that any matter as to which our opinion is expressed herein would be governed by the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Maryland, we do not express any opinion on such matter. The opinion expressed herein is subject to the effect of judicial decisions which may permit the introduction of parol evidence to modify the terms or the interpretation of agreements.

The opinion expressed herein is limited to the matters specifically set forth herein and no other opinion shall be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated. We assume no obligation to supplement this opinion if any applicable law changes after the date hereof or if we become aware of any fact that might change the opinion expressed herein after the date hereof.

This opinion is being furnished to you for submission to the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of the name of our firm therein. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Venable LLP

Exhibit 2.n.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form N-2 of Gladstone Capital Corporation of our report dated November 14, 2018 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Gladstone Capital Corporation and our report dated November 14, 2018 relating to the senior securities table, which appear in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the heading “Senior Securities” and “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

McLean, Virginia

December 7, 2018

Exhibit 2.n.4

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Gladstone Capital Corporation:

We have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of assets and liabilities, including the consolidated schedule of investments, of Gladstone Capital Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of September 30, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in net assets and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2018, and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2018, and in our report dated November 14, 2018, we expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. We have also previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of assets and liabilities, including the consolidated schedule of investments as of September 30, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in net assets and of cash flows for the years ended September 30, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (none of which are presented herein), and we expressed unqualified opinions on those consolidated financial statements. In our opinion, the information set forth in the senior securities table of Gladstone Capital Corporation for each of the years in the period ended September 30, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, and 2009, appearing on page 72 0f this Form N-2, is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated financial statements from which it has been derived.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

McLean, Virginia

November 14, 2018

Exhibit 2.n.5

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form N-2 of Gladstone Capital Corporation of our report dated March 6, 2018 on the consolidated financial statements of Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc. and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ Crowe LLP

Fort Wayne, Indiana

December 7, 2018

Exhibit 2.n.6

 

LOGO

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR

We hereby consent to the use in the Registration Statement on Form N-2 of Gladstone Capital Corporation of our report dated March 21, 2017 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Sunshine Media Group, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

Chattanooga, Tennessee

December 7, 2018

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Exhibit 2.r

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

For

Gladstone Capital Corporation

Gladstone Commercial Corporation

Gladstone Investment Corporation

Gladstone Land Corporation

Gladstone Management Corporation

Gladstone Administration LLC

Gladstone Securities, LLC

and their subsidiaries

I. Core Values:

This Code of Ethics and Business Conduct (hereafter referred to as the “Code”) reflects our commitment to our Core Values, our Valued Relationships and to the Standards of Ethics and Business Conduct that support these values and relationships. We expect every employee, officer and director to read and understand this Code and its application to the performance of his or her business responsibilities.

We are committed to the highest standards of ethical and professional conduct in all of our business operations, as well as in our interactions with customers, business partners and employees. The following are the values we hold in highest esteem…the values that we propose to use as our guide in our quest for excellence and success. To assist and encourage you to apply our Core Values in your day-to-day activities, each Core Value includes amplifying and implementing guidance.

A. Golden Rule and Respect

a. Following the Golden Rule means we will strive to always do the right thing...the thing we would want others to do to us.

b. Treating others the way we would like to be treated is our foundational value and the golden rule is a good summary of our other core values.

c. Respect means we respect the rights, opinions and beliefs of others so long as they are consistent with our other core values.

Amplifying and implementing guidance:

 

   

Be a good listener, encourage diverse opinions and be willing to accept them.

 

   

Recognize the achievement of others.

 

   

Don’t prejudge another person’s qualities or intentions.

 

   

Respect confidences.

 

   

Recognize each individual’s human dignity and value.

 

   1    Updated June 2017


B. Honesty and Openness

a. Honesty means we refuse to lie, cheat, steal or deceive in any way.

b. We will never deliberately mislead, or misrepresent the truth.

c. We will always to do the legal and fair thing, fulfilling the intent of our commitments and the law.

d. Openness means we will be free, forthright and sincere in our discussions, as candid as possible, and will openly share appropriate information in each relationship.

Amplifying and implementing guidance:

 

   

Be forthright and never use information as a source of power.

 

   

Strive for clarity: avoid “slippery” words.

 

   

Focus on issues, not personalities.

 

   

Carry no hidden agendas.

 

   

Be willing to admit your own mistakes and be tolerant of other’s mistakes.

C. Integrity

a. Integrity means we will refuse to be corrupted or unfaithful to our values.

b. We will do what we say we will do, and we will conduct ourselves in accordance with our values and our code of ethics.

c. We will always try to do the right thing.

d. We will operate within both the letter and the spirit of the law.

Amplifying and implementing guidance:

 

   

Act and speak ethically.

 

   

What you do when no one is looking should agree with your professed ethics.

D. Teamwork and Innovation

a. Teamwork means working together to achieve our goals and values as a group and not working at cross purposes.

b. Innovation means encouraging each other to seek new ways of doing our business to improve our quality and efficiency.

Amplifying and implementing guidance:

 

   

Acknowledge all co-workers as valuable team members.

 

   

Show confidence in the character and truthfulness of others.

 

   

Practice solidarity by respecting and supporting team decisions.

 

   

Encourage initiative and participation.

 

   

Be accountable to the team.

 

   

Lead by example.

 

   

Recognize that taking and accepting reasonable risks is necessary business conduct.

E. Responsibility

a. Responsibility means we are morally and legally accountable for our actions.

b. We are determined to do the right thing, and to be good stewards of the things that have been entrusted into our care.

 

   2    Updated June 2017


Amplifying and implementing guidance:

 

   

Accept responsibility for your own mistakes, and give credit to others for their accomplishments.

 

   

Keep commitments.

F . Loyalty and Hard work

a. We will be loyal to our Company and protect its assets and trade secrets. We will be faithful in carrying out our duties.

b. We will always work hard and do our best.

Amplifying and implementing guidance:

 

   

Demand excellence from yourself, and seek and encourage it from others.

 

   

Demonstrate a sense of urgency in all that you do.

 

   

Our success is directly related to our loyalty to each other and to our company.

Always remember that at our companies, your ethical behavior is the ultimate “bottom line” . We are committed to do what is right even when it does not seem to be profitable, expedient or conventional. We are committed to following the above core values in everything we do… that means we will be truthful, ethical, law-abiding, and respectful in all of our dealings with others.

II. Our Valued Relationships

We will deal fairly and honestly in all of our relationships, treating all our business associates as long-term valued partners. We will operate our business based on the practical application of the Golden Rule, our other values, and all other provisions of our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, for the mutual benefit of all our valued relationships. We will strive to be dependable and respectable in all our dealings with our business associates and our employees, value each shareholder and lender to our company, and we will be faithful stewards of their funds. We are committed to providing a work environment where there is no conflict between work and moral or ethical values, or family responsibilities, and where everyone is treated justly and with respect.

We have certain relationships that we hold dear and they are:

 

   

Customers and clients are the reason we are in business. We seek to help our customers and clients to achieve their goals. We know that if we help them reach their goals, they will help us reach our goals too.

 

   

Employees are the full extent of our company. We are no greater than our employees. Each employee is an integral part of our team. We seek to have the best employees and the best organization to support the growth of each employee.

 

   

Shareholders have entrusted us with their assets. We seek to increase the value of those assets. As trustees we will do our best to protect and grow the assets that have been entrusted to us.

 

   3    Updated June 2017


   

Suppliers provide us with the things we need to achieve our goals. They have the goods and services we need to grow our business. We will treat each supplier as a valued partner in the growth of our business.

 

   

Our government is part of our operations. We seek to fulfill the regulatory aspects of our business operations in a timely and accurate manner.

 

   

Our relationship with God is one that is valued highest. We will do our best to perform in a way that will be pleasing to God.

III. Code of Ethics Implementing Guidance and Procedures

As with any written guidance, this Code of Ethics may not clearly address every situation you may encounter. If concerns or questions that you have about a course of action are not addressed specifically by this Code, you should ask yourself the following six questions to begin your evaluation process:

Ethics “Quick Test”

1. Is it legal?

2. Would doing it make me feel bad or ashamed in any way?

3. Is it consistent with our Core Values?

4. Would I want my family or friends to read about it in the newspaper?

5. Would failing to act make the situation worse or allow a “wrong” to continue?

6. Does it follow the Golden Rule set out above?

If you still have questions or concerns, do not act until your questions and concerns have been raised and resolved. Our employee handbook, your supervisor, our Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) and staff (the “Compliance Officers”) or the Ethics Committee are all available to help you. Additionally, if you are not comfortable addressing potential violations of this Code with any of these persons directly, you may also raise your concerns by anonymously contacting Global Compliance Services (See Part V, Section 15 of this Code for contact and other information regarding the compliance resources available to you).

If you are aware of a suspected or actual violation of Code standards by others, you have a responsibility to report it. You are expected to promptly notify a Compliance Officer or contact another compliance reporting resource to provide a specific description of the violation that you believe has occurred, including any information you have about the persons involved and the time of the violation. Whether you choose to speak with your supervisor or one of the Compliance Officers, you should do so without fear of any form of retaliation. We will take prompt disciplinary action against any employee who retaliates against you.

 

   4    Updated June 2017


Supervisors must promptly report any complaints or observations of Code violations to the CCO. If you believe your supervisor has not taken appropriate action, you should contact one of our Compliance Officers directly. The Compliance Officers will investigate all reported possible Code violations promptly and with the highest degree of confidentiality that is possible under the specific circumstances. Neither you nor your supervisor may conduct any preliminary investigation, unless authorized to do so by the CCO. Your cooperation in the investigation will be expected. As needed, the CCO will consult with the Ethics Committee and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. It is our policy to employ a fair process by which to determine violations of this Code.

With respect to any complaints or observations of Code violations that may involve accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing concerns, the CCO shall promptly inform the chair of the Ethics Committee, who will then turn over such information to the Audit Committee or such other persons as the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors determines to be appropriate under the circumstances shall be responsible for supervising and overseeing the inquiry and any investigation that is undertaken.

If any investigation indicates that a potential violation of this Code has occurred, we will take such action as we believe to be appropriate under the circumstances. Violations of this Code will not be tolerated. Any employee who violates this Code may be subject to disciplinary action, which, depending on the nature of the violation and the history of the employee, may range from a warning or reprimand to and including termination of employment and, in appropriate cases, civil legal action or referral for regulatory enforcement action. Appropriate action may also be taken to deter any future Code violations.

IV. Code of Ethics

References in this Code to employees are intended to cover all employees including officers and, as applicable, directors. References to “our companies” mean all the affiliated companies in the Gladstone group of companies, including Gladstone Capital Corporation (“Gladstone Capital”), Gladstone Commercial Corporation (“Gladstone Commercial”), Gladstone Investment Corporation (“Gladstone Investment”), Gladstone Land Corporation (“Gladstone Land”), Gladstone Management Corporation (the “Adviser”), Gladstone Administration LLC (the “Administrator”), Gladstone Securities, LLC (“Gladstone Securities”) and their subsidiaries. References to Gladstone Capital, Gladstone Commercial, Gladstone Investment, Gladstone Land, the Adviser, and the Administrator shall include all subsidiaries of those companies. References to the Board of Directors mean the Boards of Directors of all of the affiliated companies in the Gladstone group of companies, as applicable. References to the Ethics Committee mean the Ethics, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees of Gladstone Capital, Gladstone Commercial, Gladstone Land or Gladstone Investment, as applicable.

 

   5    Updated June 2017


Officers, managers and other supervisors are expected to develop in employees a sense of commitment not only to the letter, but to the spirit of this Code. Supervisors are also expected to ensure that all agents and contractors conform to this Code’s standards when working for or on behalf of our companies. The environment regarding compliance with this Code within each supervisor’s assigned area of responsibility will be a significant factor in evaluating the quality of that individual’s performance. In addition, any employee who makes an exemplary effort to implement and uphold our Core Values, Valued Relationships and Standards of Business Conduct and Ethics will be recognized for that effort in his or her performance review. Nothing in this Code alters the at-will employment policy of our companies.

The Code addresses conduct that is particularly important to proper dealings with the people and entities with which we interact, but may not address every aspect of our commitment to honest and ethical conduct. From time to time we may adopt additional policies and procedures with which our employees, officers and directors are expected to comply, if applicable to them. However, it is the responsibility of each employee to apply common sense, together with his or her own highest personal ethical standards, in making business decisions where there is no stated guideline in this Code.

Action by members of your immediate family or other persons who live in your household also may potentially result in ethical issues to the extent that they involve our companies’ business. For example, acceptance of inappropriate gifts by a family member from one of our suppliers or portfolio companies could create a conflict of interest and result in a Code violation attributable to you. Consequently, in complying with this Code, you should consider not only your own conduct, but also that of your immediate family members and other persons who live in your household.

P LEASE NOTE THAT YOU WILL BE ASKED TO CERTIFY COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE ON AN ANNUAL BASIS . T HUS , YOU SHOULD NOT HESITATE TO ASK QUESTIONS , VOICE CONCERNS OR CLARIFY GRAY AREAS ABOUT WHETHER ANY CONDUCT MAY VIOLATE THIS C ODE . T HE APPENDICES CONTAIN RESOURCES AVAILABLE TO YOU TO DETERMINE COMPLIANCE WITH THIS C ODE . I N ADDITION , YOU ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPORTING SUSPECTED OR ACTUAL VIOLATIONS OF THIS C ODE BY OTHERS . Y OU SHOULD BE ALERT TO POSSIBLE VIOLATIONS OF THIS C ODE BY OTHERS , AND MUST REPORT SUSPECTED VIOLATIONS , WITHOUT FEAR OF ANY FORM OF RETALIATION , AS FURTHER DESCRIBED IN P ART V, S ECTION 15 OF THIS C ODE .

V. Standards of Ethics and Business Conduct

Underlying our Core Values, described in Part I above, is our commitment to maintain the highest standards of ethics and business conduct.

1. Honest and Ethical Conduct

It is the policy of our companies to promote high standards of integrity by conducting our affairs in an honest and ethical manner. The integrity and reputation of our companies depends on the honesty, fairness and integrity brought to the job by each person associated with us. Unyielding personal integrity is the foundation of corporate integrity.

 

   6    Updated June 2017


2. Legal Compliance

Obeying the law, both in letter and in spirit, is the foundation of this Code. Our success depends upon each employee’s operating within legal guidelines and cooperating with local, national and international authorities. We expect employees to understand the legal and regulatory requirements applicable to their business units and areas of responsibility. We hold periodic training sessions to ensure that all employees comply with this Code, the compliance policies and procedures of our companies, and other relevant laws, rules and regulations associated with their employment. While we do not expect you to know every detail of these laws, rules and regulations, we expect you to be familiar with this Code and our compliance policies and procedures, so that you are able to determine when to seek advice from others. If you do have a question in the area of legal compliance, it is important that you not hesitate to seek answers from your supervisor or one of the Compliance Officers (see Section 15 of this Part IV below for more information about the Compliance Officers).

Disregard of the law will not be tolerated. Violation of domestic or foreign laws, rules and regulations may subject an individual, as well as our companies, to civil or criminal penalties. You should be aware that conduct and records, including emails, are subject to internal and external audits and to discovery by third parties in the event of a government investigation or civil litigation. It is in everyone’s best interest to know and comply with our legal obligations.

3. Insider Trading

Employees who have access to confidential (or “inside”) information are not permitted to use or share that information for stock trading purposes or for any other purpose except to conduct our business. All non-public information about our companies or about companies with which we do business is considered confidential information. To use material non-public information in connection with buying or selling securities, including “tipping” others who might make an investment decision on the basis of this information, is not only unethical, it is illegal. You must exercise the utmost care when handling material inside information.

The Company’s Insider Trading Policy (the “Trading Policy”), which is attached to this Code as Appendix A and is incorporated by reference into this Code, has been instituted to help you avoid prohibited insider trading, and to ensure that our companies comply with the separate requirements of Rules 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and 204A of the Investment Advisers’ Act of 1940. All employees are expected to understand and comply with all Trading Policy provisions applicable to them.

The Trading Policy addresses detailed legal provisions of the Act and imposes requirements, and in some cases, restrictions, on certain securities trades that you may wish to make. The Trading Policy contains provisions that require you to obtain pre-clearance for all investments in any initial public offering, and for securities trades for which you may have insider information, especially the Gladstone Funds. To request pre-clearance of a securities transaction, you should complete Schedule A (for limited offering transactions) or schedule B (for transactions involving Gladstone Funds) of the attached Appendix A and forward it to our CCO. The Trading Policy also requires all employees to provide certain reports of their holdings or transactions in certain securities. The particular reports you will be required to provide are described more fully in the Trading Policy.

 

   7    Updated June 2017


If you have questions regarding the requirements or compliance procedures under the Trading Policy, or if you don’t know whether your situation requires pre-clearance or reporting, you should contact one of our Compliance Officers.

4. International Business Laws

You are expected to comply with the applicable laws in all countries to which you travel, in which we operate and where we otherwise do business, including laws prohibiting bribery, corruption or the conduct of business with specified individuals, companies or countries. The fact that, in some countries, certain laws are not enforced or that violation of those laws is not subject to public criticism will not be accepted as an excuse for noncompliance. In addition, we expect you to comply with U.S. laws, rules and regulations governing the conduct of business by its citizens and corporations outside the U.S. If you have a question as to whether an activity is restricted or prohibited, seek assistance before taking any action, including giving any verbal assurances that might be regulated by international laws.

5. Environmental Compliance

It is our policy to conduct our business in an environmentally responsible way that minimizes environmental impacts. We are committed to minimizing and, if practicable, eliminating the use of any substance or material that may cause environmental damage, reducing waste generation and disposing of all waste through safe and responsible methods, minimizing environmental risks by employing safe technologies and operating procedures, and being prepared to respond appropriately to accidents and emergencies.

6. Conflicts of Interest

We respect the rights of our employees to manage their personal affairs and investments and do not wish to impinge on their personal lives. At the same time, you should avoid conflicts of interest that occur when your personal interests may interfere in any way with the performance of your duties or the best interests of our companies. A conflicting personal interest could result from an expectation of personal gain now or in the future or from a need to satisfy a prior or concurrent personal obligation. We expect you to be free from influences that conflict with the best interests of our companies, or might deprive our companies of your undivided loyalty in business dealings. Even the appearance of a conflict of interest where none actually exists can be damaging and should be avoided. Whether or not a conflict of interest exists or will exist can be unclear.

If you have any questions about a potential conflict or if you become aware of an actual or potential conflict, and you are not an officer or director of one of our companies, you should discuss the matter with your supervisor or with one of our Compliance Officers. Supervisors may not authorize conflict of interest matters or make determinations as to whether a problematic conflict of interest exists without first seeking the approval of the CCO and providing the CCO

 

   8    Updated June 2017


with a written description of the activity. If the supervisor is involved in the potential or actual conflict, you should discuss the matter directly with the CCO. Officers and directors may seek authorizations and determinations from the Ethics Committee of the Board of Directors. Factors that may be considered in evaluating a potential conflict of interest are, among others:

 

   

whether it may interfere with the employee’s job performance, responsibilities or morale;

 

   

whether the employee has access to confidential information;

 

   

whether it may interfere with the job performance, responsibilities or morale of others within the organization;

 

   

any potential adverse or beneficial impact on our business;

 

   

any potential adverse or beneficial impact on our relationships with our customers or suppliers or other service providers;

 

   

whether it would enhance or support a competitor’s position;

 

   

the extent to which it would result in financial or other benefit (direct or indirect) to the employee;

 

   

the extent to which it would result in financial or other benefit (direct or indirect) to one of our customers, suppliers or other service providers; and

 

   

the extent to which it would appear improper to an outside observer.

Although no list can include every possible situation in which a conflict of interest could arise, the following are examples of situations that may, depending on the facts and circumstances, involve problematic conflicts of interests:

 

   

Employment by (including consulting for) or service on the board of a competitor, customer or supplier or other service provider. Activity that enhances or supports the position of a competitor to the detriment of one or more of our companies is prohibited, including employment by or service on the board of a competitor. Employment by or service on the board of a customer or supplier or other service provider is generally discouraged and you must seek authorization in advance if you plan to take such a position.

 

   

Owning, directly or indirectly, a significant financial interest in any entity that does business, seeks to do business or competes with us. In addition to the factors described above, persons evaluating ownership in other entities for conflicts of interest will consider the size and nature of the investment; the nature of the relationship between the other entity and any one of our companies; the employee’s access to confidential information and the employee’s ability to influence one of our companies decisions. If you would like to acquire a financial interest of any kind, you must seek written approval in advance from the CCO.

 

   9    Updated June 2017


   

Soliciting or accepting gifts, favors, loans or preferential treatment from any person or entity that does business or seeks to do business with us. See Section 10 for further discussion of the issues involved in this type of conflict.

 

   

Soliciting contributions to any charity or for any political candidate from any person or entity that does business or seeks to do business with us.

 

   

Taking personal advantage of corporate opportunities. See Section 7 for further discussion of the issues involved in this type of conflict.

 

   

Working at a second job without permission.

 

   

Conducting business transactions between any one of our companies and your family member or a business in which you or a family member has a significant financial interest. Material related-party transactions must be approved by the Audit Committee and the Ethics Committee and, if that activity involves any executive officer or director, that activity will be required to be publicly disclosed as required by applicable laws and regulations.

Loans to, or guarantees of obligations of, employees or their family members by our companies could constitute an improper personal benefit to the recipients of these loans or guarantees, depending on the facts and circumstances. Some loans are expressly prohibited by law and applicable law requires that our Board of Directors approve all loans and guarantees to employees. As a result, all loans and guarantees by our companies must be approved in advance by the Board of Directors.

7. Corporate Opportunities .

You may not take personal advantage of the opportunities of our companies that are presented to you or discovered by you as a result of your position with us or through your use of corporate property or information, unless authorized by the Board of Directors. Even opportunities that are acquired privately by you may be questionable if they are related to our existing or proposed lines of business. Significant participation in an investment or outside business opportunity that is directly related to our lines of business must be pre-approved by the board of directors of our company that is affected. You may not use your position with us or corporate property or information for improper personal gain, nor should you compete with us in any way.

 

   10    Updated June 2017


8. Maintenance of Corporate Books, Records, Documents and Accounts; Financial Integrity; Public Reporting

The integrity of our records and public disclosure depends upon the validity, accuracy and completeness of the information supporting the entries to our books of account. Therefore, our corporate and business records should be completed accurately and honestly. The making of false or misleading entries, whether they relate to financial results or test results, is strictly prohibited. Our records serve as a basis for managing our business and are important in meeting our obligations to customers, suppliers, creditors, employees and others with whom we do business. As a result, it is important that our books, records and accounts accurately and fairly reflect, in reasonable detail, our assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses, as well as all transactions and changes in assets and liabilities. We require that:

 

   

no entry be made in our books and records that intentionally hides or disguises the nature of any transaction or of any of our liabilities or misclassifies any transactions as to accounts or accounting periods;

 

   

transactions be supported by appropriate documentation;

 

   

the terms of sales and other commercial transactions be reflected accurately in the documentation for those transactions and all such documentation be reflected accurately in our books and records;

 

   

employees comply with our system of internal controls; and

 

   

no cash or other assets be maintained for any purpose in any unrecorded or “off-the-books” fund.

Our accounting records are also relied upon to produce reports for our management, stockholders and creditors, as well as for governmental agencies. In particular, we rely upon our accounting and other business and corporate records in preparing the periodic and current reports that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Securities laws require that these reports provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure and fairly present our financial condition and results of operations. Employees who collect, provide or analyze information for or otherwise contribute in any way in preparing or verifying these reports should strive to ensure that our financial disclosure is accurate and transparent and that our reports contain all of the information about the Gladstone group of companies that would be important to enable stockholders and potential investors to assess the soundness and risks of our business and finances and the quality and integrity of our accounting and disclosures. In addition:

 

   

no employee may take or authorize any action that would intentionally cause our financial records or financial disclosure to fail to comply with generally accepted accounting principles, the rules and regulations of the SEC or other applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

   

all employees must cooperate fully with our Accounting Department and, when one is established, Internal Auditing Departments, as well as our independent public accountants and counsel, respond to their questions with candor and provide them with complete and accurate information to help ensure that our books and records, as well as our reports filed with the SEC, are accurate and complete; and

 

   11    Updated June 2017


   

no employee should knowingly make (or cause or encourage any other person to make) any false or misleading statement in any of our reports filed with the SEC or knowingly omit (or cause or encourage any other person to omit) any information necessary to make the disclosure in any of our reports accurate in all material respects.

Any employee who becomes aware of any departure from these standards has a responsibility to report his or her knowledge promptly to a supervisor, a Compliance Officer, the Audit Committee or one of the other compliance resources described in Section 15.

9. Fair Dealing

We strive to outperform our competition fairly and honestly. Advantages over our competitors are to be obtained through superior performance of our products and services, not through unethical or illegal business practices. Acquiring proprietary information from others through improper means, possessing trade secret information that was improperly obtained, or inducing improper disclosure of confidential information from past or present employees of other companies is prohibited, even if motivated by an intention to advance our interests. If information is obtained by mistake that may constitute a trade secret or other confidential information of another business, or if you have any questions about the legality of proposed information gathering, you must consult your supervisor or one of our Compliance Officers, as further described in Section 15.

You are expected to deal fairly with our customers, suppliers, employees and anyone else with whom you have contact in the course of performing your job. Be aware that the Federal Trade Commission Act provides that “unfair methods of competition in commerce, and unfair or deceptive acts or practices in commerce, are declared unlawful.” It is a violation of this Act to engage in deceptive, unfair or unethical practices and to make misrepresentations in connection with sales activities.

Employees involved in procurement have a special responsibility to adhere to principles of fair competition in the purchase of products and services by selecting suppliers based exclusively on normal commercial considerations, such as quality, cost, availability, service and reputation, and not on the receipt of special favors.

10. Gifts and Entertainment

Business gifts and entertainment are meant to create goodwill and sound working relationships and not to gain improper advantage with customers or facilitate approvals from government officials. The exchange, as a normal business courtesy, of meals or entertainment (such as tickets to a game or the theatre or a round of golf) is a common and acceptable practice as long as it is not extravagant. Unless express written permission is received from a supervisor, the CCO or the Ethics Committee, gifts and entertainment cannot be offered, provided or accepted by any employee unless consistent with customary business practices and not (a) of more than token or nominal monetary value, (b) in cash, (c) susceptible of being construed as a bribe or

 

   12    Updated June 2017


kickback, (d) made or received on a regular or frequent basis or (e) in violation of any laws. This principle applies to our transactions everywhere in the world, even where the practice is widely considered “a way of doing business.” Employees should not accept gifts or entertainment that may reasonably be deemed to affect their judgment or actions in the performance of their duties. Our customers, suppliers and the public at large should know that our employees’ judgment is not for sale.

11. Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets

All employees are expected to protect our assets and ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on our profitability. Our property, such as office supplies, computer equipment, buildings and products, are expected to be used only for legitimate business purposes, although incidental personal use may be permitted. You may not, however, use our corporate name, any brand name or trademark owned or associated with our companies or any letterhead stationery for any personal purpose.

We each have personal responsibility to guard and ensure the security of our information systems and data. Our employees will exercise reasonable cyber security awareness by managing their access to our equipment, systems and information/data assets with the utmost care, confidentiality and professionalism. These assets are intended to advance the success of the company. Our assets include facilities, equipment, computers and information systems, smartphones, information and data assets.

 

   

Protect company assets from loss or harm.

 

   

Don’t appropriate, borrow or loan company assets without permission.

 

   

Use care when transferring confidential information via email.

 

   

Use care when transferring confidential information onto a portable storage device such as a memory stick.

 

   

Keep computer equipment safe and secure at all times and protect your user IDs and passwords.

 

   

Keep confidential and proprietary information safe and secure.

Exercise cyber security by looking after our intellectual property and be vigilant of potential attempts (ex., phishing/spam/fraudulent emails, unusual system activity, etc.) to breach our computer systems by notifying compliance, resource management, or our IT service when suspicion arises.

You may not, while acting on behalf of our companies or while using our computing or communications equipment or facilities, either:

 

   

Permit an external entity to access our computer systems without authorization from compliance or resource management; or

 

   13    Updated June 2017


   

access the internal computer system (also known as “hacking”) or other resource of another entity without express written authorization from the entity responsible for operating that resource; or

 

   

if you receive authorization to access another entity’s internal computer system or other resource, you must make a permanent record of that authorization so that it may be retrieved for future reference, and you may not exceed the scope of that authorization; or

 

   

commit any unlawful or illegal act, including harassment, libel, fraud, sending of unsolicited bulk email (also known as “spam”) in violation of applicable law, trafficking in contraband of any kind or espionage.

Unsolicited bulk email is regulated by law in a number of jurisdictions. If you intend to send unsolicited bulk email to persons outside of our companies, either while acting on our behalf or using our computing or communications equipment or facilities, you should contact your supervisor or the CCO for approval.

All data residing on or transmitted through our computing and communications facilities, including email and word processing documents, is the property of our companies and subject to inspection, retention and review by us, with or without an employee’s or third party’s knowledge, consent or approval, in accordance with applicable law. Any misuse or suspected misuse of our assets must be immediately reported to your supervisor or a Compliance Officer.

12. Confidentiality

One of our most important assets is our confidential information. As an employee of our companies, you may learn of information about our business that is confidential and proprietary. You also may learn of information before that information is released to the general public. Employees who have received or have access to confidential information should take care to keep this information confidential. Confidential information includes non-public information that might be of use to competitors or harmful to our companies or its customers if disclosed, such as business, marketing and service plans, financial information, product architecture, source codes, designs, databases, customer lists, pricing strategies, personnel data, personally identifiable information pertaining to our employees, customers or other individuals, and similar types of information provided to us by our customers, suppliers and partners. This information may be protected by patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws.

In addition, because we interact with other companies and organizations, there may be times when you learn confidential information about other companies before that information has been made available to the public. You must treat this information in the same manner as you are required to treat our confidential and proprietary information. There may even be times when you must treat as confidential the fact that we have an interest in, or are involved with, another company.

 

   14    Updated June 2017


You are expected to keep confidential and proprietary information confidential unless and until that information is released to the public through approved channels (usually through a press release, an SEC filing or a formal communication from a member of senior management, as further described in Section 13). Every employee has a duty to refrain from disclosing to any person confidential or proprietary information about us or any other company learned in the course of employment here, until that information is disclosed to the public through approved channels. This policy requires you to refrain from discussing confidential or proprietary information with outsiders and even with other of our companies’ employees, unless those fellow employees have a legitimate need to know the information in order to perform their job duties. Unauthorized use or distribution of this information could also be illegal and result in civil liability or criminal penalties.

You should also take care not to inadvertently disclose confidential information. Materials that contain confidential information, such as memos, notebooks, computer disks and laptop computers, should be stored securely. Unauthorized posting or discussion of any information concerning our business, information or prospects on the Internet is prohibited. You may not discuss our business, information or prospects in any “chat room,” regardless of whether you use your own name or a pseudonym. Be cautious when discussing sensitive information in public places like elevators, airports, restaurants and “quasi-public” areas within the Gladstone group of companies. All our companies emails, voicemails and other communications are presumed confidential and should not be forwarded or otherwise disseminated outside of our companies, except where required for legitimate business purposes.

In addition to the above responsibilities, if you are handling information protected by any privacy policy published by us, such as our website privacy policy, then you must handle that information in accordance with the applicable policy.

13. Media and Public Discussions

It is our policy to disclose material information concerning our companies to the public only through specific limited channels to avoid inappropriate publicity and to ensure that all those with an interest in the company will have equal access to information. All inquiries or calls from the press and financial analysts should be referred to the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) or our Investor Relations Manager. We have designated our CEO as our official spokesperson for financial matters. We have designated the President of one of our companies or our Chief Investment Officer (“CIO”) as our official spokesperson for marketing, and other related information. Unless a specific exception has been made by the CEO, these designees are the only people who may communicate with the press on behalf of our companies. In addition, our compliance policies and procedures require that communications of this nature, including advertisements, presentations or speeches and website content, be reviewed by the CCO. You also may not provide any information to the media about us off the record, for background, confidentially or secretly.

 

   15    Updated June 2017


14. Waivers

Any waiver of this Code for executive officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller (or persons performing similar functions) or directors may be authorized only by the Board of Directors of our companies, and will be disclosed to stockholders as required by applicable laws, rules and regulations.

15. Compliance Standards and Procedures

Compliance Resources; Compliance Officers

To facilitate compliance with this Code, we have implemented a program of Code awareness, training and review. We have designated our CCO to oversee this program. The CCO will have staff to assist in oversight of the program. The Compliance Officers are persons to whom you can address any questions or concerns. Please contact your manager or the head of Human Resources to determine who has been appointed as a Compliance Officer. In addition to fielding questions or concerns with respect to potential violations of this Code, the CCO is responsible for:

 

   

investigating possible violations of this Code;

 

   

training new employees in Code policies;

 

   

conducting annual training sessions to refresh employees’ familiarity with this Code;

 

   

reviewing all personal securities transactions and holdings reports required by Appendix A to this Code;

 

   

distributing this Code by hard copy or by email to each employee upon initial hire and annually thereafter, and upon any amendment of this Code, and requiring written acknowledgement of the receipt of this Code and any such amendments as a reminder that each employee is responsible for reading, understanding and complying with this Code;

 

   

updating this Code as needed and alerting employees to any updates, with appropriate approval of the Ethics Committee, to reflect changes in the law, our companies operations and in recognized best practices, and to reflect our companies experience; and

 

   

otherwise promoting an atmosphere of responsible and ethical conduct.

 

   

Your most immediate resource for any matter related to this Code is your supervisor. He or she may have the information you need or may be able to refer the question to another appropriate source.

There may, however, be times when you prefer not to go to your supervisor. In these instances, you should feel free to discuss your concern with a Compliance Officer. If you are uncomfortable speaking with a Compliance Officer because he or she works in your department or is one of your supervisors, please contact a member of the Ethics Committee. You may also report violations directly to members of the Ethics Committee by either sending a letter to Global

 

   16    Updated June 2017


Compliance Services, 13950 Ballantyne Corporate Place, Suite 300, Charlotte, NC 28277 or by calling our companies’ toll-free hotline run by Global Compliance Services at 1-888-475-4914 and speaking with a representative who will transmit the information to the Ethics Committee. The Ethics Committee will pass on to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors all information related to complaints or observations that involve accounting, internal accounting controls and auditing concerns.

You may call the toll-free number anonymously if you prefer as it is not equipped with caller identification, although Global Compliance Services will be unable to obtain follow-up details from you that may be necessary to investigate the matter. Whether you identify yourself or remain anonymous, your telephonic contact with Global Compliance Services through the toll-free number will be kept strictly confidential to the extent reasonably possible within the objectives of this Code.

16. Amendments and Modifications

This Code of Ethics and Business Conduct may not be amended or modified except in a written form which is specifically approved by majority vote of the independent directors of the applicable entities.

This Code of Ethics and Business Conduct was adopted by the Board of Directors of Gladstone Capital, Gladstone Investment, Gladstone Land, and Gladstone Commercial, including the independent directors, on January 28, 2013.

17. Pay to Play Policy

In light of recent scandals involving public pension plans and the practice of making campaign contributions to elected officials in order to influence the awarding of lucrative contracts for the management of public pension plan assets and similar government investment accounts, so-called “pay to play,” the Securities and Exchange Commission adopted Rule 206(4)-5 amending the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (hereinafter “Rule 206(4)-5” or the “Rule”) prohibiting investment advisors from receiving compensation for advisory services rendered to a public pension plan or other government investment account if certain political contributions are made by the adviser, or certain of its executives and employees. The Rule covers, among other things, all direct contributions made to incumbent state or local officials, or candidates for state or local office, direct contributions to state or local political party committees, and indirect contributions such as in-kind contributions, and soliciting or coordinating contributions.

 

   17    Updated June 2017


Rule 206(4)-5 applies to the Adviser because it is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and to Gladstone Securities, LLC (“GSC”) because it is a registered broker dealer soliciting Government Entities on behalf of the Adviser. 1 Although the Adviser may not currently be providing advisory services to a public pension plan or other government investment account, the Rule has a two year look back provision which could impact the ability of the Adviser to provide such services in the coming years. This policy is being adopted to avoid inadvertent violations of the Rule which would result in loss of business for the Adviser. Any questions regarding this policy or activities discussed herein should be directed to the CCO or his designee. Please refer to Appendix B for further information.

 

1  

The Rule makes it unlawful for any investment adviser subject to the Rule or any of the adviser’s covered associates to make direct or indirect payment to any person to solicit government clients for investment advisory services on the investment adviser’s behalf unless the “solicitor” is subject to prohibitions against participating in pay to play practices and subject to oversight by the Securities and Exchange Commission or a registered national securities association such as FINRA. The SEC adopted this Rule to prevent a third party placement agent from being used as an indirect means of making political contributions on the investment’s advisers behalf. Under the Rule, FINRA’s rules must be at least as restrictive as Rule 206(4)-5 for a broker dealer to be able to solicit government clients on the investment adviser’s behalf. While GSC is not a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, any contributions made by a Covered Associate of GSC could be deemed to have been made by the Adviser, thus prohibiting the Adviser from providing investment advisory services to the applicable Government Entity. Likewise, contributions made by a newly hired employee prior to his or her employment at the Adviser or GSC could be deemed to have been made by the Adviser, triggering the prohibitions on the Adviser providing advisory services to a Government Entity.

 

   18    Updated June 2017


Appendix A

Insider Trading Policy

For

Gladstone Capital Corporation

Gladstone Commercial Corporation

Gladstone Investment Corporation

Gladstone Land Corporation

Gladstone Management Corporation

Gladstone Administration LLC

Gladstone Securities, LLC

and their subsidiaries

This Insider Trading Policy (the “Policy”) has been adopted to comply with Rules 17j-l under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”) and 204A under the Investment Advisers’ Act of 1940 (the “Advisers’ Act”) (the “Rules”). The Policy establishes standards and procedures designed to address conflicts of interest and detect and prevent abuse of fiduciary duty by persons with knowledge of the investments and investment intentions of Gladstone Management Corporation (the “Adviser”), Gladstone Administration LLC (the “Administrator”), Gladstone Securities, LLC, Gladstone Capital Corporation, Gladstone Commercial Corporation, Gladstone Investment Corporation, Gladstone Land Corporation, their subsidiaries, and other funds managed and administered by the Adviser and the Administrator

(collectively, the “Funds”).

T HIS P OLICY WAS ORIGINALLY INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO AND MADE A PART OF THE C ODE OF E THICS AND B USINESS C ONDUCT A DOPTED BY THE B OARDS OF D IRECTORS OF THE A DVISER AND THE F UNDS ON O CTOBER 11, 2005 ( THE “C ODE OF E THICS ”). A NY VIOLATION OF THIS P OLICY IS SUBJECT TO SANCTIONS DESCRIBED IN THE C ODE OF E THICS .

(a) General Policy

(i) It is the policy of the Adviser, the Administrator and the Funds to oppose the unauthorized disclosure of any non-public information acquired in the workplace and the misuse of Material Non-public Information in securities trading. It is also the policy of the Adviser, the Administrator and the Funds to restrict trading of the Fund’s securities in a manner that minimizes the possibility of any unintentional violation of the securities laws. We have adopted several specific restrictions, outlined in this Policy, to effect the Company’s general policy.

 

   Appendix A-1    Updated June 2017


(ii) This Policy acknowledges the general principles that officers, directors and employees of the Adviser, the Administrator, the Funds or any other company in a Control relationship to the Adviser, the Administrator or the Funds, referred to in this Policy as “Covered Persons,” (A) owe a fiduciary obligation to the Funds, the Administrator and the Adviser; (B) have the duty at all times to protect the interests of stockholders; (C) must conduct all personal securities transactions in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or abuse of an individual’s position of trust and responsibility; and (D) should not take inappropriate advantage of their positions in relation to the Funds, the Administrator or the Adviser. In recognition of the relationship between Covered Persons and members of their immediate family sharing a household with the Covered Person and entities whose investment decisions are influenced or controlled by such individuals, this Policy also applies to such persons, who are referred to in this Policy as “Insiders.”

(iii) The Rules make it unlawful for Covered Persons to engage in conduct which is deceitful, fraudulent or manipulative, or which involves false or misleading statements, in connection with the purchase or sale of securities by an investment company. Accordingly, under the Rules and this Policy no Covered Person shall use any information concerning the investments or investment intentions of the Funds, or his or her ability to influence such investment intentions, for personal gain or in a manner detrimental to the interests of the Funds. In addition, the Rules and this Policy also contain additional restrictions for Covered Persons who are involved in or have access to information regarding securities recommendations made to the Funds, referred to in this Policy as Access Persons.

(iv) Generally speaking, the restrictions in this Policy are time-based, to take account of events we know will occur on a regular basis, such as quarterly earnings releases, and circumstance-based, to address situations where information such as anticipated significant investment transactions, securities offerings, or any other such information that would likely affect the price of the Funds’ securities, is not yet known to the general public.

(b) Definitions.

For purposes of this Policy,

(i) Access Person ” means any officer, employee director or managing director of the Adviser, the Administrator or the Funds, or any other company in a Control relationship to the Adviser, the Administrator or the Funds who is involved in or has access to information regarding securities recommendations made to the Funds.

(ii) Administrative Officer ” means the CCO of the Relevant Fund, or, if the CCO of the Relevant Fund is not available, then the Internal Counsel of the Relevant Fund, or if the CCO and Internal Counsel of the Relevant Fund are not available, then the Chief Financial Officer of the Relevant Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of the pre-clearance of a Covered Transaction within the meaning of Section (b)(viii)(2) below, “ Administrative Officer ” means the CCO of the Adviser, or, if the CCO of the Adviser is not available, then the Internal Counsel of the Adviser, or if the CCO and Internal Counsel of the Adviser are not available, then the Chief Financial Officer of the Adviser.

 

   Appendix A-2    Updated June 2017


(iii) Beneficial Interest ” means any interest by which a Covered Person or any member of his or her Immediate Family, can directly or indirectly derive a monetary benefit from the purchase, sale (or other acquisition or disposition) or ownership of a Security, except such interests as Clearing Officers (defined below) shall determine to be too remote for the purpose of this Policy. (A transaction in which a Covered Person acquires or disposes of a Security in which he or she has or thereby acquires a direct or indirect Beneficial Interest is sometimes referred to in this Code of Ethics as a “personal securities” transaction or as a transaction for the person’s “own account”).

(iv) CCO ” means Chief Compliance Officer, as duly appointed.

(v) Control ” means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company (unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company). Any person who owns beneficially, directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25% of the voting securities of a company shall be presumed to control such company. For purposes of this Policy, natural persons and portfolio companies of the Funds shall be presumed not to be controlled persons.

(vi) Covered Person ” means any officer, director or employee of the Adviser, the Administrator, the Funds or any other company in a Control relationship to the Adviser, the Administrator or the Funds, but does not include portfolio companies of the Funds.

(vii) Covered Security ” includes any Fund Securities and all debt obligations, stock and other instruments comprising the investments of the Funds, including any warrant or option to acquire or sell a security and financial futures contracts, but excludes securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and shares of a mutual Company. References to a “Covered Security” in this Policy shall include any warrant for, option in, or security convertible into that “Covered Security.”

(viii) Covered Transaction ” means any of the following transactions:

(1) A transaction in which such Covered Person knows or should know at the time of entering into the transaction that: (i) any of the Funds has engaged in a transaction in the same Security within the last 180 days, or is engaging in a transaction or is going to engage in a transaction in the same Security in the next 180 days; or (ii) the Adviser has within the last 180 days considered a transaction in the same Security for any of the Funds or is considering such a transaction in the Security or within the next 180 days is going to consider such a transaction in the Security;

(2) a transaction that involves the direct or indirect acquisition of Securities in an initial public offering or Limited Offering of any issuer; or

 

   Appendix A-3    Updated June 2017


(3) a transaction in any Fund Security.

(ix) Fund Security ” means any security issued by any of the Funds. References to a “Fund Security” in this Policy shall include any warrant for, option in, or security convertible into that “Fund Security.”

(x) Immediate Family ” includes any children, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, stepparents, grandparents, spouses, siblings, mothers-in-law, fathers-in-law, sons-in-law, daughters-in-law, brothers-in-law, or sisters-in-law, including adoptive relationships, who live in the same household.

(xi) Independent Officer ” means an officer of the Relevant Fund other than the Administrative Officer who is not a party to the transaction or a relative of a party to the transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of the pre-clearance of a Covered Transaction within the meaning of Section (b)(viii)(2) below, “ Independent Officer ” means an officer of the Adviser other than the Administrative Officer who is not a party to the transaction or a relative of a party to the transaction.

(xii) Insiders ” means Covered Persons, their Immediate Family and entities whose investment decisions are influenced or controlled by such individuals.

(xiii) Limited Offering ” means an offering that is exempt from registration under Sections 4(2) or 4(6) of, or Regulation D under, the Securities Act of 1933. Limited Offerings may include, among other things, limited partnership or limited liability company interests, or other Securities purchased through private placements.

(xiv) Loan Officer ” means an Access Person who is responsible for making decisions as to Securities to be bought or sold for the Funds’ portfolio.

(xv) Non-Access Person ” means any employee of the Adviser, the Administrator, the Funds, or any other company in a Control relationship to the Adviser or the Funds, which employee is not an “Access Person.”

(xvi) Relevant Fund ” means the Fund to which the relevant Covered Securities relate.

(xvii) A “ Security held or to be acquired ” by the Funds means any Security which, within the most recent 180 days is or has been held by the Funds or is being or has been considered for purchase by the Funds.

(xviii) A Security is “ being considered for purchase or sale ” from the time an amendment letter is signed by or on behalf of the Funds until the closing with respect to that Security is completed or aborted.

 

   Appendix A-4    Updated June 2017


(xix) Security ” means any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security”, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.

(xx) Trading Day ” means a day on which the Nasdaq Global Market is open for trading. A Trading Day begins at the time trading begins on such day following the date of public disclosure of the financial results for that quarter.

(c) Material Non-public Information. Material Non-public Information means any information that a reasonable investor would likely consider important in a decision to buy, hold or sell Covered Securities that has not already been disclosed generally to the public. Either positive or negative information may be material.

(i) Materiality. While it may be difficult to determine whether particular information is material, there are various categories of information that are particularly sensitive and, as a general rule, should always be considered material. Examples of such information include, but are not limited to: (1) a Fund’s financial results, (2) known but unannounced large deviations in planned future earnings or losses, (3) execution or termination of significant investment transactions, (4) news of a pending or proposed merger or other acquisition, (5) changes in a Fund’s dividend rate or dividend policy, (6) news of the disposition, construction or acquisition of significant assets, (7) impending bankruptcy or financial liquidity problems, (8) significant developments involving corporate relationships, (9) new equity or debt offerings, (10) security buyback programs, (11) positive or negative developments in significant outstanding litigation, (12) significant litigation exposure due to actual or threatened litigation, (13) significant changes to existing debt facilities and (14) major changes in senior management.

(ii) Non-public. Information about the Adviser, the Administrator and the Funds that is not yet in general circulation should be considered non-public. It is important to note that information is not necessarily public merely because it has been discussed in the press, which will sometimes report rumors. All information that a Covered Person learns about the Adviser, the Administrator or the Funds or their business plans in connection with his or her employment is non-public information unless you can point to its official release by the Adviser, the Administrator or the Funds in a press release, a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) or a publicly available webcast or similar broadcast sponsored by the Adviser, the Administrator or the Funds. If you are considering engaging in a Covered Transaction and have any question as to whether information of which you are aware has been made public, contact the CCO of the Relevant Fund.

 

   Appendix A-5    Updated June 2017


(d) Specific Requirements for Trading in Fund Securities

(i) Trading Window. Except as permitted in Section (e)(iii) of this Policy, Insiders may only conduct transactions involving the purchase or sale of a Fund Security during the period commencing at the open of the market on the third Trading Day following the date of the Relevant Fund’s filing of its Form 10-Q or 10-K for the most recently completed fiscal period and continuing until the close of the market on the fifteenth (15 th ) calendar day prior to the last day of the fiscal quarter (the “ Trading Window ”), after which time the Trading Window will be closed until it re-opens on the third Trading Day following the date of filing of the Form 10-Q or 10-K for the subsequent period.

In special circumstances, when insiders may have Material Non-public information, the CCO, Internal Counsel or the Chief Financial Officer of the Relevant Fund may, upon the concurrence of any two of such persons, close or open Trading Window or prevent a scheduled Trading Window from opening as originally scheduled. Upon determination that any such information no longer constitutes Material Non-public Information, the CCO, Internal Counsel or Chief Financial Officer of the Relevant Fund may, upon the concurrence of any two of such persons, re-open a Trading Window.

(ii) Reserved.

(iii) No Safe Harbor for Possession of Material Non-Public Information . Regardless of whether the Trading Window is open, Insiders may not trade in Fund Securities while in possession of any Material Non-public Information (with the exception of trades pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans established in accordance with this Policy). Trading in Fund Securities during the Trading Window should not be considered a “safe harbor” from liability, and all Insiders should use good judgment at all times.

(iv) Limit Orders. The prohibition against trading during the closed Trading Windows encompasses the fulfillment of “limit orders” (often referred to as “good until canceled orders”) by any broker with whom any such limit order is placed. Any unfilled limit orders in Fund Securities must be immediately canceled whenever (A) a Trading Window closes, including upon the imposition of a special circumstances closed Trading Window, or (B) the Insider comes into possession of Material Non-public Information.

(v) Short Sales and Derivative Securities. No Insiders shall engage in a short sale of any Fund Security. A short sale is a sale of securities not owned by the seller or, if owned, not delivered against such sale within 20 days thereafter. In addition, trading in options to buy or sell Fund Securities (including put or call options), warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation rights, or other similar rights with an exercise or conversion privilege at a price related to an equity security or with a value derived from the value of an equity security relating to a Fund Security (collectively, “ Derivative Securities ”), whether or not issued by the Funds, such as exchange-traded options, are prohibited. Short sales and Derivative Security trading are prohibited by this Policy even when the Trading Window is open.

 

   Appendix A-6    Updated June 2017


(vi) Other Prohibited Activities. In addition, no Covered Person shall, directly or indirectly in connection with the purchase or sale of a “security held or to be acquired” (as defined in Section (b)(xvii) of this Policy) by the Funds: (a) employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Funds; or (b) make to the Funds or the Adviser any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state to any of the foregoing a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; or (c) engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Funds; or (d) engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Funds.

(e) Pre-Clearance of Covered Transactions

(i) Pre-Clearance of Transactions in Fund Securities. Except for transactions that are exempted under Section (e)(iii) below, all Covered Persons must obtain pre-clearance for any transactions in Fund Securities using the following procedures:

(1) From Whom Obtained. Before any Insider engages in any transaction in Fund Securities, the relevant Covered Person must pre-clear the proposed transaction with the Administrative Officer (the CCO of the Relevant Fund, or, if the CCO of the Relevant Fund is not available, then the Internal Counsel of the Relevant Fund, or if the CCO and Internal Counsel of the Relevant Fund are not available, then the Chief Financial Officer of the Relevant Fund). Until the Administrative Officer provides pre-clearance for the proposed transaction, such Insider shall not execute the proposed transaction. The Administrative Officer may consult management and counsel in reviewing and pre-clearing transactions, although the primary responsibility to assess whether a proposed transaction complies with this Policy and applicable law will lie with the Covered Person.

(2) Pre-clearance Period. The Covered Person will have until the end of fourteen (14) calendar days following the day pre-clearance is received, or until such earlier time that the Trading Window closes or the Insider comes into possession of Material Non-Public Information, to execute the transaction. If for any reason the transaction is not completed within this period of time, pre-clearance must be re-obtained from the Administrative Officer. Execution of a trade shall include the actual sale or purchase, rather than simply placing of an order to do so.

(3) Form. To initiate pre-clearance, you must contact the Administrative Officer in person, by phone, or email. After discussing the proposed trade, pre-clearance can be obtained by (i) completing and signing Schedule B, and obtaining the approval and signature of the Administrative Officer; or (ii) responding affirmatively to an email sent by the Administrative Officer containing all the required information of Schedule B and receiving a reply email from the Administrative Officer indicating such approval. Schedule B may be amended from time to time by the CCO of the Relevant Fund, with the permission of the Chairman of the Ethics Committee of the Relevant Fund. The Administrative Officer is the CCO of the Relevant FUND, or, if the CCO is not available, then the Internal Counsel of the Relevant Fund, or if the CCO and Internal Counsel are not available, then the CFO of the Relevant Fund.

 

   Appendix A-7    Updated June 2017


(4) Filing. A copy of all completed pre-clearance forms, with all required signatures (or, as applicable, email correspondence), shall be retained by the CCO of the Relevant Fund.

(5) Insider’s Responsibility. Notwithstanding the foregoing, even if a proposed trade is pre-cleared, the Insider is prohibited from trading any Fund Securities while in possession of Material Non-public Information.

(ii) Pre-Clearance of Non-Fund Securities Covered Transactions. With the exception of transactions in Fund Securities (covered in Section (e)(i) above) and transactions that are exempted under Section (e)(iii) below, Insiders proposing to engage in Covered Transactions must obtain pre-clearance of such Covered Transaction using the following procedures:

(1) From Whom Obtained. Pre-clearance must be obtained from the Administrative Officer and one Independent Officer.

(2) Pre-clearance Period. In the case of a proposed Covered Transaction, if the relevant Covered Person receives pre-clearance, the Insider will have until the end of fourteen (14) calendar days following the day pre-clearance is received to execute the transaction. If for any reason the transaction is not completed within this period of time, pre-clearance must be re-obtained before the transaction can be executed.

(3) Form. Pre-clearance must be obtained in writing by completing and signing the “Request for Permission to Engage in a Non-Fund Securities Covered Transaction” form attached hereto as Schedule A , which form shall set forth the details of the proposed transaction, and obtaining the signatures of the Administrative Officer and one Independent Officer. Schedule A may be amended from time to time by the CCO of the Relevant Fund, with the permission of the Chairman of the Ethics Committee of the Relevant Fund.

(4) Filing. A copy of all completed pre-clearance forms, with all required signatures, shall be retained by the CCO of the Relevant Fund.

(5) Factors to be Considered in Pre-clearance of Non-Fund Securities Covered Transactions. The persons responsible for pre-clearance may refuse to grant pre-clearance of a Covered Transaction in their absolute discretion. Generally, such persons will consider the following factors in determining whether or not to clear a Covered Transaction: (1) whether the Insider is in possession of Material Non-Public Information, (2) whether the amount or nature of the transaction or person making it is likely to affect the price or market for the Security; (3) whether the individual making the proposed purchase or sale is likely to benefit from purchases or sales being made or being considered by the Funds; (4) whether the Security proposed to be purchased or sold is one that would qualify for purchase or sale by the Funds; (5) whether the transaction is non-volitional on the part of the individual, such as receipt of a stock dividend, bequest or inheritance; (6) whether potential harm to the Funds from the transaction is remote; (7) whether the transaction would be likely to affect a highly institutional market; and (8) whether the transaction is related economically to Securities being considered for purchase or sale (as defined in Section (b)(xviii) of this Policy) by the Funds.

 

   Appendix A-8    Updated June 2017


(iii) Exemptions From Pre-Clearance Requirements

The following transactions are exempt from the pre-clearance provisions of this Policy:

(1) Not Controlled Securities. Purchases, sales or other acquisitions or dispositions of Securities for an account over which the Insider has no direct influence or Control and does not exercise indirect influence or Control;

(2) Involuntary Transactions. Involuntary purchases or sales made by an Insider;

(3) DRPs. Purchases which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan;

(4) Rights Offerings. Purchases or other acquisitions or dispositions resulting from the exercise of rights acquired from an issuer as part of a pro rata distribution to all holders of a class of Securities of such issuer and the sale of such rights; and

(5) Rule 10b5-1 Plans .

a. Trades Pursuant to Trading Plan Exempted from Compliance with Trading Windows and Pre-clearance Requirements. A transaction in Fund Securities in accordance with a trading plan adopted in accordance with the SEC’s Rule 10b5-1(c) and this Section (e)(iii)(5) (the “ Trading Plan ”) shall not be required to be effected during an open Trading Window nor shall it require pre-clearance, even though such transaction takes place during a closed Trading Window or while the Insider was aware of Material Non-public Information.

b. Adoption and Approval of Trading Plan. The Trading Plan must be adopted during (i) an open Trading Window and (ii) at a time when such Insider is not in possession of Material Non-public Information. Each Trading Plan must be pre-approved by the Administrative Officer to confirm compliance with this Policy and applicable securities laws, and such approval is subject to the sole discretion of the Administrative Officer. Approval of a Trading Plan shall not be deemed a representation by the Adviser, Administrator or the applicable Fund that such plan complies with Rule 10b5-1, nor an assumption by the Adviser, Administrator or the applicable Fund of any liability or responsibility to the individual or any other party if the plan does not comply with Rule 10b5-1. The initial trades under such Trading Plan shall not be permitted until at least thirty calendar days have passed following the establishment of the Trading Plan.

 

   Appendix A-9    Updated June 2017


c. Amendment of Trading Plan. An Insider may amend or replace his or her Trading Plan only during periods when trading is permitted in accordance with this Policy, and the relevant Covered Person must submit any proposed amendment or replacement of a Trading Plan to the Administrative Officer for approval prior to adoption. The relevant Covered Person must provide notice to the Administrative Officer prior to an Insider terminating a Trading Plan.

d. Form. Pre-clearance of a Trading Plan must be obtained in writing by (i) completing and signing the “Request for Permission to Establish Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan” form attached hereto as Schedule C , and (ii) obtaining the signature of the Administrative Officer. Schedule C may be amended from time to time by the CCO of the Relevant Fund, with the permission of the Chairman of the Ethics Committee of the Relevant Fund.

e. Filing. A copy of all completed pre-clearance forms, with all required signatures, shall be retained by the CCO of the Relevant Fund.

(f) Reporting Requirements.

(i) Access Persons.

(1) Holdings Reports.

a. Initial Holdings Report. Within ten (10) days of becoming an Access Person, each Access Person shall make a written report to the CCO of the Relevant Fund of all Securities in which such Access Person holds a direct or indirect Beneficial Interest. Access Persons need not report any such Securities that are exempt under subsection (i)(1)(d) of this Section (f). The initial holdings report shall be made on the form provided for such purpose by the CCO of the Relevant Fund. Each initial holdings report must be current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days prior to the date that the reporting person became an Access Person.

b. Annual Holdings Reports. No later than February 13 th of each year, each Access Person shall make a written report to the CCO of the Relevant Fund of all Securities in which such Access Person holds a direct or indirect Beneficial Interest. Access Persons need not report any such Securities that are exempt under subsection (i)(1)(d) of this Section (f). The annual holdings report shall be made on the form provided for such purpose by the CCO of the Relevant Fund. Each annual holdings report must be current as of a date no later than December 31 st of the prior year.

c. Contents of Holdings Reports. Holdings reports must contain, at a minimum, the following information with respect to each Security: (i) the title and type of each Security for which an Access Person holds a direct or indirect Beneficial Interest; (ii) for publicly traded Securities, the ticker symbol or CUSIP number for each such Security; (iii) the principal amount of each Security; (iv) the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom you, or any members of your Immediate Family, maintain an account in which any Securities are held for your direct or indirect benefit; and (v) the date of submission of the report.

 

   Appendix A-10    Updated June 2017


d. Exemptions from Holdings Reports. The following Securities are not required to be included in holdings reports made by Access Persons:

 

  i.

Securities held in accounts over which an Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control;

 

  ii.

Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

 

  iii.

Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and

 

  iv.

Shares issued by open-end funds.

(2) Transaction Reports.

a. Quarterly Report. Within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar quarter, each Access Person must submit a quarterly report to the CCO of the Relevant Fund, on the form provided for such purpose by the CCO of the Relevant Fund, of all transactions during the calendar quarter in any Securities in which such Access Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Interest.

b. Contents of Transaction Reports. Quarterly Transaction Reports must contain, at a minimum, the following information with respect to each transaction in a Security: (i) the title and type of each Security involved; (ii) for publicly traded Securities, the ticker symbol or CUSIP number for each such Security; (iii) the number of shares, interest rate, and maturity date and principal amount, as applicable, of each Security involved; (iv) the price of the Security at which the transaction was effected; (v) the name of any broker, dealer or bank through which the transaction was effected; and (vi) the date of submission of the report.

c. Exemptions from Transaction Reports. The following transactions are not required to be included in Quarterly transactions reports of Access Persons:

 

  i.

Transactions in Securities over which an Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control;

 

  ii.

Transactions in Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

 

  iii.

Transactions in Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;

 

  iv.

Transactions in shares issued by open-end funds; and

 

   Appendix A-11    Updated June 2017


  v.

Transactions which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan.

(ii) Non-Access Persons.

(1) Annual Transactions Report. Within 10 days of the end of each calendar year, each Non-Access Person shall make a written report to the CCO of the Relevant Fund of all transactions by which they acquired or disposed of a direct or indirect Beneficial Interest in any Covered Security.

(2) Form. Each annual report shall be provided on the form “Annual Securities Transactions Confidential Report of Non-Access Persons” form attached hereto as Schedule D , which form shall set forth the information regarding each transaction requested in the form. Schedule D may be amended from time to time by the CCO of the Relevant Fund, who shall promptly provide any form so amended to all Non-Access Persons.

(3) Filing. A copy of all reports submitted pursuant to this Section (f), with all required signatures, shall be retained by the CCO of the Relevant Fund.

(iii) Disclaimer. Any report made by an Access Person or Non-Access Person under this Section (e) may contain a statement that the report is not to be construed as an admission that the person making it has or had any direct or indirect Beneficial Interest in any Security or Covered Security to which the report relates.

(iv) Responsibility to Report. It is the responsibility of all Covered Persons to take the initiative to provide each report required to be made by them under this Policy. Any effort by the Adviser, the Administrator or the Funds to facilitate the reporting process does not change or alter that responsibility.

(g) Confidentiality of Transactions

Until disclosed in a public report to stockholders or to the SEC in the normal course, all information concerning Securities being considered for purchase or sale (as defined in Section (b)(xv) of this Policy) by the Funds shall be kept confidential by all Access Persons and disclosed by them only on a “need to know” basis. It shall be the responsibility of the CCO to report any inadequacy found by him or her to the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee appointed by the Board of Directors to deal with such information.

(h) Sanctions

Any violation of this Policy shall be subject to the imposition of such sanctions by the Funds or the Adviser as may be deemed appropriate under the circumstances to achieve the purposes of the Rules and this Policy, which may include suspension or termination of employment, a letter of censure or restitution of an amount equal to the difference between the price paid or received by the Funds and the more advantageous price paid or received by the offending person. Sanctions for violation of this Policy by a director of the Funds will be determined by a majority vote of the independent directors of the applicable Fund.

 

   Appendix A-12    Updated June 2017


(i) Administration and Construction

(i) Administration. The administration of this Policy shall be the responsibility of the CCO of the Adviser and the Funds.

(ii) Duties. The duties of the CCO under this Policy include: (1) continuous maintenance of a current list of the names of all Access and Non-Access Persons, with an appropriate description of their title or employment; (2) providing each Covered Person a copy of this Policy and informing them of their duties and obligations hereunder, and assuring that Covered Persons are familiar with applicable requirements of this Appendix; (3) supervising the implementation of this Policy and its enforcement by the Adviser, the Administrator and the Funds; (4) maintaining or supervising the maintenance of all records and reports required by this Policy; (5) preparing listings of all transactions effected by any Access Person within thirty (30) days of the date on which the same security was held, purchased or sold by any of the Funds; (6) issuing either personally or with the assistance of counsel, as may be appropriate, any interpretation of this Policy which may appear consistent with the objectives of the Rules and this Policy; (7) conducting of such inspections or investigations, including scrutiny of the listings referred to in the preceding subparagraph, as shall reasonably be required to detect and report, with recommendations, any apparent violations of this Policy to the Board of Directors of the Funds or any Committee appointed by them to deal with such information; and (8) submitting a quarterly report to the directors of the Funds containing a description of any (i) violation and the sanction imposed; (ii) transactions which suggest the possibility of a violation of interpretations issued by the CCO of the Relevant Fund; and (iii) any other significant information concerning the appropriateness of this Policy.

(j) Required Records.

The CCO shall maintain and cause to be maintained in an easily accessible place, the following records:

(i) Code of Ethics and Policies. Copies of the Code of Ethics into which this Policy has been incorporated, this Policy, and any other codes of ethics or insider trading policies adopted pursuant to the Rules (“Rule 17 and Rule 204A Codes”) which have been in effect during the past five (5) years;

(ii) Violations. A record of any violation of any such Rule 17 and Rule 204A Codes and of any action taken as a result of such violation;

(iii) Reports. A copy of each report made by the CCO within two (2) years from the end of the fiscal year of the Funds in which such report or interpretation is made or issued, and for an additional three (3) years in a place which need not be easily accessible; and

 

   Appendix A-13    Updated June 2017


(iv) List. A list of all persons who are, or within the past five (5) years have been, required to make reports pursuant to the Rules and any Rule 17 Code.

(k) Amendments and Modifications

This Policy may not be amended or modified except in a written form which is specifically approved by majority vote of the independent directors of the applicable Funds.

This Policy was adopted by the Funds’ Boards of Directors, including the independent directors, on January  28, 2013 .

 

   Appendix A-14    Updated June 2017


SCHEDULE A

REQUEST FOR PERMISSION TO ENGAGE IN A NON-FUND SECURITIES COVERED TRANSACTION

I hereby request permission to effect a transaction in securities as indicated below for my own account or other account in which I have a beneficial interest or legal title. I acknowledge that if I am granted pre-clearance for my Transaction Request, I will have until the end of fourteen (14) calendar days following the day pre-clearance is received to execute the transaction. I also acknowledge that, if for any reason the transaction is not completed within this period of time, pre-clearance must be re-obtained before the transaction can be executed.

(Use approximate dates and amounts of proposed transactions.)

PURCHASES AND ACQUISITIONS

 

Date    IPO or Limited
Offering?
   No. of Shares or
Principal
Amount
   Name and
Trading Symbol
of Security
   Unit Price    Total Price    Brokerage Firm
                               
                               
     

SALES AND OTHER DISPOSITIONS

  
           
           
           

Name:                                               

  

Request Date:                                           

  

Signature:

       

 

Permission Granted ☐   Signature:   Date:                        
Permission Denied ☐          
  (Administrative Officer)      
 

 

Signature:

  Date:      
         

Request to Engage in a Non-Fund Securities Covered Transaction

 

   Appendix A - 14    Updated June 2017


(Independent Officer)

 

   Appendix A-2    Updated June 2017


SCHEDULE B

R EQUEST FOR P RE - CLEARANCE AND C ERTIFICATION IN C ONNECTION WITH A T RANSACTION IN F UND S ECURITIES

Instructions: To initiate pre-clearance, you must contact the Administrative Officer in person, by phone, or email. After discussing the proposed trade, pre-clearance can be obtained by (1) completing and signing this Schedule B, and obtaining the approval and signature of the Administrative Officer; or (2) responding affirmatively to an email sent by the Administrative Officer containing all the required information of this Schedule B and receiving a reply email from the Administrative Officer indicating such approval. The Administrative Officer is the CCO of the Relevant Fund, or, if the CCO is not available, then the Internal Counsel of the Relevant Fund, or if the CCO and Internal Counsel are not available, then the CFO of the Relevant Fund. Capitalized terms used in this Schedule B have the meanings given them in the Insider Trading Policy as adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Funds on January 28, 2013 (the “ Policy ”).

REQUEST FOR PRE-CLEARANCE

I hereby request permission to effect a transaction in Fund Securities as indicated below for my own account or other account in which I have a beneficial interest or legal title.

 

Requestor’s name:                                                                              

Transaction type (Buy or Sell):                                                                        

  

Proposed order date: ______________

Approximate number of shares (if debt securities, principal dollar amount) of trade: ____________

Name and trading symbol of Fund Security: ____________________________

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to the Policy, and in connection with the above request for pre-clearance (the “ Transaction Request ”), I, __________________, hereby certify that I am not in possession of any Material Non-public Information, as defined in the Policy. I further certify I have read and understand the Insider Trading Policy as adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Funds and am personally responsible for abiding by all the policies and procedures contained within the Policy and aware of the consequences of failing to do so.

 

Signature:                                                                                                    

   

Date:                                                                                                                          

Request for Pre-Clearance and Certification in Connection with a Transaction in Fund Securities

 

   Appendix A - 15    Updated June 2017


PRE-CLEARANCE CONSIDERATIONS AND DECISION

1) Is the Fund involved in a stock offering (overnight, ATM, etc.)? If yes, consider whether requestor is an Affiliated Purchaser under Regulation M and precluded from trading in securities of Fund during offering period.

2) Is this trade being placed in the Gladstone Holding Corporation deferred compensation plan account? If yes, consider rebalancing the deferred compensation asset allocation.

3) Is the trader currently subject to any lockup agreements resulting from recent stock offerings for this fund? Confirm with legal and compliance. If yes, determine if proposed trade is not allowed during the proposed trade period.

 

Pre-clearance Granted ☐

  

  Administrative Officer Signature:

    

Pre-clearance Denied ☐

  

Pre-clearance Granted/Denied Date:  

    

Request for Pre-Clearance and Certification in Connection with a Transaction in Fund Securities


SCHEDULE C

C ERTIFICATION /R EQUEST F OR P RE -A PPROVAL OF R ULE 10 B 5-1 T RADING P LAN

Instructions: Contact the Administrative Officer to discuss your eligibility for a Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan. The Administrative Officer is the CCO of the Relevant Fund, or, if the CCO is not available, then the Internal Counsel of the Relevant Fund, or if the CCO and Internal Counsel are not available, then the CFO of the Relevant Fund. Capitalized terms used in this Schedule C have the meanings given them in the Insider Trading Policy as adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Funds on January 28, 2013 (the “ Policy ”).

REQUEST FOR PRE-CLEARANCE

Pursuant to the Policy, I hereby request permission to enter into a Trading Plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. In connection with this request, I, __________________, hereby certify that:

 

1.

I have delivered herewith the form of Trading Plan to the Administrative Officer.

 

2.

I am not in possession of any Material Non-public Information, as defined in the Policy.

 

3.

I further certify I have read and understand the Insider Trading Policy as adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Funds and am personally responsible for abiding by all the policies and procedures contained within the Policy and aware of the consequences of failing to do so.

 

Signature:                                                                                                    

   

Date:                                                                                                                          

PRE-CLEARANCE CONSIDERATION AND DECISION

1) Is the Fund involved in a stock offering (overnight, ATM, etc.)? If yes, consider whether requestor is an Affiliated Purchaser under Regulation M and precluded from trading in securities of Fund during offering period.

2) Is this trade being placed in the Gladstone Holding Corporation deferred compensation plan account? If yes, consider rebalancing the deferred compensation asset allocation.

3) Is the trader currently subject to any lockup agreements resulting from recent stock offerings for this fund? Confirm with legal and compliance. If yes, determine if proposed trade is not allowed during the proposed trade period.

 

                 Pre-approval Granted ☐

  

Administrative Officer Signature:                                                                      

                 Pre-approval Denied ☐

  

Pre-approval Granted/Denied Date:                                                                   

Certification/Request For Pre-Approval Of Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan

 

   Appendix A - 16    Updated June 2017


SCHEDULE D

ANNUAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

CONFIDENTIAL REPORT OF NON-ACCESS PERSONS

The following schedule lists all transactions during the year ending December 31, ____ in which I had any direct or indirect Beneficial Interest in any Covered Security. Capitalized terms used in this schedule have the meanings given them in the Insider Trading Policy as adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Funds on January 28, 2013. ( If no transactions took place you may write “None” )

PURCHASES AND ACQUISITIONS

 

Date    No. of
Shares or
Principal
Amount
   Name of
Security
   Unit Price    Total Price    Brokerage
Firm
                          
                          
                          
                          

SALES AND OTHER DISPOSITIONS

 

                          
                          
                          
                          

If you wish to disclaim Beneficial Ownership of any of the Covered Securities listed above, please check the statement below and describe the Securities for which you disclaim Beneficial Ownership.

 

   

This report is not to be construed as an admission that the person making it has or had any direct or indirect Beneficial Interest in the following Securities to which this report relates:

 

For the year ending

         

Name:

 

Date:

       

Signature:

 

Annual Securities Transactions Confidential Report of Non-Access Persons

 

   Appendix A - 17    Updated June 2017


Appendix B

Pay to Play Policy

For

Gladstone Capital Corporation

Gladstone Commercial Corporation

Gladstone Investment Corporation

Gladstone Land Corporation

Gladstone Management Corporation

Gladstone Securities, LLC

and their subsidiaries

 

A.

Prohibited Conduct

1. Covered Associates (as defined in Section C. and explained further in the accompanying footnote) may not make any Political Contribution (defined Section C.) to any Official of a Government Entity (defined in Section C.), unless such Political Contribution has first been approved in writing by the CCO or his designee.

This prohibition includes “in-kind” contributions, e.g. , contributions of GMC or GSC property, services or other assets including employee work time spent on political activities and the solicitation of contributions by an employee. Failure to comply with this requirement may result in GMC’s being barred from receiving compensation for supplying advisory services to such Government Entity or to a Covered Investment Pool (defined below) in which such Government Entity invests for a two-year period. This prohibition applies to fundraising activities, including soliciting or making Political Contributions, either monetary or in-kind.

Please note, nothing in this Policy is meant to discourage Covered Associates from participating in the political process by expressing support for political candidates 2 or voting. Covered Associates may support candidates in other ways, such as volunteering their time, so long as such volunteering occurs during non-work hours or on vacation time. Additionally, to avoid potentially problematic in-kind contributions, Covered Associates are prohibited from using GMC or GSC resources, including telephones, copiers, personnel, or other facilities to conduct political activities.

Individuals who are Covered Associates may make a de minimis Political Contribution to an Official of a Government Entity for whom the Covered Associate is entitled to vote at the time of the contribution, provided that the Political Contribution does not exceed $350 in the aggregate to any one Official, per election. Individuals who are Covered Associates may also make a de minimis Political Contribution to an Official of a Government Entity for whom the Covered Associate is not entitled to vote, provided that the Political Contribution does not exceed $150 in the aggregate to any

 

2  

Please note, not all political candidates or incumbent politicians are included within the definition of Official of a Government Entity. Incumbent federal officeholders and candidates for federal office who do not hold a state or local office while running for federal office are not Officials of a Government Entity.

 

   Appendix B - 1    Updated June 2017


one Official, per election. Under both exceptions, primary and general elections would be considered separate elections. All de minimis contributions must also be disclosed to the CCO. Please note that broker dealers and individuals who are municipal finance professionals are subject to a lower de minimis contribution limit of $250 under MSRB Rule G-37.

2. A Covered Associate may not, without the prior written consent of the CCO or his designee, solicit or co-ordinate: (i) Political Contributions to Officials of a Government Entity, or (ii) payments to a state or local political party. For purposes of this Policy, solicitation or coordination of a Political Contribution or payment includes communicating, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of obtaining or arranging a Political Contribution or payment and would include asking, directing, or suggesting that a Political Contribution be made. For example, use of an individual’s name on fundraising literature for a candidate would be soliciting Political Contributions for that candidate. Similarly, even forwarding a solicitation to friends or family on behalf of a candidate or political party would be coordinating Political Contributions for that candidate or political party.

3. A Covered Associate may not compensate a third party placement agent or “finder” to solicit advisory business 3 from a Government Entity on behalf of the Covered Associate, unless the third party is a registered broker-dealer or SEC-registered investment adviser subject to Rule 206(4)-5.

4. Covered Associates may not circumvent these prohibitions by requesting, directing or causing contributions or payments to be made through other parties, including, but not limited to, spouses, family members or friends, or in any other way.

 

B.

Quarterly Reports

Within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, each Covered Associate must submit a Political Contribution Report to the CCO in such form as he shall prescribe. As part of the hiring process, each newly-hired Covered Associate will be required to report information on any Political Contribution or other activity covered by this Policy.

 

C.

Definitions

A Covered Associate 4 includes: (i) GMC, (ii) GSC, (ii) GMC’s or GSC’s President; (iii) any Vice-President or similar executive officer of GMC or GSC in charge of a business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration or finance); (iv) any other person who performs a policy-making function; (v) an employee who solicits a government entity for GMC; (vi) any person who directly or indirectly supervises an employee described in (v); or (vii) any political action committee controlled by GMC, GSC or any of their covered associates.

 

3  

“Soliciting advisory business” means engaging in a communication that is reasonably calculated to obtain or retain a Government Entity as an advisory client.

4  

Although GSC employees are not employees of the investment adviser GMC, for purposes of this policy and Rule 206(4)-5’s restrictions regarding third party placement agents discussed in footnote 1, GSC and certain of its employees will be deemed to be Covered Associates.

 

   Appendix B - 2    Updated June 2017


In addition to the positions listed above, as of the date of this Policy, the following shall be considered Covered Associates:

 

   

Individuals holding Series 7 or 79 License

 

   

Individuals designated or acting in the position of Managing Director or higher;

 

   

Individuals designated as the head of a department;

 

   

Individuals having marketing responsibilities/Individuals designated as part of the Marketing Department; and

 

   

Individuals who solicit business from government entities or who supervise those who do.

For internal reference only, on a quarterly basis, the CCO or his designee shall update Exhibit A hereto (delineating each individual he believes to be included within the definition of Covered Associate).

A Covered Investment Pool includes an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 that is an investment option of a plan or program of a Government Entity or any company that would be an investment company under section 3(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 but for the exclusion provided from that definition by 3(c)(1), 3(c)(7) or 3(c)(11) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. 5

A Government Entity means any state or political subdivision thereof, including public pension funds and retirement systems. This includes such an entity’s agency, authority or instrumentality; a pool of assets sponsored or established by the state or political subdivision, agency, authority or instrumentality thereof; a plan or program of a government entity; and officers, agents or employees of the government entity acting in their official capacity.

An Official of a Government Entity is someone who can influence the hiring of an investment adviser for a government entity. This term includes someone who has the sole authority to select investment advisers for the government entity; someone who serves on a governing board that selects investment advisers; or someone who appoints those who select the investment advisers. It includes an incumbent, a candidate, or a successful candidate for state or local elective office. Note that it can also include a candidate for federal office, if that person is a covered state or local official at the time the Political Contribution is made. In certain circumstances, a national political party committee may be considered an Official of a Government Entity after the party’s nominating convention has concluded if at least one of the party’s nominees for president or vice president is a covered state or local official. 6

 

5  

Please note, at the time of writing this Policy, a Covered Investment Pool would include any private fund that GMC may wish to manage and raise capital from any state or political subdivision thereof, including public pension funds and retirement systems. It would also include a pooled investment vehicle sponsored or advised by an investment adviser as a funding vehicle or investment option in a government sponsored plan, such as a 529 plan (qualified tuition plan), 403(b) plan (tax-deferred employee benefit retirement plan), or a 457 plan ( tax-deferred employee benefit retirement plan) that typically allow participants to select among pre-established investment options or particular investment pools (often invested in registered investment companies or funds of funds, such as target date funds).

6  

The national political party committees are the RNC, DNC, NRSC, DSCC, NRCC, and DCCC. Contributions or solicitations for contributions to a national political party committee may violate Rule 206(4)-5 if one or more of the party’s nominees for president or vice president is a covered state or local official. For example, in 2008, contributions to the RNC after the nominating convention which chose Sarah Palin, then incumbent Governor of Alaska, as vice

 

   Appendix B - 3    Updated June 2017


A Political Contribution means a gift, subscription, loan, advance, deposit of money or anything of value made for the purpose of influencing an election. Political Contributions include not only monetary donations but also the provision of goods and services provided to a campaign, or on behalf of a campaign, without charge. This includes payments for debts incurred in such an election, as well as transition or inaugural expenses.

 

presidential nominee were subject to then in effect pay to play restrictions of $250. Similarly, contributions to McCain-Palin were also subject to the $250 limit.

On August 13, 2011, Governor Rick Perry of Texas announced his candidacy for president of the United States. As an Official of a Government Entity, individuals who are Covered Associates may only contribute $350 per election to Governor Perry’s campaign and may not solicit contributions on Perry’s behalf. Depending on the outcome of the republican nominating convention in 2012, if Governor Perry or another incumbent state or local official becomes the republican party nominee for president or vice president, contributions to the RNC after the convention would be subject to the de minimis limits, as would contributions to the campaign committee for the presidential/vice presidential nominees.

 

   Appendix B - 4    Updated June 2017


Quarterly Political Contribution Report

GMC , as a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, is required by law to maintain books and records regarding certain political contributions made by its Covered Associates . Pursuant to our Pay to Pay Policy, please provide information regarding your Political Contributions. If you are unsure whether to report a Political Contribution , please contact the CCO or Internal Counsel for assistance.

All terms in bold/italics used on this report have the same definitions as they appear in the Pay to Pay Policy included as Appendix B to our Code of Ethics. For more guidance regarding this report specifically, or our Pay to Play Policy generally, please contact our CCO or Internal Counsel.

Period Covered by the Report - 20

 

☐ First Quarter    ☐ Second Quarter    ☐ Third Quarter    ☐ Fourth Quarter
   ☐ Other Period      

Covered Activity

Except as otherwise described below, during the period covered by this report, I have not, directly or indirectly (including, but not limited to, through a family member or political action committee):

a. Made or caused to be made a Political Contribution to any Official of a Government Entity ;

b. Solicited or coordinated:

 

  (i)

Political Contributions to any Official of a Government Entity , or

 

  (ii)

payments to a state or local political party; or

c. Compensated any third parties for “ soliciting advisory business ” from a Government Entity .

Describe each Political Contribution, including those de minimis contributions made to candidates for whom you are eligible to vote. Include name, title and city/county/state or other political subdivision of each recipient and the amounts and dates of each Political Contribution:

 

 

 

     

 

Name

   

Date

 

   Appendix B - 5    Updated June 2017


Initial Political Contribution Report

GMC , as a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, is required by law to maintain books and records regarding certain political contributions made by its executives and employees. Please provide information regarding Political Contributions made after March 14, 2011 until now. If you are unsure whether to report a Political Contribution , please contact the CCO or Internal Counsel for assistance.

All terms in bold/italics used on this report have the same definitions as they appear in the Pay to Pay Policy included as Appendix B to our Code of Ethics. For more guidance regarding this report specifically, or our Pay to Play Policy generally, please contact our CCO or Internal Counsel.

Except as otherwise described below, during the period from March 14, 2011 until the date of this report, I have not, directly or indirectly (including through a family member or political action committee):

a. Made a Political Contribution to any Official of a Government Entity ;

b. Solicited or coordinated:

 

  (i)

Political Contributions to an Official of a Government Entity , or

 

  (ii)

payments to a political party of a state or locality; or

c. Compensated any third parties for “soliciting advisory business” from Government Entities .

Describe any exceptions. Include name, title and city/county/state or other political subdivision of each recipient and the amounts and dates of each contribution or payment:    

 

 

 

     

 

Name

   

Date

 

   Appendix B - 6    Updated June 2017


Political Contribution Pre-Clearance Form

Name and Title of Contributor:

Recipient Information

Name:

Title:

City/County/State/Other Political Subdivision:

Amount of Contribution:

Proposed Date of Contribution:                                                                                           

Contribution is for:

  

☐ Primary Election             ☐ General Election

Is this Contributor able to vote for this Recipient?     ☐Yes     ☐ No

Has this Contributor made other contributions to this recipient during this election cycle?

☐ Yes    ☐ No

If yes, describe:

Has this Contributor ever had a contribution returned because the Contributor was not eligible to vote for the recipient candidate and it was more than the $150 de minimis allowed?

☐ Yes    ☐ No

If yes, describe:

Contribution Approved                      Contribution Denied

 

     

     

     

Name

     

Date

 

   Appendix B - 7    Updated June 2017

Exhibit 2.s.3

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES AND MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED DISTRIBUTIONS

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Ratios)

 

     For the Years Ended
September 30,
 
     2018     2017     2016     2015     2014  

Net investment income

   $ 23,088     $ 21,433     $ 19,487     $ 17,700     $ 18,368  

Add: fixed charges and mandatorily redeemable preferred distributions

     9,977       8,319       8,092       9,050       7,213  

Less: mandatorily redeemable preferred distributions

     (3,105     (4,152     (4,118     (4,116     (3,338
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net earnings (1)

   $ 29,960     $ 25,600     $ 23,461     $ 22,634     $ 22,243  

Fixed charges and mandatorily redeemable preferred distributions:

          

Interest expense

     5,858       3,073       2,899       3,828       2,628  

Amortization of deferred financing fees

     1,014       1,094       1,075       1,106       1,247  

Mandatorily redeemable preferred distributions

     3,105       4,152       4,118       4,116       3,338  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total fixed charges and mandatorily redeemable preferred distributions

   $ 9,977     $ 8,319     $ 8,092     $ 9,050     $ 7,213  

Ratio of net earnings to combined fixed charges and mandatorily redeemable preferred distributions

     3.0       3.1       2.9       2.5       3.1  

 

(1)

Earnings include net realized and unrealized gains or losses. Net realized and unrealized gains or losses can vary substantially from period to period.

The calculation of the ratio of net earnings to combined fixed charges and mandatorily redeemable preferred distributions is above. “Net earnings” consist of net investment income before fixed charges. “Fixed charges” consist of interest expense and amortization of deferred financing fees.

Exhibit 2.s.4

DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015


DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

Napoleon, Ohio

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

CONTENTS

 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

     1  

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

     3  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

     4  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     5  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

     6  

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     7  


LOGO    LOGO

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

To the Shareholders

Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc.

Napoleon, Ohio

Report on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc., which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

(Continued)

1.


Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc. as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

LOGO
Crowe Horwath LLP

Fort Wayne, Indiana

March 6, 2018

 

2.


 

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

 


DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

 

     2017      2016      2015  

ASSETS

        

Current assets

        

Cash in bank

   $ 970      $ 970      $ 5,253  

Accounts receivable, trade net of allowance for doubtful accounts: 2017 - $483; 2016 - $3,000; 2015 - $26,700

     3,067,305        2,740,338        3,094,626  

Accounts receivable, other

     127,011        80,238        70,804  

Income tax receivable

     216,268        264,356        942,237  

Inventories

     3,159,176        2,579,473        2,083,612  

Prepaid expenses

     431,512        393,143        394,470  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     7,002,242        6,058,518        6,591,002  

Property, plant and equipment

        

Land

     35,000        35,000        300,250  

Leasehold improvements

     688,721        566,010        566,010  

Machinery and equipment

     8,063,437        7,701,758        7,462,956  

Office equipment

     104,685        106,176        137,284  

Construction in process

     4,005,186        138,821        222,688  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     12,897,029        8,547,765        8,689,188  

Less accumulated depreciation

     5,013,855        4,171,726        3,344,663  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     7,883,174        4,376,039        5,344,525  

Goodwill

     2,159,134        2,159,134        2,159,134  

Unpatented technology

     5,120,000        5,120,000        5,120,000  

Customer relationships, net

     —          —          194,780  

Non-compete agreement, net

     17,500        20,000        20,000  

Debt issuance costs, net

     71,263        26,440        43,139  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 22,253,313      $ 17,760,131      $ 19,472,580  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(Continued)


DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

 

     2017      2016      2015  

LIABILITIES

        

Current liabilities

        

Bank overdraft

   $ 652,077      $ 581,050      $ 5,633  

Accounts payable

     1,217,628        852,174        1,027,497  

Accrued expenses

     1,161,278        900,200        791,365  

Current maturities of long-term debt

     166,855        320,000        508,959  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     3,197,838        2,653,424        2,333,454  

Revolving credit facility

     532,383        488,122        942,436  

Fair value of derivative liability

     —          —          833,168  

Long-term debt, less current maturities

     9,900,026        5,824,623        6,888,917  

Deferred tax liability

     1,168,000        1,831,000        2,092,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     14,798,247        10,797,169        13,089,975  

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

        

Preferred stock (4,750 shares authorized. 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 4,750 shares authorized, issued and outstanding with $.01 par value at December 31, 2016 and 2015; $0, $389,029 and $366,478 liquidation preference at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

48

 

  

 

48

 

Common stock (55,500, 55,500, 50,000 shares authorized with $.01 par value, issued and outstanding 37,050 shares at December 31, 2017 and 2016, and 19,391 shares at December 31, 2015)

     371        371        194  

Additional paid in capital

     1,058,698        1,265,717        686,099  

Retained earnings

     6,395,997        5,696,826        5,696,264  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     7,455,066        6,962,962        6,382,605  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 22,253,313      $ 17,760,131      $ 19,472,580  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

3.


DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

 

     2017     2016     2015  

Net sales

   $ 25,798,585     $ 22,681,730     $ 26,661,374  

Cost of sales

     22,211,826       19,247,388       22,453,973  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     3,586,759       3,434,342       4,207,401  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     2,483,024       2,412,000       2,372,937  

Relocation expenses

     —         —         2,263,749  

Impairment of long lived asset

     —         265,250       —    

Impairment of intangible asset

     —         173,336       —    

Share based compensation

     42,933       28,525       20,582  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before other expenses

     1,060,802       555,231       (449,867

Other (income) expenses

      

Change in fair value of derivative liability

     —         —         48,451  

Other (income) expense

     29,093       (10,399     (30,725

Interest expense

     873,788       768,060       778,800  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     902,881       757,661       796,526  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before (benefit from) provision for income taxes

     157,921       (202,430     (1,246,393

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

     (686,035     (202,992     (482,485
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 843,956     $ 562     $ (763,908
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

4.


DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

 

     Preferred Stock     Common Stock                    
     Number of
Shares
    Amount     Number of
Shares
    Amount     Additonal Paid
in Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Total  

Balance at January 1, 2015

     4,750     $ 48       19,391     $ 194     $ 665,517     $ 6,460,172     $ 7,125,931  

Stock option compensation

     —         —         —         —         20,582       —         20,582  

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2015

     —         —         —         —         —         (763,908     (763,908
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

     4,750     $ 48       19,391     $ 194     $ 686,099     $ 5,696,264     $ 6,382,605  

Repurchase of shares

     —         —         (262     (3     (31,896     —         (31,899

Sale of shares

     —         —         17,921       180       582,989       —         583,169  

Stock option compensation

     —         —         —         —         28,525       —         28,525  

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2016

     —         —         —         —         —         562       562  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

     4,750     $ 48       37,050     $ 371     $ 1,265,717     $ 5,696,826     $ 6,962,962  

Repurchase of shares

     (4,750     (48     —         —         (249,952     —         (250,000

Dividend Paid

     —         —         —           —         (144,785     (144,785

Stock option compensation

     —         —         —         —         42,933       —         42,933  

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2017

     —         —         —         —         —         843,956       843,956  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

     —       $ —         37,050     $ 371     $ 1,058,698     $ 6,395,997     $ 7,455,066  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

5.


DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

 

     2017     2016     2015  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 843,956     $ 562     $ (763,908

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

      

Depreciation and amortization

     888,751       865,206       862,683  

Loss on asset disposal

     2,976       —         36,798  

Impairment of long lived asset

     —         265,250       —    

Impairment of intangible asset

     —         173,336       —    

Share based compensation

     42,933       28,525       20,582  

Change in fair value of derivative liability

     —         —         48,451  

Deferred taxes

     (663,000     (261,000     135,145  

Changes in current assets and liabilities

      

Inventories

     (579,702     (495,861     715,670  

Accounts receivable

     (406,868     344,854       756,544  

Income tax receivable

     48,088       677,881       (942,237

Prepaid expenses

     (38,369     1,327       (92,401

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     332,465       (66,488     (892,437
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

     471,230       1,533,592       (115,110
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Capital expenditures

     (4,050,637     (123,827     (1,218,464

Proceeds from asset disposal

     —         —         500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

     (4,050,637     (123,827     (1,217,964

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Checks written in excess of bank balance

     71,026       575,417       (138,080

Debt issuance costs

     (63,352     —         (50,097

Payments on revolving credit facility

     (11,683,042     (7,369,088     (11,294,623

Borrowings on revolving credit facility

     11,727,302       6,914,774       12,237,059  

Payments on long-term debt

     (15,959     (1,013,253     (1,110,737

Borrowings on term notes payable

     2,018,216       —         865,000  

Payments on derivative liability

     —         (833,168     (750,000

Borrowings on subordinated debt

     2,000,000       —         —    

Payments on subordinated debt

     (80,000     (240,000     (80,000

Repurchase of preferred stock

     (250,000     —         —    

Dividends paid

     (144,784     —         —    

Repurchase of common stock

     —         (31,899     —    

Issuance of common stock

     —         583,169       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used for financing activities

     3,579,407       (1,414,048     (321,478
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash

     —         (4,283     (1,654,552

Cash, beginning of period

     970       5,253       1,659,805  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, end of period

   $ 970     $ 970     $ 5,253  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

6.


DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation : The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Defiance Integrated Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries Defiance Stamping Company and Pro Shear Corporation. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

General : The Defiance Stamping Company manufactures stamped metal products at its Napoleon, Ohio facility primarily for customers in the heavy truck and automotive industry. Pro Shear Corporation manufactures and assembles components used in cars and trucks at its Fort Wayne, Indiana facility.

Revenue Recognition : Revenue is recognized upon shipment of product.

Use of Estimates : The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates are considered to be share based compensation, reserves related to uncollectible accounts receivable, inventory, a derivative liability and carrying values of goodwill and other intangible assets.

Accounts Receivable, trade : The Company sells to customers using credit terms customary in its industry. Interest is not normally charged on outstanding receivables. Based principally on historical losses, aging from invoice dates, and prevailing economic conditions, the Company reduces recorded receivables to their estimated net realizable value by a valuation allowance.

Inventories : Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, first-in, first-out (FIFO) method or net realizable value.

Property, Plant and Equipment : Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective acquired assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the improvement’s estimated economic useful life or the remaining term of the lease to which the improvement is subject. Costs and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts for assets retired from service and a gain or loss on disposition is recorded in income when realized. Depreciation expense for 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $867,722, $827,063 and $826,781, respectively.

The Company annually, or as required, evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets, primarily property, plant and equipment. The Company evaluates recoverability when events and circumstances indicate that the net carrying value of its long-lived assets may not be recoverable. The Company owns land in Defiance, Ohio that was previously acquired for potential expansion of its then existing facility. In 2016, subsequent to the relocation of the facility to Napoleon, Ohio, the Company determined that it would not use this land for future operations. The Company had the land appraised and recorded an impairment loss of $265,250 to adjust this asset to its fair value. The land was appraised using the sales comparison method. There were no such impairments in 2017 and 2015.

Goodwill : Goodwill is recorded at cost and is assessed at least annually for impairment with any such impairment recognized in the current results of operations. The Company first utilizes a qualitative assessment in determining if goodwill is potentially impaired. If based on the qualitative analysis there is potential impairment, the Company then performs a quantitative assessment. The Company considers qualitative factors such as macroeconomic conditions, industry conditions, financial performance and other entity specific conditions to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting units is less than its carrying amount. The Company reviewed the carrying value of goodwill during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 and determined no impairment exists.

 

(Continued)

7.


DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Other Intangible Assets : The Company assessed the value of intangible assets at the time the Company was organized. The unpatented technology production process has an indefinite life and is evaluated each year for impairment. Intangible assets having a finite life were amortized by the straight-line method over the estimated benefit period (customer relationships – 180 months). The Company reviewed the carrying value of other intangible assets during fiscal 2016 and determined that the value of the customer relationship intangible was impaired due to the loss of sales from the customers to which this relates. An impairment loss of $173,336 was recorded in 2016. There were no such impairments recorded in 2017 and 2015.

Debt Issue Costs : Fees paid to creditors and third-party costs directly associated with debt agreements are capitalized as debt issue costs and amortized over the term of the related debt using the straight-line method as through interest expense on the statement of income and is reported as an operating cash flow through amortization on the statement of cash flows. The costs are materially related to the revolving line of credit and therefore have been classified as an asset.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments : Cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and short-term accrued expenses are reflected in the financial statements at historical value, which approximates fair value, because of the short-term duration of these instruments. The carrying value of the revolving line of credit and equipment note payable approximate fair value due to interest rates which are currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and maturities.

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. FASB ASC 820 also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate the fair value of items:

Derivative : The Company’s derivative was related to a contingent interest feature on the subordinated debt and was reported at fair value. Fair value was obtained from the balance that is due to the holder of the instrument which was based on an initial amount owed with interest compounding on a monthly basis. The Company then prepared assumptions for an appropriate interest rate and an expected probability of a change in control to estimate the fair value of the instrument. The Company determined these to be Level 2 inputs. The Company determined the fair value of the derivative to be recorded as a liability was $833,168 at December 31, 2015. The Company paid off the derivative liability in May 2016.

 

(Continued)

8.


DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

The Company believes it is not practicable to determine the fair value of its subordinated related party notes payable to its majority equity holder, which are subordinated to the line of credit and equipment note payable. Unlike typical long-term debt, interest rates and other terms for subordinated debt are not readily available and generally involve a variety of factors, including due diligence by the debt holders. As such, it is not practicable to determine the fair value of the subordinated note payable without incurring excessive cost. Although it is not practicable to determine the fair value of its subordinated debt, the Company has experienced consistent operating results since the agreement was entered into, interest rates have not changed significantly, and management believes there have been no changes in its credit status. As such, management believes the fair value of the subordinated debt approximates its carrying amount.

Income Tax and Uncertain Tax Positions : The Company operates as a C Corporation for income tax purposes. Accordingly, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed based upon differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities that result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income.

The Company follows guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) with respect to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. Management is not aware of any uncertain tax positions.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax, as well as various state income taxes. The Company is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2013. The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company did not have any amounts accrued for interest and penalties at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. As a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, the Company revalued its deferred tax position at December 31, 2017 based on the new tax rates passed. This revaluation resulted in $644,000 of income tax benefit being recognized in 2017.

Capital Structure : The Company’s equity structure consists of 55,500, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and 50,000, as of December 31, 2015, duly authorized shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share, with 37,050 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016 and 19,391 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015. The Company issued 17,921 shares of common stock at fair value during the year ended December 31, 2016 to primarily the majority shareholder. The Company also had 4,750 duly authorized and issued shares of callable Preferred A Stock, $.01 par value per share at December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Preferred A Stock was repurchased in March 2017.

The holders of shares of Preferred A Stock were entitled to be paid in preference to the holders of any and all other classes of capital stock of the Company, out of funds legally available therefore, when and as declared by the board of directors. Dividends were cumulative at a rate of 6% per annum, compounded quarterly. Dividends of $144,785 were paid in March 2017, at which time the Preferred A Stock was repurchased.

Stock Based Compensation : The Company recognizes compensation expense in the consolidated financial statements for awards of equity instruments to employees based on the grant-date fair value of those awards, estimated in accordance with provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 718. Stock based compensation expense for 2017, 2016 and 2015 approximated $42,933, $28,525, and $20,582, respectively, and is recorded in share based compensation on the consolidated income statement and recorded as additional paid-in capital on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

(Continued)

9.


DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Relocation Costs : The Company relocated its Defiance Stamping facility from Defiance, Ohio to Napoleon, Ohio during 2015. Relocation costs, which consist of moving costs, remaining lease payments, and other costs associated with replaced facilities and other related expenses, are expensed as incurred.

Insurance Proceeds : The Company nets insurance proceeds with the expenses incurred. During 2016, expenses totaling $449,025 were incurred related to a significant press failure. Insurance proceeds received for this failure were $312,895, resulting in $136,130 of net expense being recorded.

Supplemental Cash Flow Information : The following table sets forth non-cash financing and investing activities and other cash flow information.

 

     2017      2016      2015  

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activity

        

Capital expenditures paid by borrowings on long-term debt

   $ —        $ —        $ 191,503  

Unpaid purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable

   $ 327,195      $ —        $ —    

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

        

Cash paid for interest

   $ 826,081      $ 757,307      $ 766,932  

Cash received for income taxes

   $ (71,123    $ (619,873    $ (13,984

Subsequent Events : Management has performed an analysis of the activities and transactions subsequent to December 31, 2017 to determine the need for any adjustments to and/or disclosures within the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. Management has performed their analysis through March 6, 2018, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

NOTE 2—INVENTORIES

Inventories consisted of the following at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

     2017      2016      2015  

Raw materials

   $ 1,109,271      $ 1,069,170      $ 735,003  

Work in process

     1,851,165        1,080,218        916,487  

Finished goods

     198,740        430,085        432,122  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,159,176      $ 2,579,473      $ 2,083,612  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

10.


DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

 

NOTE 3—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

     2017     2016     2015  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
 

Un-amortized intangibles

               

Unpatented technology

   $ 5,120,000        N/A     $ 5,120,000        N/A     $ 5,120,000        N/A  

Amortized intangibles

               

Non-compete agreement

     40,000        (22,500     40,000        (20,000     40,000        (20,000

Customer relationships

     —          —         —          —         321,656        (126,876
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,160,000      $ (22,500   $ 5,160,000      $ (20,000   $ 5,481,656      $ (146,876
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt issuance costs

   $ 113,450      $ (42,186   $ 50,097      $ (23,657   $ 50,097      $ (6,958

Goodwill

   $ 2,159,134        N/A     $ 2,159,134        N/A     $ 2,159,134        N/A  

Other intangible assets include the unpatented technology production process of heavy duty truck axle nuts and washers, customer relationships, and a non-compete agreement.

The customer relationship intangible asset was acquired in 2010 as part of the purchase of Specialty Engine of America, Inc. This business has declined significantly and in 2016 management determined the fair value to be $0. An impairment loss of $173,336 was recorded to write down the customer relationship intangible asset to the fair value in 2016. The non-compete asset includes agreements with 2 key employees acquired as part of the purchase of JBM Tool & Die. Each agreement is amortized using the straight-line method over the 2 year benefit period when triggered by the respective employees no longer being employed by the Company. One of the employees departed the company in 2013, while the other departed in 2017. Amortization expense for the non-compete agreement was $2,500, $0, and $7,500 for the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Debt issuance costs are amortized over the remaining life of the related notes. Estimated amortization expense for debt issuance costs as of December 31, 2017 was:

 

2018

   $ 21,091  

2019

     21,091  

2020

     14,633  

2021

     5,593  

2022

     5,593  

Thereafter

     3,262  
  

 

 

 
   $ 71,263  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 4—BANK LINE OF CREDIT

During 2015, the Company had a credit and financing agreement that provided for a revolving line of credit of up to $3,000,000 and term notes. The revolving line of credit was subject to a borrowing base calculation and bore interest at the 30 day LIBOR rate plus 2.50%. The Company replaced this credit agreement with a new credit agreement with a different commercial lender in August 2015. In August 2017, the Credit Agreement was amended to increase the borrowing capacity to $6,000,000, change interest to one month LIBOR plus 3.50% or prime plus 0.50%, and extend the maturity date to August 2020. The borrowing capacity on the revolving line of credit was $4,000,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015. Prior to the amendment, the revolving credit agreement bore interest at the one month LIBOR plus 3.00% or prime (effective rate of 5.00%, 3.75% and 3.50% at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively).

 

(Continued)

11.


DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

NOTE 4—BANK LINE OF CREDIT  (Continued)

 

The agreement is collateralized by all the assets of the Company. The Company had outstanding borrowings of $532,383, $488,122 and $942,436 and borrowing availability of $2,576,332, $2,427,734 and $2,025,960 at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. In accordance with the terms of the credit agreement, the Company must comply with certain financial covenants. The Company was in compliance with its financial covenants at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

NOTE 5—LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 consists of the following:

 

     2017      2016      2015  

Note payable to the Company’s majority equity holder, quarterly principal payments of $80,000 commenced on October 1, 2010 but have been suspended from time to time at the discretion of the loan holder. Per the modified agreement entered into August 2017, quarterly principal payment of $80,000 resume January 1, 2019 and interest is computed at the higher of one-month LIBOR plus 9.50% or at 11%. Prior to the amendment, interest was computed at the higher of one-month LIBOR plus 8% or at 11% (11% effective rate at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015). All remaining outstanding principal under this note is due on August 15, 2023. The total note is in the amount of $8,500,000. The Company may borrow up to the full amount of the note at the sole discretion of the lender. The note payable is secured by all assets of the Company. The lender is subordinated to the collateral position of the bank with the term loan below and Revolving Credit Facility.

   $ 6,064,623      $ 6,144,623      $ 6,384,623  

Per agreement entered into July and August 2017, note payable to the Company’s majority equity holder, due in full at maturity on August 15, 2023. Interest is computed at the higher of one-month LIBOR plus 9.50% or at 11% (11% effective rate at December 31, 2017). The note payable is secured by all assets of the Company. The lender is subordinated to the collateral position of the bank with the term loan below and Revolving Credit Facility.

     2,000,000        —          —    

Note payable, due in monthly principal installments of $14,417 commencing on October 1, 2015. Interest was computed at 30 day LIBOR rate plus 3.00% for an effective rate of 3.50% at December 31, 2015. The total note was in the amount of $865,000. The note payable was secured by all assets of the Company This loan was paid off in September 2016.

     —          —          821,750  

 

(Continued)

12.


DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

NOTE 5—LONG-TERM DEBT  (Continued)

 

Per amended and restated agreement dated August 15, 2017, note payable, due in monthly principal installments equal to one sixtieth of the principal outstanding under the note on August 1, 2018, commencing on September 1, 2018. Interest is computed at 30 day LIBOR rate plus 3.50% or prime rate plus 0.50% for an effective rate of 5.00% at December 31, 2017. The Company is able to borrow up to $3,500,000 to fund equipment purchases. Prior to the amendment, interest was computed at 30 day LIBOR rate plus 3.00% for an effective rate of 3.50% at December 31, 2015 and the Company was able to borrow up to $1,500,000. The loan was paid off as of December 31, 2016.

     2,002,258       —         191,503  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     10,066,881       6,144,623       7,397,876  

Less, current maturities

     (166,855     (320,000     (508,959
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 9,900,026     $ 5,824,623     $ 6,888,917  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The aggregate maturities of long-term debt as of December 31, 2017 are:

 

2018

   $ 166,855  

2019

     720,452  

2020

     720,452  

2021

     720,452  

2022

     720,452  

Thereafter

     7,018,218  
  

 

 

 
   $ 10,066,881  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 6—DERIVATIVE LIABILITY

The Company had a contingent interest feature in its note payable to the Company’s majority equity holder. The feature required the Company to pay contingent interest to the lender at the time of a change in control as defined in the debt agreement. The feature accrued at a rate of 3% of the outstanding debt balance subject to a floor of 50% of the initial principal borrowings of $6,325,000. The fee began accruing at the inception date of the underlying debt agreement until the time at which a change in control is triggered or the contingent interest was paid in full. The contingent interest still accrued in the event the underlying debt agreement was extinguished. Based on the Company’s evaluation of ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, the Company determined that this feature was embedded and therefore evaluated it under ASC 815 and determined it is not clearly and closely related to the host instrument, the instrument is not accounted for at fair value through earnings, a separate instrument with the same features would meet the definition of a derivative if it was freestanding, and it does not qualify for an exception from derivative accounting. Therefore, it was determined the feature would be bifurcated and accounted for separately as a derivative. The fair value of the contingent interest feature was to be remeasured at each balance sheet date. The Company determined the fair value of the derivative to be recorded as a liability was $833,168 at December 31, 2015.

From time to time, the Company was able to make prepayments of the contingent interest. The Company made payments totaling $833,168 to pay off the balance of the liability in 2016. Interest stopped accruing at the time the instrument was paid in full. The Company previously made prepayments of $750,000 during 2015.

 

(Continued)

13.


DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

 

NOTE 7—SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 three customers exceeded 10% of sales and accounts receivable, respectively.

 

     2017      % of total     2016      % of total     2015      % of total  

Sales

   $ 10,648,764        44.76   $ 9,736,981        42.93   $ 11,515,279        43.19

Accounts receivable

   $ 1,550,646        50.55   $ 1,393,970        50.87   $ 1,664,284        53.78

NOTE 8—INCOME TAXES

Income tax provision (benefit) consists of the following:

 

     2017      2016      2015  

Federal

        

Current

   $ (23,035    $ (6,242    $ (557,843

Deferred

     (663,445      (159,323      135,145  

State

        

Current

     —          64,250        (59,787

Deferred

     445        (101,677      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ (686,035    $ (202,992    $ (482,485
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

     2017      2016      2015  

Tax computed at statutory rate

   $ 53,693      $ (69,017    $ (423,773

State income tax, net

     (293      (24,702      (59,787

Non-deductible meals and entertainment

     2,604        2,273        2,380  

Non-deductible penalties

     —          984        129  

Change in rate

     (644,000      —          —    

Other

     (98,039      (112,530      (1,434
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (686,035    $ (202,992    $ (482,485
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

14.


DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

NOTE 8—INCOME TAXES  (Continued)

 

The difference between the effective tax rate and the federal statutory tax rate is primarily due to the revaluation of the deferred tax assets and liabilities and prior year true up of the deferred tax position.

 

     2017      2016      2015  

Non current deferred tax assets

   $ 584,043      $ 1,008,525      $ 833,808  

Non current deferred tax liabilities

     (1,752,043      (2,839,525      (2,925,808
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred balance

   $ (1,168,000    $ (1,831,000    $ (2,092,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The principal sources of deferred tax liabilities are attributable to differences between income tax and financial reporting methods used in recording depreciation, amortization, debt restructuring, and certain accrued liabilities. The deferred tax assets are primarily attributable to transaction costs being amortized for tax purposes and various inventory and accounts receivable reserves.

NOTE 9—STOCK OPTIONS

In July 2009, the Company adopted the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan. The Plan permitted the grant of 5,900 various stock awards to purchase shares of common stock of the Company to approved key employees as of December 31, 2015. During 2016, the Company authorized an addition 5,500 stock awards.

During 2015, the Company and the holders of these 524 options agreed to exchange the existing options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock with 524 new options. The new options are for the same number of shares but at a lower exercise price. The termination date is ten years from the date of the modification. Due to the modification the Company had an additional stock option modification expense of $2,350. All additional expense is recorded as share based compensation.

During 2015, a total of 1,575 new options were granted to four employees or directors. The options become exercisable in equal yearly installments on the anniversary date of each of the three years following the date of grant. The options expire in ten years from the date of grant.

During 2016, a total of 4,581 additional options were granted to eight employees or directors. The options become exercisable in equal yearly installments on the anniversary date of each of the three years following the date of grant. The options expire in ten years from the date of grant.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a Black Scholes option valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. Expected volatilities are based on comparisons with similar companies. The expected term of the options are based on the exercisable period. The Company uses historical data to estimate employee termination within the valuation model. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The remaining weighted average life on the stock options approximates 8 years. The calculation fair value is then recorded net of expected forfeitures.

 

(Continued)

15.


DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

NOTE 9—STOCK OPTIONS  (Continued)

 

     2017      2016     2015  

Assumptions used for issuance of stock options

       

Expected volatility

     N/A        43     35

Expected dividends

     N/A        0     0

Expected term

     N/A        10 years       10 years  

Risk-free rate

     N/A        1.97     2.55

A summary of option activity under the Plan as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

     2017      2016      2015  
     Shares      Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Shares      Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
 

Options

                                        

Outstanding, beginning of year

     6,680      $ 32.54        2,099      $ 32.54        524     $ 195.78  

Granted

     —          —          4,581        32.54        2,099       32.54  

Excerised

     —          —          —          —          —         —    

Forfeited or expired

     —          —          —          —          (524     (195.78
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding, end of year

     6,680      $ 32.54        6,680      $ 32.54        2,099     $ 32.54  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable, end of year

     3,626      $ 32.54        1,400      $ 32.54        700     $ 32.54  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s options as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, and changes during the years ended are presented below:

 

     2017     2016     2015  
     Shares     Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
    Shares     Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
    Shares     Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Options

                                    

Nonvested, beginning of year

     4,644     $ 17.66       1,399     $ 15.88       350     $ 104.06  

Granted

     —         —         4,581       17.97       2,099       15.88  

Vested

     (2,227     (17.31     (1,336     (16.88     (700     (15.88

Forfeited

     —         —         —         —         (350     (104.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested, end of year

     2,417     $ 17.97       4,644     $ 17.66       1,399     $ 15.88  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, there was approximately $39,108, $82,042, and $36,500, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plan. This expense will be recognized over the next 1.5 years. In accordance with ASC 718, due to the fact that the options vest with time, the Company has recognized approximately $42,933, $28,525, and $20,582 of stock based compensation as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, related to options that the employees have earned.

 

(Continued)

16.


DEFIANCE INTEGRATED TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

 

 

NOTE 10—LEASE COMMITMENTS

The Company leases manufacturing and office facilities, and certain pieces of equipment under several operating leases. Rent expense for the years ending December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 approximated $885,000, $888,000, and $1,095,000, respectively. Total minimum rentals under non-cancellable operating leases as of December 31, 2017 over future fiscal years are approximately:

 

2018

   $ 752,200  

2019

     540,100  

2020

     470,200  

2021

     465,700  

2022

     465,000  

Thereafter

     891,300  
  

 

 

 
   $ 3,584,500  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 11—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company maintains 401(k) plans covering all full-time employees. The Company matches employee’s contributions up to the first 4% contributed by the employee. The Company may also make a discretionary bonus contribution to the plan. During 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company did not make a bonus contribution.

For the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, total contribution for the plans approximated $133,200, $121,700, and $141,600.

NOTE 12—CONTINGENCIES

On February 20, 2018, the Company received notice of a claim for damages by a major customer due to the delivery of defective products in July 2017. The Company is vigorously defending itself and has performed testing on the product. Based on the results of that testing, it is management’s opinion that, while the products did not meet certain specifications, they were not defective. Due to the timing of the claim notice and on-going investigation, the Company is unable to estimate the possible loss or range of loss as relates to the matter. Accordingly, no amount has been accrued as of December 31, 2017.

 

(Continued)

17.

Exhibit 2.s.5

SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

(UNAUDITED)


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

INDEX TO REPORT

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

     PAGE  

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

     1-2  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

     3  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     4  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

     5  

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     6-13  


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

     2017      2016  

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash

   $ 421,882      $ 133,391  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $ 63,613 and $86,626 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively

     1,289,443        1,920,223  

Unbilled revenue

     9,307        144,166  

Prepaid expenses

     73,108        75,502  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,793,740        2,273,282  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LONG-TERM ASSETS

     

Plant and equipment, net

     280,244        659,732  

Intangible assets, net

     —          216,738  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term assets

     280,244        876,470  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 2,073,984      $ 3,149,752  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

1


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

     2017     2016  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Notes payable

   $ 27,648,000     $ 27,648,000  

Line of credit

     1,328,000       1,328,000  

Current portion of capital lease

     —         28,646  

Accounts payable

     730,258       1,005,590  

Accrued expenses

     986,911       1,115,280  

Accrued interest to related party

     8,077,685       6,607,732  

Customer deposits

     7,582       23,777  

Deferred revenue

     39,749       11,670  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     38,818,185       37,768,695  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Common stock, $.001 par value; 3,000 shares authorized, 1,868 shares issued and outstanding

     2       2  

Preferred stock, $.001 par value; 20,000 shares authorized, 15,270 shares issued and outstanding

     15       15  

Additional paid-in capital

     14,371,640       14,371,640  

Accumulated deficit

     (51,115,858     (48,990,600
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (36,744,201     (34,618,943
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   $ 2,073,984     $ 3,149,752  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

2


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

     2017     2016  

NET SALES

   $ 11,279,574     $ 13,716,876  

COST OF SALES

     7,575,710       8,715,688  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     3,703,864       5,001,188  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

    

Sales and marketing

     1,341,508       2,246,851  

Depreciation and amortization

     606,680       602,656  

General and administrative

     2,280,383       2,728,449  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     4,228,571       5,577,956  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS

     (524,707     (576,768
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

    

Interest expense

     (1,710,353     (1,697,217

Other income

     109,802       349,906  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (1,600,551     (1,347,311
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS

   $ (2,125,258   $ (1,924,079
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

3


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

     Common
Shares
     Amount      Preferred
Shares
     Amount      Additional
Paid-In Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2015

     1,868      $ 2        15,270      $ 15      $ 14,371,640      $ (47,066,521   $ (32,694,864

Net loss

     —          —          —          —          —          (1,924,079     (1,924,079
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2016

     1,868        2        15,270        15        14,371,640        (48,990,600     (34,618,943

Net loss

     —          —          —          —          —          (2,125,258     (2,125,258
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2017

     1,868      $ 2        15,270      $ 15      $ 14,371,640      $ (51,115,858   $ (36,744,201
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

4


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

     2017     2016  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net loss

   $ (2,125,258   $ (1,924,079

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     606,680       602,656  

Noncash interest expense

     1,469,953       1,175,267  

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

    

Accounts receivable

     630,780       643,554  

Unbilled revenue

     134,859       (13,245

Prepaid expense

     2,394       (857

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

     (275,332     208,735  

Accrued expenses

     (128,369     (611,198

Customer deposits

     (16,195     (121,104

Deferred revenue

     28,079       (7,723
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

     327,591       (47,994
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Purchases of plant and equipment

     (10,454     (165,161
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from investing activities

     (10,454     (165,161
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Principal payment on capital lease

     (28,646     (50,510
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from financing activities

     (28,646     (50,510
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CHANGE IN CASH

     288,491       (263,665

Cash - beginning of year

     133,391       397,056  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash - end of year

   $ 421,882     $ 133,391  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

    

Cash paid during the year for interest

   $ 240,400     $ 521,950  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

5


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization and Nature of Business

Sunshine Media Group, Inc. (the “Company”), incorporated on December 20, 2000, is a fully integrated publisher of regionally focused specialty trade magazines headquartered in Chattanooga, Tennessee. The Company provides full service advertising campaigns for the Hospital industry (Digital, Print and CRM). It also publishes in house magazines for which it sells ad space across two different titles; Builder Architect ™ and M.D. News ™ for a number of licensed publishers.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Sunshine Media, Inc., Sunshine Media Printing, Inc., Sunshine Media Advertising, Inc., SMTN, Inc., Sunshine Custom Publishing, Inc., and True North Custom Publishing, LLC. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s carrying amount for its financial instruments, which include cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable and long-term debt, approximate fair value.

Contingent Risk Regarding Cash Balances

From time to time, the Company has on deposit, in institutions whose accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), funds that total in excess of the insured maximum. The at-risk amount is subject to significant fluctuations on a daily basis throughout the year. The Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant risk on cash and cash equivalents.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful life.

 

(Continued)

6.


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are carried at original invoice amount less an estimate made for doubtful receivables based on a review of all outstanding amounts on a periodic basis. Interest is not normally charged on receivables. A valuation allowance is provided for known and anticipated credit losses, as determined by management in the course of regularly evaluating individual customer receivables. This evaluation takes into consideration a customer’s financial condition and credit history, as well as current economic conditions. Accounts receivable are written off when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of accounts receivable previously written off are recorded when received.

Plant and Equipment

Plant and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Major additions and betterments are capitalized; maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. When plant and equipment are disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization is removed from the respective amount, and resulting gains or losses are reflected in earnings. Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset. Plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from advertising and reprint sales is recognized upon distribution of the related magazines and reprints. Amounts received in advance of distribution are deferred as a customer deposit liability and are recognized as revenue upon distribution of the related magazines and reprints, generally within one to three months of receipt.

Revenues from publication contracts are recognized based on the established stages of completion.

Contract costs include direct job costs related to contract performance, such as mail prep costs, postage and custom photography. Direct labor payroll costs are charged to expense as incurred. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in job performance, job conditions, and estimated profitability may result in revisions to costs and income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined.

The asset “unbilled revenue” represents work performed on contracts not yet earned. The liability “deferred revenue” represents billings in excess of revenues earned.

 

(Continued)


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Revenue Recognition  (Continued)

The direct costs associated with print expenses are treated as a cost reimbursement and are recognized as revenue when incurred. Print costs incurred in excess of print billings are recorded as a receivable. Print billings in excess of print costs incurred are deferred as a liability.

Shipping and Handling Costs

The Company accounts for shipping and handling costs billed to customers as sales and totaled $436,427 and $479,606 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Costs associated with shipping and handlings are included in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations and totaled $348,963 and $385,431 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 totaled $16,983 and $39,731, respectively.

Income Taxes

Deferred taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for taxable temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax basis. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

The Company follows the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes . Using this guidance, tax positions initially need to be recognized in the financial statements when it is more-likely-than-not the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Such tax positions initially and subsequently need to be measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority assuming full knowledge of the position and relevant facts.

Based on its evaluation, the Company has concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in its financial statements. The Company’s evaluation was performed for the tax years ended December 31, 2014 through December 31, 2017, for both the United States Federal Income Tax and various states. These are the years which remain subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions as of December 31, 2017.


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

NOTE 2 – PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31:

 

     2017      2016  

Leasehold improvements

   $ 313,342      $ 313,342  

Equipment

     3,717,290        4,066,229  

Furniture and fixtures

     581,407        581,407  

Software development costs

     1,543,053        1,543,053  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,155,092        6,504,031  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (5,874,848      (5,844,299
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 280,244      $ 659,732  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense on property and equipment was $389,942 and $384,656 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

NOTE 3 – INTANGIBLES

Intangibles consist of the following as of December 31:

 

     Original
Cost
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

December 31, 2017

        

Customer relationships

   $ 123,000      $ (123,000    $ —    

Trademarks

     967,000        (967,000      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,090,000      $ (1,090,000    $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Original
Cost
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

December 31, 2016

        

Customer relationships

   $ 123,000      $ (99,662    $ 23,338  

Trademarks

     967,000        (773,600      193,400  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,090,000      $ (873,262    $ 216,738  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the amortization periods as follows:

 

     Amortization
Period (Years)
 

Customer relationships

     5  

Trademarks

     5  

Amortization expense related to intangible assets totaled $216,738 and $218,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

NOTE 4 – LINE OF CREDIT AND NOTE PAYABLE

The Company has a $2,000,000 line of credit with Gladstone Capital, a related party, with a balance due of $1,328,000 at December 31, 2017 and 2016. The line of credit matures on May 14, 2018. Principal is due in quarterly payments of 50% of excess cash flow, as defined in the credit agreement, with all outstanding principal due at maturity. Interest accrues on the outstanding principal balance at 8% and is due on demand. The line of credit is collateralized by substantially all assets and shares of stock of the Company.

The Company has term note A with Gladstone Capital, a related party, totaling $16,948,000 at December 31, 2017 and 2016. Principal payments are due in annual payments of 50% of excess cash flow, as defined in the credit agreement, with all outstanding principal due on May 14, 2018. No excess cash flow payment was due for the year ended December 31, 2017. Interest accrues at LIBOR plus 3.75% on $11,948,000 of the balance and 8% on the remaining $5,000,000. The note payable is collateralized by substantially all assets and shares of stock of the Company.

The Company has term note B with Gladstone Capital, a related party, totaling $10,700,000 at December 31, 2017 and 2016. Principal is due in full on May 14, 2018. Interest accrues at 5.50% and is due on demand. The note payable is collateralized by substantially all assets and shares of stock of the Company.

The Company has a covenant to provide audited consolidated financial statements within 120 days of year end, without qualification. The Company was in compliance with this covenant at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 totaled $1,710,353 and $1,697,217, respectively. Accrued interest at December 31, 2017 and 2016 totaled $8,077,685 and $6,607,732, respectively, and is payable on demand. If no demand is made, then accrued interest will be paid at maturity.

NOTE 5 – EQUITY

The Company has available for issuance preferred and common stock as authorized in the Company’s amended and restated articles of incorporation. All of the Company’s stockholders hold the same voting rights based on the number of shares owned.

The preferred stock will earn cumulative preferred returns of 8% of each stockholder’s unreturned original cost plus any unpaid preferred returns. These cumulative preferred returns are in preference to common stockholders’ cumulative dividends. The preferred stock accrues dividends at an annual rate of 8% based on unreturned original costs, compounded annually. In the event of a liquidation, the holders of the preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior to and in preference to any distributions to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to the sum of the unreturned original cost plus the accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends.


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

NOTE 6 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

The Company maintains a contributory 401(k) plan for the benefit of employees meeting certain age and service requirements. Employees who elect to participate can make personal contributions to the plan based on certain percentages of salary earned within limitations prescribed by the Internal Revenue Code. Employer matching and profit-sharing contributions to the plan are discretionary and determined annually. The Company made no matching contributions to the plan during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

NOTE 7 – OPERATING LEASE

The Company leases corporate office space in Chattanooga, Tennessee under an operating lease expiring in March 2022. The Company at times also leases other equipment as needed.

Total rent expense related to all operating leases was $259,494 and $262,007 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Future minimum lease payments on operating leases are as follows:

 

2018

   $ 160,615  

2019

     160,361  

2020

     165,218  

2021

     170,211  

2022

     42,867  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 699,272  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 8 – INCOME TAXES

The Company incurred no income tax expense or benefit for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. This consists of a deferred tax expense (benefit) of $4,120,900 and ($786,500) for December 31, 2017 and 2016 with a change in valuation allowance of $(4,120,900) and $786,500 for December 31, 2017 and 2016.

On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (The “Act”). The Act permanently reduces the U.S. Corporate income tax rate from a maximum of 35% to a flat 21%, effective January 1, 2018. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to reverse. As a result of the reduction in the U.S. corporate income tax rate, the Company revalued its ending deferred tax asset at December 31, 2017 and recognized a provisional $4,997,300 tax expense in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company also decreased its valuation allowance by the same $4,997,300 which caused the tax changes to have no effect on the statement of operations.

As the Company has generated net losses since inception, there is uncertainty regarding the Company’s ability to realize deferred tax assets. Accordingly, a valuation allowance has been established relating to the Company’s net deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance was based upon management’s analysis of available information.


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

NOTE 8 – INCOME TAXES  (Continued)

 

The income tax provision differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate to pretax loss due to non-deductible expenses, over/under accruals from the prior year, the change in the valuation allowance, and other timing differences. The Company will begin to release the valuation allowance when it is more likely than not the deferred tax asset will be realized.

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

 

     2017      2016  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 16,500      $ 33,800  

Accrued vacation and bonuses

     46,000        38,100  

Accrued interest

     2,100,200        2,577,000  

Sales tax reserve

     24,900        85,600  

Intangible assets

     —          84,500  

Charitable contributions carryforward

     5,800        9,900  

Federal net operating loss carryforward

     6,303,000        9,860,000  

State net operating loss carryforward

     650,000        650,000  

Deferred revenue

     7,900        (51,700

Depreciation

     (12,400      (24,400
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     9,141,900        13,262,800  

Valuation allowance

     (9,141,900      (13,262,800
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 9 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated events and transactions subsequent to the balance sheet date through March 2, 2018 (the date the financial statements were available to be issued) for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements. Management has not identified any items requiring recognition or disclosure.

NOTE 10 – MANAGEMENT’S PLAN

Management recognizes the Company has experienced losses since inception and has negative working capital as of December 31, 2017. Management has taken several steps to help reverse the situation and improve financial operations moving forward. First, the Company has undertaken several cost saving initiatives that have led to reduced overhead expenses by streamlining operations and updating software to both better serve clients and increase in-house efficiencies. Secondly, management is consistently taking their printing needs to market to ensure they are receiving the most reduced costs in their printing needs. They are also converting as many publications to electronic format eliminating printing costs altogether which will increase gross profit margins. Lastly, management is in process of hiring a new Chief Executive Officer that will be focused on sales growth through innovative sales strategies and acquisition of new clients.

The Company is dependent on financing, which is subject to certain covenants, to support its operations. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2017. Gladstone Capital, a related party, has agreed to demand interest payments only to the extent the operating cash flows support the payment of interest.


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2017 AND 2016

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

NOTE 11 – NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

The FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), in February 2016. ASU 2016-02 requires the recognition by lessees of assets and liabilities that arise from all lease transactions, except for leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. The lessee accounting model under ASU 2016-02 retains two types of leases: finance leases, which are to be accounted for in substantially the same manner as the existing accounting for capital leases, and operating leases, which are to be accounted for (both in the statement of activities and the statement of cash flows) in a manner consistent with existing accounting for operating leases. ASU 2016-02 also requires expanded qualitative and quantitative disclosures regarding the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. ASU 2016-02 applies to the Company’s financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2020, with earlier implementation permitted. The Company’s management has not determined the impact on its financial statements as a result of implementing ASU 2016-02.

Exhibit 2.s.6

SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL

STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016

AND 2015

 

LOGO


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

INDEX TO REPORT

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

 

 

     PAGE  

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

     1-2  

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

     3-4  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

     5  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     6  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

     7  

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     8-15  


LOGO

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Sunshine Media Group, Inc.

Chattanooga, Tennessee

Report on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Sunshine Media Group, Inc., which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

 

1200 Market Street, Chattanooga, TN 37402 | T  423.756.7771 | F 423.265.8125

 

AN INDEPENDENT MEMBER OF THE BDO ALLIANCE USA

1


Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sunshine Media Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Chattanooga, Tennessee

March 21, 2017

 

LOGO

 

2


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

 

 

     2016      2015  

ASSETS

     

 

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash

   $ 133,391      $ 397,056  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $ 86,626 and $85,499 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively

     1,920,223        2,563,777  

Unbilled revenue

     144,166        130,921  

Prepaid expenses

     75,502        74,645  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,273,282        3,166,399  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LONG-TERM ASSETS

     

Plant and equipment, net

     659,732        879,227  

Intangible assets, net

     216,738        434,738  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term assets

     876,470        1,313,965  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 3,149,752      $ 4,480,364  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

3


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

 

 

     2016     2015  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT     

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Current portion of capital lease

   $ 28,646     $ 56,412  

Accounts payable

     1,005,590       796,855  

Accrued expenses

     1,115,280       1,726,478  

Accrued interest to related party

     6,607,732       5,432,465  

Customer deposits

     23,777       144,881  

Deferred revenue

     11,670       19,393  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     8,792,695       8,176,484  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

    

Notes payable

     27,648,000       27,648,000  

Line of credit

     1,328,000       1,328,000  

Capital lease

     —         22,744  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

     28,976,000       28,998,744  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Common stock, $.001 par value; 3,000 shares authorized, 1,868 shares issued and outstanding

     2       2  

Preferred stock, $.001 par value; 20,000 shares authorized, 15,270 shares issued and outstanding

     15       15  

Additional paid-in capital

     14,371,640       14,371,640  

Accumulated deficit

     (48,990,600     (47,066,521
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (34,618,943     (32,694,864
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   $ 3,149,752     $ 4,480,364  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

4


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

 

 

     2016     2015  

NET SALES

   $ 13,716,876     $ 16,335,552  

 

COST OF SALES

     8,715,688       9,190,779  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     5,001,188       7,144,773  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES

    

Sales and marketing

     2,246,851       3,182,147  

Depreciation and amortization

     602,656       550,474  

General and administrative

     2,728,449       2,994,760  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,577,956       6,727,381  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(LOSS) INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

     (576,768     417,392  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

    

Interest expense

     (1,697,217     (1,704,605

Other income

     349,906       349,906  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (1,347,311     (1,354,699
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS

   $ (1,924,079   $ (937,307
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

5


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

 

 

     Common
Shares
     Amount      Preferred
Shares
     Amount      Additional
Paid-In Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2014

     1,868      $ 2        15,270      $ 15      $ 14,371,640      $ (46,129,214   $ (31,757,557

Net loss

     —          —          —          —          —          (937,307     (937,307
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2015

     1,868        2        15,270        15        14,371,640        (47,066,521     (32,694,864

Net loss

     —          —          —          —          —          (1,924,079     (1,924,079
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2016

     1,868      $ 2        15,270      $ 15      $ 14,371,640      $ (48,990,600   $ (34,618,943
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

6


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

 

 

     2016     2015  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net loss

   $ (1,924,079   $ (937,307

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     602,656       550,474  

Noncash interest expense

     1,175,267       1,169,106  

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

    

Accounts receivable

     643,554       (453,414

Unbilled revenue

     (13,245     (58,039

Prepaid expense

     (857     4,382  

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

     208,735       (151,471

Accrued expenses

     (611,198     (95,464

Customer deposits

     (121,104     61,823  

Deferred revenue

     (7,723     5,991  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

     (47,994     96,081  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Purchases of plant and equipment

     (165,161     (423,973
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from investing activities

     (165,161     (423,973
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Principal payment on capital lease

     (50,510     (53,464

Net change in revolving line of credit

     —         (272,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from financing activities

     (50,510     (325,464
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CHANGE IN CASH

     (263,665     (653,356

Cash—beginning of year

     397,056       1,050,412  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash—end of year

   $ 133,391     $ 397,056  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

    

Cash paid during the year for interest

   $ 521,950     $ 535,499  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

7


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

 

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization and Nature of Business

Sunshine Media Group, Inc. (the “Company”), incorporated on December 20, 2000, is a fully integrated publisher of regionally focused specialty trade magazines headquartered in Chattanooga, Tennessee. The Company provides full service advertising campaigns for the Hospital industry (Digital, Print and CRM). It also publishes in house magazines for which it sells ad space across two different titles; Builder Architect ™ and M.D. News ™ for a number of licensed publishers.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Sunshine Media, Inc., Sunshine Media Printing, Inc., Sunshine Media Advertising, Inc., SMTN, Inc., Sunshine Custom Publishing, Inc., and True North Custom Publishing, LLC. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s carrying amount for its financial instruments, which include cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable and long-term debt, approximate fair value.

Contingent Risk Regarding Cash Balances

From time to time, the Company has on deposit, in institutions whose accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), funds that total in excess of the insured maximum. The at-risk amount is subject to significant fluctuations on a daily basis throughout the year. The Company does not believe it is exposed to any significant risk on cash and cash equivalents.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful life.

 

8


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

 

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, continued

 

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are carried at original invoice amount less an estimate made for doubtful receivables based on a review of all outstanding amounts on a periodic basis. Interest is not normally charged on receivables. A valuation allowance is provided for known and anticipated credit losses, as determined by management in the course of regularly evaluating individual customer receivables. This evaluation takes into consideration a customer’s financial condition and credit history, as well as current economic conditions. Accounts receivable are written off when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of accounts receivable previously written off are recorded when received.

Plant and Equipment

Plant and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Major additions and betterments are capitalized; maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. When plant and equipment are disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization is removed from the respective amount, and resulting gains or losses are reflected in earnings. Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset. Plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from advertising and reprint sales is recognized upon distribution of the related magazines and reprints. Amounts received in advance of distribution are deferred as a customer deposit liability and are recognized as revenue upon distribution of the related magazines and reprints, generally within one to three months of receipt.

Revenues from publication contracts are recognized based on the established stages of completion.

Contract costs include direct job costs related to contract performance, such as mail prep costs, postage and custom photography. Direct labor payroll costs are charged to expense as incurred. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in job performance, job conditions, and estimated profitability may result in revisions to costs and income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined.

The asset “unbilled revenue” represents work performed on contracts not yet earned. The liability “deferred revenue” represents billings in excess of revenues earned.

 

9


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

 

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES, continued

 

Revenue Recognition, continued

The direct costs associated with print expenses are treated as a cost reimbursement and are recognized as revenue when incurred. Print costs incurred in excess of print billings are recorded as a receivable. Print billings in excess of print costs incurred are deferred as a liability.

Shipping and Handling Costs

The Company accounts for shipping and handling costs billed to customers as sales and totaled $479,606 and $550,509 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Costs associated with shipping and handlings are included in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of operations and totaled $385,431 and $490,546 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled $39,721 and $50,334, respectively.

Income Taxes

Deferred taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for taxable temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax basis. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

The Company follows the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes . Using this guidance, tax positions initially need to be recognized in the financial statements when it is more-likely-than-not the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Such tax positions initially and subsequently need to be measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority assuming full knowledge of the position and relevant facts.

Based on its evaluation, the Company has concluded that there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in its financial statements. The Company’s evaluation was performed for the tax years ended December 31, 2013 through December 31, 2016, for both the United States Federal Income Tax and various states. These are the years which remain subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions as of December 31, 2016.

 

10


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

 

 

NOTE 2 – PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Leasehold improvements

   $ 313,342      $ 313,342  

Equipment

     4,066,229        3,960,361  

Furniture and fixtures

     581,407        575,153  

Software development costs

     1,543,053        1,490,014  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     6,504,031        6,338,870  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (5,844,299      (5,459,643
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 659,732      $ 879,227  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense on property and equipment was $384,656 and $290,247 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

NOTE 3 – INTANGIBLES

Intangibles consist of the following as of December 31:

 

December 31, 2016

   Original Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

Customer relationships

   $ 123,000      $ (99,662    $ 23,338  

Trademarks

     967,000        (773,600      193,400  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,090,000      $ (873,262    $ 216,738  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

   Original Cost      Accumulated
Amortization
     Net  

Customer relationships

   $ 123,000      $ (75,062    $ 47,938  

Trademarks

     967,000        (580,200      386,800  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,090,000      $ (655,262    $ 434,738  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the amortization periods as follows:

 

     Amortization
Period
(Years)

Customer relationships

       5

Trademarks

       5

Amortization expense related to intangible assets totaled $218,000 and $260,227 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Future amortization of intangible assets is as follows:

 

2017

   $ 216,738  
  

 

 

 

 

11


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

 

 

NOTE 4 – CAPITAL LEASE

In August 2014, the Company entered into a software capital lease agreement which expires in August 2017. The gross amount of the asset acquired under capital lease was $181,391 and the accumulated amortization was $161,297 and $100,833 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments on capital lease are as follows:

 

2017

   $ 29,796  

Amount representing interest

     (1,150
  

 

 

 

Present value of net minimum lease payments

     28,646  

Less: Current portion of capital lease

     (28,646
  

 

 

 

Noncurrent portion of capital lease

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

NOTE 5 – LINE OF CREDIT AND NOTE PAYABLE

The Company has a $2,000,000 line of credit with Gladstone Capital, a related party, with a balance due of $1,328,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015. The line of credit matures on May 14, 2018. Principal is due in quarterly payments of 50% of excess cash flow, as defined in the credit agreement, with all outstanding principal due at maturity. Interest accrues on the outstanding principal balance at 8% and is due on demand. The line of credit is collateralized by substantially all assets and shares of stock of the Company.

The Company has term note A with Gladstone Capital, a related party, totaling $16,948,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015. Principal payments are due in annual payments of 50% of excess cash flow, as defined in the credit agreement, with all outstanding principal due on May 14, 2018. No excess cash flow payment was due for the year ended December 31, 2016. Interest accrues at 4.75% on $11,948,000 of the balance and 8% on the remaining $5,000,000. The note payable is collateralized by substantially all assets and shares of stock of the Company.

The Company has term note B with Gladstone Capital, a related party, totaling $10,700,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015. Principal is due in full on May 14, 2018. Interest accrues at 5.50% and is due on demand. The note payable is collateralized by substantially all assets and shares of stock of the Company.

The Company has a covenant to provide audited consolidated financial statements within 120 days of year end, without qualification. The Company was in compliance with this covenant at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled $1,697,217 and $1,704,605, respectively. Accrued interest at December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled $6,607,732 and $5,432,465, respectively, and is payable on demand. If no demand is made, then accrued interest will be paid at maturity.

 

12


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

 

 

NOTE 6 – EQUITY

The Company has available for issuance preferred and common stock as authorized in the Company’s amended and restated articles of incorporation. All of the Company’s stockholders hold the same voting rights based on the number of shares owned.

The preferred stock will earn cumulative preferred returns of 8% of each stockholder’s unreturned original cost plus any unpaid preferred returns. These cumulative preferred returns are in preference to common stockholders’ cumulative dividends. The preferred stock accrues dividends at an annual rate of 8% based on unreturned original costs, compounded annually. In the event of a liquidation, the holders of the preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior to and in preference to any distributions to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to the sum of the unreturned original cost plus the accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends.

NOTE 7 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

The Company maintains a contributory 401(k) plan for the benefit of employees meeting certain age and service requirements. Employees who elect to participate can make personal contributions to the plan based on certain percentages of salary earned within limitations prescribed by the Internal Revenue Code. Employer matching and profit-sharing contributions to the plan are discretionary and determined annually. The Company made no matching contributions to the plan during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

NOTE 8 – OPERATING LEASE

The Company leases corporate office space in Chattanooga, Tennessee under an operating lease expiring in February 2018. The Company at times also leases other equipment as needed.

Total rent expense related to all operating leases was $262,007 and $262,107 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments on operating leases are as follows:

 

2017

   $ 258,120  

2018

     43,020  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 301,140  
  

 

 

 

 

13


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

 

 

NOTE 9 – INCOME TAXES

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

 

     2016      2015  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 33,800      $ 33,300  

Accrued vacation and bonuses

     38,100        85,000  

Accrued interest

     2,577,000        2,118,700  

Sales tax reserve

     85,600        210,900  

Intangible assets

     84,500        169,500  

Charitable contributions carryforward

     9,900        10,200  

Federal net operating loss carryforward

     9,860,000        9,112,000  

State net operating loss carryforward

     650,000        825,000  

Deferred revenue

     (51,700      (43,500

Depreciation

     (24,400      (44,800
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     13,262,800        12,476,300  

Valuation allowance

     (13,262,800      (12,476,300
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As the Company has generated net losses since inception, there is uncertainty regarding the Company’s ability to realize deferred tax assets. Accordingly, a valuation allowance has been established relating to the Company’s net deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance was based upon management’s analysis of available information. The income tax provision differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate to pretax loss due to non-deductible expenses, over/under accruals from the prior year, the change in the valuation allowance, and other timing differences. The Company will begin to release the valuation allowance when it is more likely than not the deferred tax asset will be realized.

NOTE 10 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated events and transactions subsequent to the balance sheet date through the date of the independent auditor’s report (the date the financial statements were available to be issued) for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements. Management has not identified any items requiring recognition or disclosure.

NOTE 11 – MANAGEMENT’S PLAN

Management recognizes the Company has experienced losses since inception and has negative working capital as of December 31, 2016. Management has taken several steps to help reverse the situation and improve financial operations moving forward.

 

14


SUNSHINE MEDIA GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

 

NOTE 11 – MANAGEMENT’S PLAN, continued

 

First, the Company has undertaken several cost saving initiatives that have led to reduced overhead expenses by streamlining operations and updating software to both better serve clients and increase in-house efficiencies. Secondly, management is consistently taking their printing needs to market to ensure they are receiving the most reduced costs in their printing needs. They are also converting as many publications to electronic format eliminating printing costs altogether which will increase gross profit margins. Lastly, management has hired a new chief executive officer that is focused on sales growth through innovative sales strategies and acquisition of new clients.

The Company is dependent on financing, which is subject to certain covenants, to support its operations. The Company was in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2016. Gladstone Capital, a related party, has agreed to demand interest payments only to the extent the operating cash flows support the payment of interest.

 

15

Filed Pursuant to Rule 497
Registration Statement No.

 

The information in this prospectus supplement is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus supplement is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Exhibit 2.s.7

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(To Prospectus dated                 , 201    )

 

LOGO

Shares of Common Stock

 

 

We are offering for sale                  shares of our common stock. Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GLAD.” The last reported sale price for our common stock on                 ,                 was $        per share. The net asset value per share of our common stock at the close of business on                 , 201     was $        per share.

 

     Per Share      Total (1)  

Public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $    

 

(1)

The aggregate expenses of the offering are estimated to be $        , which represents approximately $        per share.

[The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional                  shares of common stock from us at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotments, if any, within 30 days after the date of this prospectus supplement. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, our total proceeds, before expenses, would be $        and the total underwriting discounts and commissions would be $        .] The common shares will be ready for delivery on or about                 ,                 .

You should read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our common stock and you should retain them for future reference. Additional information about us, including our annual, quarterly and current reports, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information is available free of charge on our corporate website at www.gladstonecapital.com .

 

 

An investment in our common stock involves certain risks, including, among other things, risks relating to investments in securities of small, private and developing businesses. We describe some of these risks in the section entitled “ Risk Factors ,” which begins on page S-7 of this prospectus supplement and page 13 of the accompanying prospectus. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value and this may increase the risk of loss to purchasers of our common stock. You should carefully consider these risks together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before making a decision to purchase our common stock.

The common stock being offered has not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission nor has the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


We have not authorized any dealer, salesman or other person to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. You must not rely upon any information or representation not contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus as if we had authorized it. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy any security other than the registered securities to which they relate, nor do they constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. The information contained in this prospectus supplement and any accompanying prospectus is accurate as of the dates on their respective covers only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since such dates.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Supplement

 

     Page  

Table of Fees and Expenses

     S-4  

Risk Factors

     S-7  

Use of Proceeds

     S-7  

Financial Highlights

     S-7  

Price Range of Common Stock

     S-8  

Plan of Distribution

     S-8  

Legal Matters

     S-8  

Prospectus

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

The Offering

     5  

Fees and Expenses

     8  

Additional Information

     12  

Risk Factors

     13  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     39  

Use of Proceeds

     40  

Price Range of Common Stock and Distributions

     40  

Common Share Price Data

     41  

Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Distributions

     42  

Consolidated Selected Financial Data

     43  

Selected Quarterly Data (unaudited)

     45  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     46  

Senior Securities

     72  

Business

     74  

Portfolio Companies

     91  

Management

     99  

Control Persons and Principal Stockholders

     115  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     118  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     120  

Regulation as a Business Development Company

     123  

Description of Our Securities

     126  

Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws

     133  

Share Repurchases

     137  

Plan of Distribution

     138  

Custodian, Transfer and Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar

     140  

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

     141  

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

     142  

Legal Matters

     143  

Experts

     143  

Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

S-2


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

All statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, other than historical facts, may constitute “forward-looking statements.” These statements may relate to, among other things, future events or our future operating results, our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies, actual and potential conflicts of interest with Gladstone Management Corporation and its affiliates, the use of borrowed money to finance our investments, the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital, and our ability to co-invest, among other factors. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “estimate,” “may,” “might,” “believe,” “will,” “provided,” “anticipate,” “future,” “could,” “growth,” “plan,” “project,” “intend,” “expect,” “should,” “would,” “if,” “seek,” “possible,” “potential,” “likely” or the negative or other variations of such terms or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include but are not limited to:

 

   

the recurrence of adverse changes in the economy and the capital markets;

 

   

risks associated with negotiation and consummation of pending and future transactions;

 

   

the loss of one or more of our executive officers, in particular David Gladstone, Robert L. Marcotte or Terry Lee Brubaker;

 

   

changes in our investment objectives and strategy;

 

   

availability, terms (including the possibility of interest rate volatility) and deployment of capital;

 

   

changes in our industry, interest rates, exchange rates, regulation or the general economy;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the degree and nature of our competition;

 

   

changes in governmental regulations, tax rates and similar matters;

 

   

our ability to exit an investment in a timely manner;

 

   

our ability to maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a BDC; and

 

   

those factors described in the “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

We caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statement, which speak only as of the date made. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from our historical performance. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this prospectus supplement. Although we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports we have filed, or in the future may file with the SEC, including subsequent annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. The forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement or accompanying prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

S-3


FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in this offering will bear directly or indirectly. We caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “us” or “Gladstone Capital,” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in Gladstone Capital. The following annualized percentages were calculated based on actual expenses incurred in the quarter ended [    ], [    ] and average net assets attributable to common stockholders for the quarter ended [    ], [    ].

 

Stockholder Transaction Expenses:

  

Sales load (as a percentage of offering price) (1)

     [     ]%

Offering expenses (as a percentage of offering price) (1)

     [     ]%

Dividend reinvestment plan expenses (per sales transaction fee) ( (2)

    
Up to $25.00
Transaction Fee
 
 

Total stockholder transaction expenses (1)

     [     ]%

Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock) (3) :

  

Base Management fee (4)

     [     ]%

Loan servicing fee (5)

     [     ]%

Incentive fee (20% of realized capital gains and 20% of pre-incentive fee net investment income) (6)

     [     ]%

Interest payments on borrowed funds (7)

     [     ]%

Dividend expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock (8)

     [     ]%

Other expenses (9)

     [     ]%

Total annual expenses (9)

     [     ]%

 

(1)

The amounts set forth in this table do not reflect the impact of any sales load, sales commission or other offering expenses borne by Gladstone Capital and its stockholders. The prospectus supplement relating to an offering of securities pursuant to this prospectus will disclose the estimated offering price and the estimated offering expenses and total stockholder transaction expenses borne by Gladstone Capital and its stockholders as a percentage of the offering price. In the event that securities to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, the prospectus supplement will also disclose the applicable sales load.

(2)

The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan, if any, are included in stock record expenses, a component of “other expenses.” If a participant elects by written notice to the plan agent prior to termination of his or her account to have the plan agent sell part or all of the shares held by the plan agent in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan agent is authorized to deduct a transaction fee, plus per share brokerage commissions, from the proceeds. The participants in the dividend reinvestment plan will bear a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred with respect to open market purchases, if any. See “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan ” for information on the dividend reinvestment plan.

(3)

The percentages presented in this table are gross of credits to any fees.

(4)

In accordance with our Advisory Agreement, our annual base management fee is 1.75% (0.4375% quarterly) of our average gross assets, which are defined as total assets of Gladstone Capital, including investments made with proceeds of borrowings, less any uninvested cash or cash equivalents resulting from borrowings, and adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases. In accordance with the requirements of the SEC, the table above shows Gladstone Capital’s management fee as a percentage of average net assets attributable to common shareholders. For purposes of the table, the gross base management fee has been converted to [    ]% of the average net assets as of [    ], [    ] by dividing the total dollar amount of the management fee by Gladstone Capital’s average net assets. The base management fee for the three months ended [    ] before application of credits was $[    ].

Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser has provided and continues to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. It may also provide services other than managerial assistance to our portfolio companies and receive fees therefor. Such services may include, but are not limited to: (i) assistance

 

S-4


obtaining, sourcing or structuring credit facilities, long term loans or additional equity from unaffiliated third parties; (ii) negotiating important contractual financial relationships; (iii) consulting services regarding restructuring of the portfolio company and financial modeling as it relates to raising additional debt and equity capital from unaffiliated third parties; and (iv) primary role in interviewing, vetting and negotiating employment contracts with candidates in connection with adding and retaining key portfolio company management team members. Generally, at the end of each quarter, 100.0% of these fees are non-contractually, irrevocably and unconditionally credited against the base management fee that we would otherwise be required to pay to the Adviser; however, a small percentage of certain of such fees, primarily for valuation of the portfolio company, is retained by the Adviser in the form of reimbursement at cost for certain tasks completed by personnel of the Adviser. For the quarter ended [    ], [    ], $[    ], or [    ]% of total net expenses, of these fees were non-contractually, irrevocably and unconditionally credited against the base management fee. See “Management—Certain Transactions.”

(5)

In addition, the Adviser services, administers and collects on the loans held by Gladstone Business Loan, LLC (“Business Loan”), in return for which the Adviser receives a 1.5% annual loan servicing fee payable monthly by Business Loan based on the monthly aggregate balance of loans held by Business Loan in accordance with our fifth amended and restated credit agreement for our revolving line of credit (“the Credit Facility”). For the three months ended [    ], [    ], the total loan servicing fee were $[    ]. The entire loan servicing fee paid to the Adviser by Business Loan is generally non-contractually, irrevocably and unconditionally credited against the base management fee otherwise payable to the Adviser since Business Loan is a consolidated subsidiary of the Company, and overall, the base management fee (including any loan servicing fee) cannot exceed 1.75% of total assets (as reduced by cash and cash equivalents pledged to creditors) during any given fiscal year pursuant to the Advisory Agreement. After all voluntary credits described in this footnote and footnote 4 above are applied to the base management fee, the total expenses after fee credits as a percentage of net assets would be [    ]% for the quarter ended [    ], [    ]. See “Management—Certain Transactions—Investment Advisory and Management Agreement” and footnote 6 below.

(6)

In accordance with our Advisory Agreement, the incentive fee consists of two parts: an income-based fee and a capital gains-based fee. The income-based fee is payable quarterly in arrears, and equals 20.0% of the excess, if any, of our pre-incentive fee net investment income that exceeds a 1.75% quarterly ([    ]% annualized) hurdle rate of our net assets, subject to a “catch-up” provision measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. The “catch-up” provision requires us to pay 100.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 125.0% of the quarterly hurdle rate (or 2.1875%) in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized). The catch-up provision is meant to provide the Adviser with 20.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply when our pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 125.0% of the quarterly hurdle rate in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized). The income-based incentive fee is computed and paid on income that may include interest that is accrued but not yet received in cash. Our pre-incentive fee net investment income used to calculate this part of the income-based incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee (see footnote 4 above). The capital gains-based incentive fee equals 20.0% of our net realized capital gains since our inception, if any, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation since our inception, less any prior payments, and is payable at the end of each fiscal year. We have not recorded any capital gains-based incentive fee from our inception through [    ], [    ].

From time to time, the Adviser has non-contractually, irrevocably and unconditionally agreed to waive a portion of the incentive fees, to the extent net investment income did not cover 100.0% of the distributions to common stockholders during the period. For the quarter ended [    ], [    ], the incentive fee credit was $[    ]. There can be no guarantee that the Adviser will continue to credit any portion of the fees under the Advisory Agreement in the future.

 

S-5


Examples of how the incentive fee would be calculated are as follows:

 

   

Assuming pre-incentive fee net investment income of 0.55%, there would be no income-based incentive fee because such income would not exceed the hurdle rate of 1.75%.

 

   

Assuming pre-incentive fee net investment income of 2.00%, the income-based incentive fee would be as follows:

= 100% × (2.00% - 1.75%)

= 0.25%

 

   

Assuming pre-incentive fee net investment income of 2.30%, the income-based incentive fee would be as follows:

= (100% × (“catch-up”: 2.1875% - 1.75%)) + (20% × (2.30% - 2.1875%))

= (100% × 0.4375%) + (20% × 0.1125%)

= 0.4375% + 0.0225%

= 0.46%

 

   

Assuming net realized capital gains of 6% and realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation of 1%, the capital gains-based incentive fee would be as follows:

= 20% × (6% - 1%)

= 20% × 5%

= 1%

For a more detailed discussion of the calculation of the two-part incentive fee, see “ Management—Certain Transactions—Investment Advisory and Management Agreement .”

 

(7)

Includes amortization of deferred financing costs. As of [    ], [    ], we had $[    ] in borrowings outstanding on our Credit Facility.

(8)

Includes amortization of deferred financing costs related to our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock, as well as amounts paid to preferred stockholders during the three months ended [    ], [    ]. See “ Description of our Securities—Preferred Stock” for additional information.

(9)

Includes our overhead expenses, including payments under the administration agreement based on our projected allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the administration agreement. See “ Management—Certain Transactions—Administration Agreement .”

Examples

The following examples demonstrate the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common stock. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed that our quarterly operating expenses would remain at the levels set forth in the table above and are gross of credits to any fees. The amounts set forth below do not reflect the impact of sales load or offering expenses to be borne by Gladstone Capital or its stockholders. In the prospectus supplement relating to an offering of securities pursuant to this prospectus, the examples below will be restated to reflect the impact of the estimated offering expenses borne by Gladstone Capital and its stockholders and, in the event that securities to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, the impact of the applicable sales load. The examples below and the expenses in the table above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses (including the cost of debt, incentive fees, if

 

S-6


any, and other expenses) may be greater or less than those shown. While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%.

 

    1 Year     3 Years     5 Years     10 Years  

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment:

       

assuming a 5% annual return consisting entirely of ordinary income (1)(2)

  $ [     ]   $ [     ]   $ [     ]   $ [     ]

assuming a 5% annual return consisting entirely of capital gains (2)(3)

  $ [     ]   $ [     ]   $ [     ]   $ [     ]

 

(1)

While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%. Additionally, we have assumed that the entire amount of such 5% annual return would constitute ordinary income as we have not historically realized positive capital gains (computed net of all realized capital losses) on our investments. Because the assumed 5% annual return is significantly below the hurdle rate of 7% (annualized) that we must achieve under the investment advisory and management agreement to trigger the payment of an income-based incentive fee, we have assumed, for purposes of this example, that no income-based incentive fee would be payable if we realized a 5% annual return on our investments.

(2)

While the example assumes reinvestment of all dividends and distributions at NAV, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan will receive a number of shares of our common stock, determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to a participant by the average cost of shares of our common stock purchased in the open market in the period beginning on or before the payment date of the distribution and ending when the plan agent has expended for such purchases all of the cash that would have been otherwise payable to participants. See “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan ” for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

(3)

For purposes of this example, we have assumed that the entire amount of such 5% annual return would constitute capital gains and that no accumulated capital losses or unrealized depreciation exist that would have to be overcome first before a capital gains based incentive fee is payable.

RISK FACTORS

[To be provided.]

USE OF PROCEEDS

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering first to pay down existing short-term debt, then to make investments in lower middle market businesses in accordance with our investment objectives, with any remaining proceeds to be used for other general corporate purposes. Indebtedness under our credit line facility currently accrues interest at the rate of approximately [    ]% and matures on                 ,                  . We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering will be utilized in the manner described above within three months of the completion of the offering. Pending such utilization, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, consistent with the requirements for continued qualification as a RIC for federal income tax purposes.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

[To be provided.]

 

S-7


PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS

We currently intend to distribute in the form of cash dividends, a minimum of 90% of our ordinary income and short-term capital gains, if any, on a quarterly basis to our stockholders in the form of monthly dividends. We intend to retain long-term capital gains and treat them as deemed distributions for tax purposes. We report the estimated tax characteristics of each distribution when declared while the actual tax characteristics of distributions are reported annually to each stockholder on Form 1099—DIV. There is no assurance that we will achieve investment results or maintain a tax status that will permit any specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. At the option of a holder of record of common stock, all cash distributions can be reinvested automatically under our dividend reinvestment plan in additional whole and fractional shares. A stockholder whose shares are held in the name of a broker or other nominee should contact the broker or nominee regarding participation in our dividend reinvestment plan on the stockholder’s behalf. See “ Risk Factors—We will be subject to corporate-level tax if we are unable to satisfy Code requirements for RIC qualification ;” “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan ;” and “ Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations ” in the accompanying prospectus.

Our common stock is quoted on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GLAD.” Our common stock has historically traded at prices both above and below its net asset value. There can be no assurance, however, that any premium to net asset value will be attained or maintained. As of                 ,                 , we had [            ] stockholders of record.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

[To be provided.]

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Bass, Berry & Sims PLC, Nashville, Tennessee. Venable LLP, Baltimore, Maryland, will pass upon the legality of certain of the securities offered by us and certain other matters of Maryland law. [Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by                 .]

 

S-8


 

 

 

LOGO

Gladstone Capital Corporation

             Shares of Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

 

                     , 201    

 

 

 

 

Filed Pursuant to Rule 497
Registration Statement No.

 

The information in this prospectus supplement is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus supplement is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Exhibit 2.s.8

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(To Prospectus dated             , 201     )

            Shares

 

 

LOGO

    % Series [        ] Preferred Stock

Liquidation Preference $        per share

 

 

We are offering for sale              shares of our Series         Preferred Stock. Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GLAD.” The last reported sale price for our common stock on             ,             was $        per share. The net asset value per share of our common stock at the close of business on             , 201     was $        per share. There currently is no market for the Series                 Preferred Stock. We applied to list the Series         Preferred Stock on [        ]. The expected trading symbol for the Series         Preferred Stock is [        ].

 

     Per Share      Total (1)  

Public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $                    $                

 

(1)  

The aggregate expenses of the offering are estimated to be $        , which represents approximately $        per share.

The Underwriters are expected to deliver the Series         Preferred Stock in book-entry form through the Depositary Trust Company on or about        .

You should read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our preferred stock and you should retain them for future reference. Additional information about us, including our annual, quarterly and current reports, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information is available free of charge on our corporate website at www.gladstonecapital.com .

 

 

An investment in our preferred stock involves certain risks, including, among other things, risks relating to investments in securities of small, private and developing businesses. We describe some of these risks in the section entitled “ Risk Factors ,” which begins on page P-6 of this prospectus supplement and page 13 of the accompanying prospectus. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value and this may increase the risk of loss to purchasers of our preferred stock. You should carefully consider these risks together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before making a decision to purchase our preferred stock.

The preferred stock being offered has not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission nor has the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 


We have not authorized any dealer, salesman or other person to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. You must not rely upon any information or representation not contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus as if we had authorized it. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy any security other than the registered securities to which they relate, nor do they constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. The information contained in this prospectus supplement and any accompanying prospectus is accurate as of the dates on their respective covers only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since such dates.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Supplement

 

     Page  

Terms of the Series [             ] Preferred Stock

     P-5  

Risk Factors

     P-6  

Use of Proceeds

     P-6  

Capitalization

     P-6  

Asset Coverage Ratio

     P-6  

Special Characteristics and Risks of the Series [             ] Preferred Stock

     P-6  

Description of the Series [             ] Preferred Stock

     P-6  

Taxation

     P-6  

Underwriting

     P-6  

Legal Matters

     P-6  

Prospectus

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

The Offering

     5  

Fees and Expenses

     8  

Additional Information

     12  

Risk Factors

     13  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     39  

Use of Proceeds

     40  

Price Range of Common Stock and Distributions

     40  

Common Share Price Data

     41  

Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Distributions

     42  

Consolidated Selected Financial Data

     43  

Selected Quarterly Data (unaudited)

     45  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     46  

Senior Securities

     72  

Business

     74  

Portfolio Companies

     91  

Management

     99  

Control Persons and Principal Stockholders

     115  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     118  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     120  

Regulation as a Business Development Company

     123  

 

P-2


     Page  

Description of Our Securities

     126  

Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws

     133  

Share Repurchases

     137  

Plan of Distribution

     138  

Custodian, Transfer and Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar

     140  

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

     141  

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

     142  

Legal Matters

     143  

Experts

     143  

Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

P-3


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

All statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, other than historical facts, may constitute “forward-looking statements.” These statements may relate to, among other things, future events or our future operating results, our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies, actual and potential conflicts of interest with Gladstone Management Corporation and its affiliates, the use of borrowed money to finance our investments, the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital, and our ability to co-invest, among other factors. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “estimate,” “may,” “might,” “believe,” “will,” “provided,” “anticipate,” “future,” “could,” “growth,” “plan,” “project,” “intend,” “expect,” “should,” “would,” “if,” “seek,” “possible,” “potential,” “likely” or the negative or other variations of such terms or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include but are not limited to:

 

   

the recurrence of adverse changes in the economy and the capital markets;

 

   

risks associated with negotiation and consummation of pending and future transactions;

 

   

the loss of one or more of our executive officers, in particular David Gladstone, Robert L. Marcotte or Terry Lee Brubaker;

 

   

changes in our investment objectives and strategy;

 

   

availability, terms (including the possibility of interest rate volatility) and deployment of capital;

 

   

changes in our industry, interest rates, exchange rates, regulation or the general economy;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the degree and nature of our competition;

 

   

changes in governmental regulations, tax rates and similar matters;

 

   

our ability to exit an investment in a timely manner;

 

   

our ability to maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a BDC; and

 

   

those factors described in the “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

We caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statement, which speak only as of the date made. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from our historical performance. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this prospectus supplement. Although we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports we have filed, or in the future may file with the SEC, including subsequent annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. The forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement or accompanying prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

P-4


TERMS OF THE SERIES [        ] PREFERRED STOCK

 

Dividend Rate

The dividend rate will be     %.

 

Dividend Payment Rate    

[Dividends will be paid when, as and if declared on         ,         ,         , and         , commencing        .] The payment date for the initial dividend period will be        .]

 

Regular Dividend Period

Regular dividend periods will be         days.

 

Liquidation Preference    

$        per share

 

Non-Call Period                

The shares may not be called for redemption at the option of the Company prior to         .

Stock Exchange Listing

 

P-5


RISK FACTORS

[To be provided.]

USE OF PROCEEDS

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering first to pay down existing short-term debt, then to make investments in lower middle market businesses in accordance with our investment objectives, with any remaining proceeds to be used for other general corporate purposes. Indebtedness under our credit line facility currently accrues interest at the rate of approximately [    ]% and matures on                     ,         . We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering will be utilized in the manner described above within three months of the completion of the offering. Pending such utilization, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, consistent with the requirements for continued qualification as a RIC for federal income tax purposes.

CAPITALIZATION

[To be provided.]

ASSET COVERAGE RATIO

[To be provided.]

SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF THE SERIES [        ] PREFERRED STOCK

[To be provided.]

DESCRIPTION OF THE SERIES [        ] PREFERRED STOCK

[To be provided.]

TAXATION

[To be provided.]

UNDERWRITING

[To be provided.]

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Bass, Berry & Sims PLC, Nashville, Tennessee. Venable LLP, Baltimore, Maryland, will pass upon the legality of certain of the securities offered by us and certain other matters of Maryland law. [Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by                .]

 

P-6


 

 

            Shares

 

 

LOGO

Gladstone Capital Corporation

    % Series [        ] Preferred Stock

(Liquidation Preference $        per share)

 

  

 

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

 

            , 201    

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

Filed Pursuant to Rule 497
Registration Statement No.

 

The information in this prospectus supplement is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus supplement is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Exhibit 2.s.9

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(To Prospectus dated                 , 201    )

Rights for              Shares

 

 

LOGO

Subscription Rights for Common Stock

 

 

Gladstone Capital Corporation, referred to as we, us, our or the Company, is issuing subscription rights, or Rights, to our common stockholders to purchase additional shares of common stock.

We operate as an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company and have elected to be treated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which we refer to as the 1940 Act. For federal income tax purposes, we have elected to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Our investment objectives are to: (1) achieve and grow current income by investing in debt securities of established businesses that we believe will provide stable earnings and cash flow to pay expenses, make principal and interest payments on our outstanding indebtedness and make distributions to stockholders that grow over time; and (2) provide our stockholders with long-term capital appreciation in the value of our assets by investing in equity securities of established businesses that we believe can grow over time to permit us to sell our equity investments for capital gains.

Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GLAD.” The last reported sale price for our common stock on                 ,     was $         per share. The net asset value per share of our common stock at the close of business on                 , 201     was $         per share.

You should read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our Rights and you should retain them for future reference. Additional information about us, including our annual, quarterly and current reports, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information is available free of charge on our corporate website at www.gladstonecapital.com .

 

 

Investing in common stock through Rights involves certain risks that are described in the “ Risk Factors ” section beginning on page R-10 of this prospectus supplement and page 13 of the accompanying prospectus.

Stockholders who do not exercise their rights may, at the completion of the offering, own a smaller proportional interest in the Company than if they exercised their rights. As a result of the offering you may experience dilution or accretion of the aggregate net asset value of your shares of common stock depending upon whether the Company’s net asset value per share of common stock is above or below the subscription price on the expiration date.

The Rights being offered have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission nor has the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per
Share
     Total  

Subscription price of Common Stock to shareholders exercising Rights

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us (1)

   $        $    

 

(1)  

The aggregate expenses of the offering are estimated to be $        .

The common stock is expected to be ready for delivery in book-entry form through the Depository Trust Company on or about                 , 201    . If the offer is extended, the common stock is expected to be ready for delivery in book-entry form through the Depository Trust Company on or about                 , 201    .


Table of Contents

We have not authorized any dealer, salesman or other person to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. You must not rely upon any information or representation not contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus as if we had authorized it. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy any security other than the registered securities to which they relate, nor do they constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. The information contained in this prospectus supplement and any accompanying prospectus is accurate as of the dates on their respective covers only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since such dates.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Supplement

 

     Page  

Summary of the Terms of the Rights Offering

     R-4  

Description of the Rights Offering

     R-5  

Table of Fees and Expenses

     R-6  

Risk Factors

     R-10  

Use of Proceeds

     R-10  

Capitalization

     R-11  

Price Range of Common Stock

     R-11  

Taxation

     R-11  

Legal Matters

     R-11  

Prospectus

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

The Offering

     5  

Fees and Expenses

     8  

Additional Information

     12  

Risk Factors

     13  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     39  

Use of Proceeds

     40  

Price Range of Common Stock and Distributions

     40  

Common Share Price Data

     41  

Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Distributions

     42  

Consolidated Selected Financial Data

     43  

Selected Quarterly Data (unaudited)

     45  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     46  

Senior Securities

     72  

Business

     74  

Portfolio Companies

     91  

Management

     99  

Control Persons and Principal Stockholders

     115  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     118  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     120  

Regulation as a Business Development Company

     123  

Description of Our Securities

     126  

Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws

     133  

Share Repurchases

     137  

Plan of Distribution

     138  

Custodian, Transfer and Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar

     140  

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

     141  

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

     142  

Legal Matters

     143  

Experts

     143  

Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

R-2


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

All statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, other than historical facts, may constitute “forward-looking statements.” These statements may relate to, among other things, future events or our future operating results, our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies, actual and potential conflicts of interest with Gladstone Management Corporation and its affiliates, the use of borrowed money to finance our investments, the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital, and our ability to co-invest, among other factors. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “estimate,” “may,” “might,” “believe,” “will,” “provided,” “anticipate,” “future,” “could,” “growth,” “plan,” “project,” “intend,” “expect,” “should,” “would,” “if,” “seek,” “possible,” “potential,” “likely” or the negative or other variations of such terms or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include but are not limited to:

 

   

the recurrence of adverse changes in the economy and the capital markets;

 

   

risks associated with negotiation and consummation of pending and future transactions;

 

   

the loss of one or more of our executive officers, in particular David Gladstone, Robert L. Marcotte or Terry Lee Brubaker;

 

   

changes in our investment objectives and strategy;

 

   

availability, terms (including the possibility of interest rate volatility) and deployment of capital;

 

   

changes in our industry, interest rates, exchange rates, regulation or the general economy;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the degree and nature of our competition;

 

   

changes in governmental regulations, tax rates and similar matters;

 

   

our ability to exit an investment in a timely manner;

 

   

our ability to maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a BDC; and

 

   

those factors described in the “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

We caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statement, which speak only as of the date made. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from our historical performance. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this prospectus supplement. Although we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports we have filed, or in the future may file with the SEC, including subsequent annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. The forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement or accompanying prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

R-3


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF THE TERMS OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING

 

Terms of the Offer

[To be provided.]

 

Amount Available for Primary Subscription

$[            ]                                                                                                      

 

Title

Subscription Rights for common stock

 

Subscription Price

Rights may be exercised at a price of $         per share of common stock (the “Subscription Price”). See “ Description of the Rights Offering .”

 

Record Date

Rights will be issued to holders of record of the Company’s common stock on                 , 201     (the “Record Date”). See “ Description of the Rights Offering .”

 

Number of Rights Issued

         Rights will be issued in respect of each share of common stock of the Company outstanding on the Record Date. See “ Description of the Rights Offering .”

 

Number of Rights Required to Purchase One Common Share

A holder of Rights may purchase                  share of common stock of the Company for every                  Rights exercised. The number of Rights to be issued to a stockholder on the Record Date will be rounded up to the nearest number of Rights evenly divisible by                 . See “ Description of the Rights Offering .”

 

Over-Subscription Privilege

[To be provided.]

 

Transfer of Rights

[To be provided.]

 

Subscription Period

The Rights may be exercised at any time after issuance and prior to expiration of the Rights, which will be 5:00 PM Eastern Time on                 , 201     (the “Expiration Date”) (the “Subscription Period”). See “ Description of the Rights Offering .”

 

Offer Expenses

The expenses of the Offer are expected to be approximately $[            ]. See “ Use of Proceeds .”

 

Sale of Rights

[To be provided.]

 

Use of Proceeds

The Company estimates the net proceeds of the Offer to be approximately $[            ]. This figure is based on the Subscription Price per share of $         and assumes all new shares of common stock offered are sold and that the expenses related to the Offer estimated at approximately $[            ] are paid.

 

 

The Company intends to use the net proceeds from this offering first to pay down existing short-term debt, then to make investments in lower middle market businesses in accordance with our investment objectives, with any remaining proceeds to be used for other general corporate purposes. We anticipate that substantially all of the net

 

R-4


Table of Contents
 

proceeds of this offering will be utilized in the manner described above within three months of the completion of the offering. Pending such utilization, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, consistent with the requirements for continued qualification as a RIC for federal income tax purposes. See “ Use of Proceeds .”

 

Rights Agent

[To be provided.]

DESCRIPTION OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING

[To be provided.]

 

R-5


Table of Contents

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in this offering will bear directly or indirectly. We caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “us” or “Gladstone Capital,” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in Gladstone Capital. The following annualized percentages were calculated based on actual expenses incurred in the quarter ended [    ], [    ] and average net assets attributable to common stockholders for the quarter ended [    ], [    ].

 

Stockholder Transaction Expenses:

  

Sales load (as a percentage of offering price) (1)

     [    ] %

Offering expenses (as a percentage of offering price) (1)

     [    ] %

Dividend reinvestment plan expenses (per sales transaction fee) ((2)

    

Up to $25.00

Transaction Fee


 

Total stockholder transaction expenses (1)

     [    ] %

Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock) (3) :

  

Base Management fee (4)

     [    ] %

Loan servicing fee (5)

     [    ] %

Incentive fee (20% of realized capital gains and 20% of pre-incentive fee net investment income) (6)

     [    ] %

Interest payments on borrowed funds (7)

     [    ] %

Dividend expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock (8)

     [    ] %

Other expenses (9)

     [    ] %

Total annual expenses (9)

     [    ] %

 

(1)

The amounts set forth in this table do not reflect the impact of any sales load, sales commission or other offering expenses borne by Gladstone Capital and its stockholders. The prospectus supplement relating to an offering of securities pursuant to this prospectus will disclose the estimated offering price and the estimated offering expenses and total stockholder transaction expenses borne by Gladstone Capital and its stockholders as a percentage of the offering price. In the event that securities to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, the prospectus supplement will also disclose the applicable sales load.

(2)

The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan, if any, are included in stock record expenses, a component of “other expenses.” If a participant elects by written notice to the plan agent prior to termination of his or her account to have the plan agent sell part or all of the shares held by the plan agent in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan agent is authorized to deduct a transaction fee, plus per share brokerage commissions, from the proceeds. The participants in the dividend reinvestment plan will bear a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred with respect to open market purchases, if any. See “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan ” for information on the dividend reinvestment plan.

(3)

The percentages presented in this table are gross of credits to any fees.

(4)

In accordance with our Advisory Agreement, our annual base management fee is 1.75% (0.4375% quarterly) of our average gross assets, which are defined as total assets of Gladstone Capital, including investments made with proceeds of borrowings, less any uninvested cash or cash equivalents resulting from borrowings, and adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases. In accordance with the requirements of the SEC, the table above shows Gladstone Capital’s management fee as a percentage of average net assets attributable to common shareholders. For purposes of the table, the gross base management fee has been converted to [    ]% of the average net assets as of [    ], [    ] by dividing the total dollar amount of the management fee by Gladstone Capital’s average net assets. The base management fee for the three months ended [    ] before application of credits was $[    ].

Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser has provided and continues to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. It may also provide services other than managerial assistance to our portfolio companies and receive fees therefor. Such services may include, but are not limited to: (i) assistance

 

R-6


Table of Contents

obtaining, sourcing or structuring credit facilities, long term loans or additional equity from unaffiliated third parties; (ii) negotiating important contractual financial relationships; (iii) consulting services regarding restructuring of the portfolio company and financial modeling as it relates to raising additional debt and equity capital from unaffiliated third parties; and (iv) primary role in interviewing, vetting and negotiating employment contracts with candidates in connection with adding and retaining key portfolio company management team members. Generally, at the end of each quarter, 100.0% of these fees are non-contractually, irrevocably and unconditionally credited against the base management fee that we would otherwise be required to pay to the Adviser; however, a small percentage of certain of such fees, primarily for valuation of the portfolio company, is retained by the Adviser in the form of reimbursement at cost for certain tasks completed by personnel of the Adviser. For the quarter ended [    ], [    ], $[    ], or [    ]% of total net expenses, of these fees were non-contractually, irrevocably and unconditionally credited against the base management fee. See “Management—Certain Transactions.”

(5)

In addition, the Adviser services, administers and collects on the loans held by Gladstone Business Loan, LLC (“Business Loan”), in return for which the Adviser receives a 1.5% annual loan servicing fee payable monthly by Business Loan based on the monthly aggregate balance of loans held by Business Loan in accordance with our fifth amended and restated credit agreement for our revolving line of credit (“the Credit Facility”). For the three months ended [    ], [    ], the total loan servicing fee were $[    ]. The entire loan servicing fee paid to the Adviser by Business Loan is generally non-contractually, irrevocably and unconditionally credited against the base management fee otherwise payable to the Adviser since Business Loan is a consolidated subsidiary of the Company, and overall, the base management fee (including any loan servicing fee) cannot exceed 1.75% of total assets (as reduced by cash and cash equivalents pledged to creditors) during any given fiscal year pursuant to the Advisory Agreement. After all non-contractual credits described in this footnote and footnote 4 above are applied to the base management fee, the total expenses after fee credits as a percentage of net assets would be [    ]% for the quarter ended [    ], [    ]. See “Management—Certain Transactions—Investment Advisory and Management Agreement” and footnote 6 below.

(6)

In accordance with our Advisory Agreement, the incentive fee consists of two parts: an income-based fee and a capital gains-based fee. The income-based fee is payable quarterly in arrears, and equals 20.0% of the excess, if any, of our pre-incentive fee net investment income that exceeds a 1.75% quarterly ([    ]% annualized) hurdle rate of our net assets, subject to a “catch-up” provision measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. The “catch-up” provision requires us to pay 100.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 125.0% of the quarterly hurdle rate (or 2.1875%) in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized). The catch-up provision is meant to provide the Adviser with 20.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply when our pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 125.0% of the quarterly hurdle rate in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized). The income-based incentive fee is computed and paid on income that may include interest that is accrued but not yet received in cash. Our pre-incentive fee net investment income used to calculate this part of the income-based incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee (see footnote 4 above). The capital gains-based incentive fee equals 20.0% of our net realized capital gains since our inception, if any, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation since our inception, less any prior payments, and is payable at the end of each fiscal year. We have not recorded any capital gains-based incentive fee from our inception through [    ], [    ].

From time to time, the Adviser has non-contractually, irrevocably and unconditionally agreed to waive a portion of the incentive fees, to the extent net investment income did not cover 100.0% of the distributions to common stockholders during the period. For the quarter ended [    ], [    ], the incentive fee credit was $[    ]. There can be no guarantee that the Adviser will continue to credit any portion of the fees under the Advisory Agreement in the future.

 

R-7


Table of Contents

Examples of how the incentive fee would be calculated are as follows:

 

   

Assuming pre-incentive fee net investment income of 0.55%, there would be no income-based incentive fee because such income would not exceed the hurdle rate of 1.75%.

 

   

Assuming pre-incentive fee net investment income of 2.00%, the income-based incentive fee would be as follows:

= 100% × (2.00% - 1.75%)

= 0.25%

 

   

Assuming pre-incentive fee net investment income of 2.30%, the income-based incentive fee would be as follows:

= (100% × (“catch-up”: 2.1875% - 1.75%)) + (20% × (2.30% - 2.1875%))

= (100% × 0.4375%) + (20% × 0.1125%)

= 0.4375% + 0.0225%

= 0.46%

 

   

Assuming net realized capital gains of 6% and realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation of 1%, the capital gains-based incentive fee would be as follows:

= 20% × (6% - 1%)

= 20% × 5%

= 1%

For a more detailed discussion of the calculation of the two-part incentive fee, see “ Management—Certain Transactions—Investment Advisory and Management Agreement

 

(7)

Includes amortization of deferred financing costs. As of [    ], [    ], we had $[    ] in borrowings outstanding on our Credit Facility.

(8)

Includes amortization of deferred financing costs related to our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock, as well as amounts paid to preferred stockholders during the three months ended [    ], [    ]. See “ Description of our Securities—Preferred Stock” for additional information.

(9)

Includes our overhead expenses, including payments under the administration agreement based on our projected allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the administration agreement. See “ Management—Certain Transactions—Administration Agreement .”

Examples

The following examples demonstrate the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our Securities. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed that our quarterly operating expenses would remain at the levels set forth in the table above and are gross of credits to any fees. The amounts set forth below do not reflect the impact of sales load or offering expenses to be borne by Gladstone Capital or its stockholders. In the prospectus supplement relating to an offering of securities pursuant to this prospectus, the examples below will be restated to reflect the impact of the estimated offering expenses borne by Gladstone Capital and its stockholders and, in the event that securities to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, the impact of the applicable sales load. The examples below and the expenses in the table above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses (including the cost of debt, incentive fees, if any, and other expenses) may be greater or less than those shown. While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%.

 

R-8


Table of Contents
     1 Year      3 Years      5 Years      10 Years  

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment:

           

assuming a 5% annual return consisting entirely of ordinary income (1)(2)

   $ [    ]    $ [    ]    $ [    ]    $ [    ]

assuming a 5% annual return consisting entirely of capital gains (2)(3)

   $ [    ]    $ [    ]    $ [    ]    $ [    ]

 

(1)

While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%. Additionally, we have assumed that the entire amount of such 5% annual return would constitute ordinary income as we have not historically realized positive capital gains (computed net of all realized capital losses) on our investments. Because the assumed 5% annual return is significantly below the hurdle rate of 7% (annualized) that we must achieve under the investment advisory and management agreement to trigger the payment of an income-based incentive fee, we have assumed, for purposes of this example, that no income-based incentive fee would be payable if we realized a 5% annual return on our investments.

(2)

While the example assumes reinvestment of all dividends and distributions at NAV, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan will receive a number of shares of our common stock, determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to a participant by the average cost of shares of our common stock purchased in the open market in the period beginning on or before the payment date of the distribution and ending when the plan agent has expended for such purchases all of the cash that would have been otherwise payable to participants. See “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan ” for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

(3)

For purposes of this example, we have assumed that the entire amount of such 5% annual return would constitute capital gains and that no accumulated capital losses or unrealized depreciation exist that would have to be overcome first before a capital gains based incentive fee is payable.

 

R-9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

[To be provided.]

USE OF PROCEEDS

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering first to pay down existing short-term debt, then to make investments in lower middle market businesses in accordance with our investment objectives, with any remaining proceeds to be used for other general corporate purposes. Indebtedness under our credit line facility currently accrues interest at the rate of approximately [    ]% and matures on                 ,                . We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering will be utilized in the manner described above within three months of the completion of the offering. Pending such utilization, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, consistent with the requirements for continued qualification as a RIC for federal income tax purposes.

 

R-10


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

[To be provided.]

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS

We currently intend to distribute in the form of cash dividends, a minimum of 90% of our ordinary income and short-term capital gains, if any, on a quarterly basis to our stockholders in the form of monthly dividends. We intend to retain long-term capital gains and treat them as deemed distributions for tax purposes. We report the estimated tax characteristics of each distribution when declared while the actual tax characteristics of distributions are reported annually to each stockholder on Form 1099—DIV. There is no assurance that we will achieve investment results or maintain a tax status that will permit any specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. At the option of a holder of record of common stock, all cash distributions can be reinvested automatically under our dividend reinvestment plan in additional whole and fractional shares. A stockholder whose shares are held in the name of a broker or other nominee should contact the broker or nominee regarding participation in our dividend reinvestment plan on the stockholder’s behalf. See “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Regulation and Structure—We will be subject to corporate-level tax if we are unable to satisfy Code requirements for RIC qualification ;” “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan ;” and “ Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations ” in the accompanying prospectus.

Our common stock is quoted on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GLAD.” Our common stock has historically traded at prices both above and below its net asset value. There can be no assurance, however, that any premium to net asset value will be attained or maintained. As of                 ,                 , we had [            ] stockholders of record.

 

[Assumes subscription price is below net asset value (1)

  

NAV

   $ [●]  

Subscription Price

   $ [●]  

Reduction in NAV($) (2)

   $ [●]  

Reduction in NAV(%)

     [●]

 

(1)

Assumes the full Primary Subscription and Secondary Over-Subscription Privilege are exercised. Actual amounts may vary due to rounding.

(2)

Assumes $[●] in estimated offering expenses.]

TAXATION

[To be provided.]

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Bass, Berry & Sims PLC, Nashville, Tennessee. Venable LLP, Baltimore, Maryland, will pass upon the legality of certain of the securities offered by us and certain other matters of Maryland law. [Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by                .]

 

R-11


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

Gladstone Capital Corporation

             Shares of Common Stock

Issuable Upon Exercise of Rights to

Subscribe for Such Shares of Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

 

                    , 201    

 

 

 

Filed Pursuant to Rule 497
Registration Statement No.

 

The information in this prospectus supplement is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus supplement is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Exhibit 2.s.10

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(To Prospectus dated                 , 201     )

Rights for                  Shares

 

 

LOGO

Subscription Rights for     % Series [    ] Preferred Stock

 

 

Gladstone Capital Corporation, referred to as we, us, our or the Company, is issuing subscription rights, or Rights, to our common stockholders to purchase shares of     % Series [    ] Preferred Stock, referred to as the Series [    ] Preferred Stock.

We operate as an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company and have elected to be treated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which we refer to as the 1940 Act. For federal income tax purposes, we have elected to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Our investment objectives are to: (1) achieve and grow current income by investing in debt securities of established businesses that we believe will provide stable earnings and cash flow to pay expenses, make principal and interest payments on our outstanding indebtedness and make distributions to stockholders that grow over time; and (2) provide our stockholders with long-term capital appreciation in the value of our assets by investing in equity securities of established businesses that we believe can grow over time to permit us to sell our equity investments for capital gains.

Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GLAD.” The last reported sale price for our common stock on                 ,                 was $        per share. The net asset value of our common shares at the close of business on                 , 201     was $        per share. There currently is no market for the Series [            ] Preferred Stock. We applied to list the Series [            ] Preferred Stock on [            ]. The expected trading symbol for the Series [            ] Preferred Stock is [            ].

You should read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our Rights and you should retain them for future reference. Additional information about us, including our annual, quarterly and current reports, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information is available free of charge on our corporate website at www.gladstonecapital.com .

 

 

Investing in preferred stock through Rights involves certain risks that are described in the “ Risk Factors ” section beginning on page PR-7 of this prospectus supplement and page 13 of the accompanying prospectus.

The Rights being offered have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission nor has the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Subscription price of Preferred Stock to shareholders exercising Rights

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us (1)

   $        $    

 

(1)    The

aggregate expenses of the offering are estimated to be $[            ].

The preferred stock is expected to be ready for delivery in book-entry form through the Depository Trust Company on or about                 , 201     . If the offer is extended, the preferred stock is expected to be ready for delivery in book-entry form through the Depository Trust Company on or about                 , 201    .


We have not authorized any dealer, salesman or other person to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. You must not rely upon any information or representation not contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus as if we had authorized it. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy any security other than the registered securities to which they relate, nor do they constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. The information contained in this prospectus supplement and any accompanying prospectus is accurate as of the dates on their respective covers only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since such dates.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Supplement

 

     Page  

Summary of the Terms of the Rights Offering

     PR-5  

Terms of the Series [    ] Preferred Stock

     PR-6  

Description of the Rights Offering

     PR-6  

Risk Factors

     PR-7  

Use of Proceeds

     PR-7  

Capitalization

     PR-7  

Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Distributions

     PR-7  

Taxation

     PR-7  

Underwriting

     PR-7  

Legal Matters

     PR-7  

Prospectus

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

The Offering

     5  

Fees and Expenses

     8  

Additional Information

     12  

Risk Factors

     13  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     39  

Use of Proceeds

     40  

Price Range of Common Stock and Distributions

     40  

Common Share Price Data

     41  

Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Distributions

     42  

Consolidated Selected Financial Data

     43  

Selected Quarterly Data (unaudited)

     45  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     46  

Senior Securities

     72  

Business

     74  

Portfolio Companies

     91  

Management

     99  

Control Persons and Principal Stockholders

     115  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     118  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     120  

Regulation as a Business Development Company

     123  

Description of Our Securities

     126  

Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws

     133  

Share Repurchases

     137  

Plan of Distribution

     138  

 

PR-2


     Page  

Custodian, Transfer and Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar

     140  

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

     141  

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

     142  

Legal Matters

     143  

Experts

     143  

Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

PR-3


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

All statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, other than historical facts, may constitute “forward-looking statements.” These statements may relate to, among other things, future events or our future operating results, our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies, actual and potential conflicts of interest with Gladstone Management Corporation and its affiliates, the use of borrowed money to finance our investments, the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital, and our ability to co-invest, among other factors. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “estimate,” “may,” “might,” “believe,” “will,” “provided,” “anticipate,” “future,” “could,” “growth,” “plan,” “project,” “intend,” “expect,” “should,” “would,” “if,” “seek,” “possible,” “potential,” “likely” or the negative or other variations of such terms or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include but are not limited to:

 

   

the recurrence of adverse changes in the economy and the capital markets;

 

   

risks associated with negotiation and consummation of pending and future transactions;

 

   

the loss of one or more of our executive officers, in particular David Gladstone, Robert L. Marcotte or Terry Lee Brubaker;

 

   

changes in our investment objectives and strategy;

 

   

availability, terms (including the possibility of interest rate volatility) and deployment of capital;

 

   

changes in our industry, interest rates, exchange rates, regulation or the general economy;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the degree and nature of our competition;

 

   

changes in governmental regulations, tax rates and similar matters;

 

   

our ability to exit an investment in a timely manner;

 

   

our ability to maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a BDC; and

 

   

those factors described in the “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

We caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statement, which speak only as of the date made. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from our historical performance. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this prospectus supplement. Although we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports we have filed, or in the future may file with the SEC, including subsequent annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. The forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement or accompanying prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

PR-4


SUMMARY OF THE TERMS OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING

 

Terms of the Offer

[To be provided.]

 

Amount Available for Primary Subscription

$[            ]                                                                                                                     

 

Title

Subscription Rights for Series [            ] preferred stock

 

Exercise Price

Rights may be exercised at a price of $        per share of common stock (the “Subscription Price”). See “ Description of the Rights Offering .”

 

Record Date

Rights will be issued to holders of record of the Company’s common stock on                 , 201     (the “Record Date”). See “ Description of the Rights Offering .”

 

Number of Rights Issued

Rights will be issued in respect of each share of preferred stock of the Company outstanding on the Record Date. See “ Description of the Rights Offering .”

 

Number of Rights Required to Purchase One Preferred Share

A holder of Rights may purchase                  share of common stock of the Company for every                 Rights exercised. The number of Rights to be issued to a stockholder on the Record Date will be rounded up to the nearest number of Rights evenly divisible by                . See “ Description of the Rights Offering .”

 

Over-Subscription Privilege

[To be provided.]

 

Transfer of Rights

[To be provided.]

 

Exercise Period

The Rights may be exercised at any time after issuance and prior to expiration of the Rights, which will be 5:00 PM Eastern Time on                 , 201     (the “Expiration Date”) (the “Subscription Period”). See “ Description of the Rights Offering .”

 

Offer Expenses

The expenses of the Offer are expected to be approximately $[            ]. See “ Use of Proceeds .”

 

Sale of Rights

[To be provided.]

 

Use of Proceeds

The Company estimates the net proceeds of the Offer to be approximately $[            ]. This figure is based on the Exercise Price per share of $        and assumes all new shares of Series [            ] preferred stock offered are sold and that the expenses related to the Offer estimated at approximately $[            ] are paid.

 

 

The Company intends to use the net proceeds from this offering first to pay down existing short-term debt, then to make investments in lower middle market businesses in accordance with our investment objectives, with any remaining proceeds to be used for other general corporate purposes. We anticipate that substantially all of the net

 

PR-5


 

proceeds of this offering will be utilized in the manner described above within three months of the completion of the offering. Pending such utilization, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, consistent with the requirements for continued qualification as a RIC for federal income tax purposes. See “ Use of Proceeds .”

 

Rights Agent

[To be provided.]

TERMS OF THE SERIES [            ] PREFERRED STOCK

 

Dividend Rate

The dividend rate will be     %.

 

Dividend Payment Rate

[Dividends will be paid when, as and if declared on                 ,                 ,                 , and                 , commencing                .] The payment date for the initial dividend period will be                .]

 

Regular Dividend Period

Regular dividend periods will be                 days.

 

Liquidation Preference

$        per share

 

Non-Call Period

The shares may not be called for redemption at the option of the Company prior to             .

Stock Exchange Listing

DESCRIPTION OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING

[To be provided.]

 

PR-6


RISK FACTORS

[To be provided.]

USE OF PROCEEDS

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering first to pay down existing short-term debt, then to make investments in lower middle market businesses in accordance with our investment objectives, with any remaining proceeds to be used for other general corporate purposes. Indebtedness under our credit line facility currently accrues interest at the rate of approximately [    ]% and matures on                 ,                 . We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering will be utilized in the manner described above within three months of the completion of the offering. Pending such utilization, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, consistent with the requirements for continued qualification as a RIC for federal income tax purposes.

CAPITALIZATION

[To be provided.]

ASSET COVERAGE RATIO

[To be provided.]

TAXATION

[To be provided.]

UNDERWRITING

[To be provided.]

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Bass, Berry & Sims PLC, Nashville, Tennessee. Venable LLP, Baltimore, Maryland, will pass upon the legality of certain of the securities offered by us and certain other matters of Maryland law. [Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by                .]

 

PR-7


 

 

 

 

LOGO

Gladstone Capital Corporation

Shares of     % Series [    ] Preferred Stock

Issuable Upon Exercise of Rights to

Subscribe for Such Shares of Preferred Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

 

                    , 201    

 

 

 

Table of Contents

Filed Pursuant to Rule 497
Registration Statement No.

 

The information in this prospectus supplement is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus supplement is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Exhibit 2.s.11

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(To Prospectus dated                     , 201    )

 

 

LOGO

    %          Notes due             ,             

 

 

We are offering promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $        , which we refer to as the Notes in this prospectus supplement. Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GLAD.” The last reported sale price for our common stock on                 ,                 was $        per share. The net asset value per share of our common stock at the close of business on                 , 201     was $        per share.

You should read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our Notes and you should retain them for future reference. Additional information about us, including our annual, quarterly and current reports, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information is available free of charge on our corporate website at www.gladstonecapital.com .

 

 

An investment in our Notes involves certain risks, including, among other things, risks relating to investments in securities of small, private and developing businesses. We describe some of these risks in the section entitled “ Risk Factors ,” which begins on page N-5 of this prospectus supplement and page 13 of the accompanying prospectus. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value and this may increase the risk of loss to purchasers of our Notes. You should carefully consider these risks together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before making a decision to purchase our Notes.

The Notes do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.

 

     Per Note      Total  

Public offering price

   $                    $                

Sales load

   $        $    

Proceeds to us (before expenses) (1)

   $        $    

 

(1)

Does not include offering expenses payable to us estimated to be $        .

The Notes will be ready for delivery on or about                 , 201    .

                    , 201    


Table of Contents

We have not authorized any dealer, salesman or other person to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. You must not rely upon any information or representation not contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus as if we had authorized it. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy any security other than the registered securities to which they relate, nor do they constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. The information contained in this prospectus supplement and any accompanying prospectus is accurate as of the dates on their respective covers only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since such dates.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Supplement

 

     Page  

Terms of the Notes

     N-4  

Risk Factors

     N-5  

Use of Proceeds

     N-5  

Capitalization

     N-5  

Asset Coverage Ratio

     N-5  

Taxation

     N-5  

Underwriting

     N-5  

Legal Matters

     N-5  

Prospectus

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

The Offering

     5  

Fees and Expenses

     8  

Additional Information

     12  

Risk Factors

     13  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     39  

Use of Proceeds

     40  

Price Range of Common Stock and Distributions

     40  

Common Share Price Data

     41  

Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Distributions

     42  

Consolidated Selected Financial Data

     43  

Selected Quarterly Data (unaudited)

     45  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     46  

Senior Securities

     72  

Business

     74  

Portfolio Companies

     91  

Management

     99  

Control Persons and Principal Stockholders

     115  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     118  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     120  

Regulation as a Business Development Company

     123  

Description of Our Securities

     126  

Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws

     133  

Share Repurchases

     137  

Plan of Distribution

     138  

Custodian, Transfer and Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar

     140  

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

     141  

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

     142  

Legal Matters

     143  

Experts

     143  

Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

N-2


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

All statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, other than historical facts, may constitute “forward-looking statements.” These statements may relate to, among other things, future events or our future operating results, our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies, actual and potential conflicts of interest with Gladstone Management Corporation and its affiliates, the use of borrowed money to finance our investments, the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital, and our ability to co-invest, among other factors. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “estimate,” “may,” “might,” “believe,” “will,” “provided,” “anticipate,” “future,” “could,” “growth,” “plan,” “project,” “intend,” “expect,” “should,” “would,” “if,” “seek,” “possible,” “potential,” “likely” or the negative or other variations of such terms or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include but are not limited to:

 

   

the recurrence of adverse changes in the economy and the capital markets;

 

   

risks associated with negotiation and consummation of pending and future transactions;

 

   

the loss of one or more of our executive officers, in particular David Gladstone, Robert L. Marcotte or Terry Lee Brubaker;

 

   

changes in our investment objectives and strategy;

 

   

availability, terms (including the possibility of interest rate volatility) and deployment of capital;

 

   

changes in our industry, interest rates, exchange rates, regulation or the general economy;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the degree and nature of our competition;

 

   

changes in governmental regulations, tax rates and similar matters;

 

   

our ability to exit an investment in a timely manner;

 

   

our ability to maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a BDC; and

 

   

those factors described in the “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

We caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statement, which speak only as of the date made. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from our historical performance. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this prospectus supplement. Although we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports we have filed, or in the future may file with the SEC, including subsequent annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. The forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement or accompanying prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

N-3


Table of Contents

TERMS OF THE NOTES

 

Principal Amount

The principal amount of the Notes is $         in the aggregate.

 

Maturity

The principal amount of the Notes will become due and payable on             ,             .

 

Interest Rate

The interest rate will be     %.

 

Frequency of payment

Interest will be paid              commencing             .

 

Prepayment Protections

[To be provided.]

 

Conversion

[To be provided.]

 

[Stock Exchange Listing]

[To be provided.]

 

Rating

It is a condition of issuance that the notes be rated [            ] by [            ].

 

N-4


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

[To be provided.]

USE OF PROCEEDS

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering first to pay down existing short-term debt, then to make investments in lower middle market businesses in accordance with our investment objectives, with any remaining proceeds to be used for other general corporate purposes. Indebtedness under our credit line facility currently accrues interest at the rate of approximately [    ]% and matures on             ,             . We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering will be utilized in the manner described above within three months of the completion of the offering. Pending such utilization, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, consistent with the requirements for continued qualification as a RIC for federal income tax purposes.

CAPITALIZATION

[To be provided.]

ASSET COVERAGE RATIO

[To be provided.]

TAXATION

[To be provided.]

UNDERWRITING

[To be provided.]

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Bass, Berry & Sims PLC, Nashville, Tennessee. Venable LLP, Baltimore, Maryland, will pass upon the legality of certain of the securities offered by us and certain other matters of Maryland law. [Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by                 .]

 

N-5


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

Gladstone Capital Corporation

%                 Notes due                 ,

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

 

                    , 201

 

 

 

Filed Pursuant to Rule 497
Registration Statement No.

 

The information in this prospectus supplement is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus supplement is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Exhibit 2.s.12

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(To Prospectus dated                 , 201     )

 

 

LOGO

    %         Senior Notes due             ,             

 

 

We are offering promissory senior notes in an aggregate principal amount of $        , which we refer to as the Notes in this prospectus supplement. Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GLAD.” The last reported sale price for our common stock on                     ,                      was $         per share. The net asset value per share of our common stock at the close of business on                 , 201     was $         per share.

You should read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our Notes and you should retain them for future reference. Additional information about us, including our annual, quarterly and current reports, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information is available free of charge on our corporate website at www.gladstoneinvestment.com .

 

 

An investment in our Notes involves certain risks, including, among other things, risks relating to investments in securities of small, private and developing businesses. We describe some of these risks in the section entitled “ Risk Factors ,” which begins on page SN-6 of this prospectus supplement and page 13 of the accompanying prospectus. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value and this may increase the risk of loss to purchasers of our Notes. You should carefully consider these risks together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before making a decision to purchase our Notes.

The Notes do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.

 

     Per Note      Total  

Public offering price

   $                    $                

Sales load

   $        $    

Proceeds to us (before expenses) (1)

   $        $    

 

(1)

Does not include offering expenses payable to us estimated to be $        .

The Notes will be ready for delivery on or about                 , 201    .

                    , 201    


We have not authorized any dealer, salesman or other person to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. You must not rely upon any information or representation not contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus as if we had authorized it. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy any security other than the registered securities to which they relate, nor do they constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. The information contained in this prospectus supplement and any accompanying prospectus is accurate as of the dates on their respective covers only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since such dates.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Supplement

 

     Page  

Terms of the Notes

     SN-5  

Risk Factors

     SN-6  

Use of Proceeds

     SN-6  

Capitalization

     SN-6  

Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Distributions

     SN-6  

Taxation

     SN-6  

Underwriting

     SN-6  

Legal Matters

     SN-6  

Prospectus

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

The Offering

     5  

Fees and Expenses

     8  

Additional Information

     12  

Risk Factors

     13  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     39  

Use of Proceeds

     40  

Price Range of Common Stock and Distributions

     40  

Common Share Price Data

     41  

Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Distributions

     42  

Consolidated Selected Financial Data

     43  

Selected Quarterly Data (unaudited)

     45  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     46  

Senior Securities

     72  

 

SN-2


     Page  

Business

     74  

Portfolio Companies

     91  

Management

     99  

Control Persons and Principal Stockholders

     115  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     118  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     120  

Regulation as a Business Development Company

     123  

Description of Our Securities

     126  

Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws

     133  

Share Repurchases

     137  

Plan of Distribution

     138  

Custodian, Transfer and Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar

     140  

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

     141  

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

     142  

Legal Matters

     143  

Experts

     143  

Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

SN-3


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

All statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, other than historical facts, may constitute “forward-looking statements.” These statements may relate to, among other things, future events or our future operating results, our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies, actual and potential conflicts of interest with Gladstone Management Corporation and its affiliates, the use of borrowed money to finance our investments, the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital, and our ability to co-invest, among other factors. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “estimate,” “may,” “might,” “believe,” “will,” “provided,” “anticipate,” “future,” “could,” “growth,” “plan,” “project,” “intend,” “expect,” “should,” “would,” “if,” “seek,” “possible,” “potential,” “likely” or the negative or other variations of such terms or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include but are not limited to:

 

   

the recurrence of adverse changes in the economy and the capital markets;

 

   

risks associated with negotiation and consummation of pending and future transactions;

 

   

the loss of one or more of our executive officers, in particular David Gladstone, Robert L. Marcotte or Terry Lee Brubaker;

 

   

changes in our investment objectives and strategy;

 

   

availability, terms (including the possibility of interest rate volatility) and deployment of capital;

 

   

changes in our industry, interest rates, exchange rates, regulation or the general economy;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the degree and nature of our competition;

 

   

changes in governmental regulations, tax rates and similar matters;

 

   

our ability to exit an investment in a timely manner;

 

   

our ability to maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a BDC; and

 

   

those factors described in the “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

We caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statement, which speak only as of the date made. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from our historical performance. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this prospectus supplement. Although we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports we have filed, or in the future may file with the SEC, including subsequent annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. The forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement or accompanying prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

SN-4


TERMS OF THE NOTES

 

Principal Amount

The principal amount of the Notes is $         in the aggregate.

 

Maturity

The principal amount of the Notes will become due and payable on             ,             .

 

Interest Rate

The interest rate will be     %.

 

Frequency of payment

Interest will be paid              commencing             .

 

Prepayment Protections

[To be provided.]

 

Conversion

[To be provided.]

 

[Stock Exchange Listing]

[To be provided.]

 

Rating

It is a condition of issuance that the notes be rated [        ] by [        ].

 

Covenants

[To be provided.]

 

Events of Default

[To be provided.]

 

Clearance and Settlement Procedures

[To be provided.]

 

Denominations

[To be provided.]

 

Ranking

[The Notes may rank senior to future debt securities if such debt issuance is expressly subordinate to the Notes. The Notes may rank senior to current indebtedness if the Notes are secured. The Company will provide any required disclosure should the Notes rank senior to current or future obligations, and any such ranking will be in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act. Additional details to be provided regarding any such ranking.]

 

Trustee

[To be provided.]

 

Redemption

[To be provided.]

 

SN-5


RISK FACTORS

[To be provided.]

USE OF PROCEEDS

[To be provided.]

CAPITALIZATION

[To be provided.]

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES AND MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED DISTRIBUTIONS

[To be provided.]

TAXATION

[To be provided.]

UNDERWRITING

[To be provided.]

LEGAL MATTERS

The legality of securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Bass, Berry & Sims PLC, Nashville, Tennessee. [Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by             .]

 

SN-6


 

 

 

LOGO

Gladstone Capital Corporation

    %          Senior Notes due             ,

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

 

                    , 201    

 

 

 

Table of Contents

Filed Pursuant to Rule 497
Registration Statement No.

 

The information in this prospectus supplement is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus supplement is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Exhibit 2.s.13

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(To Prospectus dated                     , 201     )

 

 

LOGO

Warrants for Common Stock

 

 

We are offering for sale             warrants to purchase              shares of common stock of the Company, which we refer to as Common Warrants, at an exercise price equal to $        per whole share. No fractional Common Warrants will be issued. Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GLAD.” The last reported sale price for our common stock on             ,             was $        per share. The net asset value per share of our common stock at the close of business on                     , 201     was $        per share.

Currently, no public market exists for the Common Warrants offered by this prospectus supplement. It is anticipated that the Common Warrants will be quoted on             promptly after the date of this prospectus supplement.

 

     Per Warrant      Total (1)  

Public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $    
(1)

The aggregate expenses of the offering are estimated to be $        .

The Underwriters are expected to deliver the Common Warrants in book-entry form through the Depositary Trust Company on or about             ,            .

You should read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our Common Warrants and you should retain them for future reference. Additional information about us, including our annual, quarterly and current reports, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information is available free of charge on our corporate website at www.gladstonecapital.com .

 

 

An investment in our Common Warrants involves certain risks, including, among other things, risks relating to investments in securities of small, private and developing businesses. We describe some of these risks in the section entitled “ Risk Factors ,” which begins on page W-10 of this prospectus supplement and page 13 of the accompanying prospectus. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value and this may increase the risk of loss to purchasers of our Common Warrants. You should carefully consider these risks together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before making a decision to purchase our Common Warrants.

The Common Warrants being offered have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission nor has the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

We have not authorized any dealer, salesman or other person to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. You must not rely upon any information or representation not contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus as if we had authorized it. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy any security other than the registered securities to which they relate, nor do they constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. The information contained in this prospectus supplement and any accompanying prospectus is accurate as of the dates on their respective covers only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since such dates.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Supplement

 

     Page  

Terms of the Warrants

     W-5  

Table of Fees and Expenses

     W-6  

Risk Factors

     W-10  

Use of Proceeds

     W-10  

Capitalization

     W-10  

Price Range of Common Stock

     W-10  

Description of the Warrants

     W-10  

Taxation

     W-10  

Underwriting

     W-11  

Legal Matters

     W-11  

Prospectus

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

The Offering

     5  

Fees and Expenses

     8  

Additional Information

     12  

Risk Factors

     13  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     39  

Use of Proceeds

     40  

Price Range of Common Stock and Distributions

     40  

Common Share Price Data

     41  

Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Distributions

     42  

Consolidated Selected Financial Data

     43  

Selected Quarterly Data (unaudited)

     45  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     46  

Senior Securities

     72  

Business

     74  

Portfolio Companies

     91  

Management

     99  

Control Persons and Principal Stockholders

     115  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     118  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     120  

Regulation as a Business Development Company

     123  

 

W-2


Table of Contents
     Page  

Description of Our Securities

     126  

Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws

     133  

Share Repurchases

     137  

Plan of Distribution

     138  

Custodian, Transfer and Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar

     140  

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

     141  

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

     142  

Legal Matters

     143  

Experts

     143  

Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

W-3


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

All statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, other than historical facts, may constitute “forward-looking statements.” These statements may relate to, among other things, future events or our future operating results, our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies, actual and potential conflicts of interest with Gladstone Management Corporation and its affiliates, the use of borrowed money to finance our investments, the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital, and our ability to co-invest, among other factors. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “estimate,” “may,” “might,” “believe,” “will,” “provided,” “anticipate,” “future,” “could,” “growth,” “plan,” “project,” “intend,” “expect,” “should,” “would,” “if,” “seek,” “possible,” “potential,” “likely” or the negative or other variations of such terms or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include but are not limited to:

 

   

the recurrence of adverse changes in the economy and the capital markets;

 

   

risks associated with negotiation and consummation of pending and future transactions;

 

   

the loss of one or more of our executive officers, in particular David Gladstone, Robert L. Marcotte or Terry Lee Brubaker;

 

   

changes in our investment objectives and strategy;

 

   

availability, terms (including the possibility of interest rate volatility) and deployment of capital;

 

   

changes in our industry, interest rates, exchange rates, regulation or the general economy;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the degree and nature of our competition;

 

   

changes in governmental regulations, tax rates and similar matters;

 

   

our ability to exit an investment in a timely manner;

 

   

our ability to maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a BDC; and

 

   

those factors described in the “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

We caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statement, which speak only as of the date made. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from our historical performance. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this prospectus supplement. Although we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports we have filed, or in the future may file with the SEC, including subsequent annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. The forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement or accompanying prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

W-4


Table of Contents

TERMS OF THE WARRANTS

 

Exercise Price

Each Common Warrant will be exercisable at an exercise price of $        per whole share of common stock of the Company.

 

Exercise Period

The Common Warrants will be exercisable until the date that is            years from the original date of issuance, or the Exercise Period. The rights represented by the Common Warrants may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Exercise Period.

 

[Stock Exchange Listing]

[To be provided.]

 

[Non-Call Period

The Common Warrants may not be called for redemption at the option of the Company prior to             .]

 

No Stockholder Rights

The Common Warrants do not entitle the holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company.

 

W-5


Table of Contents

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in this offering will bear directly or indirectly. We caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “us” or “Gladstone Capital,” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in Gladstone Capital. The following annualized percentages were calculated based on actual expenses incurred in the quarter ended [            ], [        ] and average net assets attributable to common stockholders for the quarter ended [            ], [        ].

 

Stockholder Transaction Expenses:

  

Sales load (as a percentage of offering price) (1)

     [         ]%

Offering expenses (as a percentage of offering price) (1)

     [         ]%

Dividend reinvestment plan expenses (per sales transaction fee) ( (2)

    

Up to $25.00

Transaction Fee

 

 

Total stockholder transaction expenses (1)

     [         ]%

Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock) (3) :

  

Base Management fee (4)

     [         ]%

Loan servicing fee (5)

     [         ]%

Incentive fee (20% of realized capital gains and 20% of pre-incentive fee net investment income) (6)

     [         ]%

Interest payments on borrowed funds (7)

     [         ]%

Dividend expense on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock (8)

     [         ]%

Other expenses (9)

     [         ]%

Total annual expenses (9)

     [         ]%

 

(1)

The amounts set forth in this table do not reflect the impact of any sales load, sales commission or other offering expenses borne by Gladstone Capital and its stockholders. The prospectus supplement relating to an offering of securities pursuant to this prospectus will disclose the estimated offering price and the estimated offering expenses and total stockholder transaction expenses borne by Gladstone Capital and its stockholders as a percentage of the offering price. In the event that securities to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, the prospectus supplement will also disclose the applicable sales load.

(2)

The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan, if any, are included in stock record expenses, a component of “other expenses.” If a participant elects by written notice to the plan agent prior to termination of his or her account to have the plan agent sell part or all of the shares held by the plan agent in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan agent is authorized to deduct a transaction fee, plus per share brokerage commissions, from the proceeds. The participants in the dividend reinvestment plan will bear a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred with respect to open market purchases, if any. See “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan ” for information on the dividend reinvestment plan.

(3)

The percentages presented in this table are gross of credits to any fees.

(4)

In accordance with our Advisory Agreement, our annual base management fee is 1.75% (0.4375% quarterly) of our average gross assets, which are defined as total assets of Gladstone Capital, including investments made with proceeds of borrowings, less any uninvested cash or cash equivalents resulting from borrowings, and adjusted appropriately for any share issuances or repurchases. In accordance with the requirements of the SEC, the table above shows Gladstone Capital’s management fee as a percentage of average net assets attributable to common shareholders. For purposes of the table, the gross base management fee has been converted to [        ]% of the average net assets as of [            ], [        ] by dividing the total dollar amount of the management fee by Gladstone Capital’s average net assets. The base management fee for the three months ended [            ] before application of credits was $[            ].

Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser has provided and continues to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. It may also provide services other than managerial assistance to our portfolio companies and receive fees therefor. Such services may include, but are not limited to: (i) assistance obtaining, sourcing or structuring credit facilities, long term loans or additional equity from unaffiliated

 

W-6


Table of Contents

third parties; (ii) negotiating important contractual financial relationships; (iii) consulting services regarding restructuring of the portfolio company and financial modeling as it relates to raising additional debt and equity capital from unaffiliated third parties; and (iv) primary role in interviewing, vetting and negotiating employment contracts with candidates in connection with adding and retaining key portfolio company management team members. Generally, at the end of each quarter, 100.0% of these fees are non-contractually, irrevocably and unconditionally credited against the base management fee that we would otherwise be required to pay to the Adviser; however, a small percentage of certain of such fees, primarily for valuation of the portfolio company, is retained by the Adviser in the form of reimbursement at cost for certain tasks completed by personnel of the Adviser. For the quarter ended [                    ], [        ], $[                    ], or [        ]% of total net expenses, of these fees were non-contractually, irrevocably and unconditionally credited against the base management fee. See “Management—Certain Transactions.”

(5)

In addition, the Adviser services, administers and collects on the loans held by Gladstone Business Loan, LLC (“Business Loan”), in return for which the Adviser receives a 1.5% annual loan servicing fee payable monthly by Business Loan based on the monthly aggregate balance of loans held by Business Loan in accordance with our fifth amended and restated credit agreement for our revolving line of credit (“the Credit Facility”). For the three months ended [                    ], [        ], the total loan servicing fee were $[                    ]. The entire loan servicing fee paid to the Adviser by Business Loan is generally non-contractually, irrevocably and unconditionally credited against the base management fee otherwise payable to the Adviser since Business Loan is a consolidated subsidiary of the Company, and overall, the base management fee (including any loan servicing fee) cannot exceed 1.75% of total assets (as reduced by cash and cash equivalents pledged to creditors) during any given fiscal year pursuant to the Advisory Agreement. After all voluntary credits described in this footnote and footnote 4 above are applied to the base management fee, the total expenses after fee credits as a percentage of net assets would be [        ]% for the quarter ended [                    ], [        ]. See “Management—Certain Transactions—Investment Advisory and Management Agreement” and footnote 6 below.

(6)

In accordance with our Advisory Agreement, the incentive fee consists of two parts: an income-based fee and a capital gains-based fee. The income-based fee is payable quarterly in arrears, and equals 20.0% of the excess, if any, of our pre-incentive fee net investment income that exceeds a 1.75% quarterly ([        ]% annualized) hurdle rate of our net assets, subject to a “catch-up” provision measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. The “catch-up” provision requires us to pay 100.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 125.0% of the quarterly hurdle rate (or 2.1875%) in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized). The catch-up provision is meant to provide the Adviser with 20.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply when our pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 125.0% of the quarterly hurdle rate in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized). The income-based incentive fee is computed and paid on income that may include interest that is accrued but not yet received in cash. Our pre-incentive fee net investment income used to calculate this part of the income-based incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee (see footnote 4 above). The capital gains-based incentive fee equals 20.0% of our net realized capital gains since our inception, if any, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation since our inception, less any prior payments, and is payable at the end of each fiscal year. We have not recorded any capital gains-based incentive fee from our inception through [            ], [            ].

From time to time, the Adviser has non-contractually, irrevocably and unconditionally agreed to waive a portion of the incentive fees, to the extent net investment income did not cover 100.0% of the distributions to common stockholders during the period. For the quarter ended [                    ], [        ], the incentive fee credit was $[                    ]. There can be no guarantee that the Adviser will continue to credit any portion of the fees under the Advisory Agreement in the future.

Examples of how the incentive fee would be calculated are as follows:

 

   

Assuming pre-incentive fee net investment income of 0.55%, there would be no income-based incentive fee because such income would not exceed the hurdle rate of 1.75%.

 

W-7


Table of Contents
   

Assuming pre-incentive fee net investment income of 2.00%, the income-based incentive fee would be as follows:

= 100% × (2.00% - 1.75%)

= 0.25%

 

   

Assuming pre-incentive fee net investment income of 2.30%, the income-based incentive fee would be as follows:

= (100% × (“catch-up”: 2.1875% - 1.75%)) + (20% × (2.30% - 2.1875%))

= (100% × 0.4375%) + (20% × 0.1125%)

= 0.4375% + 0.0225%

= 0.46%

 

   

Assuming net realized capital gains of 6% and realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation of 1%, the capital gains-based incentive fee would be as follows:

= 20% × (6% - 1%)

= 20% × 5%

= 1%

For a more detailed discussion of the calculation of the two-part incentive fee, see “ Management—Certain Transactions—Investment Advisory and Management Agreement .”

 

(7)

Includes amortization of deferred financing costs. As of [                    ], [        ], we had $[            ] in borrowings outstanding on our Credit Facility.

(8)

Includes amortization of deferred financing costs related to our Series 2024 Term Preferred Stock, as well as amounts paid to preferred stockholders during the three months ended [                    ], [        ]. See “ Description of our Securities—Preferred Stock” for additional information.

(9)

Includes our overhead expenses, including payments under the administration agreement based on our projected allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the administration agreement. See “ Management—Certain Transactions—Administration Agreement .”

Examples

The following examples demonstrate the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our Securities. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed that our quarterly operating expenses would remain at the levels set forth in the table above and are gross of credits to any fees. The amounts set forth below do not reflect the impact of sales load or offering expenses to be borne by Gladstone Capital or its stockholders. In the prospectus supplement relating to an offering of securities pursuant to this prospectus, the examples below will be restated to reflect the impact of the estimated offering expenses borne by Gladstone Capital and its stockholders and, in the event that securities to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters, the impact of the applicable sales load. The examples below and the expenses in the table above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses (including the cost of debt, incentive fees, if any, and other expenses) may be greater or less than those shown. While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%.

 

    1 Year     3 Years     5 Years     10 Years  

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment:

       

assuming a 5% annual return consisting entirely of ordinary income (1)(2)

  $ [         ]   $ [         ]   $ [         ]   $ [         ]

assuming a 5% annual return consisting entirely of capital gains (2)(3)

  $ [         ]   $ [         ]   $ [         ]   $ [         ]

 

W-8


Table of Contents
(1)

While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%. Additionally, we have assumed that the entire amount of such 5% annual return would constitute ordinary income as we have not historically realized positive capital gains (computed net of all realized capital losses) on our investments. Because the assumed 5% annual return is significantly below the hurdle rate of 7% (annualized) that we must achieve under the investment advisory and management agreement to trigger the payment of an income-based incentive fee, we have assumed, for purposes of this example, that no income-based incentive fee would be payable if we realized a 5% annual return on our investments.

(2)

While the example assumes reinvestment of all dividends and distributions at NAV, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan will receive a number of shares of our common stock, determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to a participant by the average cost of shares of our common stock purchased in the open market in the period beginning on or before the payment date of the distribution and ending when the plan agent has expended for such purchases all of the cash that would have been otherwise payable to participants. See “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan ” for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

(3)

For purposes of this example, we have assumed that the entire amount of such 5% annual return would constitute capital gains and that no accumulated capital losses or unrealized depreciation exist that would have to be overcome first before a capital gains based incentive fee is payable.

 

W-9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

[To be provided.]

USE OF PROCEEDS

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering first to pay down existing short-term debt, then to make investments in lower middle market businesses in accordance with our investment objectives, with any remaining proceeds to be used for other general corporate purposes. Indebtedness under our credit line facility currently accrues interest at the rate of approximately [        ]% and matures on             ,            . We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering will be utilized in the manner described above within three months of the completion of the offering. Pending such utilization, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, consistent with the requirements for continued qualification as a RIC for federal income tax purposes.

CAPITALIZATION

[To be provided.]

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DISTRIBUTIONS

We currently intend to distribute in the form of cash dividends, a minimum of 90% of our ordinary income and short-term capital gains, if any, on a quarterly basis to our stockholders in the form of monthly dividends. We intend to retain long-term capital gains and treat them as deemed distributions for tax purposes. We report the estimated tax characteristics of each distribution when declared while the actual tax characteristics of distributions are reported annually to each stockholder on Form 1099—DIV. There is no assurance that we will achieve investment results or maintain a tax status that will permit any specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. At the option of a holder of record of common stock, all cash distributions can be reinvested automatically under our dividend reinvestment plan in additional whole and fractional shares. A stockholder whose shares are held in the name of a broker or other nominee should contact the broker or nominee regarding participation in our dividend reinvestment plan on the stockholder’s behalf. See “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Regulation and Structure—We will be subject to corporate-level tax if we are unable to satisfy Code requirements for RIC qualification ;” “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan ;” and “ Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” in the accompanying prospectus.

Our common stock is quoted on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GLAD.” Our common stock has historically traded at prices both above and below its net asset value. There can be no assurance, however, that any premium to net asset value will be attained or maintained. As of             ,             , we had [        ] stockholders of record.

DESCRIPTION OF THE WARRANTS

[To be provided.]

TAXATION

[To be provided.]

 

W-10


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

[To be provided.]

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Bass, Berry & Sims PLC, Nashville, Tennessee. Venable LLP, Baltimore, Maryland, will pass upon the legality of certain of the securities offered by us and certain other matters of Maryland law. [Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by            .]

 

W-11


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

Gladstone Capital Corporation

Warrants for Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

 

        , 201        

 

 

 

 

 

Filed Pursuant to Rule 497
Registration Statement No.

 

The information in this prospectus supplement is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus supplement is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Exhibit 2.s.14

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(To Prospectus dated                 , 201     )

 

 

LOGO

Warrants for Series [            ] Preferred Stock

 

 

We are offering for sale                 warrants to purchase                  shares of Series [            ] Preferred Stock of the Company, which we refer to as Preferred Warrants, at an exercise price equal to $        per whole share. No fractional Preferred Warrants will be issued. Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GLAD.” The last reported sale price for our common stock on                 ,                 was $        per share. The net asset value per share of our common stock at the close of business on                 , 201     was $        per share. Our preferred stock is traded on [            ] under the symbol [            ]. The last reported sale of our preferred stock on                 , 201     was $        per share.

Currently, no public market exists for the Preferred Warrants offered by this prospectus supplement. It is anticipated that the Preferred Warrants will be quoted on                 promptly after the date of this prospectus supplement.

 

     Per Warrant      Total (1)  

Public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $    

 

(1)

The aggregate expenses of the offering are estimated to be $        .

The Underwriters are expected to deliver the Preferred Warrants in book-entry form through the Depositary Trust Company on or about                 ,                .

You should read this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before deciding whether to invest in our Preferred Warrants and you should retain them for future reference. Additional information about us, including our annual, quarterly and current reports, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information is available free of charge on our corporate website at www.gladstonecapital.com .

 

 

An investment in our Preferred Warrants involves certain risks, including, among other things, risks relating to investments in securities of small, private and developing businesses. We describe some of these risks in the section entitled “ Risk Factors ,” which begins on page WP-4 of this prospectus supplement and page 13 of the accompanying prospectus. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value and this may increase the risk of loss to purchasers of our Preferred Warrants. You should carefully consider these risks together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before making a decision to purchase our Preferred Warrants.

The Preferred Warrants being offered have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission nor has the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


We have not authorized any dealer, salesman or other person to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. You must not rely upon any information or representation not contained in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus as if we had authorized it. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy any security other than the registered securities to which they relate, nor do they constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. The information contained in this prospectus supplement and any accompanying prospectus is accurate as of the dates on their respective covers only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since such dates.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Supplement

 

     Page  

Terms of the Warrants

     WP-4  

Terms of the Series [    ] Preferred Stock

     WP-4  

Risk Factors

     WP-4  

Use of Proceeds

     WP-4  

Capitalization

     WP-5  

Description of the Warrants

     WP-5  

Taxation

     WP-5  

Underwriting

     WP-5  

Legal Matters

     WP-5  

Prospectus

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

The Offering

     5  

Fees and Expenses

     8  

Additional Information

     12  

Risk Factors

     13  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     39  

Use of Proceeds

     40  

Price Range of Common Stock and Distributions

     40  

Common Share Price Data

     41  

Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Distributions

     42  

Consolidated Selected Financial Data

     43  

Selected Quarterly Data (unaudited)

     45  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     46  

Senior Securities

     72  

Business

     74  

Portfolio Companies

     91  

Management

     99  

Control Persons and Principal Stockholders

     115  

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

     118  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

     120  

Regulation as a Business Development Company

     123  

Description of Our Securities

     126  

Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws

     133  

Share Repurchases

     137  

Plan of Distribution

     138  

Custodian, Transfer and Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar

     140  

Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

     141  

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

     142  

Legal Matters

     143  

Experts

     143  

Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

WP-2


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

All statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, other than historical facts, may constitute “forward-looking statements.” These statements may relate to, among other things, future events or our future operating results, our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies, actual and potential conflicts of interest with Gladstone Management Corporation and its affiliates, the use of borrowed money to finance our investments, the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital, and our ability to co-invest, among other factors. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “estimate,” “may,” “might,” “believe,” “will,” “provided,” “anticipate,” “future,” “could,” “growth,” “plan,” “project,” “intend,” “expect,” “should,” “would,” “if,” “seek,” “possible,” “potential,” “likely” or the negative or other variations of such terms or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include but are not limited to:

 

   

the recurrence of adverse changes in the economy and the capital markets;

 

   

risks associated with negotiation and consummation of pending and future transactions;

 

   

the loss of one or more of our executive officers, in particular David Gladstone, Robert L. Marcotte or Terry Lee Brubaker;

 

   

changes in our investment objectives and strategy;

 

   

availability, terms (including the possibility of interest rate volatility) and deployment of capital;

 

   

changes in our industry, interest rates, exchange rates, regulation or the general economy;

 

   

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

   

the degree and nature of our competition;

 

   

changes in governmental regulations, tax rates and similar matters;

 

   

our ability to exit an investment in a timely manner;

 

   

our ability to maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a BDC; and

 

   

those factors described in the “ Risk Factors ” section of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

We caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statement, which speak only as of the date made. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from our historical performance. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this prospectus supplement. Although we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports we have filed, or in the future may file with the SEC, including subsequent annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. The forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement or accompanying prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

WP-3


TERMS OF THE WARRANTS

 

Exercise Price

Each Preferred Warrant will be exercisable at an exercise price of $        per whole share of Series [            ] Preferred Stock of the Company.

 

Exercise Period

The Preferred Warrants will be exercisable until the date that is                years from the original date of issuance, or the Exercise Period. The rights represented by the warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Exercise Period.

 

[Stock Exchange Listing]

[To be provided.]

 

[Non-Call Period

The Preferred Warrants may not be called for redemption at the option of the Company prior to             .]

 

No Stockholder Rights

The Preferred Warrants do not entitle the holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company.

TERMS OF THE SERIES [    ] PREFERRED STOCK

 

Dividend Rate

The dividend rate will be     %.

 

Dividend Payment Rate

[Dividends will be paid when, as and if declared on                 ,                 , and                 , commencing                .] The payment date for the initial dividend period will be                .]

 

Regular Dividend Period

Regular dividend periods will be     days.

 

Liquidation Preference

$        per share

 

Non-Call Period

The shares may not be called for redemption at the option of the Company prior to             .

Stock Exchange Listing

RISK FACTORS

[To be provided.]

USE OF PROCEEDS

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering first to pay down existing short-term debt, then to make investments in lower middle market businesses in accordance with our investment objectives, with any remaining proceeds to be used for other general corporate purposes. Indebtedness under our credit line facility currently accrues interest at the rate of approximately [    ]% and matures on                 ,                 . We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering will be utilized in the manner described above within three months of the completion of the offering. Pending such utilization, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, consistent with the requirements for continued qualification as a RIC for federal income tax purposes.

 

WP-4


CAPITALIZATION

[To be provided.]

DESCRIPTION OF THE WARRANTS

[To be provided.]

TAXATION

[To be provided.]

UNDERWRITING

[To be provided.]

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters will be passed upon for us by Bass, Berry & Sims PLC, Nashville, Tennessee. Venable LLP, Baltimore, Maryland, will pass upon the legality of certain of the securities offered by us and certain other matters of Maryland law. [Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by                .]

 

WP-5


 

 

 

LOGO

Gladstone Capital Corporation

             Warrants for Series [    ] Preferred Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

 

                    , 201